File: | build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-15~++20220420111733+e13d2efed663/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h |
Warning: | line 4710, column 18 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===-- SemaCoroutine.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Coroutines --------------===// | ||||||
2 | // | ||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||
6 | // | ||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
8 | // | ||||||
9 | // This file implements semantic analysis for C++ Coroutines. | ||||||
10 | // | ||||||
11 | // This file contains references to sections of the Coroutines TS, which | ||||||
12 | // can be found at http://wg21.link/coroutines. | ||||||
13 | // | ||||||
14 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
15 | |||||||
16 | #include "CoroutineStmtBuilder.h" | ||||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" | ||||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" | ||||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" | ||||||
21 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | ||||||
22 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | ||||||
23 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||||
24 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||||
25 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | ||||||
26 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||
27 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" | ||||||
28 | |||||||
29 | using namespace clang; | ||||||
30 | using namespace sema; | ||||||
31 | |||||||
32 | static LookupResult lookupMember(Sema &S, const char *Name, CXXRecordDecl *RD, | ||||||
33 | SourceLocation Loc, bool &Res) { | ||||||
34 | DeclarationName DN = S.PP.getIdentifierInfo(Name); | ||||||
35 | LookupResult LR(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupMemberName); | ||||||
36 | // Suppress diagnostics when a private member is selected. The same warnings | ||||||
37 | // will be produced again when building the call. | ||||||
38 | LR.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
39 | Res = S.LookupQualifiedName(LR, RD); | ||||||
40 | return LR; | ||||||
41 | } | ||||||
42 | |||||||
43 | static bool lookupMember(Sema &S, const char *Name, CXXRecordDecl *RD, | ||||||
44 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
45 | bool Res; | ||||||
46 | lookupMember(S, Name, RD, Loc, Res); | ||||||
47 | return Res; | ||||||
48 | } | ||||||
49 | |||||||
50 | /// Look up the std::coroutine_traits<...>::promise_type for the given | ||||||
51 | /// function type. | ||||||
52 | static QualType lookupPromiseType(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||||
53 | SourceLocation KwLoc) { | ||||||
54 | const FunctionProtoType *FnType = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
55 | const SourceLocation FuncLoc = FD->getLocation(); | ||||||
56 | |||||||
57 | NamespaceDecl *CoroNamespace = nullptr; | ||||||
58 | ClassTemplateDecl *CoroTraits = | ||||||
59 | S.lookupCoroutineTraits(KwLoc, FuncLoc, CoroNamespace); | ||||||
60 | if (!CoroTraits) { | ||||||
61 | return QualType(); | ||||||
62 | } | ||||||
63 | |||||||
64 | // Form template argument list for coroutine_traits<R, P1, P2, ...> according | ||||||
65 | // to [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]3 | ||||||
66 | TemplateArgumentListInfo Args(KwLoc, KwLoc); | ||||||
67 | auto AddArg = [&](QualType T) { | ||||||
68 | Args.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc( | ||||||
69 | TemplateArgument(T), S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KwLoc))); | ||||||
70 | }; | ||||||
71 | AddArg(FnType->getReturnType()); | ||||||
72 | // If the function is a non-static member function, add the type | ||||||
73 | // of the implicit object parameter before the formal parameters. | ||||||
74 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { | ||||||
75 | if (MD->isInstance()) { | ||||||
76 | // [over.match.funcs]4 | ||||||
77 | // For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object | ||||||
78 | // parameter is | ||||||
79 | // -- "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a | ||||||
80 | // ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier | ||||||
81 | // -- "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the && | ||||||
82 | // ref-qualifier | ||||||
83 | QualType T = MD->getThisType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
84 | T = FnType->getRefQualifier() == RQ_RValue | ||||||
85 | ? S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(T) | ||||||
86 | : S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T, /*SpelledAsLValue*/ true); | ||||||
87 | AddArg(T); | ||||||
88 | } | ||||||
89 | } | ||||||
90 | for (QualType T : FnType->getParamTypes()) | ||||||
91 | AddArg(T); | ||||||
92 | |||||||
93 | // Build the template-id. | ||||||
94 | QualType CoroTrait = | ||||||
95 | S.CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName(CoroTraits), KwLoc, Args); | ||||||
96 | if (CoroTrait.isNull()) | ||||||
97 | return QualType(); | ||||||
98 | if (S.RequireCompleteType(KwLoc, CoroTrait, | ||||||
99 | diag::err_coroutine_type_missing_specialization)) | ||||||
100 | return QualType(); | ||||||
101 | |||||||
102 | auto *RD = CoroTrait->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
103 | assert(RD && "specialization of class template is not a class?")(static_cast <bool> (RD && "specialization of class template is not a class?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RD && \"specialization of class template is not a class?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 103, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
104 | |||||||
105 | // Look up the ::promise_type member. | ||||||
106 | LookupResult R(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get("promise_type"), KwLoc, | ||||||
107 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
108 | S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); | ||||||
109 | auto *Promise = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); | ||||||
110 | if (!Promise) { | ||||||
111 | S.Diag(FuncLoc, | ||||||
112 | diag::err_implied_std_coroutine_traits_promise_type_not_found) | ||||||
113 | << RD; | ||||||
114 | return QualType(); | ||||||
115 | } | ||||||
116 | // The promise type is required to be a class type. | ||||||
117 | QualType PromiseType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Promise); | ||||||
118 | |||||||
119 | auto buildElaboratedType = [&]() { | ||||||
120 | auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(S.Context, nullptr, CoroNamespace); | ||||||
121 | NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(S.Context, NNS, false, | ||||||
122 | CoroTrait.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
123 | return S.Context.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, NNS, PromiseType); | ||||||
124 | }; | ||||||
125 | |||||||
126 | if (!PromiseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | ||||||
127 | S.Diag(FuncLoc, | ||||||
128 | diag::err_implied_std_coroutine_traits_promise_type_not_class) | ||||||
129 | << buildElaboratedType(); | ||||||
130 | return QualType(); | ||||||
131 | } | ||||||
132 | if (S.RequireCompleteType(FuncLoc, buildElaboratedType(), | ||||||
133 | diag::err_coroutine_promise_type_incomplete)) | ||||||
134 | return QualType(); | ||||||
135 | |||||||
136 | return PromiseType; | ||||||
137 | } | ||||||
138 | |||||||
139 | /// Look up the std::coroutine_handle<PromiseType>. | ||||||
140 | static QualType lookupCoroutineHandleType(Sema &S, QualType PromiseType, | ||||||
141 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
142 | if (PromiseType.isNull()) | ||||||
143 | return QualType(); | ||||||
144 | |||||||
145 | NamespaceDecl *CoroNamespace = S.getCachedCoroNamespace(); | ||||||
146 | assert(CoroNamespace && "Should already be diagnosed")(static_cast <bool> (CoroNamespace && "Should already be diagnosed" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CoroNamespace && \"Should already be diagnosed\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 146, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
147 | |||||||
148 | LookupResult Result(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get("coroutine_handle"), | ||||||
149 | Loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
150 | if (!S.LookupQualifiedName(Result, CoroNamespace)) { | ||||||
151 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_implied_coroutine_type_not_found) | ||||||
152 | << "std::coroutine_handle"; | ||||||
153 | return QualType(); | ||||||
154 | } | ||||||
155 | |||||||
156 | ClassTemplateDecl *CoroHandle = Result.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>(); | ||||||
157 | if (!CoroHandle) { | ||||||
158 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
159 | // We found something weird. Complain about the first thing we found. | ||||||
160 | NamedDecl *Found = *Result.begin(); | ||||||
161 | S.Diag(Found->getLocation(), diag::err_malformed_std_coroutine_handle); | ||||||
162 | return QualType(); | ||||||
163 | } | ||||||
164 | |||||||
165 | // Form template argument list for coroutine_handle<Promise>. | ||||||
166 | TemplateArgumentListInfo Args(Loc, Loc); | ||||||
167 | Args.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc( | ||||||
168 | TemplateArgument(PromiseType), | ||||||
169 | S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(PromiseType, Loc))); | ||||||
170 | |||||||
171 | // Build the template-id. | ||||||
172 | QualType CoroHandleType = | ||||||
173 | S.CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName(CoroHandle), Loc, Args); | ||||||
174 | if (CoroHandleType.isNull()) | ||||||
175 | return QualType(); | ||||||
176 | if (S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, CoroHandleType, | ||||||
177 | diag::err_coroutine_type_missing_specialization)) | ||||||
178 | return QualType(); | ||||||
179 | |||||||
180 | return CoroHandleType; | ||||||
181 | } | ||||||
182 | |||||||
183 | static bool isValidCoroutineContext(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
184 | StringRef Keyword) { | ||||||
185 | // [expr.await]p2 dictates that 'co_await' and 'co_yield' must be used within | ||||||
186 | // a function body. | ||||||
187 | // FIXME: This also covers [expr.await]p2: "An await-expression shall not | ||||||
188 | // appear in a default argument." But the diagnostic QoI here could be | ||||||
189 | // improved to inform the user that default arguments specifically are not | ||||||
190 | // allowed. | ||||||
191 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||
192 | if (!FD) { | ||||||
193 | S.Diag(Loc, isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(S.CurContext) | ||||||
194 | ? diag::err_coroutine_objc_method | ||||||
195 | : diag::err_coroutine_outside_function) << Keyword; | ||||||
196 | return false; | ||||||
197 | } | ||||||
198 | |||||||
199 | // An enumeration for mapping the diagnostic type to the correct diagnostic | ||||||
200 | // selection index. | ||||||
201 | enum InvalidFuncDiag { | ||||||
202 | DiagCtor = 0, | ||||||
203 | DiagDtor, | ||||||
204 | DiagMain, | ||||||
205 | DiagConstexpr, | ||||||
206 | DiagAutoRet, | ||||||
207 | DiagVarargs, | ||||||
208 | DiagConsteval, | ||||||
209 | }; | ||||||
210 | bool Diagnosed = false; | ||||||
211 | auto DiagInvalid = [&](InvalidFuncDiag ID) { | ||||||
212 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_coroutine_invalid_func_context) << ID << Keyword; | ||||||
213 | Diagnosed = true; | ||||||
214 | return false; | ||||||
215 | }; | ||||||
216 | |||||||
217 | // Diagnose when a constructor, destructor | ||||||
218 | // or the function 'main' are declared as a coroutine. | ||||||
219 | auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | ||||||
220 | // [class.ctor]p11: "A constructor shall not be a coroutine." | ||||||
221 | if (MD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) | ||||||
222 | return DiagInvalid(DiagCtor); | ||||||
223 | // [class.dtor]p17: "A destructor shall not be a coroutine." | ||||||
224 | else if (MD && isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) | ||||||
225 | return DiagInvalid(DiagDtor); | ||||||
226 | // [basic.start.main]p3: "The function main shall not be a coroutine." | ||||||
227 | else if (FD->isMain()) | ||||||
228 | return DiagInvalid(DiagMain); | ||||||
229 | |||||||
230 | // Emit a diagnostics for each of the following conditions which is not met. | ||||||
231 | // [expr.const]p2: "An expression e is a core constant expression unless the | ||||||
232 | // evaluation of e [...] would evaluate one of the following expressions: | ||||||
233 | // [...] an await-expression [...] a yield-expression." | ||||||
234 | if (FD->isConstexpr()) | ||||||
235 | DiagInvalid(FD->isConsteval() ? DiagConsteval : DiagConstexpr); | ||||||
236 | // [dcl.spec.auto]p15: "A function declared with a return type that uses a | ||||||
237 | // placeholder type shall not be a coroutine." | ||||||
238 | if (FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) | ||||||
239 | DiagInvalid(DiagAutoRet); | ||||||
240 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p1 | ||||||
241 | // The parameter-declaration-clause of the coroutine shall not terminate with | ||||||
242 | // an ellipsis that is not part of a parameter-declaration. | ||||||
243 | if (FD->isVariadic()) | ||||||
244 | DiagInvalid(DiagVarargs); | ||||||
245 | |||||||
246 | return !Diagnosed; | ||||||
247 | } | ||||||
248 | |||||||
249 | static ExprResult buildOperatorCoawaitLookupExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, | ||||||
250 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
251 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||
252 | SemaRef.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Coawait); | ||||||
253 | LookupResult Operators(SemaRef, OpName, SourceLocation(), | ||||||
254 | Sema::LookupOperatorName); | ||||||
255 | SemaRef.LookupName(Operators, S); | ||||||
256 | |||||||
257 | assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous")(static_cast <bool> (!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Operators.isAmbiguous() && \"Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 257, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
258 | const auto &Functions = Operators.asUnresolvedSet(); | ||||||
259 | bool IsOverloaded = | ||||||
260 | Functions.size() > 1 || | ||||||
261 | (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin())); | ||||||
262 | Expr *CoawaitOp = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create( | ||||||
263 | SemaRef.Context, /*NamingClass*/ nullptr, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), | ||||||
264 | DeclarationNameInfo(OpName, Loc), /*RequiresADL*/ true, IsOverloaded, | ||||||
265 | Functions.begin(), Functions.end()); | ||||||
266 | assert(CoawaitOp)(static_cast <bool> (CoawaitOp) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CoawaitOp", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 266, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
267 | return CoawaitOp; | ||||||
268 | } | ||||||
269 | |||||||
270 | /// Build a call to 'operator co_await' if there is a suitable operator for | ||||||
271 | /// the given expression. | ||||||
272 | static ExprResult buildOperatorCoawaitCall(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
273 | Expr *E, | ||||||
274 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *Lookup) { | ||||||
275 | UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; | ||||||
276 | Functions.append(Lookup->decls_begin(), Lookup->decls_end()); | ||||||
277 | return SemaRef.CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(Loc, UO_Coawait, Functions, E); | ||||||
278 | } | ||||||
279 | |||||||
280 | static ExprResult buildOperatorCoawaitCall(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, | ||||||
281 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||
282 | ExprResult R = buildOperatorCoawaitLookupExpr(SemaRef, S, Loc); | ||||||
283 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||
284 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
285 | return buildOperatorCoawaitCall(SemaRef, Loc, E, | ||||||
286 | cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(R.get())); | ||||||
287 | } | ||||||
288 | |||||||
289 | static ExprResult buildCoroutineHandle(Sema &S, QualType PromiseType, | ||||||
290 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
291 | QualType CoroHandleType = lookupCoroutineHandleType(S, PromiseType, Loc); | ||||||
292 | if (CoroHandleType.isNull()) | ||||||
293 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
294 | |||||||
295 | DeclContext *LookupCtx = S.computeDeclContext(CoroHandleType); | ||||||
296 | LookupResult Found(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get("from_address"), Loc, | ||||||
297 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
298 | if (!S.LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx)) { | ||||||
299 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_coroutine_handle_missing_member) | ||||||
300 | << "from_address"; | ||||||
301 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
302 | } | ||||||
303 | |||||||
304 | Expr *FramePtr = | ||||||
305 | S.BuildBuiltinCallExpr(Loc, Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_frame, {}); | ||||||
306 | |||||||
307 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||||
308 | ExprResult FromAddr = | ||||||
309 | S.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Found, /*NeedsADL=*/false); | ||||||
310 | if (FromAddr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
311 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
312 | |||||||
313 | return S.BuildCallExpr(nullptr, FromAddr.get(), Loc, FramePtr, Loc); | ||||||
314 | } | ||||||
315 | |||||||
316 | struct ReadySuspendResumeResult { | ||||||
317 | enum AwaitCallType { ACT_Ready, ACT_Suspend, ACT_Resume }; | ||||||
318 | Expr *Results[3]; | ||||||
319 | OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue; | ||||||
320 | bool IsInvalid; | ||||||
321 | }; | ||||||
322 | |||||||
323 | static ExprResult buildMemberCall(Sema &S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
324 | StringRef Name, MultiExprArg Args) { | ||||||
325 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(&S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name), Loc); | ||||||
326 | |||||||
327 | // FIXME: Fix BuildMemberReferenceExpr to take a const CXXScopeSpec&. | ||||||
328 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||||
329 | ExprResult Result = S.BuildMemberReferenceExpr( | ||||||
330 | Base, Base->getType(), Loc, /*IsPtr=*/false, SS, | ||||||
331 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, | ||||||
332 | /*Scope=*/nullptr); | ||||||
333 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
334 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
335 | |||||||
336 | // We meant exactly what we asked for. No need for typo correction. | ||||||
337 | if (auto *TE = dyn_cast<TypoExpr>(Result.get())) { | ||||||
338 | S.clearDelayedTypo(TE); | ||||||
339 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member) | ||||||
340 | << NameInfo.getName() << Base->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl() | ||||||
341 | << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
342 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
343 | } | ||||||
344 | |||||||
345 | return S.BuildCallExpr(nullptr, Result.get(), Loc, Args, Loc, nullptr); | ||||||
346 | } | ||||||
347 | |||||||
348 | // See if return type is coroutine-handle and if so, invoke builtin coro-resume | ||||||
349 | // on its address. This is to enable experimental support for coroutine-handle | ||||||
350 | // returning await_suspend that results in a guaranteed tail call to the target | ||||||
351 | // coroutine. | ||||||
352 | static Expr *maybeTailCall(Sema &S, QualType RetType, Expr *E, | ||||||
353 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
354 | if (RetType->isReferenceType()) | ||||||
355 | return nullptr; | ||||||
356 | Type const *T = RetType.getTypePtr(); | ||||||
357 | if (!T->isClassType() && !T->isStructureType()) | ||||||
358 | return nullptr; | ||||||
359 | |||||||
360 | // FIXME: Add convertability check to coroutine_handle<>. Possibly via | ||||||
361 | // EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(BTT_IsConvertible, ...) which is at the moment | ||||||
362 | // a private function in SemaExprCXX.cpp | ||||||
363 | |||||||
364 | ExprResult AddressExpr = buildMemberCall(S, E, Loc, "address", None); | ||||||
365 | if (AddressExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
366 | return nullptr; | ||||||
367 | |||||||
368 | Expr *JustAddress = AddressExpr.get(); | ||||||
369 | |||||||
370 | // Check that the type of AddressExpr is void* | ||||||
371 | if (!JustAddress->getType().getTypePtr()->isVoidPointerType()) | ||||||
372 | S.Diag(cast<CallExpr>(JustAddress)->getCalleeDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||
373 | diag::warn_coroutine_handle_address_invalid_return_type) | ||||||
374 | << JustAddress->getType(); | ||||||
375 | |||||||
376 | // Clean up temporary objects so that they don't live across suspension points | ||||||
377 | // unnecessarily. We choose to clean up before the call to | ||||||
378 | // __builtin_coro_resume so that the cleanup code are not inserted in-between | ||||||
379 | // the resume call and return instruction, which would interfere with the | ||||||
380 | // musttail call contract. | ||||||
381 | JustAddress = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(JustAddress); | ||||||
382 | return S.BuildBuiltinCallExpr(Loc, Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_resume, | ||||||
383 | JustAddress); | ||||||
384 | } | ||||||
385 | |||||||
386 | /// Build calls to await_ready, await_suspend, and await_resume for a co_await | ||||||
387 | /// expression. | ||||||
388 | /// The generated AST tries to clean up temporary objects as early as | ||||||
389 | /// possible so that they don't live across suspension points if possible. | ||||||
390 | /// Having temporary objects living across suspension points unnecessarily can | ||||||
391 | /// lead to large frame size, and also lead to memory corruptions if the | ||||||
392 | /// coroutine frame is destroyed after coming back from suspension. This is done | ||||||
393 | /// by wrapping both the await_ready call and the await_suspend call with | ||||||
394 | /// ExprWithCleanups. In the end of this function, we also need to explicitly | ||||||
395 | /// set cleanup state so that the CoawaitExpr is also wrapped with an | ||||||
396 | /// ExprWithCleanups to clean up the awaiter associated with the co_await | ||||||
397 | /// expression. | ||||||
398 | static ReadySuspendResumeResult buildCoawaitCalls(Sema &S, VarDecl *CoroPromise, | ||||||
399 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||
400 | OpaqueValueExpr *Operand = new (S.Context) | ||||||
401 | OpaqueValueExpr(Loc, E->getType(), VK_LValue, E->getObjectKind(), E); | ||||||
402 | |||||||
403 | // Assume valid until we see otherwise. | ||||||
404 | // Further operations are responsible for setting IsInalid to true. | ||||||
405 | ReadySuspendResumeResult Calls = {{}, Operand, /*IsInvalid=*/false}; | ||||||
406 | |||||||
407 | using ACT = ReadySuspendResumeResult::AwaitCallType; | ||||||
408 | |||||||
409 | auto BuildSubExpr = [&](ACT CallType, StringRef Func, | ||||||
410 | MultiExprArg Arg) -> Expr * { | ||||||
411 | ExprResult Result = buildMemberCall(S, Operand, Loc, Func, Arg); | ||||||
412 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
413 | Calls.IsInvalid = true; | ||||||
414 | return nullptr; | ||||||
415 | } | ||||||
416 | Calls.Results[CallType] = Result.get(); | ||||||
417 | return Result.get(); | ||||||
418 | }; | ||||||
419 | |||||||
420 | CallExpr *AwaitReady = | ||||||
421 | cast_or_null<CallExpr>(BuildSubExpr(ACT::ACT_Ready, "await_ready", None)); | ||||||
422 | if (!AwaitReady
| ||||||
423 | return Calls; | ||||||
424 | if (!AwaitReady->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
425 | // [expr.await]p3 [...] | ||||||
426 | // — await-ready is the expression e.await_ready(), contextually converted | ||||||
427 | // to bool. | ||||||
428 | ExprResult Conv = S.PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(AwaitReady); | ||||||
429 | if (Conv.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
430 | S.Diag(AwaitReady->getDirectCallee()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
431 | diag::note_await_ready_no_bool_conversion); | ||||||
432 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_coroutine_promise_call_implicitly_required) | ||||||
433 | << AwaitReady->getDirectCallee() << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
434 | Calls.IsInvalid = true; | ||||||
435 | } else | ||||||
436 | Calls.Results[ACT::ACT_Ready] = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Conv.get()); | ||||||
437 | } | ||||||
438 | |||||||
439 | ExprResult CoroHandleRes = | ||||||
440 | buildCoroutineHandle(S, CoroPromise->getType(), Loc); | ||||||
441 | if (CoroHandleRes.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
442 | Calls.IsInvalid = true; | ||||||
443 | return Calls; | ||||||
444 | } | ||||||
445 | Expr *CoroHandle = CoroHandleRes.get(); | ||||||
446 | CallExpr *AwaitSuspend = cast_or_null<CallExpr>( | ||||||
447 | BuildSubExpr(ACT::ACT_Suspend, "await_suspend", CoroHandle)); | ||||||
448 | if (!AwaitSuspend) | ||||||
449 | return Calls; | ||||||
450 | if (!AwaitSuspend->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
451 | // [expr.await]p3 [...] | ||||||
452 | // - await-suspend is the expression e.await_suspend(h), which shall be | ||||||
453 | // a prvalue of type void, bool, or std::coroutine_handle<Z> for some | ||||||
454 | // type Z. | ||||||
455 | QualType RetType = AwaitSuspend->getCallReturnType(S.Context); | ||||||
456 | |||||||
457 | // Experimental support for coroutine_handle returning await_suspend. | ||||||
458 | if (Expr *TailCallSuspend = | ||||||
459 | maybeTailCall(S, RetType, AwaitSuspend, Loc)) | ||||||
460 | // Note that we don't wrap the expression with ExprWithCleanups here | ||||||
461 | // because that might interfere with tailcall contract (e.g. inserting | ||||||
462 | // clean up instructions in-between tailcall and return). Instead | ||||||
463 | // ExprWithCleanups is wrapped within maybeTailCall() prior to the resume | ||||||
464 | // call. | ||||||
465 | Calls.Results[ACT::ACT_Suspend] = TailCallSuspend; | ||||||
466 | else { | ||||||
467 | // non-class prvalues always have cv-unqualified types | ||||||
468 | if (RetType->isReferenceType() || | ||||||
469 | (!RetType->isBooleanType() && !RetType->isVoidType())) { | ||||||
470 | S.Diag(AwaitSuspend->getCalleeDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||
471 | diag::err_await_suspend_invalid_return_type) | ||||||
472 | << RetType; | ||||||
473 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_coroutine_promise_call_implicitly_required) | ||||||
474 | << AwaitSuspend->getDirectCallee(); | ||||||
475 | Calls.IsInvalid = true; | ||||||
476 | } else | ||||||
477 | Calls.Results[ACT::ACT_Suspend] = | ||||||
478 | S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(AwaitSuspend); | ||||||
479 | } | ||||||
480 | } | ||||||
481 | |||||||
482 | BuildSubExpr(ACT::ACT_Resume, "await_resume", None); | ||||||
483 | |||||||
484 | // Make sure the awaiter object gets a chance to be cleaned up. | ||||||
485 | S.Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||||
486 | |||||||
487 | return Calls; | ||||||
488 | } | ||||||
489 | |||||||
490 | static ExprResult buildPromiseCall(Sema &S, VarDecl *Promise, | ||||||
491 | SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, | ||||||
492 | MultiExprArg Args) { | ||||||
493 | |||||||
494 | // Form a reference to the promise. | ||||||
495 | ExprResult PromiseRef = S.BuildDeclRefExpr( | ||||||
496 | Promise, Promise->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue, Loc); | ||||||
497 | if (PromiseRef.isInvalid()) | ||||||
498 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
499 | |||||||
500 | return buildMemberCall(S, PromiseRef.get(), Loc, Name, Args); | ||||||
501 | } | ||||||
502 | |||||||
503 | VarDecl *Sema::buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
504 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) && "not in a function scope")(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext ) && "not in a function scope") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) && \"not in a function scope\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 504, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
505 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||
506 | bool IsThisDependentType = [&] { | ||||||
507 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | ||||||
508 | return MD->isInstance() && MD->getThisType()->isDependentType(); | ||||||
509 | else | ||||||
510 | return false; | ||||||
511 | }(); | ||||||
512 | |||||||
513 | QualType T = FD->getType()->isDependentType() || IsThisDependentType | ||||||
514 | ? Context.DependentTy | ||||||
515 | : lookupPromiseType(*this, FD, Loc); | ||||||
516 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||
517 | return nullptr; | ||||||
518 | |||||||
519 | auto *VD = VarDecl::Create(Context, FD, FD->getLocation(), FD->getLocation(), | ||||||
520 | &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("__promise"), T, | ||||||
521 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), SC_None); | ||||||
522 | VD->setImplicit(); | ||||||
523 | CheckVariableDeclarationType(VD); | ||||||
524 | if (VD->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||
525 | return nullptr; | ||||||
526 | |||||||
527 | auto *ScopeInfo = getCurFunction(); | ||||||
528 | |||||||
529 | // Build a list of arguments, based on the coroutine function's arguments, | ||||||
530 | // that if present will be passed to the promise type's constructor. | ||||||
531 | llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 4> CtorArgExprs; | ||||||
532 | |||||||
533 | // Add implicit object parameter. | ||||||
534 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { | ||||||
535 | if (MD->isInstance() && !isLambdaCallOperator(MD)) { | ||||||
536 | ExprResult ThisExpr = ActOnCXXThis(Loc); | ||||||
537 | if (ThisExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
538 | return nullptr; | ||||||
539 | ThisExpr = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, UO_Deref, ThisExpr.get()); | ||||||
540 | if (ThisExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
541 | return nullptr; | ||||||
542 | CtorArgExprs.push_back(ThisExpr.get()); | ||||||
543 | } | ||||||
544 | } | ||||||
545 | |||||||
546 | // Add the coroutine function's parameters. | ||||||
547 | auto &Moves = ScopeInfo->CoroutineParameterMoves; | ||||||
548 | for (auto *PD : FD->parameters()) { | ||||||
549 | if (PD->getType()->isDependentType()) | ||||||
550 | continue; | ||||||
551 | |||||||
552 | auto RefExpr = ExprEmpty(); | ||||||
553 | auto Move = Moves.find(PD); | ||||||
554 | assert(Move != Moves.end() &&(static_cast <bool> (Move != Moves.end() && "Coroutine function parameter not inserted into move map" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Move != Moves.end() && \"Coroutine function parameter not inserted into move map\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 555, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||
555 | "Coroutine function parameter not inserted into move map")(static_cast <bool> (Move != Moves.end() && "Coroutine function parameter not inserted into move map" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Move != Moves.end() && \"Coroutine function parameter not inserted into move map\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 555, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
556 | // If a reference to the function parameter exists in the coroutine | ||||||
557 | // frame, use that reference. | ||||||
558 | auto *MoveDecl = | ||||||
559 | cast<VarDecl>(cast<DeclStmt>(Move->second)->getSingleDecl()); | ||||||
560 | RefExpr = | ||||||
561 | BuildDeclRefExpr(MoveDecl, MoveDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType(), | ||||||
562 | ExprValueKind::VK_LValue, FD->getLocation()); | ||||||
563 | if (RefExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
564 | return nullptr; | ||||||
565 | CtorArgExprs.push_back(RefExpr.get()); | ||||||
566 | } | ||||||
567 | |||||||
568 | // If we have a non-zero number of constructor arguments, try to use them. | ||||||
569 | // Otherwise, fall back to the promise type's default constructor. | ||||||
570 | if (!CtorArgExprs.empty()) { | ||||||
571 | // Create an initialization sequence for the promise type using the | ||||||
572 | // constructor arguments, wrapped in a parenthesized list expression. | ||||||
573 | Expr *PLE = ParenListExpr::Create(Context, FD->getLocation(), | ||||||
574 | CtorArgExprs, FD->getLocation()); | ||||||
575 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VD); | ||||||
576 | InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( | ||||||
577 | VD->getLocation(), /*DirectInit=*/true, PLE); | ||||||
578 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, CtorArgExprs, | ||||||
579 | /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, | ||||||
580 | /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); | ||||||
581 | |||||||
582 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]5.7 | ||||||
583 | // promise-constructor-arguments is determined as follows: overload | ||||||
584 | // resolution is performed on a promise constructor call created by | ||||||
585 | // assembling an argument list q_1 ... q_n . If a viable constructor is | ||||||
586 | // found ([over.match.viable]), then promise-constructor-arguments is ( q_1 | ||||||
587 | // , ..., q_n ), otherwise promise-constructor-arguments is empty. | ||||||
588 | if (InitSeq) { | ||||||
589 | ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, CtorArgExprs); | ||||||
590 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
591 | VD->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
592 | } else if (Result.get()) { | ||||||
593 | VD->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result.get())); | ||||||
594 | VD->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); | ||||||
595 | CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VD); | ||||||
596 | } | ||||||
597 | } else | ||||||
598 | ActOnUninitializedDecl(VD); | ||||||
599 | } else | ||||||
600 | ActOnUninitializedDecl(VD); | ||||||
601 | |||||||
602 | FD->addDecl(VD); | ||||||
603 | return VD; | ||||||
604 | } | ||||||
605 | |||||||
606 | /// Check that this is a context in which a coroutine suspension can appear. | ||||||
607 | static FunctionScopeInfo *checkCoroutineContext(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
608 | StringRef Keyword, | ||||||
609 | bool IsImplicit = false) { | ||||||
610 | if (!isValidCoroutineContext(S, Loc, Keyword)) | ||||||
611 | return nullptr; | ||||||
612 | |||||||
613 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext) && "not in a function scope")(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext ) && "not in a function scope") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext) && \"not in a function scope\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 613, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
614 | |||||||
615 | auto *ScopeInfo = S.getCurFunction(); | ||||||
616 | assert(ScopeInfo && "missing function scope for function")(static_cast <bool> (ScopeInfo && "missing function scope for function" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ScopeInfo && \"missing function scope for function\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 616, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
617 | |||||||
618 | if (ScopeInfo->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isInvalid() && !IsImplicit) | ||||||
619 | ScopeInfo->setFirstCoroutineStmt(Loc, Keyword); | ||||||
620 | |||||||
621 | if (ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise) | ||||||
622 | return ScopeInfo; | ||||||
623 | |||||||
624 | if (!S.buildCoroutineParameterMoves(Loc)) | ||||||
625 | return nullptr; | ||||||
626 | |||||||
627 | ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise = S.buildCoroutinePromise(Loc); | ||||||
628 | if (!ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise) | ||||||
629 | return nullptr; | ||||||
630 | |||||||
631 | return ScopeInfo; | ||||||
632 | } | ||||||
633 | |||||||
634 | /// Recursively check \p E and all its children to see if any call target | ||||||
635 | /// (including constructor call) is declared noexcept. Also any value returned | ||||||
636 | /// from the call has a noexcept destructor. | ||||||
637 | static void checkNoThrow(Sema &S, const Stmt *E, | ||||||
638 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Decl *> &ThrowingDecls) { | ||||||
639 | auto checkDeclNoexcept = [&](const Decl *D, bool IsDtor = false) { | ||||||
640 | // In the case of dtor, the call to dtor is implicit and hence we should | ||||||
641 | // pass nullptr to canCalleeThrow. | ||||||
642 | if (Sema::canCalleeThrow(S, IsDtor ? nullptr : cast<Expr>(E), D)) { | ||||||
643 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
644 | // co_await promise.final_suspend() could end up calling | ||||||
645 | // __builtin_coro_resume for symmetric transfer if await_suspend() | ||||||
646 | // returns a handle. In that case, even __builtin_coro_resume is not | ||||||
647 | // declared as noexcept and may throw, it does not throw _into_ the | ||||||
648 | // coroutine that just suspended, but rather throws back out from | ||||||
649 | // whoever called coroutine_handle::resume(), hence we claim that | ||||||
650 | // logically it does not throw. | ||||||
651 | if (FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_resume) | ||||||
652 | return; | ||||||
653 | } | ||||||
654 | if (ThrowingDecls.empty()) { | ||||||
655 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p15 | ||||||
656 | // The expression co_await promise.final_suspend() shall not be | ||||||
657 | // potentially-throwing ([except.spec]). | ||||||
658 | // | ||||||
659 | // First time seeing an error, emit the error message. | ||||||
660 | S.Diag(cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)->getLocation(), | ||||||
661 | diag::err_coroutine_promise_final_suspend_requires_nothrow); | ||||||
662 | } | ||||||
663 | ThrowingDecls.insert(D); | ||||||
664 | } | ||||||
665 | }; | ||||||
666 | |||||||
667 | if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
668 | CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = CE->getConstructor(); | ||||||
669 | checkDeclNoexcept(Ctor); | ||||||
670 | // Check the corresponding destructor of the constructor. | ||||||
671 | checkDeclNoexcept(Ctor->getParent()->getDestructor(), /*IsDtor=*/true); | ||||||
672 | } else if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
673 | if (CE->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||
674 | return; | ||||||
675 | |||||||
676 | checkDeclNoexcept(CE->getCalleeDecl()); | ||||||
677 | QualType ReturnType = CE->getCallReturnType(S.getASTContext()); | ||||||
678 | // Check the destructor of the call return type, if any. | ||||||
679 | if (ReturnType.isDestructedType() == | ||||||
680 | QualType::DestructionKind::DK_cxx_destructor) { | ||||||
681 | const auto *T = | ||||||
682 | cast<RecordType>(ReturnType.getCanonicalType().getTypePtr()); | ||||||
683 | checkDeclNoexcept(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl())->getDestructor(), | ||||||
684 | /*IsDtor=*/true); | ||||||
685 | } | ||||||
686 | } else | ||||||
687 | for (const auto *Child : E->children()) { | ||||||
688 | if (!Child) | ||||||
689 | continue; | ||||||
690 | checkNoThrow(S, Child, ThrowingDecls); | ||||||
691 | } | ||||||
692 | } | ||||||
693 | |||||||
694 | bool Sema::checkFinalSuspendNoThrow(const Stmt *FinalSuspend) { | ||||||
695 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 4> ThrowingDecls; | ||||||
696 | // We first collect all declarations that should not throw but not declared | ||||||
697 | // with noexcept. We then sort them based on the location before printing. | ||||||
698 | // This is to avoid emitting the same note multiple times on the same | ||||||
699 | // declaration, and also provide a deterministic order for the messages. | ||||||
700 | checkNoThrow(*this, FinalSuspend, ThrowingDecls); | ||||||
701 | auto SortedDecls = llvm::SmallVector<const Decl *, 4>{ThrowingDecls.begin(), | ||||||
702 | ThrowingDecls.end()}; | ||||||
703 | sort(SortedDecls, [](const Decl *A, const Decl *B) { | ||||||
704 | return A->getEndLoc() < B->getEndLoc(); | ||||||
705 | }); | ||||||
706 | for (const auto *D : SortedDecls) { | ||||||
707 | Diag(D->getEndLoc(), diag::note_coroutine_function_declare_noexcept); | ||||||
708 | } | ||||||
709 | return ThrowingDecls.empty(); | ||||||
710 | } | ||||||
711 | |||||||
712 | bool Sema::ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *SC, SourceLocation KWLoc, | ||||||
713 | StringRef Keyword) { | ||||||
714 | if (!checkCoroutineContext(*this, KWLoc, Keyword)) | ||||||
715 | return false; | ||||||
716 | auto *ScopeInfo = getCurFunction(); | ||||||
717 | assert(ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise)(static_cast <bool> (ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 717, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
718 | |||||||
719 | // If we have existing coroutine statements then we have already built | ||||||
720 | // the initial and final suspend points. | ||||||
721 | if (!ScopeInfo->NeedsCoroutineSuspends) | ||||||
722 | return true; | ||||||
723 | |||||||
724 | ScopeInfo->setNeedsCoroutineSuspends(false); | ||||||
725 | |||||||
726 | auto *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||
727 | SourceLocation Loc = Fn->getLocation(); | ||||||
728 | // Build the initial suspend point | ||||||
729 | auto buildSuspends = [&](StringRef Name) mutable -> StmtResult { | ||||||
730 | ExprResult Suspend = | ||||||
731 | buildPromiseCall(*this, ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise, Loc, Name, None); | ||||||
732 | if (Suspend.isInvalid()) | ||||||
733 | return StmtError(); | ||||||
734 | Suspend = buildOperatorCoawaitCall(*this, SC, Loc, Suspend.get()); | ||||||
735 | if (Suspend.isInvalid()) | ||||||
736 | return StmtError(); | ||||||
737 | Suspend = BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(Loc, Suspend.get(), | ||||||
738 | /*IsImplicit*/ true); | ||||||
739 | Suspend = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Suspend.get(), /*DiscardedValue*/ false); | ||||||
740 | if (Suspend.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
741 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_coroutine_promise_suspend_implicitly_required) | ||||||
742 | << ((Name == "initial_suspend") ? 0 : 1); | ||||||
743 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) << Keyword; | ||||||
744 | return StmtError(); | ||||||
745 | } | ||||||
746 | return cast<Stmt>(Suspend.get()); | ||||||
747 | }; | ||||||
748 | |||||||
749 | StmtResult InitSuspend = buildSuspends("initial_suspend"); | ||||||
750 | if (InitSuspend.isInvalid()) | ||||||
751 | return true; | ||||||
752 | |||||||
753 | StmtResult FinalSuspend = buildSuspends("final_suspend"); | ||||||
754 | if (FinalSuspend.isInvalid() || !checkFinalSuspendNoThrow(FinalSuspend.get())) | ||||||
755 | return true; | ||||||
756 | |||||||
757 | ScopeInfo->setCoroutineSuspends(InitSuspend.get(), FinalSuspend.get()); | ||||||
758 | |||||||
759 | return true; | ||||||
760 | } | ||||||
761 | |||||||
762 | // Recursively walks up the scope hierarchy until either a 'catch' or a function | ||||||
763 | // scope is found, whichever comes first. | ||||||
764 | static bool isWithinCatchScope(Scope *S) { | ||||||
765 | // 'co_await' and 'co_yield' keywords are disallowed within catch blocks, but | ||||||
766 | // lambdas that use 'co_await' are allowed. The loop below ends when a | ||||||
767 | // function scope is found in order to ensure the following behavior: | ||||||
768 | // | ||||||
769 | // void foo() { // <- function scope | ||||||
770 | // try { // | ||||||
771 | // co_await x; // <- 'co_await' is OK within a function scope | ||||||
772 | // } catch { // <- catch scope | ||||||
773 | // co_await x; // <- 'co_await' is not OK within a catch scope | ||||||
774 | // []() { // <- function scope | ||||||
775 | // co_await x; // <- 'co_await' is OK within a function scope | ||||||
776 | // }(); | ||||||
777 | // } | ||||||
778 | // } | ||||||
779 | while (S && !S->isFunctionScope()) { | ||||||
780 | if (S->isCatchScope()) | ||||||
781 | return true; | ||||||
782 | S = S->getParent(); | ||||||
783 | } | ||||||
784 | return false; | ||||||
785 | } | ||||||
786 | |||||||
787 | // [expr.await]p2, emphasis added: "An await-expression shall appear only in | ||||||
788 | // a *potentially evaluated* expression within the compound-statement of a | ||||||
789 | // function-body *outside of a handler* [...] A context within a function | ||||||
790 | // where an await-expression can appear is called a suspension context of the | ||||||
791 | // function." | ||||||
792 | static void checkSuspensionContext(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
793 | StringRef Keyword) { | ||||||
794 | // First emphasis of [expr.await]p2: must be a potentially evaluated context. | ||||||
795 | // That is, 'co_await' and 'co_yield' cannot appear in subexpressions of | ||||||
796 | // \c sizeof. | ||||||
797 | if (S.isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||
798 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_coroutine_unevaluated_context) << Keyword; | ||||||
799 | |||||||
800 | // Second emphasis of [expr.await]p2: must be outside of an exception handler. | ||||||
801 | if (isWithinCatchScope(S.getCurScope())) | ||||||
802 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_coroutine_within_handler) << Keyword; | ||||||
803 | } | ||||||
804 | |||||||
805 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||
806 | if (!ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(S, Loc, "co_await")) { | ||||||
807 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E); | ||||||
808 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
809 | } | ||||||
810 | |||||||
811 | checkSuspensionContext(*this, Loc, "co_await"); | ||||||
812 | |||||||
813 | if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||
814 | ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||
815 | if (R.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||
816 | E = R.get(); | ||||||
817 | } | ||||||
818 | ExprResult Lookup = buildOperatorCoawaitLookupExpr(*this, S, Loc); | ||||||
819 | if (Lookup.isInvalid()) | ||||||
820 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
821 | return BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(Loc, E, | ||||||
822 | cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Lookup.get())); | ||||||
823 | } | ||||||
824 | |||||||
825 | ExprResult Sema::BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, | ||||||
826 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *Lookup) { | ||||||
827 | auto *FSI = checkCoroutineContext(*this, Loc, "co_await"); | ||||||
828 | if (!FSI) | ||||||
829 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
830 | |||||||
831 | if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||
832 | ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||
833 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||
834 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
835 | E = R.get(); | ||||||
836 | } | ||||||
837 | |||||||
838 | auto *Promise = FSI->CoroutinePromise; | ||||||
839 | if (Promise->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
840 | Expr *Res = | ||||||
841 | new (Context) DependentCoawaitExpr(Loc, Context.DependentTy, E, Lookup); | ||||||
842 | return Res; | ||||||
843 | } | ||||||
844 | |||||||
845 | auto *RD = Promise->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
846 | if (lookupMember(*this, "await_transform", RD, Loc)) { | ||||||
847 | ExprResult R = buildPromiseCall(*this, Promise, Loc, "await_transform", E); | ||||||
848 | if (R.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
849 | Diag(Loc, | ||||||
850 | diag::note_coroutine_promise_implicit_await_transform_required_here) | ||||||
851 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
852 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
853 | } | ||||||
854 | E = R.get(); | ||||||
855 | } | ||||||
856 | ExprResult Awaitable = buildOperatorCoawaitCall(*this, Loc, E, Lookup); | ||||||
857 | if (Awaitable.isInvalid()) | ||||||
858 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
859 | |||||||
860 | return BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(Loc, Awaitable.get()); | ||||||
861 | } | ||||||
862 | |||||||
863 | ExprResult Sema::BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, | ||||||
864 | bool IsImplicit) { | ||||||
865 | auto *Coroutine = checkCoroutineContext(*this, Loc, "co_await", IsImplicit); | ||||||
866 | if (!Coroutine) | ||||||
867 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
868 | |||||||
869 | if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||
870 | ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||
871 | if (R.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||
872 | E = R.get(); | ||||||
873 | } | ||||||
874 | |||||||
875 | if (E->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
876 | Expr *Res = new (Context) | ||||||
877 | CoawaitExpr(Loc, Context.DependentTy, E, IsImplicit); | ||||||
878 | return Res; | ||||||
879 | } | ||||||
880 | |||||||
881 | // If the expression is a temporary, materialize it as an lvalue so that we | ||||||
882 | // can use it multiple times. | ||||||
883 | if (E->isPRValue()) | ||||||
884 | E = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(E->getType(), E, true); | ||||||
885 | |||||||
886 | // The location of the `co_await` token cannot be used when constructing | ||||||
887 | // the member call expressions since it's before the location of `Expr`, which | ||||||
888 | // is used as the start of the member call expression. | ||||||
889 | SourceLocation CallLoc = E->getExprLoc(); | ||||||
890 | |||||||
891 | // Build the await_ready, await_suspend, await_resume calls. | ||||||
892 | ReadySuspendResumeResult RSS = buildCoawaitCalls( | ||||||
893 | *this, Coroutine->CoroutinePromise, CallLoc, E); | ||||||
894 | if (RSS.IsInvalid) | ||||||
895 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
896 | |||||||
897 | Expr *Res = | ||||||
898 | new (Context) CoawaitExpr(Loc, E, RSS.Results[0], RSS.Results[1], | ||||||
899 | RSS.Results[2], RSS.OpaqueValue, IsImplicit); | ||||||
900 | |||||||
901 | return Res; | ||||||
902 | } | ||||||
903 | |||||||
904 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||
905 | if (!ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(S, Loc, "co_yield")) { | ||||||
| |||||||
906 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E); | ||||||
907 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
908 | } | ||||||
909 | |||||||
910 | checkSuspensionContext(*this, Loc, "co_yield"); | ||||||
911 | |||||||
912 | // Build yield_value call. | ||||||
913 | ExprResult Awaitable = buildPromiseCall( | ||||||
914 | *this, getCurFunction()->CoroutinePromise, Loc, "yield_value", E); | ||||||
915 | if (Awaitable.isInvalid()) | ||||||
916 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
917 | |||||||
918 | // Build 'operator co_await' call. | ||||||
919 | Awaitable = buildOperatorCoawaitCall(*this, S, Loc, Awaitable.get()); | ||||||
920 | if (Awaitable.isInvalid()) | ||||||
921 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
922 | |||||||
923 | return BuildCoyieldExpr(Loc, Awaitable.get()); | ||||||
924 | } | ||||||
925 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||
926 | auto *Coroutine = checkCoroutineContext(*this, Loc, "co_yield"); | ||||||
927 | if (!Coroutine
| ||||||
928 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
929 | |||||||
930 | if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||
931 | ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||
932 | if (R.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||
933 | E = R.get(); | ||||||
934 | } | ||||||
935 | |||||||
936 | if (E->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
937 | Expr *Res = new (Context) CoyieldExpr(Loc, Context.DependentTy, E); | ||||||
938 | return Res; | ||||||
939 | } | ||||||
940 | |||||||
941 | // If the expression is a temporary, materialize it as an lvalue so that we | ||||||
942 | // can use it multiple times. | ||||||
943 | if (E->isPRValue()) | ||||||
944 | E = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(E->getType(), E, true); | ||||||
945 | |||||||
946 | // Build the await_ready, await_suspend, await_resume calls. | ||||||
947 | ReadySuspendResumeResult RSS = buildCoawaitCalls( | ||||||
948 | *this, Coroutine->CoroutinePromise, Loc, E); | ||||||
949 | if (RSS.IsInvalid
| ||||||
950 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
951 | |||||||
952 | Expr *Res = | ||||||
953 | new (Context) CoyieldExpr(Loc, E, RSS.Results[0], RSS.Results[1], | ||||||
954 | RSS.Results[2], RSS.OpaqueValue); | ||||||
955 | |||||||
956 | return Res; | ||||||
957 | } | ||||||
958 | |||||||
959 | StmtResult Sema::ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||
960 | if (!ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(S, Loc, "co_return")) { | ||||||
961 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E); | ||||||
962 | return StmtError(); | ||||||
963 | } | ||||||
964 | return BuildCoreturnStmt(Loc, E); | ||||||
965 | } | ||||||
966 | |||||||
967 | StmtResult Sema::BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, | ||||||
968 | bool IsImplicit) { | ||||||
969 | auto *FSI = checkCoroutineContext(*this, Loc, "co_return", IsImplicit); | ||||||
970 | if (!FSI) | ||||||
971 | return StmtError(); | ||||||
972 | |||||||
973 | if (E && E->hasPlaceholderType() && | ||||||
974 | !E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::Overload)) { | ||||||
975 | ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||
976 | if (R.isInvalid()) return StmtError(); | ||||||
977 | E = R.get(); | ||||||
978 | } | ||||||
979 | |||||||
980 | VarDecl *Promise = FSI->CoroutinePromise; | ||||||
981 | ExprResult PC; | ||||||
982 | if (E && (isa<InitListExpr>(E) || !E->getType()->isVoidType())) { | ||||||
983 | getNamedReturnInfo(E, SimplerImplicitMoveMode::ForceOn); | ||||||
984 | PC = buildPromiseCall(*this, Promise, Loc, "return_value", E); | ||||||
985 | } else { | ||||||
986 | E = MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(E).get(); | ||||||
987 | PC = buildPromiseCall(*this, Promise, Loc, "return_void", None); | ||||||
988 | } | ||||||
989 | if (PC.isInvalid()) | ||||||
990 | return StmtError(); | ||||||
991 | |||||||
992 | Expr *PCE = ActOnFinishFullExpr(PC.get(), /*DiscardedValue*/ false).get(); | ||||||
993 | |||||||
994 | Stmt *Res = new (Context) CoreturnStmt(Loc, E, PCE, IsImplicit); | ||||||
995 | return Res; | ||||||
996 | } | ||||||
997 | |||||||
998 | /// Look up the std::nothrow object. | ||||||
999 | static Expr *buildStdNoThrowDeclRef(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
1000 | NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace(); | ||||||
1001 | assert(Std && "Should already be diagnosed")(static_cast <bool> (Std && "Should already be diagnosed" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Std && \"Should already be diagnosed\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1001, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1002 | |||||||
1003 | LookupResult Result(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get("nothrow"), Loc, | ||||||
1004 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
1005 | if (!S.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Std)) { | ||||||
1006 | // <coroutine> is not requred to include <new>, so we couldn't omit | ||||||
1007 | // the check here. | ||||||
1008 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_coroutine_std_nothrow_type_not_found); | ||||||
1009 | return nullptr; | ||||||
1010 | } | ||||||
1011 | |||||||
1012 | auto *VD = Result.getAsSingle<VarDecl>(); | ||||||
1013 | if (!VD) { | ||||||
1014 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
1015 | // We found something weird. Complain about the first thing we found. | ||||||
1016 | NamedDecl *Found = *Result.begin(); | ||||||
1017 | S.Diag(Found->getLocation(), diag::err_malformed_std_nothrow); | ||||||
1018 | return nullptr; | ||||||
1019 | } | ||||||
1020 | |||||||
1021 | ExprResult DR = S.BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc); | ||||||
1022 | if (DR.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1023 | return nullptr; | ||||||
1024 | |||||||
1025 | return DR.get(); | ||||||
1026 | } | ||||||
1027 | |||||||
1028 | // Find an appropriate delete for the promise. | ||||||
1029 | static FunctionDecl *findDeleteForPromise(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
1030 | QualType PromiseType) { | ||||||
1031 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; | ||||||
1032 | |||||||
1033 | DeclarationName DeleteName = | ||||||
1034 | S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); | ||||||
1035 | |||||||
1036 | auto *PointeeRD = PromiseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
1037 | assert(PointeeRD && "PromiseType must be a CxxRecordDecl type")(static_cast <bool> (PointeeRD && "PromiseType must be a CxxRecordDecl type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PointeeRD && \"PromiseType must be a CxxRecordDecl type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1037, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1038 | |||||||
1039 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p12 | ||||||
1040 | // The deallocation function's name is looked up by searching for it in the | ||||||
1041 | // scope of the promise type. If nothing is found, a search is performed in | ||||||
1042 | // the global scope. | ||||||
1043 | if (S.FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, OperatorDelete)) | ||||||
1044 | return nullptr; | ||||||
1045 | |||||||
1046 | // FIXME: We didn't implement following selection: | ||||||
1047 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p12 | ||||||
1048 | // If both a usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a | ||||||
1049 | // usual deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size | ||||||
1050 | // parameter are found, then the selected deallocation function shall be the | ||||||
1051 | // one with two parameters. Otherwise, the selected deallocation function | ||||||
1052 | // shall be the function with one parameter. | ||||||
1053 | |||||||
1054 | if (!OperatorDelete) { | ||||||
1055 | // Look for a global declaration. | ||||||
1056 | const bool CanProvideSize = S.isCompleteType(Loc, PromiseType); | ||||||
1057 | const bool Overaligned = false; | ||||||
1058 | OperatorDelete = S.FindUsualDeallocationFunction(Loc, CanProvideSize, | ||||||
1059 | Overaligned, DeleteName); | ||||||
1060 | } | ||||||
1061 | S.MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, OperatorDelete); | ||||||
1062 | return OperatorDelete; | ||||||
1063 | } | ||||||
1064 | |||||||
1065 | |||||||
1066 | void Sema::CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body) { | ||||||
1067 | FunctionScopeInfo *Fn = getCurFunction(); | ||||||
1068 | assert(Fn && Fn->isCoroutine() && "not a coroutine")(static_cast <bool> (Fn && Fn->isCoroutine() && "not a coroutine") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn && Fn->isCoroutine() && \"not a coroutine\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1068, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1069 | if (!Body) { | ||||||
1070 | assert(FD->isInvalidDecl() &&(static_cast <bool> (FD->isInvalidDecl() && "a null body is only allowed for invalid declarations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FD->isInvalidDecl() && \"a null body is only allowed for invalid declarations\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1071, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||
1071 | "a null body is only allowed for invalid declarations")(static_cast <bool> (FD->isInvalidDecl() && "a null body is only allowed for invalid declarations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FD->isInvalidDecl() && \"a null body is only allowed for invalid declarations\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1071, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1072 | return; | ||||||
1073 | } | ||||||
1074 | // We have a function that uses coroutine keywords, but we failed to build | ||||||
1075 | // the promise type. | ||||||
1076 | if (!Fn->CoroutinePromise) | ||||||
1077 | return FD->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
1078 | |||||||
1079 | if (isa<CoroutineBodyStmt>(Body)) { | ||||||
1080 | // Nothing todo. the body is already a transformed coroutine body statement. | ||||||
1081 | return; | ||||||
1082 | } | ||||||
1083 | |||||||
1084 | // The always_inline attribute doesn't reliably apply to a coroutine, | ||||||
1085 | // because the coroutine will be split into pieces and some pieces | ||||||
1086 | // might be called indirectly, as in a virtual call. Even the ramp | ||||||
1087 | // function cannot be inlined at -O0, due to pipeline ordering | ||||||
1088 | // problems (see https://llvm.org/PR53413). Tell the user about it. | ||||||
1089 | if (FD->hasAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>()) | ||||||
1090 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_always_inline_coroutine); | ||||||
1091 | |||||||
1092 | // [stmt.return.coroutine]p1: | ||||||
1093 | // A coroutine shall not enclose a return statement ([stmt.return]). | ||||||
1094 | if (Fn->FirstReturnLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||
1095 | assert(Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isValid() &&(static_cast <bool> (Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isValid () && "first coroutine location not set") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isValid() && \"first coroutine location not set\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1096, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||
1096 | "first coroutine location not set")(static_cast <bool> (Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isValid () && "first coroutine location not set") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isValid() && \"first coroutine location not set\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1096, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1097 | Diag(Fn->FirstReturnLoc, diag::err_return_in_coroutine); | ||||||
1098 | Diag(Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) | ||||||
1099 | << Fn->getFirstCoroutineStmtKeyword(); | ||||||
1100 | } | ||||||
1101 | CoroutineStmtBuilder Builder(*this, *FD, *Fn, Body); | ||||||
1102 | if (Builder.isInvalid() || !Builder.buildStatements()) | ||||||
1103 | return FD->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
1104 | |||||||
1105 | // Build body for the coroutine wrapper statement. | ||||||
1106 | Body = CoroutineBodyStmt::Create(Context, Builder); | ||||||
1107 | } | ||||||
1108 | |||||||
1109 | CoroutineStmtBuilder::CoroutineStmtBuilder(Sema &S, FunctionDecl &FD, | ||||||
1110 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo &Fn, | ||||||
1111 | Stmt *Body) | ||||||
1112 | : S(S), FD(FD), Fn(Fn), Loc(FD.getLocation()), | ||||||
1113 | IsPromiseDependentType( | ||||||
1114 | !Fn.CoroutinePromise || | ||||||
1115 | Fn.CoroutinePromise->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
1116 | this->Body = Body; | ||||||
1117 | |||||||
1118 | for (auto KV : Fn.CoroutineParameterMoves) | ||||||
1119 | this->ParamMovesVector.push_back(KV.second); | ||||||
1120 | this->ParamMoves = this->ParamMovesVector; | ||||||
1121 | |||||||
1122 | if (!IsPromiseDependentType) { | ||||||
1123 | PromiseRecordDecl = Fn.CoroutinePromise->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
1124 | assert(PromiseRecordDecl && "Type should have already been checked")(static_cast <bool> (PromiseRecordDecl && "Type should have already been checked" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PromiseRecordDecl && \"Type should have already been checked\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1124, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1125 | } | ||||||
1126 | this->IsValid = makePromiseStmt() && makeInitialAndFinalSuspend(); | ||||||
1127 | } | ||||||
1128 | |||||||
1129 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::buildStatements() { | ||||||
1130 | assert(this->IsValid && "coroutine already invalid")(static_cast <bool> (this->IsValid && "coroutine already invalid" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("this->IsValid && \"coroutine already invalid\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1130, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1131 | this->IsValid = makeReturnObject(); | ||||||
1132 | if (this->IsValid && !IsPromiseDependentType) | ||||||
1133 | buildDependentStatements(); | ||||||
1134 | return this->IsValid; | ||||||
1135 | } | ||||||
1136 | |||||||
1137 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::buildDependentStatements() { | ||||||
1138 | assert(this->IsValid && "coroutine already invalid")(static_cast <bool> (this->IsValid && "coroutine already invalid" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("this->IsValid && \"coroutine already invalid\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1138, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1139 | assert(!this->IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!this->IsPromiseDependentType && "coroutine cannot have a dependent promise type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!this->IsPromiseDependentType && \"coroutine cannot have a dependent promise type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1140, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||
1140 | "coroutine cannot have a dependent promise type")(static_cast <bool> (!this->IsPromiseDependentType && "coroutine cannot have a dependent promise type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!this->IsPromiseDependentType && \"coroutine cannot have a dependent promise type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1140, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1141 | this->IsValid = makeOnException() && makeOnFallthrough() && | ||||||
1142 | makeGroDeclAndReturnStmt() && makeReturnOnAllocFailure() && | ||||||
1143 | makeNewAndDeleteExpr(); | ||||||
1144 | return this->IsValid; | ||||||
1145 | } | ||||||
1146 | |||||||
1147 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makePromiseStmt() { | ||||||
1148 | // Form a declaration statement for the promise declaration, so that AST | ||||||
1149 | // visitors can more easily find it. | ||||||
1150 | StmtResult PromiseStmt = | ||||||
1151 | S.ActOnDeclStmt(S.ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Fn.CoroutinePromise), Loc, Loc); | ||||||
1152 | if (PromiseStmt.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1153 | return false; | ||||||
1154 | |||||||
1155 | this->Promise = PromiseStmt.get(); | ||||||
1156 | return true; | ||||||
1157 | } | ||||||
1158 | |||||||
1159 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeInitialAndFinalSuspend() { | ||||||
1160 | if (Fn.hasInvalidCoroutineSuspends()) | ||||||
1161 | return false; | ||||||
1162 | this->InitialSuspend = cast<Expr>(Fn.CoroutineSuspends.first); | ||||||
1163 | this->FinalSuspend = cast<Expr>(Fn.CoroutineSuspends.second); | ||||||
1164 | return true; | ||||||
1165 | } | ||||||
1166 | |||||||
1167 | static bool diagReturnOnAllocFailure(Sema &S, Expr *E, | ||||||
1168 | CXXRecordDecl *PromiseRecordDecl, | ||||||
1169 | FunctionScopeInfo &Fn) { | ||||||
1170 | auto Loc = E->getExprLoc(); | ||||||
1171 | if (auto *DeclRef = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
1172 | auto *Decl = DeclRef->getDecl(); | ||||||
1173 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl)) { | ||||||
1174 | if (Method->isStatic()) | ||||||
1175 | return true; | ||||||
1176 | else | ||||||
1177 | Loc = Decl->getLocation(); | ||||||
1178 | } | ||||||
1179 | } | ||||||
1180 | |||||||
1181 | S.Diag( | ||||||
1182 | Loc, | ||||||
1183 | diag::err_coroutine_promise_get_return_object_on_allocation_failure) | ||||||
1184 | << PromiseRecordDecl; | ||||||
1185 | S.Diag(Fn.FirstCoroutineStmtLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) | ||||||
1186 | << Fn.getFirstCoroutineStmtKeyword(); | ||||||
1187 | return false; | ||||||
1188 | } | ||||||
1189 | |||||||
1190 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeReturnOnAllocFailure() { | ||||||
1191 | assert(!IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1192, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||
1192 | "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1192, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1193 | |||||||
1194 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p10 | ||||||
1195 | // If a search for the name get_return_object_on_allocation_failure in | ||||||
1196 | // the scope of the promise type ([class.member.lookup]) finds any | ||||||
1197 | // declarations, then the result of a call to an allocation function used to | ||||||
1198 | // obtain storage for the coroutine state is assumed to return nullptr if it | ||||||
1199 | // fails to obtain storage, ... If the allocation function returns nullptr, | ||||||
1200 | // ... and the return value is obtained by a call to | ||||||
1201 | // T::get_return_object_on_allocation_failure(), where T is the | ||||||
1202 | // promise type. | ||||||
1203 | DeclarationName DN = | ||||||
1204 | S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("get_return_object_on_allocation_failure"); | ||||||
1205 | LookupResult Found(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupMemberName); | ||||||
1206 | if (!S.LookupQualifiedName(Found, PromiseRecordDecl)) | ||||||
1207 | return true; | ||||||
1208 | |||||||
1209 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||||
1210 | ExprResult DeclNameExpr = | ||||||
1211 | S.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Found, /*NeedsADL=*/false); | ||||||
1212 | if (DeclNameExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1213 | return false; | ||||||
1214 | |||||||
1215 | if (!diagReturnOnAllocFailure(S, DeclNameExpr.get(), PromiseRecordDecl, Fn)) | ||||||
1216 | return false; | ||||||
1217 | |||||||
1218 | ExprResult ReturnObjectOnAllocationFailure = | ||||||
1219 | S.BuildCallExpr(nullptr, DeclNameExpr.get(), Loc, {}, Loc); | ||||||
1220 | if (ReturnObjectOnAllocationFailure.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1221 | return false; | ||||||
1222 | |||||||
1223 | StmtResult ReturnStmt = | ||||||
1224 | S.BuildReturnStmt(Loc, ReturnObjectOnAllocationFailure.get()); | ||||||
1225 | if (ReturnStmt.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
1226 | S.Diag(Found.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) | ||||||
1227 | << DN; | ||||||
1228 | S.Diag(Fn.FirstCoroutineStmtLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) | ||||||
1229 | << Fn.getFirstCoroutineStmtKeyword(); | ||||||
1230 | return false; | ||||||
1231 | } | ||||||
1232 | |||||||
1233 | this->ReturnStmtOnAllocFailure = ReturnStmt.get(); | ||||||
1234 | return true; | ||||||
1235 | } | ||||||
1236 | |||||||
1237 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeNewAndDeleteExpr() { | ||||||
1238 | // Form and check allocation and deallocation calls. | ||||||
1239 | assert(!IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1240, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||
1240 | "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1240, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1241 | QualType PromiseType = Fn.CoroutinePromise->getType(); | ||||||
1242 | |||||||
1243 | if (S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, PromiseType, diag::err_incomplete_type)) | ||||||
1244 | return false; | ||||||
1245 | |||||||
1246 | const bool RequiresNoThrowAlloc = ReturnStmtOnAllocFailure != nullptr; | ||||||
1247 | |||||||
1248 | // According to [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p9, Lookup allocation functions using a | ||||||
1249 | // parameter list composed of the requested size of the coroutine state being | ||||||
1250 | // allocated, followed by the coroutine function's arguments. If a matching | ||||||
1251 | // allocation function exists, use it. Otherwise, use an allocation function | ||||||
1252 | // that just takes the requested size. | ||||||
1253 | |||||||
1254 | FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; | ||||||
1255 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; | ||||||
1256 | FunctionDecl *UnusedResult = nullptr; | ||||||
1257 | bool PassAlignment = false; | ||||||
1258 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> PlacementArgs; | ||||||
1259 | |||||||
1260 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p9 | ||||||
1261 | // An implementation may need to allocate additional storage for a | ||||||
1262 | // coroutine. | ||||||
1263 | // This storage is known as the coroutine state and is obtained by calling a | ||||||
1264 | // non-array allocation function ([basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]). The | ||||||
1265 | // allocation function's name is looked up by searching for it in the scope of | ||||||
1266 | // the promise type. | ||||||
1267 | // - If any declarations are found, overload resolution is performed on a | ||||||
1268 | // function call created by assembling an argument list. The first argument is | ||||||
1269 | // the amount of space requested, and has type std::size_t. The | ||||||
1270 | // lvalues p1 ... pn are the succeeding arguments. | ||||||
1271 | // | ||||||
1272 | // ...where "p1 ... pn" are defined earlier as: | ||||||
1273 | // | ||||||
1274 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p3 | ||||||
1275 | // The promise type of a coroutine is `std::coroutine_traits<R, P1, ..., | ||||||
1276 | // Pn>` | ||||||
1277 | // , where R is the return type of the function, and `P1, ..., Pn` are the | ||||||
1278 | // sequence of types of the non-object function parameters, preceded by the | ||||||
1279 | // type of the object parameter ([dcl.fct]) if the coroutine is a non-static | ||||||
1280 | // member function. [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p4 In the following, p_i is an | ||||||
1281 | // lvalue of type P_i, where p1 denotes the object parameter and p_i+1 denotes | ||||||
1282 | // the i-th non-object function parameter for a non-static member function, | ||||||
1283 | // and p_i denotes the i-th function parameter otherwise. For a non-static | ||||||
1284 | // member function, q_1 is an lvalue that denotes *this; any other q_i is an | ||||||
1285 | // lvalue that denotes the parameter copy corresponding to p_i. | ||||||
1286 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&FD)) { | ||||||
1287 | if (MD->isInstance() && !isLambdaCallOperator(MD)) { | ||||||
1288 | ExprResult ThisExpr = S.ActOnCXXThis(Loc); | ||||||
1289 | if (ThisExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1290 | return false; | ||||||
1291 | ThisExpr = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, UO_Deref, ThisExpr.get()); | ||||||
1292 | if (ThisExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1293 | return false; | ||||||
1294 | PlacementArgs.push_back(ThisExpr.get()); | ||||||
1295 | } | ||||||
1296 | } | ||||||
1297 | for (auto *PD : FD.parameters()) { | ||||||
1298 | if (PD->getType()->isDependentType()) | ||||||
1299 | continue; | ||||||
1300 | |||||||
1301 | // Build a reference to the parameter. | ||||||
1302 | auto PDLoc = PD->getLocation(); | ||||||
1303 | ExprResult PDRefExpr = | ||||||
1304 | S.BuildDeclRefExpr(PD, PD->getOriginalType().getNonReferenceType(), | ||||||
1305 | ExprValueKind::VK_LValue, PDLoc); | ||||||
1306 | if (PDRefExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1307 | return false; | ||||||
1308 | |||||||
1309 | PlacementArgs.push_back(PDRefExpr.get()); | ||||||
1310 | } | ||||||
1311 | S.FindAllocationFunctions(Loc, SourceRange(), /*NewScope*/ Sema::AFS_Class, | ||||||
1312 | /*DeleteScope*/ Sema::AFS_Both, PromiseType, | ||||||
1313 | /*isArray*/ false, PassAlignment, PlacementArgs, | ||||||
1314 | OperatorNew, UnusedResult, /*Diagnose*/ false); | ||||||
1315 | |||||||
1316 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p9 | ||||||
1317 | // If no viable function is found ([over.match.viable]), overload resolution | ||||||
1318 | // is performed again on a function call created by passing just the amount of | ||||||
1319 | // space required as an argument of type std::size_t. | ||||||
1320 | if (!OperatorNew && !PlacementArgs.empty()) { | ||||||
1321 | PlacementArgs.clear(); | ||||||
1322 | S.FindAllocationFunctions(Loc, SourceRange(), /*NewScope*/ Sema::AFS_Class, | ||||||
1323 | /*DeleteScope*/ Sema::AFS_Both, PromiseType, | ||||||
1324 | /*isArray*/ false, PassAlignment, PlacementArgs, | ||||||
1325 | OperatorNew, UnusedResult, /*Diagnose*/ false); | ||||||
1326 | } | ||||||
1327 | |||||||
1328 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p9 | ||||||
1329 | // The allocation function's name is looked up by searching for it in the | ||||||
1330 | // scope of the promise type. | ||||||
1331 | // - If any declarations are found, ... | ||||||
1332 | // - Otherwise, a search is performed in the global scope. | ||||||
1333 | if (!OperatorNew) { | ||||||
1334 | S.FindAllocationFunctions(Loc, SourceRange(), /*NewScope*/ Sema::AFS_Global, | ||||||
1335 | /*DeleteScope*/ Sema::AFS_Both, PromiseType, | ||||||
1336 | /*isArray*/ false, PassAlignment, PlacementArgs, | ||||||
1337 | OperatorNew, UnusedResult); | ||||||
1338 | } | ||||||
1339 | |||||||
1340 | bool IsGlobalOverload = | ||||||
1341 | OperatorNew && !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(OperatorNew->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
1342 | // If we didn't find a class-local new declaration and non-throwing new | ||||||
1343 | // was is required then we need to lookup the non-throwing global operator | ||||||
1344 | // instead. | ||||||
1345 | if (RequiresNoThrowAlloc && (!OperatorNew || IsGlobalOverload)) { | ||||||
1346 | auto *StdNoThrow = buildStdNoThrowDeclRef(S, Loc); | ||||||
1347 | if (!StdNoThrow) | ||||||
1348 | return false; | ||||||
1349 | PlacementArgs = {StdNoThrow}; | ||||||
1350 | OperatorNew = nullptr; | ||||||
1351 | S.FindAllocationFunctions(Loc, SourceRange(), /*NewScope*/ Sema::AFS_Both, | ||||||
1352 | /*DeleteScope*/ Sema::AFS_Both, PromiseType, | ||||||
1353 | /*isArray*/ false, PassAlignment, PlacementArgs, | ||||||
1354 | OperatorNew, UnusedResult); | ||||||
1355 | } | ||||||
1356 | |||||||
1357 | if (!OperatorNew) | ||||||
1358 | return false; | ||||||
1359 | |||||||
1360 | if (RequiresNoThrowAlloc) { | ||||||
1361 | const auto *FT = OperatorNew->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
1362 | if (!FT->isNothrow(/*ResultIfDependent*/ false)) { | ||||||
1363 | S.Diag(OperatorNew->getLocation(), | ||||||
1364 | diag::err_coroutine_promise_new_requires_nothrow) | ||||||
1365 | << OperatorNew; | ||||||
1366 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_coroutine_promise_call_implicitly_required) | ||||||
1367 | << OperatorNew; | ||||||
1368 | return false; | ||||||
1369 | } | ||||||
1370 | } | ||||||
1371 | |||||||
1372 | if ((OperatorDelete = findDeleteForPromise(S, Loc, PromiseType)) == nullptr) { | ||||||
1373 | // FIXME: We should add an error here. According to: | ||||||
1374 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p12 | ||||||
1375 | // If no usual deallocation function is found, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||
1376 | return false; | ||||||
1377 | } | ||||||
1378 | |||||||
1379 | Expr *FramePtr = | ||||||
1380 | S.BuildBuiltinCallExpr(Loc, Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_frame, {}); | ||||||
1381 | |||||||
1382 | Expr *FrameSize = | ||||||
1383 | S.BuildBuiltinCallExpr(Loc, Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_size, {}); | ||||||
1384 | |||||||
1385 | // Make new call. | ||||||
1386 | |||||||
1387 | ExprResult NewRef = | ||||||
1388 | S.BuildDeclRefExpr(OperatorNew, OperatorNew->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc); | ||||||
1389 | if (NewRef.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1390 | return false; | ||||||
1391 | |||||||
1392 | SmallVector<Expr *, 2> NewArgs(1, FrameSize); | ||||||
1393 | llvm::append_range(NewArgs, PlacementArgs); | ||||||
1394 | |||||||
1395 | ExprResult NewExpr = | ||||||
1396 | S.BuildCallExpr(S.getCurScope(), NewRef.get(), Loc, NewArgs, Loc); | ||||||
1397 | NewExpr = S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(NewExpr.get(), /*DiscardedValue*/ false); | ||||||
1398 | if (NewExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1399 | return false; | ||||||
1400 | |||||||
1401 | // Make delete call. | ||||||
1402 | |||||||
1403 | QualType OpDeleteQualType = OperatorDelete->getType(); | ||||||
1404 | |||||||
1405 | ExprResult DeleteRef = | ||||||
1406 | S.BuildDeclRefExpr(OperatorDelete, OpDeleteQualType, VK_LValue, Loc); | ||||||
1407 | if (DeleteRef.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1408 | return false; | ||||||
1409 | |||||||
1410 | Expr *CoroFree = | ||||||
1411 | S.BuildBuiltinCallExpr(Loc, Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_free, {FramePtr}); | ||||||
1412 | |||||||
1413 | SmallVector<Expr *, 2> DeleteArgs{CoroFree}; | ||||||
1414 | |||||||
1415 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p12 | ||||||
1416 | // The selected deallocation function shall be called with the address of | ||||||
1417 | // the block of storage to be reclaimed as its first argument. If a | ||||||
1418 | // deallocation function with a parameter of type std::size_t is | ||||||
1419 | // used, the size of the block is passed as the corresponding argument. | ||||||
1420 | const auto *OpDeleteType = | ||||||
1421 | OpDeleteQualType.getTypePtr()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
1422 | if (OpDeleteType->getNumParams() > 1) | ||||||
1423 | DeleteArgs.push_back(FrameSize); | ||||||
1424 | |||||||
1425 | ExprResult DeleteExpr = | ||||||
1426 | S.BuildCallExpr(S.getCurScope(), DeleteRef.get(), Loc, DeleteArgs, Loc); | ||||||
1427 | DeleteExpr = | ||||||
1428 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(DeleteExpr.get(), /*DiscardedValue*/ false); | ||||||
1429 | if (DeleteExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1430 | return false; | ||||||
1431 | |||||||
1432 | this->Allocate = NewExpr.get(); | ||||||
1433 | this->Deallocate = DeleteExpr.get(); | ||||||
1434 | |||||||
1435 | return true; | ||||||
1436 | } | ||||||
1437 | |||||||
1438 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeOnFallthrough() { | ||||||
1439 | assert(!IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1440, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||
1440 | "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1440, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1441 | |||||||
1442 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]/p6 | ||||||
1443 | // If searches for the names return_void and return_value in the scope of | ||||||
1444 | // the promise type each find any declarations, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||
1445 | // [Note 1: If return_void is found, flowing off the end of a coroutine is | ||||||
1446 | // equivalent to a co_return with no operand. Otherwise, flowing off the end | ||||||
1447 | // of a coroutine results in undefined behavior ([stmt.return.coroutine]). — | ||||||
1448 | // end note] | ||||||
1449 | bool HasRVoid, HasRValue; | ||||||
1450 | LookupResult LRVoid = | ||||||
1451 | lookupMember(S, "return_void", PromiseRecordDecl, Loc, HasRVoid); | ||||||
1452 | LookupResult LRValue = | ||||||
1453 | lookupMember(S, "return_value", PromiseRecordDecl, Loc, HasRValue); | ||||||
1454 | |||||||
1455 | StmtResult Fallthrough; | ||||||
1456 | if (HasRVoid && HasRValue) { | ||||||
1457 | // FIXME Improve this diagnostic | ||||||
1458 | S.Diag(FD.getLocation(), | ||||||
1459 | diag::err_coroutine_promise_incompatible_return_functions) | ||||||
1460 | << PromiseRecordDecl; | ||||||
1461 | S.Diag(LRVoid.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||
1462 | diag::note_member_first_declared_here) | ||||||
1463 | << LRVoid.getLookupName(); | ||||||
1464 | S.Diag(LRValue.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||
1465 | diag::note_member_first_declared_here) | ||||||
1466 | << LRValue.getLookupName(); | ||||||
1467 | return false; | ||||||
1468 | } else if (!HasRVoid && !HasRValue) { | ||||||
1469 | // We need to set 'Fallthrough'. Otherwise the other analysis part might | ||||||
1470 | // think the coroutine has defined a return_value method. So it might emit | ||||||
1471 | // **false** positive warning. e.g., | ||||||
1472 | // | ||||||
1473 | // promise_without_return_func foo() { | ||||||
1474 | // co_await something(); | ||||||
1475 | // } | ||||||
1476 | // | ||||||
1477 | // Then AnalysisBasedWarning would emit a warning about `foo()` lacking a | ||||||
1478 | // co_return statements, which isn't correct. | ||||||
1479 | Fallthrough = S.ActOnNullStmt(PromiseRecordDecl->getLocation()); | ||||||
1480 | if (Fallthrough.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1481 | return false; | ||||||
1482 | } else if (HasRVoid) { | ||||||
1483 | Fallthrough = S.BuildCoreturnStmt(FD.getLocation(), nullptr, | ||||||
1484 | /*IsImplicit*/false); | ||||||
1485 | Fallthrough = S.ActOnFinishFullStmt(Fallthrough.get()); | ||||||
1486 | if (Fallthrough.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1487 | return false; | ||||||
1488 | } | ||||||
1489 | |||||||
1490 | this->OnFallthrough = Fallthrough.get(); | ||||||
1491 | return true; | ||||||
1492 | } | ||||||
1493 | |||||||
1494 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeOnException() { | ||||||
1495 | // Try to form 'p.unhandled_exception();' | ||||||
1496 | assert(!IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1497, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||
1497 | "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1497, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1498 | |||||||
1499 | const bool RequireUnhandledException = S.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions; | ||||||
1500 | |||||||
1501 | if (!lookupMember(S, "unhandled_exception", PromiseRecordDecl, Loc)) { | ||||||
1502 | auto DiagID = | ||||||
1503 | RequireUnhandledException | ||||||
1504 | ? diag::err_coroutine_promise_unhandled_exception_required | ||||||
1505 | : diag:: | ||||||
1506 | warn_coroutine_promise_unhandled_exception_required_with_exceptions; | ||||||
1507 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << PromiseRecordDecl; | ||||||
1508 | S.Diag(PromiseRecordDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_defined_here) | ||||||
1509 | << PromiseRecordDecl; | ||||||
1510 | return !RequireUnhandledException; | ||||||
1511 | } | ||||||
1512 | |||||||
1513 | // If exceptions are disabled, don't try to build OnException. | ||||||
1514 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) | ||||||
1515 | return true; | ||||||
1516 | |||||||
1517 | ExprResult UnhandledException = buildPromiseCall(S, Fn.CoroutinePromise, Loc, | ||||||
1518 | "unhandled_exception", None); | ||||||
1519 | UnhandledException = S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(UnhandledException.get(), Loc, | ||||||
1520 | /*DiscardedValue*/ false); | ||||||
1521 | if (UnhandledException.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1522 | return false; | ||||||
1523 | |||||||
1524 | // Since the body of the coroutine will be wrapped in try-catch, it will | ||||||
1525 | // be incompatible with SEH __try if present in a function. | ||||||
1526 | if (!S.getLangOpts().Borland && Fn.FirstSEHTryLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||
1527 | S.Diag(Fn.FirstSEHTryLoc, diag::err_seh_in_a_coroutine_with_cxx_exceptions); | ||||||
1528 | S.Diag(Fn.FirstCoroutineStmtLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) | ||||||
1529 | << Fn.getFirstCoroutineStmtKeyword(); | ||||||
1530 | return false; | ||||||
1531 | } | ||||||
1532 | |||||||
1533 | this->OnException = UnhandledException.get(); | ||||||
1534 | return true; | ||||||
1535 | } | ||||||
1536 | |||||||
1537 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeReturnObject() { | ||||||
1538 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p7 | ||||||
1539 | // The expression promise.get_return_object() is used to initialize the | ||||||
1540 | // returned reference or prvalue result object of a call to a coroutine. | ||||||
1541 | ExprResult ReturnObject = | ||||||
1542 | buildPromiseCall(S, Fn.CoroutinePromise, Loc, "get_return_object", None); | ||||||
1543 | if (ReturnObject.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1544 | return false; | ||||||
1545 | |||||||
1546 | this->ReturnValue = ReturnObject.get(); | ||||||
1547 | return true; | ||||||
1548 | } | ||||||
1549 | |||||||
1550 | static void noteMemberDeclaredHere(Sema &S, Expr *E, FunctionScopeInfo &Fn) { | ||||||
1551 | if (auto *MbrRef = dyn_cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
1552 | auto *MethodDecl = MbrRef->getMethodDecl(); | ||||||
1553 | S.Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) | ||||||
1554 | << MethodDecl; | ||||||
1555 | } | ||||||
1556 | S.Diag(Fn.FirstCoroutineStmtLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) | ||||||
1557 | << Fn.getFirstCoroutineStmtKeyword(); | ||||||
1558 | } | ||||||
1559 | |||||||
1560 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeGroDeclAndReturnStmt() { | ||||||
1561 | assert(!IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1562, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||
1562 | "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1562, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1563 | assert(this->ReturnValue && "ReturnValue must be already formed")(static_cast <bool> (this->ReturnValue && "ReturnValue must be already formed" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("this->ReturnValue && \"ReturnValue must be already formed\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1563, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1564 | |||||||
1565 | QualType const GroType = this->ReturnValue->getType(); | ||||||
1566 | assert(!GroType->isDependentType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!GroType->isDependentType() && "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!GroType->isDependentType() && \"get_return_object type must no longer be dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1567, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||
1567 | "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!GroType->isDependentType() && "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!GroType->isDependentType() && \"get_return_object type must no longer be dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1567, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1568 | |||||||
1569 | QualType const FnRetType = FD.getReturnType(); | ||||||
1570 | assert(!FnRetType->isDependentType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!FnRetType->isDependentType() && "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!FnRetType->isDependentType() && \"get_return_object type must no longer be dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1571, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||
1571 | "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!FnRetType->isDependentType() && "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!FnRetType->isDependentType() && \"get_return_object type must no longer be dependent\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1571, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1572 | |||||||
1573 | if (FnRetType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
1574 | ExprResult Res = | ||||||
1575 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(this->ReturnValue, Loc, /*DiscardedValue*/ false); | ||||||
1576 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1577 | return false; | ||||||
1578 | |||||||
1579 | return true; | ||||||
1580 | } | ||||||
1581 | |||||||
1582 | if (GroType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
1583 | // Trigger a nice error message. | ||||||
1584 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||
1585 | InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(Loc, FnRetType); | ||||||
1586 | S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ReturnValue); | ||||||
1587 | noteMemberDeclaredHere(S, ReturnValue, Fn); | ||||||
1588 | return false; | ||||||
1589 | } | ||||||
1590 | |||||||
1591 | StmtResult ReturnStmt = S.BuildReturnStmt(Loc, ReturnValue); | ||||||
1592 | if (ReturnStmt.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
1593 | noteMemberDeclaredHere(S, ReturnValue, Fn); | ||||||
1594 | return false; | ||||||
1595 | } | ||||||
1596 | |||||||
1597 | this->ReturnStmt = ReturnStmt.get(); | ||||||
1598 | return true; | ||||||
1599 | } | ||||||
1600 | |||||||
1601 | // Create a static_cast\<T&&>(expr). | ||||||
1602 | static Expr *castForMoving(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T = QualType()) { | ||||||
1603 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||
1604 | T = E->getType(); | ||||||
1605 | QualType TargetType = S.BuildReferenceType( | ||||||
1606 | T, /*SpelledAsLValue*/ false, SourceLocation(), DeclarationName()); | ||||||
1607 | SourceLocation ExprLoc = E->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||
1608 | TypeSourceInfo *TargetLoc = | ||||||
1609 | S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(TargetType, ExprLoc); | ||||||
1610 | |||||||
1611 | return S | ||||||
1612 | .BuildCXXNamedCast(ExprLoc, tok::kw_static_cast, TargetLoc, E, | ||||||
1613 | SourceRange(ExprLoc, ExprLoc), E->getSourceRange()) | ||||||
1614 | .get(); | ||||||
1615 | } | ||||||
1616 | |||||||
1617 | /// Build a variable declaration for move parameter. | ||||||
1618 | static VarDecl *buildVarDecl(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, | ||||||
1619 | IdentifierInfo *II) { | ||||||
1620 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, Loc); | ||||||
1621 | VarDecl *Decl = VarDecl::Create(S.Context, S.CurContext, Loc, Loc, II, Type, | ||||||
1622 | TInfo, SC_None); | ||||||
1623 | Decl->setImplicit(); | ||||||
1624 | return Decl; | ||||||
1625 | } | ||||||
1626 | |||||||
1627 | // Build statements that move coroutine function parameters to the coroutine | ||||||
1628 | // frame, and store them on the function scope info. | ||||||
1629 | bool Sema::buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
1630 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) && "not in a function scope")(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext ) && "not in a function scope") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) && \"not in a function scope\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp", 1630, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||
1631 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||
1632 | |||||||
1633 | auto *ScopeInfo = getCurFunction(); | ||||||
1634 | if (!ScopeInfo->CoroutineParameterMoves.empty()) | ||||||
1635 | return false; | ||||||
1636 | |||||||
1637 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p13 | ||||||
1638 | // When a coroutine is invoked, after initializing its parameters | ||||||
1639 | // ([expr.call]), a copy is created for each coroutine parameter. For a | ||||||
1640 | // parameter of type cv T, the copy is a variable of type cv T with | ||||||
1641 | // automatic storage duration that is direct-initialized from an xvalue of | ||||||
1642 | // type T referring to the parameter. | ||||||
1643 | for (auto *PD : FD->parameters()) { | ||||||
1644 | if (PD->getType()->isDependentType()) | ||||||
1645 | continue; | ||||||
1646 | |||||||
1647 | ExprResult PDRefExpr = | ||||||
1648 | BuildDeclRefExpr(PD, PD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), | ||||||
1649 | ExprValueKind::VK_LValue, Loc); // FIXME: scope? | ||||||
1650 | if (PDRefExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1651 | return false; | ||||||
1652 | |||||||
1653 | Expr *CExpr = nullptr; | ||||||
1654 | if (PD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl() || | ||||||
1655 | PD->getType()->isRValueReferenceType()) | ||||||
1656 | CExpr = castForMoving(*this, PDRefExpr.get()); | ||||||
1657 | else | ||||||
1658 | CExpr = PDRefExpr.get(); | ||||||
1659 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p13 | ||||||
1660 | // The initialization and destruction of each parameter copy occurs in the | ||||||
1661 | // context of the called coroutine. | ||||||
1662 | auto D = buildVarDecl(*this, Loc, PD->getType(), PD->getIdentifier()); | ||||||
1663 | AddInitializerToDecl(D, CExpr, /*DirectInit=*/true); | ||||||
1664 | |||||||
1665 | // Convert decl to a statement. | ||||||
1666 | StmtResult Stmt = ActOnDeclStmt(ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(D), Loc, Loc); | ||||||
1667 | if (Stmt.isInvalid()) | ||||||
1668 | return false; | ||||||
1669 | |||||||
1670 | ScopeInfo->CoroutineParameterMoves.insert(std::make_pair(PD, Stmt.get())); | ||||||
1671 | } | ||||||
1672 | return true; | ||||||
1673 | } | ||||||
1674 | |||||||
1675 | StmtResult Sema::BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs Args) { | ||||||
1676 | CoroutineBodyStmt *Res = CoroutineBodyStmt::Create(Context, Args); | ||||||
1677 | if (!Res) | ||||||
1678 | return StmtError(); | ||||||
1679 | return Res; | ||||||
1680 | } | ||||||
1681 | |||||||
1682 | ClassTemplateDecl *Sema::lookupCoroutineTraits(SourceLocation KwLoc, | ||||||
1683 | SourceLocation FuncLoc, | ||||||
1684 | NamespaceDecl *&Namespace) { | ||||||
1685 | if (!StdCoroutineTraitsCache) { | ||||||
1686 | // Because coroutines moved from std::experimental in the TS to std in | ||||||
1687 | // C++20, we look in both places to give users time to transition their | ||||||
1688 | // TS-specific code to C++20. Diagnostics are given when the TS usage is | ||||||
1689 | // discovered. | ||||||
1690 | // TODO: Become stricter when <experimental/coroutine> is removed. | ||||||
1691 | |||||||
1692 | auto const &TraitIdent = PP.getIdentifierTable().get("coroutine_traits"); | ||||||
1693 | |||||||
1694 | NamespaceDecl *StdSpace = getStdNamespace(); | ||||||
1695 | LookupResult ResStd(*this, &TraitIdent, FuncLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
1696 | bool InStd = StdSpace && LookupQualifiedName(ResStd, StdSpace); | ||||||
1697 | |||||||
1698 | NamespaceDecl *ExpSpace = lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); | ||||||
1699 | LookupResult ResExp(*this, &TraitIdent, FuncLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
1700 | bool InExp = ExpSpace && LookupQualifiedName(ResExp, ExpSpace); | ||||||
1701 | |||||||
1702 | if (!InStd && !InExp) { | ||||||
1703 | // The goggles, they found nothing! | ||||||
1704 | Diag(KwLoc, diag::err_implied_coroutine_type_not_found) | ||||||
1705 | << "std::coroutine_traits"; | ||||||
1706 | return nullptr; | ||||||
1707 | } | ||||||
1708 | |||||||
1709 | // Prefer ::std to std::experimental. | ||||||
1710 | auto &Result = InStd ? ResStd : ResExp; | ||||||
1711 | CoroTraitsNamespaceCache = InStd ? StdSpace : ExpSpace; | ||||||
1712 | |||||||
1713 | // coroutine_traits is required to be a class template. | ||||||
1714 | StdCoroutineTraitsCache = Result.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>(); | ||||||
1715 | if (!StdCoroutineTraitsCache) { | ||||||
1716 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
1717 | NamedDecl *Found = *Result.begin(); | ||||||
1718 | Diag(Found->getLocation(), diag::err_malformed_std_coroutine_traits); | ||||||
1719 | return nullptr; | ||||||
1720 | } | ||||||
1721 | |||||||
1722 | if (InExp) { | ||||||
1723 | // Found in std::experimental | ||||||
1724 | Diag(KwLoc, diag::warn_deprecated_coroutine_namespace) | ||||||
1725 | << "coroutine_traits"; | ||||||
1726 | ResExp.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
1727 | auto *Found = *ResExp.begin(); | ||||||
1728 | Diag(Found->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << Found; | ||||||
1729 | |||||||
1730 | if (InStd && | ||||||
1731 | StdCoroutineTraitsCache != ResExp.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { | ||||||
1732 | // Also found something different in std | ||||||
1733 | Diag(KwLoc, | ||||||
1734 | diag::err_mixed_use_std_and_experimental_namespace_for_coroutine); | ||||||
1735 | Diag(StdCoroutineTraitsCache->getLocation(), | ||||||
1736 | diag::note_entity_declared_at) | ||||||
1737 | << StdCoroutineTraitsCache; | ||||||
1738 | |||||||
1739 | return nullptr; | ||||||
1740 | } | ||||||
1741 | } | ||||||
1742 | } | ||||||
1743 | Namespace = CoroTraitsNamespaceCache; | ||||||
1744 | return StdCoroutineTraitsCache; | ||||||
1745 | } |
1 | //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and |
10 | // builds ASTs. |
11 | // |
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
13 | |
14 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
15 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
16 | |
17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h" |
18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTFwd.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/Availability.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/ComparisonCategories.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h" |
27 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
28 | #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h" |
29 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
30 | #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h" |
31 | #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" |
32 | #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" |
33 | #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" |
34 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
35 | #include "clang/AST/StmtOpenMP.h" |
36 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
37 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" |
38 | #include "clang/Basic/BitmaskEnum.h" |
39 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" |
40 | #include "clang/Basic/DarwinSDKInfo.h" |
41 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" |
42 | #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" |
43 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLOptions.h" |
44 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
45 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
46 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
47 | #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" |
48 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
49 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
50 | #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h" |
51 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
52 | #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" |
53 | #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" |
54 | #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" |
55 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" |
56 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
57 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaConcept.h" |
58 | #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" |
59 | #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" |
60 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
61 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
62 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
63 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" |
64 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
65 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" |
66 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
67 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
68 | #include "llvm/Frontend/OpenMP/OMPConstants.h" |
69 | #include <deque> |
70 | #include <memory> |
71 | #include <string> |
72 | #include <tuple> |
73 | #include <vector> |
74 | |
75 | namespace llvm { |
76 | class APSInt; |
77 | template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; |
78 | class SmallBitVector; |
79 | struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; |
80 | } |
81 | |
82 | namespace clang { |
83 | class ADLResult; |
84 | class ASTConsumer; |
85 | class ASTContext; |
86 | class ASTMutationListener; |
87 | class ASTReader; |
88 | class ASTWriter; |
89 | class ArrayType; |
90 | class ParsedAttr; |
91 | class BindingDecl; |
92 | class BlockDecl; |
93 | class CapturedDecl; |
94 | class CXXBasePath; |
95 | class CXXBasePaths; |
96 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; |
97 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
98 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
99 | class CXXConversionDecl; |
100 | class CXXDeleteExpr; |
101 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
102 | class CXXFieldCollector; |
103 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
104 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
105 | class CXXScopeSpec; |
106 | class CXXTemporary; |
107 | class CXXTryStmt; |
108 | class CallExpr; |
109 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
110 | class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
111 | class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
112 | class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
113 | class CodeCompleteConsumer; |
114 | class CodeCompletionAllocator; |
115 | class CodeCompletionTUInfo; |
116 | class CodeCompletionResult; |
117 | class CoroutineBodyStmt; |
118 | class Decl; |
119 | class DeclAccessPair; |
120 | class DeclContext; |
121 | class DeclRefExpr; |
122 | class DeclaratorDecl; |
123 | class DeducedTemplateArgument; |
124 | class DependentDiagnostic; |
125 | class DesignatedInitExpr; |
126 | class Designation; |
127 | class EnableIfAttr; |
128 | class EnumConstantDecl; |
129 | class Expr; |
130 | class ExtVectorType; |
131 | class FormatAttr; |
132 | class FriendDecl; |
133 | class FunctionDecl; |
134 | class FunctionProtoType; |
135 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
136 | class ImplicitConversionSequence; |
137 | typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList; |
138 | class InitListExpr; |
139 | class InitializationKind; |
140 | class InitializationSequence; |
141 | class InitializedEntity; |
142 | class IntegerLiteral; |
143 | class LabelStmt; |
144 | class LambdaExpr; |
145 | class LangOptions; |
146 | class LocalInstantiationScope; |
147 | class LookupResult; |
148 | class MacroInfo; |
149 | typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath; |
150 | class ModuleLoader; |
151 | class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; |
152 | class NamedDecl; |
153 | class ObjCCategoryDecl; |
154 | class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
155 | class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; |
156 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
157 | class ObjCImplDecl; |
158 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
159 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
160 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
161 | template <class T> class ObjCList; |
162 | class ObjCMessageExpr; |
163 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
164 | class ObjCPropertyDecl; |
165 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
166 | class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; |
167 | class OMPRequiresDecl; |
168 | class OMPDeclareReductionDecl; |
169 | class OMPDeclareSimdDecl; |
170 | class OMPClause; |
171 | struct OMPVarListLocTy; |
172 | struct OverloadCandidate; |
173 | enum class OverloadCandidateParamOrder : char; |
174 | enum OverloadCandidateRewriteKind : unsigned; |
175 | class OverloadCandidateSet; |
176 | class OverloadExpr; |
177 | class ParenListExpr; |
178 | class ParmVarDecl; |
179 | class Preprocessor; |
180 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; |
181 | class PseudoObjectExpr; |
182 | class QualType; |
183 | class StandardConversionSequence; |
184 | class Stmt; |
185 | class StringLiteral; |
186 | class SwitchStmt; |
187 | class TemplateArgument; |
188 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
189 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
190 | class TemplateDecl; |
191 | class TemplateInstantiationCallback; |
192 | class TemplateParameterList; |
193 | class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; |
194 | class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; |
195 | class Token; |
196 | class TypeAliasDecl; |
197 | class TypedefDecl; |
198 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
199 | class TypeLoc; |
200 | class TypoCorrectionConsumer; |
201 | class UnqualifiedId; |
202 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr; |
203 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr; |
204 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
205 | class UnresolvedSetIterator; |
206 | class UsingDecl; |
207 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
208 | class ValueDecl; |
209 | class VarDecl; |
210 | class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
211 | class VisibilityAttr; |
212 | class VisibleDeclConsumer; |
213 | class IndirectFieldDecl; |
214 | struct DeductionFailureInfo; |
215 | class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; |
216 | |
217 | namespace sema { |
218 | class AccessedEntity; |
219 | class BlockScopeInfo; |
220 | class Capture; |
221 | class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; |
222 | class CapturingScopeInfo; |
223 | class CompoundScopeInfo; |
224 | class DelayedDiagnostic; |
225 | class DelayedDiagnosticPool; |
226 | class FunctionScopeInfo; |
227 | class LambdaScopeInfo; |
228 | class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; |
229 | class SemaPPCallbacks; |
230 | class TemplateDeductionInfo; |
231 | } |
232 | |
233 | namespace threadSafety { |
234 | class BeforeSet; |
235 | void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache); |
236 | } |
237 | |
238 | // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to |
239 | // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. |
240 | typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, |
241 | SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; |
242 | |
243 | /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given |
244 | /// file. |
245 | struct FileNullability { |
246 | /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does |
247 | /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation. |
248 | SourceLocation PointerLoc; |
249 | |
250 | /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for |
251 | /// placing fix-its. |
252 | SourceLocation PointerEndLoc; |
253 | |
254 | /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw. |
255 | uint8_t PointerKind; |
256 | |
257 | /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file. |
258 | bool SawTypeNullability = false; |
259 | }; |
260 | |
261 | /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability |
262 | /// information in that file. |
263 | class FileNullabilityMap { |
264 | /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID. |
265 | llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map; |
266 | |
267 | /// A single-element cache based on the file ID. |
268 | struct { |
269 | FileID File; |
270 | FileNullability Nullability; |
271 | } Cache; |
272 | |
273 | public: |
274 | FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) { |
275 | // Check the single-element cache. |
276 | if (file == Cache.File) |
277 | return Cache.Nullability; |
278 | |
279 | // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one. |
280 | if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) { |
281 | Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability; |
282 | } |
283 | |
284 | // Pull this entry into the cache. |
285 | Cache.File = file; |
286 | Cache.Nullability = Map[file]; |
287 | return Cache.Nullability; |
288 | } |
289 | }; |
290 | |
291 | /// Tracks expected type during expression parsing, for use in code completion. |
292 | /// The type is tied to a particular token, all functions that update or consume |
293 | /// the type take a start location of the token they are looking at as a |
294 | /// parameter. This avoids updating the type on hot paths in the parser. |
295 | class PreferredTypeBuilder { |
296 | public: |
297 | PreferredTypeBuilder(bool Enabled) : Enabled(Enabled) {} |
298 | |
299 | void enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok); |
300 | void enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok); |
301 | void enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D); |
302 | /// Handles e.g. BaseType{ .D = Tok... |
303 | void enterDesignatedInitializer(SourceLocation Tok, QualType BaseType, |
304 | const Designation &D); |
305 | /// Computing a type for the function argument may require running |
306 | /// overloading, so we postpone its computation until it is actually needed. |
307 | /// |
308 | /// Clients should be very careful when using this funciton, as it stores a |
309 | /// function_ref, clients should make sure all calls to get() with the same |
310 | /// location happen while function_ref is alive. |
311 | /// |
312 | /// The callback should also emit signature help as a side-effect, but only |
313 | /// if the completion point has been reached. |
314 | void enterFunctionArgument(SourceLocation Tok, |
315 | llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType); |
316 | |
317 | void enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, SourceLocation LParLoc); |
318 | void enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
319 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
320 | void enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, tok::TokenKind Op); |
321 | void enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *Base); |
322 | void enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS); |
323 | /// Handles all type casts, including C-style cast, C++ casts, etc. |
324 | void enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, QualType CastType); |
325 | |
326 | /// Get the expected type associated with this location, if any. |
327 | /// |
328 | /// If the location is a function argument, determining the expected type |
329 | /// involves considering all function overloads and the arguments so far. |
330 | /// In this case, signature help for these function overloads will be reported |
331 | /// as a side-effect (only if the completion point has been reached). |
332 | QualType get(SourceLocation Tok) const { |
333 | if (!Enabled || Tok != ExpectedLoc) |
334 | return QualType(); |
335 | if (!Type.isNull()) |
336 | return Type; |
337 | if (ComputeType) |
338 | return ComputeType(); |
339 | return QualType(); |
340 | } |
341 | |
342 | private: |
343 | bool Enabled; |
344 | /// Start position of a token for which we store expected type. |
345 | SourceLocation ExpectedLoc; |
346 | /// Expected type for a token starting at ExpectedLoc. |
347 | QualType Type; |
348 | /// A function to compute expected type at ExpectedLoc. It is only considered |
349 | /// if Type is null. |
350 | llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType; |
351 | }; |
352 | |
353 | /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. |
354 | class Sema final { |
355 | Sema(const Sema &) = delete; |
356 | void operator=(const Sema &) = delete; |
357 | |
358 | ///Source of additional semantic information. |
359 | ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; |
360 | |
361 | ///Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. |
362 | bool isMultiplexExternalSource; |
363 | |
364 | static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); |
365 | |
366 | bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D); |
367 | |
368 | /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that |
369 | /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might |
370 | /// not have external linkage. |
371 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, |
372 | const NamedDecl *New) { |
373 | if (isVisible(Old)) |
374 | return true; |
375 | // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage |
376 | // of the new declaration here. |
377 | if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) { |
378 | assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 379, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
379 | "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl")(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 379, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
380 | return true; |
381 | } |
382 | return false; |
383 | } |
384 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New); |
385 | |
386 | void setupImplicitSpecialMemberType(CXXMethodDecl *SpecialMem, |
387 | QualType ResultTy, |
388 | ArrayRef<QualType> Args); |
389 | |
390 | public: |
391 | /// The maximum alignment, same as in llvm::Value. We duplicate them here |
392 | /// because that allows us not to duplicate the constants in clang code, |
393 | /// which we must to since we can't directly use the llvm constants. |
394 | /// The value is verified against llvm here: lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp |
395 | /// |
396 | /// This is the greatest alignment value supported by load, store, and alloca |
397 | /// instructions, and global values. |
398 | static const unsigned MaxAlignmentExponent = 32; |
399 | static const uint64_t MaximumAlignment = 1ull << MaxAlignmentExponent; |
400 | |
401 | typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; |
402 | typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; |
403 | typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; |
404 | |
405 | OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; |
406 | FPOptions CurFPFeatures; |
407 | |
408 | const LangOptions &LangOpts; |
409 | Preprocessor &PP; |
410 | ASTContext &Context; |
411 | ASTConsumer &Consumer; |
412 | DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; |
413 | SourceManager &SourceMgr; |
414 | |
415 | /// Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. |
416 | bool CollectStats; |
417 | |
418 | /// Code-completion consumer. |
419 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; |
420 | |
421 | /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. |
422 | DeclContext *CurContext; |
423 | |
424 | /// Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, |
425 | /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. |
426 | DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; |
427 | |
428 | /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. |
429 | /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. |
430 | DeclarationName VAListTagName; |
431 | |
432 | bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on |
433 | |
434 | /// Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI. |
435 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind |
436 | MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod; |
437 | |
438 | /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty. |
439 | SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally; |
440 | |
441 | /// Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs |
442 | SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc; |
443 | |
444 | /// Holds TypoExprs that are created from `createDelayedTypo`. This is used by |
445 | /// `TransformTypos` in order to keep track of any TypoExprs that are created |
446 | /// recursively during typo correction and wipe them away if the correction |
447 | /// fails. |
448 | llvm::SmallVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs; |
449 | |
450 | /// pragma clang section kind |
451 | enum PragmaClangSectionKind { |
452 | PCSK_Invalid = 0, |
453 | PCSK_BSS = 1, |
454 | PCSK_Data = 2, |
455 | PCSK_Rodata = 3, |
456 | PCSK_Text = 4, |
457 | PCSK_Relro = 5 |
458 | }; |
459 | |
460 | enum PragmaClangSectionAction { |
461 | PCSA_Set = 0, |
462 | PCSA_Clear = 1 |
463 | }; |
464 | |
465 | struct PragmaClangSection { |
466 | std::string SectionName; |
467 | bool Valid = false; |
468 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
469 | }; |
470 | |
471 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection; |
472 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection; |
473 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection; |
474 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRelroSection; |
475 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection; |
476 | |
477 | enum PragmaMsStackAction { |
478 | PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma () |
479 | PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value) |
480 | PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id]) |
481 | PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id]) |
482 | PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"! |
483 | PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value) |
484 | PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value) |
485 | }; |
486 | |
487 | // #pragma pack and align. |
488 | class AlignPackInfo { |
489 | public: |
490 | // `Native` represents default align mode, which may vary based on the |
491 | // platform. |
492 | enum Mode : unsigned char { Native, Natural, Packed, Mac68k }; |
493 | |
494 | // #pragma pack info constructor |
495 | AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, unsigned Num, bool IsXL) |
496 | : PackAttr(true), AlignMode(M), PackNumber(Num), XLStack(IsXL) { |
497 | assert(Num == PackNumber && "The pack number has been truncated.")(static_cast <bool> (Num == PackNumber && "The pack number has been truncated." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Num == PackNumber && \"The pack number has been truncated.\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 497, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
498 | } |
499 | |
500 | // #pragma align info constructor |
501 | AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, bool IsXL) |
502 | : PackAttr(false), AlignMode(M), |
503 | PackNumber(M == Packed ? 1 : UninitPackVal), XLStack(IsXL) {} |
504 | |
505 | explicit AlignPackInfo(bool IsXL) : AlignPackInfo(Native, IsXL) {} |
506 | |
507 | AlignPackInfo() : AlignPackInfo(Native, false) {} |
508 | |
509 | // When a AlignPackInfo itself cannot be used, this returns an 32-bit |
510 | // integer encoding for it. This should only be passed to |
511 | // AlignPackInfo::getFromRawEncoding, it should not be inspected directly. |
512 | static uint32_t getRawEncoding(const AlignPackInfo &Info) { |
513 | std::uint32_t Encoding{}; |
514 | if (Info.IsXLStack()) |
515 | Encoding |= IsXLMask; |
516 | |
517 | Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getAlignMode()) << 1; |
518 | |
519 | if (Info.IsPackAttr()) |
520 | Encoding |= PackAttrMask; |
521 | |
522 | Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getPackNumber()) << 4; |
523 | |
524 | return Encoding; |
525 | } |
526 | |
527 | static AlignPackInfo getFromRawEncoding(unsigned Encoding) { |
528 | bool IsXL = static_cast<bool>(Encoding & IsXLMask); |
529 | AlignPackInfo::Mode M = |
530 | static_cast<AlignPackInfo::Mode>((Encoding & AlignModeMask) >> 1); |
531 | int PackNumber = (Encoding & PackNumMask) >> 4; |
532 | |
533 | if (Encoding & PackAttrMask) |
534 | return AlignPackInfo(M, PackNumber, IsXL); |
535 | |
536 | return AlignPackInfo(M, IsXL); |
537 | } |
538 | |
539 | bool IsPackAttr() const { return PackAttr; } |
540 | |
541 | bool IsAlignAttr() const { return !PackAttr; } |
542 | |
543 | Mode getAlignMode() const { return AlignMode; } |
544 | |
545 | unsigned getPackNumber() const { return PackNumber; } |
546 | |
547 | bool IsPackSet() const { |
548 | // #pragma align, #pragma pack(), and #pragma pack(0) do not set the pack |
549 | // attriute on a decl. |
550 | return PackNumber != UninitPackVal && PackNumber != 0; |
551 | } |
552 | |
553 | bool IsXLStack() const { return XLStack; } |
554 | |
555 | bool operator==(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const { |
556 | return std::tie(AlignMode, PackNumber, PackAttr, XLStack) == |
557 | std::tie(Info.AlignMode, Info.PackNumber, Info.PackAttr, |
558 | Info.XLStack); |
559 | } |
560 | |
561 | bool operator!=(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const { |
562 | return !(*this == Info); |
563 | } |
564 | |
565 | private: |
566 | /// \brief True if this is a pragma pack attribute, |
567 | /// not a pragma align attribute. |
568 | bool PackAttr; |
569 | |
570 | /// \brief The alignment mode that is in effect. |
571 | Mode AlignMode; |
572 | |
573 | /// \brief The pack number of the stack. |
574 | unsigned char PackNumber; |
575 | |
576 | /// \brief True if it is a XL #pragma align/pack stack. |
577 | bool XLStack; |
578 | |
579 | /// \brief Uninitialized pack value. |
580 | static constexpr unsigned char UninitPackVal = -1; |
581 | |
582 | // Masks to encode and decode an AlignPackInfo. |
583 | static constexpr uint32_t IsXLMask{0x0000'0001}; |
584 | static constexpr uint32_t AlignModeMask{0x0000'0006}; |
585 | static constexpr uint32_t PackAttrMask{0x00000'0008}; |
586 | static constexpr uint32_t PackNumMask{0x0000'01F0}; |
587 | }; |
588 | |
589 | template<typename ValueType> |
590 | struct PragmaStack { |
591 | struct Slot { |
592 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel; |
593 | ValueType Value; |
594 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
595 | SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation; |
596 | Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value, |
597 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation) |
598 | : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value), |
599 | PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation), |
600 | PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {} |
601 | }; |
602 | |
603 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
604 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value) { |
605 | if (Action == PSK_Reset) { |
606 | CurrentValue = DefaultValue; |
607 | CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation; |
608 | return; |
609 | } |
610 | if (Action & PSK_Push) |
611 | Stack.emplace_back(StackSlotLabel, CurrentValue, CurrentPragmaLocation, |
612 | PragmaLocation); |
613 | else if (Action & PSK_Pop) { |
614 | if (!StackSlotLabel.empty()) { |
615 | // If we've got a label, try to find it and jump there. |
616 | auto I = llvm::find_if(llvm::reverse(Stack), [&](const Slot &x) { |
617 | return x.StackSlotLabel == StackSlotLabel; |
618 | }); |
619 | // If we found the label so pop from there. |
620 | if (I != Stack.rend()) { |
621 | CurrentValue = I->Value; |
622 | CurrentPragmaLocation = I->PragmaLocation; |
623 | Stack.erase(std::prev(I.base()), Stack.end()); |
624 | } |
625 | } else if (!Stack.empty()) { |
626 | // We do not have a label, just pop the last entry. |
627 | CurrentValue = Stack.back().Value; |
628 | CurrentPragmaLocation = Stack.back().PragmaLocation; |
629 | Stack.pop_back(); |
630 | } |
631 | } |
632 | if (Action & PSK_Set) { |
633 | CurrentValue = Value; |
634 | CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation; |
635 | } |
636 | } |
637 | |
638 | // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++ |
639 | // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this: |
640 | // |
641 | // struct S { |
642 | // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>) |
643 | // void Method {} |
644 | // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot) |
645 | // }; |
646 | // |
647 | // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support |
648 | // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n) |
649 | // syntax. |
650 | // |
651 | // Push / pop a named sentinel slot. |
652 | void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) { |
653 | assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 654, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
654 | "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!")(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 654, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
655 | Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue); |
656 | } |
657 | |
658 | // Constructors. |
659 | explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default) |
660 | : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {} |
661 | |
662 | bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; } |
663 | |
664 | SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack; |
665 | ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action. |
666 | ValueType CurrentValue; |
667 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
668 | }; |
669 | // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but |
670 | // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module). |
671 | |
672 | /// Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft |
673 | /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean: |
674 | /// |
675 | /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps |
676 | /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial |
677 | /// structors |
678 | /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed |
679 | /// objects |
680 | PragmaStack<MSVtorDispMode> VtorDispStack; |
681 | PragmaStack<AlignPackInfo> AlignPackStack; |
682 | // The current #pragma align/pack values and locations at each #include. |
683 | struct AlignPackIncludeState { |
684 | AlignPackInfo CurrentValue; |
685 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
686 | bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude; |
687 | }; |
688 | SmallVector<AlignPackIncludeState, 8> AlignPackIncludeStack; |
689 | // Segment #pragmas. |
690 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack; |
691 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack; |
692 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack; |
693 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack; |
694 | |
695 | // This stack tracks the current state of Sema.CurFPFeatures. |
696 | PragmaStack<FPOptionsOverride> FpPragmaStack; |
697 | FPOptionsOverride CurFPFeatureOverrides() { |
698 | FPOptionsOverride result; |
699 | if (!FpPragmaStack.hasValue()) { |
700 | result = FPOptionsOverride(); |
701 | } else { |
702 | result = FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue; |
703 | } |
704 | return result; |
705 | } |
706 | |
707 | // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks. |
708 | // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body. |
709 | class PragmaStackSentinelRAII { |
710 | public: |
711 | PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct); |
712 | ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII(); |
713 | |
714 | private: |
715 | Sema &S; |
716 | StringRef SlotLabel; |
717 | bool ShouldAct; |
718 | }; |
719 | |
720 | /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file. |
721 | FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap; |
722 | |
723 | /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg. |
724 | StringLiteral *CurInitSeg; |
725 | SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc; |
726 | |
727 | /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. |
728 | void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" |
729 | |
730 | /// This an attribute introduced by \#pragma clang attribute. |
731 | struct PragmaAttributeEntry { |
732 | SourceLocation Loc; |
733 | ParsedAttr *Attribute; |
734 | SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules; |
735 | bool IsUsed; |
736 | }; |
737 | |
738 | /// A push'd group of PragmaAttributeEntries. |
739 | struct PragmaAttributeGroup { |
740 | /// The location of the push attribute. |
741 | SourceLocation Loc; |
742 | /// The namespace of this push group. |
743 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace; |
744 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> Entries; |
745 | }; |
746 | |
747 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeGroup, 2> PragmaAttributeStack; |
748 | |
749 | /// The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the |
750 | /// #pragma attribute stack. |
751 | const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl; |
752 | |
753 | /// This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off" |
754 | /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If |
755 | /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location. |
756 | SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
757 | |
758 | /// Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. |
759 | /// |
760 | /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions |
761 | /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. |
762 | bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; |
763 | |
764 | /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups. |
765 | CleanupInfo Cleanup; |
766 | |
767 | /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring |
768 | /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. |
769 | SmallVector<ExprWithCleanups::CleanupObject, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; |
770 | |
771 | /// Store a set of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs that contain a reference |
772 | /// to a variable (constant) that may or may not be odr-used in this Expr, and |
773 | /// we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue and discarded value conversions |
774 | /// have been applied to all subexpressions of the enclosing full expression. |
775 | /// This is cleared at the end of each full expression. |
776 | using MaybeODRUseExprSet = llvm::SetVector<Expr *, SmallVector<Expr *, 4>, |
777 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr *, 4>>; |
778 | MaybeODRUseExprSet MaybeODRUseExprs; |
779 | |
780 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> CachedFunctionScope; |
781 | |
782 | /// Stack containing information about each of the nested |
783 | /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. |
784 | SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; |
785 | |
786 | /// The index of the first FunctionScope that corresponds to the current |
787 | /// context. |
788 | unsigned FunctionScopesStart = 0; |
789 | |
790 | /// Whether we are currently in the context of a mutable agnostic identifier |
791 | /// as described by CWG2569. |
792 | /// We are handling the unqualified-id of a decltype or noexcept expression. |
793 | bool InMutableAgnosticContext = false; |
794 | |
795 | /// RAII object used to change the value of \c InMutableAgnosticContext |
796 | /// within a \c Sema object. |
797 | class MutableAgnosticContextRAII { |
798 | Sema &SemaRef; |
799 | |
800 | public: |
801 | MutableAgnosticContextRAII(Sema &S) : SemaRef(S) { |
802 | SemaRef.InMutableAgnosticContext = true; |
803 | } |
804 | ~MutableAgnosticContextRAII() { SemaRef.InMutableAgnosticContext = false; } |
805 | }; |
806 | |
807 | ArrayRef<sema::FunctionScopeInfo*> getFunctionScopes() const { |
808 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(FunctionScopes.begin() + FunctionScopesStart, |
809 | FunctionScopes.end()); |
810 | } |
811 | |
812 | /// Stack containing information needed when in C++2a an 'auto' is encountered |
813 | /// in a function declaration parameter type specifier in order to invent a |
814 | /// corresponding template parameter in the enclosing abbreviated function |
815 | /// template. This information is also present in LambdaScopeInfo, stored in |
816 | /// the FunctionScopes stack. |
817 | SmallVector<InventedTemplateParameterInfo, 4> InventedParameterInfos; |
818 | |
819 | /// The index of the first InventedParameterInfo that refers to the current |
820 | /// context. |
821 | unsigned InventedParameterInfosStart = 0; |
822 | |
823 | ArrayRef<InventedTemplateParameterInfo> getInventedParameterInfos() const { |
824 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(InventedParameterInfos.begin() + |
825 | InventedParameterInfosStart, |
826 | InventedParameterInfos.end()); |
827 | } |
828 | |
829 | typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
830 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> |
831 | ExtVectorDeclsType; |
832 | |
833 | /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows |
834 | /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. |
835 | /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. |
836 | ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; |
837 | |
838 | /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. |
839 | std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; |
840 | |
841 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType; |
842 | |
843 | /// Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. |
844 | NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; |
845 | |
846 | /// Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused. |
847 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4> |
848 | UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates; |
849 | |
850 | /// Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit |
851 | /// |
852 | /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions |
853 | /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression |
854 | /// used in initializer of the field. |
855 | typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc; |
856 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs; |
857 | llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs; |
858 | |
859 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; |
860 | |
861 | /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have |
862 | /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the |
863 | /// same list more than once. |
864 | std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; |
865 | |
866 | /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which |
867 | /// we are currently parsing the initializer. |
868 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; |
869 | |
870 | /// Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. |
871 | NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); |
872 | |
873 | typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
874 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> |
875 | TentativeDefinitionsType; |
876 | |
877 | /// All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. |
878 | TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; |
879 | |
880 | /// All the external declarations encoutered and used in the TU. |
881 | SmallVector<VarDecl *, 4> ExternalDeclarations; |
882 | |
883 | typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
884 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> |
885 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; |
886 | |
887 | /// The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used |
888 | /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. |
889 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; |
890 | |
891 | typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
892 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> |
893 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType; |
894 | |
895 | /// All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for |
896 | /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. |
897 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; |
898 | |
899 | /// All the overriding functions seen during a class definition |
900 | /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden |
901 | /// function. |
902 | SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2> |
903 | DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks; |
904 | |
905 | /// All the function redeclarations seen during a class definition that had |
906 | /// their exception spec checks delayed, plus the prior declaration they |
907 | /// should be checked against. Except during error recovery, the new decl |
908 | /// should always be a friend declaration, as that's the only valid way to |
909 | /// redeclare a special member before its class is complete. |
910 | SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl*>, 2> |
911 | DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks; |
912 | |
913 | typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, |
914 | std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>> |
915 | LateParsedTemplateMapT; |
916 | LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; |
917 | |
918 | /// Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. |
919 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); |
920 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P); |
921 | LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; |
922 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup; |
923 | void *OpaqueParser; |
924 | |
925 | void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, |
926 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup, |
927 | void *P) { |
928 | LateTemplateParser = LTP; |
929 | LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup; |
930 | OpaqueParser = P; |
931 | } |
932 | |
933 | class DelayedDiagnostics; |
934 | |
935 | class DelayedDiagnosticsState { |
936 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; |
937 | friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; |
938 | }; |
939 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; |
940 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; |
941 | |
942 | /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics |
943 | /// during parsing and other processing. |
944 | class DelayedDiagnostics { |
945 | /// The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed |
946 | /// diagnostics should go. |
947 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; |
948 | |
949 | public: |
950 | DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {} |
951 | |
952 | /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. |
953 | void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h |
954 | |
955 | /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. |
956 | bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; } |
957 | |
958 | /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. |
959 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { |
960 | return CurPool; |
961 | } |
962 | |
963 | /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be |
964 | /// collected in this pool. |
965 | DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
966 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
967 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
968 | CurPool = &pool; |
969 | return state; |
970 | } |
971 | |
972 | /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. |
973 | /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part |
974 | /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". |
975 | void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
976 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
977 | } |
978 | |
979 | /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are |
980 | /// not delayed. |
981 | DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { |
982 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
983 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
984 | CurPool = nullptr; |
985 | return state; |
986 | } |
987 | |
988 | /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). |
989 | void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
990 | assert(CurPool == nullptr)(static_cast <bool> (CurPool == nullptr) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurPool == nullptr", "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 990 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
991 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
992 | } |
993 | } DelayedDiagnostics; |
994 | |
995 | /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. |
996 | class ContextRAII { |
997 | private: |
998 | Sema &S; |
999 | DeclContext *SavedContext; |
1000 | ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; |
1001 | QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
1002 | unsigned SavedFunctionScopesStart; |
1003 | unsigned SavedInventedParameterInfosStart; |
1004 | |
1005 | public: |
1006 | ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true) |
1007 | : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), |
1008 | SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), |
1009 | SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), |
1010 | SavedFunctionScopesStart(S.FunctionScopesStart), |
1011 | SavedInventedParameterInfosStart(S.InventedParameterInfosStart) |
1012 | { |
1013 | assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context")(static_cast <bool> (ContextToPush && "pushing null context" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ContextToPush && \"pushing null context\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 1013, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1014 | S.CurContext = ContextToPush; |
1015 | if (NewThisContext) |
1016 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType(); |
1017 | // Any saved FunctionScopes do not refer to this context. |
1018 | S.FunctionScopesStart = S.FunctionScopes.size(); |
1019 | S.InventedParameterInfosStart = S.InventedParameterInfos.size(); |
1020 | } |
1021 | |
1022 | void pop() { |
1023 | if (!SavedContext) return; |
1024 | S.CurContext = SavedContext; |
1025 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); |
1026 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
1027 | S.FunctionScopesStart = SavedFunctionScopesStart; |
1028 | S.InventedParameterInfosStart = SavedInventedParameterInfosStart; |
1029 | SavedContext = nullptr; |
1030 | } |
1031 | |
1032 | ~ContextRAII() { |
1033 | pop(); |
1034 | } |
1035 | }; |
1036 | |
1037 | /// Whether the AST is currently being rebuilt to correct immediate |
1038 | /// invocations. Immediate invocation candidates and references to consteval |
1039 | /// functions aren't tracked when this is set. |
1040 | bool RebuildingImmediateInvocation = false; |
1041 | |
1042 | /// Used to change context to isConstantEvaluated without pushing a heavy |
1043 | /// ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord object. |
1044 | bool isConstantEvaluatedOverride; |
1045 | |
1046 | bool isConstantEvaluated() { |
1047 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isConstantEvaluated() || |
1048 | isConstantEvaluatedOverride; |
1049 | } |
1050 | |
1051 | /// RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize |
1052 | /// a function body. |
1053 | class SynthesizedFunctionScope { |
1054 | Sema &S; |
1055 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; |
1056 | bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false; |
1057 | |
1058 | public: |
1059 | SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) |
1060 | : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) { |
1061 | S.PushFunctionScope(); |
1062 | S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
1063 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
1064 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
1065 | FD->setWillHaveBody(true); |
1066 | else |
1067 | assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)", "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1067, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1068 | } |
1069 | |
1070 | void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) { |
1071 | assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext)(static_cast <bool> (!PushedCodeSynthesisContext) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!PushedCodeSynthesisContext", "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1071, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1072 | |
1073 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; |
1074 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction; |
1075 | Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc; |
1076 | Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext); |
1077 | S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); |
1078 | |
1079 | PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true; |
1080 | } |
1081 | |
1082 | ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { |
1083 | if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext) |
1084 | S.popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
1085 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) |
1086 | FD->setWillHaveBody(false); |
1087 | S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
1088 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
1089 | } |
1090 | }; |
1091 | |
1092 | /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in \#pragma weak before |
1093 | /// declared. Rare. May alias another identifier, declared or undeclared. |
1094 | /// |
1095 | /// For aliases, the target identifier is used as a key for eventual |
1096 | /// processing when the target is declared. For the single-identifier form, |
1097 | /// the sole identifier is used as the key. Each entry is a `SetVector` |
1098 | /// (ordered by parse order) of aliases (identified by the alias name) in case |
1099 | /// of multiple aliases to the same undeclared identifier. |
1100 | llvm::MapVector< |
1101 | IdentifierInfo *, |
1102 | llvm::SetVector< |
1103 | WeakInfo, llvm::SmallVector<WeakInfo, 1u>, |
1104 | llvm::SmallDenseSet<WeakInfo, 2u, WeakInfo::DenseMapInfoByAliasOnly>>> |
1105 | WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
1106 | |
1107 | /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
1108 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers |
1109 | /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version |
1110 | /// in the currently selected standard. |
1111 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
1112 | |
1113 | |
1114 | /// Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. |
1115 | void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); |
1116 | |
1117 | /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by |
1118 | /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. |
1119 | /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so |
1120 | /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. |
1121 | /// It would be best to refactor this. |
1122 | SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; |
1123 | |
1124 | IdentifierResolver IdResolver; |
1125 | |
1126 | /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need |
1127 | /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. |
1128 | /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. |
1129 | Scope *TUScope; |
1130 | |
1131 | /// The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. |
1132 | LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; |
1133 | |
1134 | /// The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ |
1135 | /// standard library. |
1136 | LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; |
1137 | |
1138 | /// The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++ |
1139 | /// standard library. |
1140 | LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT; |
1141 | |
1142 | /// The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts |
1143 | /// of the standard library resides. |
1144 | NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache; |
1145 | |
1146 | /// The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in |
1147 | /// \<initializer_list>. |
1148 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; |
1149 | |
1150 | /// The C++ "std::coroutine_traits" template, which is defined in |
1151 | /// \<coroutine_traits> |
1152 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdCoroutineTraitsCache; |
1153 | /// The namespace where coroutine components are defined. In standard, |
1154 | /// they are defined in std namespace. And in the previous implementation, |
1155 | /// they are defined in std::experimental namespace. |
1156 | NamespaceDecl *CoroTraitsNamespaceCache; |
1157 | |
1158 | /// The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. |
1159 | RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; |
1160 | |
1161 | /// The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. |
1162 | RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; |
1163 | |
1164 | /// The C++ "std::source_location::__impl" struct, defined in |
1165 | /// \<source_location>. |
1166 | RecordDecl *StdSourceLocationImplDecl; |
1167 | |
1168 | /// Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. |
1169 | std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; |
1170 | |
1171 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. |
1172 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; |
1173 | |
1174 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class. |
1175 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl; |
1176 | |
1177 | /// Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). |
1178 | QualType NSNumberPointer; |
1179 | |
1180 | /// Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *). |
1181 | QualType NSValuePointer; |
1182 | |
1183 | /// The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. |
1184 | ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; |
1185 | |
1186 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. |
1187 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; |
1188 | |
1189 | /// Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). |
1190 | QualType NSStringPointer; |
1191 | |
1192 | /// The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. |
1193 | ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; |
1194 | |
1195 | /// The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method. |
1196 | ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; |
1197 | |
1198 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. |
1199 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; |
1200 | |
1201 | /// The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. |
1202 | ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; |
1203 | |
1204 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. |
1205 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; |
1206 | |
1207 | /// The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. |
1208 | ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; |
1209 | |
1210 | /// id<NSCopying> type. |
1211 | QualType QIDNSCopying; |
1212 | |
1213 | /// will hold 'respondsToSelector:' |
1214 | Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; |
1215 | |
1216 | /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete |
1217 | /// have been declared. |
1218 | bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; |
1219 | |
1220 | /// Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are |
1221 | /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. |
1222 | enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext { |
1223 | /// The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an |
1224 | /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of |
1225 | /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but |
1226 | /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at |
1227 | /// run time. |
1228 | Unevaluated, |
1229 | |
1230 | /// The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within |
1231 | /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated |
1232 | /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are |
1233 | /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly. |
1234 | UnevaluatedList, |
1235 | |
1236 | /// The current expression occurs within a discarded statement. |
1237 | /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing |
1238 | /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways. |
1239 | DiscardedStatement, |
1240 | |
1241 | /// The current expression occurs within an unevaluated |
1242 | /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to |
1243 | /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. |
1244 | UnevaluatedAbstract, |
1245 | |
1246 | /// The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, |
1247 | /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of |
1248 | /// cases in a switch statement). |
1249 | ConstantEvaluated, |
1250 | |
1251 | /// In addition of being constant evaluated, the current expression |
1252 | /// occurs in an immediate function context - either a consteval function |
1253 | /// or a consteval if function. |
1254 | ImmediateFunctionContext, |
1255 | |
1256 | /// The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, |
1257 | /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the |
1258 | /// expression at run time. |
1259 | PotentiallyEvaluated, |
1260 | |
1261 | /// The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any |
1262 | /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if |
1263 | /// in fact the current expression is used. |
1264 | /// |
1265 | /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which |
1266 | /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments |
1267 | /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" |
1268 | /// until the default argument is used. |
1269 | PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
1270 | }; |
1271 | |
1272 | using ImmediateInvocationCandidate = llvm::PointerIntPair<ConstantExpr *, 1>; |
1273 | |
1274 | /// Data structure used to record current or nested |
1275 | /// expression evaluation contexts. |
1276 | struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { |
1277 | /// The expression evaluation context. |
1278 | ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; |
1279 | |
1280 | /// Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. |
1281 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup; |
1282 | |
1283 | /// The number of active cleanup objects when we entered |
1284 | /// this expression evaluation context. |
1285 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects; |
1286 | |
1287 | /// The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation |
1288 | /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created). |
1289 | unsigned NumTypos; |
1290 | |
1291 | MaybeODRUseExprSet SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; |
1292 | |
1293 | /// The lambdas that are present within this context, if it |
1294 | /// is indeed an unevaluated context. |
1295 | SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; |
1296 | |
1297 | /// The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions |
1298 | /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not |
1299 | /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. |
1300 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
1301 | |
1302 | /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions |
1303 | /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. |
1304 | SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; |
1305 | |
1306 | /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding |
1307 | /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. |
1308 | SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; |
1309 | |
1310 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Expr *, 8> PossibleDerefs; |
1311 | |
1312 | /// Expressions appearing as the LHS of a volatile assignment in this |
1313 | /// context. We produce a warning for these when popping the context if |
1314 | /// they are not discarded-value expressions nor unevaluated operands. |
1315 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> VolatileAssignmentLHSs; |
1316 | |
1317 | /// Set of candidates for starting an immediate invocation. |
1318 | llvm::SmallVector<ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> ImmediateInvocationCandidates; |
1319 | |
1320 | /// Set of DeclRefExprs referencing a consteval function when used in a |
1321 | /// context not already known to be immediately invoked. |
1322 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclRefExpr *, 4> ReferenceToConsteval; |
1323 | |
1324 | /// \brief Describes whether we are in an expression constext which we have |
1325 | /// to handle differently. |
1326 | enum ExpressionKind { |
1327 | EK_Decltype, EK_TemplateArgument, EK_Other |
1328 | } ExprContext; |
1329 | |
1330 | // A context can be nested in both a discarded statement context and |
1331 | // an immediate function context, so they need to be tracked independently. |
1332 | bool InDiscardedStatement; |
1333 | bool InImmediateFunctionContext; |
1334 | |
1335 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, |
1336 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects, |
1337 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup, |
1338 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl, |
1339 | ExpressionKind ExprContext) |
1340 | : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup), |
1341 | NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), NumTypos(0), |
1342 | ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), ExprContext(ExprContext), |
1343 | InDiscardedStatement(false), InImmediateFunctionContext(false) {} |
1344 | |
1345 | bool isUnevaluated() const { |
1346 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated || |
1347 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract || |
1348 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList; |
1349 | } |
1350 | |
1351 | bool isConstantEvaluated() const { |
1352 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated || |
1353 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext; |
1354 | } |
1355 | |
1356 | bool isImmediateFunctionContext() const { |
1357 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext || |
1358 | (Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement && |
1359 | InImmediateFunctionContext); |
1360 | } |
1361 | |
1362 | bool isDiscardedStatementContext() const { |
1363 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement || |
1364 | (Context == |
1365 | ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext && |
1366 | InDiscardedStatement); |
1367 | } |
1368 | }; |
1369 | |
1370 | /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. |
1371 | SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; |
1372 | |
1373 | /// Emit a warning for all pending noderef expressions that we recorded. |
1374 | void WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec); |
1375 | |
1376 | /// Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or |
1377 | /// block literal. Also return the extra mangling decl if any. |
1378 | /// |
1379 | /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or |
1380 | /// block literal. |
1381 | std::tuple<MangleNumberingContext *, Decl *> |
1382 | getCurrentMangleNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC); |
1383 | |
1384 | |
1385 | /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member |
1386 | /// function. |
1387 | /// |
1388 | /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the |
1389 | /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. |
1390 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1391 | public: |
1392 | enum Kind { |
1393 | NoMemberOrDeleted, |
1394 | Ambiguous, |
1395 | Success |
1396 | }; |
1397 | |
1398 | private: |
1399 | llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl *, 2> Pair; |
1400 | |
1401 | public: |
1402 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult() {} |
1403 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD) |
1404 | : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {} |
1405 | |
1406 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } |
1407 | void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } |
1408 | |
1409 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } |
1410 | void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } |
1411 | }; |
1412 | |
1413 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry |
1414 | : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode, |
1415 | public SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1416 | public: |
1417 | SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) |
1418 | : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) |
1419 | {} |
1420 | }; |
1421 | |
1422 | /// A cache of special member function overload resolution results |
1423 | /// for C++ records. |
1424 | llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache; |
1425 | |
1426 | /// A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits |
1427 | /// attribute. |
1428 | mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache; |
1429 | |
1430 | /// The kind of translation unit we are processing. |
1431 | /// |
1432 | /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform |
1433 | /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating |
1434 | /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has |
1435 | /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of |
1436 | /// checks. |
1437 | const TranslationUnitKind TUKind; |
1438 | |
1439 | llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; |
1440 | |
1441 | /// The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. |
1442 | unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; |
1443 | |
1444 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>> |
1445 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; |
1446 | |
1447 | /// A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the |
1448 | /// set of instantiations of each parameter. |
1449 | /// |
1450 | /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing |
1451 | /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, |
1452 | /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the |
1453 | /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. |
1454 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; |
1455 | |
1456 | // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default |
1457 | // argument locations. |
1458 | llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; |
1459 | |
1460 | /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a |
1461 | /// definition in this translation unit. |
1462 | llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; |
1463 | |
1464 | /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external |
1465 | /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation |
1466 | /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C". |
1467 | bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD); |
1468 | |
1469 | /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. |
1470 | void getUndefinedButUsed( |
1471 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); |
1472 | |
1473 | /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at |
1474 | /// the end of translation unit. |
1475 | const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> & |
1476 | getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const; |
1477 | |
1478 | class GlobalMethodPool { |
1479 | public: |
1480 | using Lists = std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList>; |
1481 | using iterator = llvm::DenseMap<Selector, Lists>::iterator; |
1482 | iterator begin() { return Methods.begin(); } |
1483 | iterator end() { return Methods.end(); } |
1484 | iterator find(Selector Sel) { return Methods.find(Sel); } |
1485 | std::pair<iterator, bool> insert(std::pair<Selector, Lists> &&Val) { |
1486 | return Methods.insert(Val); |
1487 | } |
1488 | int count(Selector Sel) const { return Methods.count(Sel); } |
1489 | bool empty() const { return Methods.empty(); } |
1490 | |
1491 | private: |
1492 | llvm::DenseMap<Selector, Lists> Methods; |
1493 | }; |
1494 | |
1495 | /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". |
1496 | /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures |
1497 | /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% |
1498 | /// of selectors are "overloaded"). |
1499 | /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 |
1500 | /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. |
1501 | GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; |
1502 | |
1503 | /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation |
1504 | /// of -Wselector. |
1505 | llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; |
1506 | |
1507 | /// List of SourceLocations where 'self' is implicitly retained inside a |
1508 | /// block. |
1509 | llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *>, 1> |
1510 | ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs; |
1511 | |
1512 | /// Kinds of C++ special members. |
1513 | enum CXXSpecialMember { |
1514 | CXXDefaultConstructor, |
1515 | CXXCopyConstructor, |
1516 | CXXMoveConstructor, |
1517 | CXXCopyAssignment, |
1518 | CXXMoveAssignment, |
1519 | CXXDestructor, |
1520 | CXXInvalid |
1521 | }; |
1522 | |
1523 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember> |
1524 | SpecialMemberDecl; |
1525 | |
1526 | /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of |
1527 | /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the |
1528 | /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. |
1529 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; |
1530 | |
1531 | /// Kinds of defaulted comparison operator functions. |
1532 | enum class DefaultedComparisonKind : unsigned char { |
1533 | /// This is not a defaultable comparison operator. |
1534 | None, |
1535 | /// This is an operator== that should be implemented as a series of |
1536 | /// subobject comparisons. |
1537 | Equal, |
1538 | /// This is an operator<=> that should be implemented as a series of |
1539 | /// subobject comparisons. |
1540 | ThreeWay, |
1541 | /// This is an operator!= that should be implemented as a rewrite in terms |
1542 | /// of a == comparison. |
1543 | NotEqual, |
1544 | /// This is an <, <=, >, or >= that should be implemented as a rewrite in |
1545 | /// terms of a <=> comparison. |
1546 | Relational, |
1547 | }; |
1548 | |
1549 | /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction |
1550 | /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them |
1551 | /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a |
1552 | /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition. |
1553 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions; |
1554 | |
1555 | /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are |
1556 | /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty. |
1557 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes; |
1558 | |
1559 | void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); |
1560 | void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel); |
1561 | |
1562 | /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. |
1563 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); |
1564 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
1565 | |
1566 | /// Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be |
1567 | /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and |
1568 | /// should not be used elsewhere. |
1569 | void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); |
1570 | |
1571 | /// Records and restores the CurFPFeatures state on entry/exit of compound |
1572 | /// statements. |
1573 | class FPFeaturesStateRAII { |
1574 | public: |
1575 | FPFeaturesStateRAII(Sema &S); |
1576 | ~FPFeaturesStateRAII(); |
1577 | FPOptionsOverride getOverrides() { return OldOverrides; } |
1578 | |
1579 | private: |
1580 | Sema& S; |
1581 | FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState; |
1582 | FPOptionsOverride OldOverrides; |
1583 | LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind OldEvalMethod; |
1584 | SourceLocation OldFPPragmaLocation; |
1585 | }; |
1586 | |
1587 | void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T); |
1588 | |
1589 | bool WarnedStackExhausted = false; |
1590 | |
1591 | /// Increment when we find a reference; decrement when we find an ignored |
1592 | /// assignment. Ultimately the value is 0 if every reference is an ignored |
1593 | /// assignment. |
1594 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> RefsMinusAssignments; |
1595 | |
1596 | private: |
1597 | Optional<std::unique_ptr<DarwinSDKInfo>> CachedDarwinSDKInfo; |
1598 | |
1599 | bool WarnedDarwinSDKInfoMissing = false; |
1600 | |
1601 | public: |
1602 | Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, |
1603 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, |
1604 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr); |
1605 | ~Sema(); |
1606 | |
1607 | /// Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been |
1608 | /// initialized but before it parses anything. |
1609 | void Initialize(); |
1610 | |
1611 | /// This virtual key function only exists to limit the emission of debug info |
1612 | /// describing the Sema class. GCC and Clang only emit debug info for a class |
1613 | /// with a vtable when the vtable is emitted. Sema is final and not |
1614 | /// polymorphic, but the debug info size savings are so significant that it is |
1615 | /// worth adding a vtable just to take advantage of this optimization. |
1616 | virtual void anchor(); |
1617 | |
1618 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } |
1619 | OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } |
1620 | FPOptions &getCurFPFeatures() { return CurFPFeatures; } |
1621 | |
1622 | DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } |
1623 | SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } |
1624 | Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } |
1625 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } |
1626 | ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } |
1627 | ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; |
1628 | ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } |
1629 | |
1630 | DarwinSDKInfo *getDarwinSDKInfoForAvailabilityChecking(SourceLocation Loc, |
1631 | StringRef Platform); |
1632 | DarwinSDKInfo *getDarwinSDKInfoForAvailabilityChecking(); |
1633 | |
1634 | ///Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, |
1635 | /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. |
1636 | /// |
1637 | ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. |
1638 | /// |
1639 | void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); |
1640 | |
1641 | void PrintStats() const; |
1642 | |
1643 | /// Warn that the stack is nearly exhausted. |
1644 | void warnStackExhausted(SourceLocation Loc); |
1645 | |
1646 | /// Run some code with "sufficient" stack space. (Currently, at least 256K is |
1647 | /// guaranteed). Produces a warning if we're low on stack space and allocates |
1648 | /// more in that case. Use this in code that may recurse deeply (for example, |
1649 | /// in template instantiation) to avoid stack overflow. |
1650 | void runWithSufficientStackSpace(SourceLocation Loc, |
1651 | llvm::function_ref<void()> Fn); |
1652 | |
1653 | /// Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional |
1654 | /// template instantiation stacks. |
1655 | /// |
1656 | /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder |
1657 | /// class that emits diagnostics. ImmediateDiagBuilder is |
1658 | /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder |
1659 | /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template |
1660 | /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as |
1661 | /// well. |
1662 | class ImmediateDiagBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { |
1663 | Sema &SemaRef; |
1664 | unsigned DiagID; |
1665 | |
1666 | public: |
1667 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
1668 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {} |
1669 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &&DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
1670 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {} |
1671 | |
1672 | // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move |
1673 | // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not |
1674 | // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So |
1675 | // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the |
1676 | // source anyway, so the user-defined ~ImmediateDiagBuilder is a safe no-op |
1677 | // in that case anwyay. |
1678 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &) = default; |
1679 | |
1680 | ~ImmediateDiagBuilder() { |
1681 | // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. |
1682 | if (!isActive()) return; |
1683 | |
1684 | // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First clear the diagnostic |
1685 | // builder itself so it won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. |
1686 | // |
1687 | // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will |
1688 | // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be |
1689 | // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder |
1690 | // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to |
1691 | // eliminate that code. |
1692 | Clear(); |
1693 | |
1694 | // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. |
1695 | SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); |
1696 | } |
1697 | |
1698 | /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. |
1699 | template <typename T> |
1700 | friend const ImmediateDiagBuilder & |
1701 | operator<<(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
1702 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; |
1703 | BaseDiag << Value; |
1704 | return Diag; |
1705 | } |
1706 | |
1707 | // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this |
1708 | // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to |
1709 | // bitfield is not allowed. |
1710 | template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if< |
1711 | !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type> |
1712 | const ImmediateDiagBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const { |
1713 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = *this; |
1714 | BaseDiag << std::move(V); |
1715 | return *this; |
1716 | } |
1717 | }; |
1718 | |
1719 | /// A generic diagnostic builder for errors which may or may not be deferred. |
1720 | /// |
1721 | /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch) |
1722 | /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are |
1723 | /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device |
1724 | /// function is never codegen'ed. |
1725 | /// |
1726 | /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we |
1727 | /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed. |
1728 | /// |
1729 | /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred |
1730 | /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to |
1731 | /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe |
1732 | /// deferred" diagnostics. |
1733 | class SemaDiagnosticBuilder { |
1734 | public: |
1735 | enum Kind { |
1736 | /// Emit no diagnostics. |
1737 | K_Nop, |
1738 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()). |
1739 | K_Immediate, |
1740 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also |
1741 | /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a |
1742 | /// priori known-emitted function. |
1743 | K_ImmediateWithCallStack, |
1744 | /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function |
1745 | /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with |
1746 | /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack. |
1747 | K_Deferred |
1748 | }; |
1749 | |
1750 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
1751 | FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S); |
1752 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(SemaDiagnosticBuilder &&D); |
1753 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) = default; |
1754 | ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder(); |
1755 | |
1756 | bool isImmediate() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); } |
1757 | |
1758 | /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if |
1759 | /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error. |
1760 | /// |
1761 | /// Example usage: |
1762 | /// |
1763 | /// if (SemaDiagnosticBuilder(...) << foo << bar) |
1764 | /// return ExprError(); |
1765 | /// |
1766 | /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably |
1767 | /// want to use these instead of creating a SemaDiagnosticBuilder yourself. |
1768 | operator bool() const { return isImmediate(); } |
1769 | |
1770 | template <typename T> |
1771 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder & |
1772 | operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
1773 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
1774 | *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value; |
1775 | else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
1776 | Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second |
1777 | << Value; |
1778 | return Diag; |
1779 | } |
1780 | |
1781 | // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this |
1782 | // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to |
1783 | // bitfield is not allowed. |
1784 | template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if< |
1785 | !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type> |
1786 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const { |
1787 | if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
1788 | *ImmediateDiag << std::move(V); |
1789 | else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
1790 | S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second << std::move(V); |
1791 | return *this; |
1792 | } |
1793 | |
1794 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder & |
1795 | operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
1796 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
1797 | PD.Emit(*Diag.ImmediateDiag); |
1798 | else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
1799 | Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second = PD; |
1800 | return Diag; |
1801 | } |
1802 | |
1803 | void AddFixItHint(const FixItHint &Hint) const { |
1804 | if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
1805 | ImmediateDiag->AddFixItHint(Hint); |
1806 | else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
1807 | S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second.AddFixItHint(Hint); |
1808 | } |
1809 | |
1810 | friend ExprResult ExprError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) { |
1811 | return ExprError(); |
1812 | } |
1813 | friend StmtResult StmtError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) { |
1814 | return StmtError(); |
1815 | } |
1816 | operator ExprResult() const { return ExprError(); } |
1817 | operator StmtResult() const { return StmtError(); } |
1818 | operator TypeResult() const { return TypeError(); } |
1819 | operator DeclResult() const { return DeclResult(true); } |
1820 | operator MemInitResult() const { return MemInitResult(true); } |
1821 | |
1822 | private: |
1823 | Sema &S; |
1824 | SourceLocation Loc; |
1825 | unsigned DiagID; |
1826 | FunctionDecl *Fn; |
1827 | bool ShowCallStack; |
1828 | |
1829 | // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value. |
1830 | // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists. |
1831 | llvm::Optional<ImmediateDiagBuilder> ImmediateDiag; |
1832 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> PartialDiagId; |
1833 | }; |
1834 | |
1835 | /// Is the last error level diagnostic immediate. This is used to determined |
1836 | /// whether the next info diagnostic should be immediate. |
1837 | bool IsLastErrorImmediate = true; |
1838 | |
1839 | /// Emit a diagnostic. |
1840 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
1841 | bool DeferHint = false); |
1842 | |
1843 | /// Emit a partial diagnostic. |
1844 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
1845 | bool DeferHint = false); |
1846 | |
1847 | /// Build a partial diagnostic. |
1848 | PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h |
1849 | |
1850 | /// Whether deferrable diagnostics should be deferred. |
1851 | bool DeferDiags = false; |
1852 | |
1853 | /// RAII class to control scope of DeferDiags. |
1854 | class DeferDiagsRAII { |
1855 | Sema &S; |
1856 | bool SavedDeferDiags = false; |
1857 | |
1858 | public: |
1859 | DeferDiagsRAII(Sema &S, bool DeferDiags) |
1860 | : S(S), SavedDeferDiags(S.DeferDiags) { |
1861 | S.DeferDiags = DeferDiags; |
1862 | } |
1863 | ~DeferDiagsRAII() { S.DeferDiags = SavedDeferDiags; } |
1864 | }; |
1865 | |
1866 | /// Whether uncompilable error has occurred. This includes error happens |
1867 | /// in deferred diagnostics. |
1868 | bool hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() const; |
1869 | |
1870 | bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); |
1871 | |
1872 | /// Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. |
1873 | std::string |
1874 | getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1875 | std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1876 | |
1877 | /// Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken() |
1878 | SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0); |
1879 | |
1880 | /// Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor. |
1881 | ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const; |
1882 | |
1883 | /// Invent a new identifier for parameters of abbreviated templates. |
1884 | IdentifierInfo * |
1885 | InventAbbreviatedTemplateParameterTypeName(IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
1886 | unsigned Index); |
1887 | |
1888 | void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings(); |
1889 | |
1890 | private: |
1891 | /// Function or variable declarations to be checked for whether the deferred |
1892 | /// diagnostics should be emitted. |
1893 | llvm::SmallSetVector<Decl *, 4> DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags; |
1894 | |
1895 | public: |
1896 | // Emit all deferred diagnostics. |
1897 | void emitDeferredDiags(); |
1898 | |
1899 | enum TUFragmentKind { |
1900 | /// The global module fragment, between 'module;' and a module-declaration. |
1901 | Global, |
1902 | /// A normal translation unit fragment. For a non-module unit, this is the |
1903 | /// entire translation unit. Otherwise, it runs from the module-declaration |
1904 | /// to the private-module-fragment (if any) or the end of the TU (if not). |
1905 | Normal, |
1906 | /// The private module fragment, between 'module :private;' and the end of |
1907 | /// the translation unit. |
1908 | Private |
1909 | }; |
1910 | |
1911 | void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit(); |
1912 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); |
1913 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnitFragment(TUFragmentKind Kind); |
1914 | |
1915 | void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); |
1916 | |
1917 | Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); |
1918 | |
1919 | void PushFunctionScope(); |
1920 | void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); |
1921 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); |
1922 | |
1923 | /// This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth |
1924 | /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth |
1925 | /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. |
1926 | void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); |
1927 | |
1928 | void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, |
1929 | RecordDecl *RD, CapturedRegionKind K, |
1930 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0); |
1931 | |
1932 | /// Custom deleter to allow FunctionScopeInfos to be kept alive for a short |
1933 | /// time after they've been popped. |
1934 | class PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter { |
1935 | Sema *Self; |
1936 | |
1937 | public: |
1938 | explicit PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter(Sema *Self) : Self(Self) {} |
1939 | void operator()(sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) const; |
1940 | }; |
1941 | |
1942 | using PoppedFunctionScopePtr = |
1943 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo, PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter>; |
1944 | |
1945 | PoppedFunctionScopePtr |
1946 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr, |
1947 | const Decl *D = nullptr, |
1948 | QualType BlockType = QualType()); |
1949 | |
1950 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { |
1951 | return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back(); |
1952 | } |
1953 | |
1954 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const; |
1955 | |
1956 | void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope(); |
1957 | void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
1958 | void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto(); |
1959 | void setFunctionHasMustTail(); |
1960 | |
1961 | void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr); |
1962 | void PopCompoundScope(); |
1963 | |
1964 | sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; |
1965 | |
1966 | bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; |
1967 | |
1968 | /// Retrieve the current block, if any. |
1969 | sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); |
1970 | |
1971 | /// Get the innermost lambda enclosing the current location, if any. This |
1972 | /// looks through intervening non-lambda scopes such as local functions and |
1973 | /// blocks. |
1974 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getEnclosingLambda() const; |
1975 | |
1976 | /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. |
1977 | /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most |
1978 | /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not |
1979 | /// lambda scopes. |
1980 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo * |
1981 | getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false); |
1982 | |
1983 | /// Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. |
1984 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); |
1985 | |
1986 | /// Retrieve the current captured region, if any. |
1987 | sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); |
1988 | |
1989 | /// Retrieve the current function, if any, that should be analyzed for |
1990 | /// potential availability violations. |
1991 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunctionAvailabilityContext(); |
1992 | |
1993 | /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls |
1994 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } |
1995 | |
1996 | /// Called before parsing a function declarator belonging to a function |
1997 | /// declaration. |
1998 | void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D, |
1999 | unsigned TemplateParameterDepth); |
2000 | |
2001 | /// Called after parsing a function declarator belonging to a function |
2002 | /// declaration. |
2003 | void ActOnFinishFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
2004 | |
2005 | void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); |
2006 | |
2007 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2008 | // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. |
2009 | // |
2010 | |
2011 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, |
2012 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
2013 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, |
2014 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
2015 | QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, |
2016 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
2017 | QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, |
2018 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
2019 | QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, |
2020 | Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, |
2021 | SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); |
2022 | QualType BuildVectorType(QualType T, Expr *VecSize, SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
2023 | QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, |
2024 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
2025 | QualType BuildMatrixType(QualType T, Expr *NumRows, Expr *NumColumns, |
2026 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
2027 | |
2028 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, LangAS ASIdx, Expr *AddrSpace, |
2029 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
2030 | |
2031 | /// Same as above, but constructs the AddressSpace index if not provided. |
2032 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace, |
2033 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
2034 | |
2035 | bool CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
2036 | |
2037 | bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
2038 | |
2039 | /// Build a function type. |
2040 | /// |
2041 | /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and |
2042 | /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have |
2043 | /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates |
2044 | /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much |
2045 | /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. |
2046 | /// |
2047 | /// \param T The return type of the function. |
2048 | /// |
2049 | /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array |
2050 | /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the |
2051 | /// function parameters. |
2052 | /// |
2053 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this |
2054 | /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the |
2055 | /// type that will have function type. |
2056 | /// |
2057 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function |
2058 | /// type, if known. |
2059 | /// |
2060 | /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will |
2061 | /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. |
2062 | /// |
2063 | /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The |
2064 | /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. |
2065 | /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
2066 | QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, |
2067 | MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
2068 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
2069 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); |
2070 | |
2071 | QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, |
2072 | SourceLocation Loc, |
2073 | DeclarationName Entity); |
2074 | QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, |
2075 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
2076 | QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); |
2077 | QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
2078 | QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, |
2079 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2080 | QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, |
2081 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2082 | QualType BuildBitIntType(bool IsUnsigned, Expr *BitWidth, SourceLocation Loc); |
2083 | |
2084 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); |
2085 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); |
2086 | |
2087 | /// Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. |
2088 | ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
2089 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
2090 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); |
2091 | static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, |
2092 | TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr); |
2093 | CanThrowResult canThrow(const Stmt *E); |
2094 | /// Determine whether the callee of a particular function call can throw. |
2095 | /// E, D and Loc are all optional. |
2096 | static CanThrowResult canCalleeThrow(Sema &S, const Expr *E, const Decl *D, |
2097 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
2098 | const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
2099 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT); |
2100 | void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, |
2101 | const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
2102 | bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range); |
2103 | bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); |
2104 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); |
2105 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
2106 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
2107 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
2108 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
2109 | const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, |
2110 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
2111 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
2112 | bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType); |
2113 | bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, |
2114 | const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
2115 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
2116 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoThrowDiagID, |
2117 | const FunctionProtoType *Superset, |
2118 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
2119 | const FunctionProtoType *Subset, |
2120 | SourceLocation SubLoc); |
2121 | bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
2122 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
2123 | const FunctionProtoType *Target, |
2124 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, |
2125 | const FunctionProtoType *Source, |
2126 | SourceLocation SourceLoc); |
2127 | |
2128 | TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2129 | |
2130 | /// The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' |
2131 | /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. |
2132 | ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); |
2133 | |
2134 | /// Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. |
2135 | struct TypeDiagnoser { |
2136 | TypeDiagnoser() {} |
2137 | |
2138 | virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2139 | virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} |
2140 | }; |
2141 | |
2142 | static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } |
2143 | static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } |
2144 | static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } |
2145 | static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } |
2146 | static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } |
2147 | static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } |
2148 | static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
2149 | return II; |
2150 | } |
2151 | static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } |
2152 | static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } |
2153 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } |
2154 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } |
2155 | static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } |
2156 | static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} |
2157 | |
2158 | template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
2159 | protected: |
2160 | unsigned DiagID; |
2161 | std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args; |
2162 | |
2163 | template <std::size_t... Is> |
2164 | void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
2165 | std::index_sequence<Is...>) const { |
2166 | // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order. |
2167 | bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...}; |
2168 | (void)Dummy; |
2169 | } |
2170 | |
2171 | public: |
2172 | BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) |
2173 | : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) { |
2174 | assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser")(static_cast <bool> (DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagID != 0 && \"no diagnostic for type diagnoser\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 2174, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
2175 | } |
2176 | |
2177 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
2178 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
2179 | emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
2180 | DB << T; |
2181 | } |
2182 | }; |
2183 | |
2184 | /// Do a check to make sure \p Name looks like a legal argument for the |
2185 | /// swift_name attribute applied to decl \p D. Raise a diagnostic if the name |
2186 | /// is invalid for the given declaration. |
2187 | /// |
2188 | /// \p AL is used to provide caret diagnostics in case of a malformed name. |
2189 | /// |
2190 | /// \returns true if the name is a valid swift name for \p D, false otherwise. |
2191 | bool DiagnoseSwiftName(Decl *D, StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
2192 | const ParsedAttr &AL, bool IsAsync); |
2193 | |
2194 | /// A derivative of BoundTypeDiagnoser for which the diagnostic's type |
2195 | /// parameter is preceded by a 0/1 enum that is 1 if the type is sizeless. |
2196 | /// For example, a diagnostic with no other parameters would generally have |
2197 | /// the form "...%select{incomplete|sizeless}0 type %1...". |
2198 | template <typename... Ts> |
2199 | class SizelessTypeDiagnoser : public BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> { |
2200 | public: |
2201 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &... Args) |
2202 | : BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...>(DiagID, Args...) {} |
2203 | |
2204 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
2205 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, this->DiagID); |
2206 | this->emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
2207 | DB << T->isSizelessType() << T; |
2208 | } |
2209 | }; |
2210 | |
2211 | enum class CompleteTypeKind { |
2212 | /// Apply the normal rules for complete types. In particular, |
2213 | /// treat all sizeless types as incomplete. |
2214 | Normal, |
2215 | |
2216 | /// Relax the normal rules for complete types so that they include |
2217 | /// sizeless built-in types. |
2218 | AcceptSizeless, |
2219 | |
2220 | // FIXME: Eventually we should flip the default to Normal and opt in |
2221 | // to AcceptSizeless rather than opt out of it. |
2222 | Default = AcceptSizeless |
2223 | }; |
2224 | |
2225 | private: |
2226 | /// Methods for marking which expressions involve dereferencing a pointer |
2227 | /// marked with the 'noderef' attribute. Expressions are checked bottom up as |
2228 | /// they are parsed, meaning that a noderef pointer may not be accessed. For |
2229 | /// example, in `&*p` where `p` is a noderef pointer, we will first parse the |
2230 | /// `*p`, but need to check that `address of` is called on it. This requires |
2231 | /// keeping a container of all pending expressions and checking if the address |
2232 | /// of them are eventually taken. |
2233 | void CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E); |
2234 | void CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E); |
2235 | void CheckMemberAccessOfNoDeref(const MemberExpr *E); |
2236 | |
2237 | bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2238 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser); |
2239 | |
2240 | struct ModuleScope { |
2241 | SourceLocation BeginLoc; |
2242 | clang::Module *Module = nullptr; |
2243 | bool ModuleInterface = false; |
2244 | bool IsPartition = false; |
2245 | bool ImplicitGlobalModuleFragment = false; |
2246 | VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules; |
2247 | }; |
2248 | /// The modules we're currently parsing. |
2249 | llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes; |
2250 | /// The global module fragment of the current translation unit. |
2251 | clang::Module *GlobalModuleFragment = nullptr; |
2252 | |
2253 | /// The modules we imported directly. |
2254 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<clang::Module *, 8> DirectModuleImports; |
2255 | |
2256 | /// Namespace definitions that we will export when they finish. |
2257 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamespaceDecl*, 8> DeferredExportedNamespaces; |
2258 | |
2259 | /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within. |
2260 | Module *getCurrentModule() const { |
2261 | return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module; |
2262 | } |
2263 | |
2264 | /// Helper function to judge if we are in module purview. |
2265 | /// Return false if we are not in a module. |
2266 | bool isCurrentModulePurview() const { |
2267 | return getCurrentModule() ? getCurrentModule()->isModulePurview() : false; |
2268 | } |
2269 | |
2270 | /// Enter the scope of the global module. |
2271 | Module *PushGlobalModuleFragment(SourceLocation BeginLoc, bool IsImplicit); |
2272 | /// Leave the scope of the global module. |
2273 | void PopGlobalModuleFragment(); |
2274 | |
2275 | VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules; |
2276 | |
2277 | public: |
2278 | /// Get the module owning an entity. |
2279 | Module *getOwningModule(const Decl *Entity) { |
2280 | return Entity->getOwningModule(); |
2281 | } |
2282 | |
2283 | bool isModuleDirectlyImported(const Module *M) { |
2284 | return DirectModuleImports.contains(M); |
2285 | } |
2286 | |
2287 | /// Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND |
2288 | /// visible at the specified location. |
2289 | void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND); |
2290 | |
2291 | bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M, bool ModulePrivate = false); |
2292 | |
2293 | // When loading a non-modular PCH files, this is used to restore module |
2294 | // visibility. |
2295 | void makeModuleVisible(Module *Mod, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { |
2296 | VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); |
2297 | } |
2298 | |
2299 | /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup. |
2300 | bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) { |
2301 | return D->isUnconditionallyVisible() || isVisibleSlow(D); |
2302 | } |
2303 | |
2304 | /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible. |
2305 | bool |
2306 | hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D, |
2307 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) { |
2308 | return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules); |
2309 | } |
2310 | bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D, |
2311 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules); |
2312 | |
2313 | bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def); |
2314 | bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def); |
2315 | |
2316 | /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible |
2317 | /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1. |
2318 | bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested); |
2319 | |
2320 | /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration |
2321 | /// that should be made visible to expose the definition. |
2322 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, |
2323 | bool OnlyNeedComplete = false); |
2324 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) { |
2325 | NamedDecl *Hidden; |
2326 | return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden); |
2327 | } |
2328 | |
2329 | /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument. |
2330 | bool |
2331 | hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D, |
2332 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
2333 | |
2334 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit |
2335 | /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a |
2336 | /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.) |
2337 | bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization( |
2338 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
2339 | |
2340 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member |
2341 | /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration). |
2342 | bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization( |
2343 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
2344 | |
2345 | /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations |
2346 | /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to |
2347 | /// an extension warning. |
2348 | bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, |
2349 | const NamedDecl *B); |
2350 | void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( |
2351 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, |
2352 | ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv); |
2353 | |
2354 | bool isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *FD); |
2355 | |
2356 | bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2357 | CompleteTypeKind Kind = CompleteTypeKind::Default) { |
2358 | return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, nullptr); |
2359 | } |
2360 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2361 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
2362 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2363 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, unsigned DiagID); |
2364 | |
2365 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2366 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) { |
2367 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser); |
2368 | } |
2369 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID) { |
2370 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, DiagID); |
2371 | } |
2372 | |
2373 | template <typename... Ts> |
2374 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
2375 | const Ts &...Args) { |
2376 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
2377 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
2378 | } |
2379 | |
2380 | template <typename... Ts> |
2381 | bool RequireCompleteSizedType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
2382 | const Ts &... Args) { |
2383 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
2384 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser); |
2385 | } |
2386 | |
2387 | /// Get the type of expression E, triggering instantiation to complete the |
2388 | /// type if necessary -- that is, if the expression refers to a templated |
2389 | /// static data member of incomplete array type. |
2390 | /// |
2391 | /// May still return an incomplete type if instantiation was not possible or |
2392 | /// if the type is incomplete for a different reason. Use |
2393 | /// RequireCompleteExprType instead if a diagnostic is expected for an |
2394 | /// incomplete expression type. |
2395 | QualType getCompletedType(Expr *E); |
2396 | |
2397 | void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E); |
2398 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, CompleteTypeKind Kind, |
2399 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
2400 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); |
2401 | |
2402 | template <typename... Ts> |
2403 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) { |
2404 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
2405 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser); |
2406 | } |
2407 | |
2408 | template <typename... Ts> |
2409 | bool RequireCompleteSizedExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, |
2410 | const Ts &... Args) { |
2411 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
2412 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser); |
2413 | } |
2414 | |
2415 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2416 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
2417 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); |
2418 | |
2419 | template <typename... Ts> |
2420 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
2421 | const Ts &...Args) { |
2422 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
2423 | return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
2424 | } |
2425 | |
2426 | QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
2427 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T, |
2428 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl = nullptr); |
2429 | |
2430 | // Returns the underlying type of a decltype with the given expression. |
2431 | QualType getDecltypeForExpr(Expr *E); |
2432 | |
2433 | QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E); |
2434 | /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated |
2435 | /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto). |
2436 | QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, bool AsUnevaluated = true); |
2437 | QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, |
2438 | UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, |
2439 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2440 | |
2441 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2442 | // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. |
2443 | // |
2444 | |
2445 | struct SkipBodyInfo { |
2446 | SkipBodyInfo() |
2447 | : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr), |
2448 | New(nullptr) {} |
2449 | bool ShouldSkip; |
2450 | bool CheckSameAsPrevious; |
2451 | NamedDecl *Previous; |
2452 | NamedDecl *New; |
2453 | }; |
2454 | |
2455 | DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr); |
2456 | |
2457 | void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); |
2458 | |
2459 | bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; |
2460 | |
2461 | ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2462 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
2463 | bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false, |
2464 | ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr, |
2465 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
2466 | bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, |
2467 | bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true, |
2468 | IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr); |
2469 | TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); |
2470 | bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); |
2471 | void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
2472 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
2473 | Scope *S, |
2474 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
2475 | ParsedType &SuggestedType, |
2476 | bool IsTemplateName = false); |
2477 | |
2478 | /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified |
2479 | /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we |
2480 | /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related |
2481 | /// scope during instantiation. |
2482 | ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
2483 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2484 | bool IsTemplateTypeArg); |
2485 | |
2486 | /// Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed |
2487 | /// by \c ClassifyName(). |
2488 | enum NameClassificationKind { |
2489 | /// This name is not a type or template in this context, but might be |
2490 | /// something else. |
2491 | NC_Unknown, |
2492 | /// Classification failed; an error has been produced. |
2493 | NC_Error, |
2494 | /// The name has been typo-corrected to a keyword. |
2495 | NC_Keyword, |
2496 | /// The name was classified as a type. |
2497 | NC_Type, |
2498 | /// The name was classified as a specific non-type, non-template |
2499 | /// declaration. ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType should be called to |
2500 | /// convert the declaration to an expression. |
2501 | NC_NonType, |
2502 | /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function name. |
2503 | /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType should be called to convert the |
2504 | /// result to an expression. |
2505 | NC_UndeclaredNonType, |
2506 | /// The name denotes a member of a dependent type that could not be |
2507 | /// resolved. ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType should be called to |
2508 | /// convert the result to an expression. |
2509 | NC_DependentNonType, |
2510 | /// The name was classified as an overload set, and an expression |
2511 | /// representing that overload set has been formed. |
2512 | /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet should be called to form a suitable |
2513 | /// expression referencing the overload set. |
2514 | NC_OverloadSet, |
2515 | /// The name was classified as a template whose specializations are types. |
2516 | NC_TypeTemplate, |
2517 | /// The name was classified as a variable template name. |
2518 | NC_VarTemplate, |
2519 | /// The name was classified as a function template name. |
2520 | NC_FunctionTemplate, |
2521 | /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function template name. |
2522 | NC_UndeclaredTemplate, |
2523 | /// The name was classified as a concept name. |
2524 | NC_Concept, |
2525 | }; |
2526 | |
2527 | class NameClassification { |
2528 | NameClassificationKind Kind; |
2529 | union { |
2530 | ExprResult Expr; |
2531 | NamedDecl *NonTypeDecl; |
2532 | TemplateName Template; |
2533 | ParsedType Type; |
2534 | }; |
2535 | |
2536 | explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} |
2537 | |
2538 | public: |
2539 | NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} |
2540 | |
2541 | NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {} |
2542 | |
2543 | static NameClassification Error() { |
2544 | return NameClassification(NC_Error); |
2545 | } |
2546 | |
2547 | static NameClassification Unknown() { |
2548 | return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); |
2549 | } |
2550 | |
2551 | static NameClassification OverloadSet(ExprResult E) { |
2552 | NameClassification Result(NC_OverloadSet); |
2553 | Result.Expr = E; |
2554 | return Result; |
2555 | } |
2556 | |
2557 | static NameClassification NonType(NamedDecl *D) { |
2558 | NameClassification Result(NC_NonType); |
2559 | Result.NonTypeDecl = D; |
2560 | return Result; |
2561 | } |
2562 | |
2563 | static NameClassification UndeclaredNonType() { |
2564 | return NameClassification(NC_UndeclaredNonType); |
2565 | } |
2566 | |
2567 | static NameClassification DependentNonType() { |
2568 | return NameClassification(NC_DependentNonType); |
2569 | } |
2570 | |
2571 | static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
2572 | NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); |
2573 | Result.Template = Name; |
2574 | return Result; |
2575 | } |
2576 | |
2577 | static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
2578 | NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); |
2579 | Result.Template = Name; |
2580 | return Result; |
2581 | } |
2582 | |
2583 | static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
2584 | NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); |
2585 | Result.Template = Name; |
2586 | return Result; |
2587 | } |
2588 | |
2589 | static NameClassification Concept(TemplateName Name) { |
2590 | NameClassification Result(NC_Concept); |
2591 | Result.Template = Name; |
2592 | return Result; |
2593 | } |
2594 | |
2595 | static NameClassification UndeclaredTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
2596 | NameClassification Result(NC_UndeclaredTemplate); |
2597 | Result.Template = Name; |
2598 | return Result; |
2599 | } |
2600 | |
2601 | NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
2602 | |
2603 | ExprResult getExpression() const { |
2604 | assert(Kind == NC_OverloadSet)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_OverloadSet) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_OverloadSet", "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 2604, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2605 | return Expr; |
2606 | } |
2607 | |
2608 | ParsedType getType() const { |
2609 | assert(Kind == NC_Type)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Type", "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 2609, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2610 | return Type; |
2611 | } |
2612 | |
2613 | NamedDecl *getNonTypeDecl() const { |
2614 | assert(Kind == NC_NonType)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_NonType) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_NonType", "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 2614 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2615 | return NonTypeDecl; |
2616 | } |
2617 | |
2618 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
2619 | assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 2621, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
2620 | Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept ||(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 2621, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
2621 | Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 2621, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
2622 | return Template; |
2623 | } |
2624 | |
2625 | TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { |
2626 | switch (Kind) { |
2627 | case NC_TypeTemplate: |
2628 | return TNK_Type_template; |
2629 | case NC_FunctionTemplate: |
2630 | return TNK_Function_template; |
2631 | case NC_VarTemplate: |
2632 | return TNK_Var_template; |
2633 | case NC_Concept: |
2634 | return TNK_Concept_template; |
2635 | case NC_UndeclaredTemplate: |
2636 | return TNK_Undeclared_template; |
2637 | default: |
2638 | llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unsupported name classification." , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 2638); |
2639 | } |
2640 | } |
2641 | }; |
2642 | |
2643 | /// Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on |
2644 | /// the results of name lookup and the following token. |
2645 | /// |
2646 | /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct |
2647 | /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt |
2648 | /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. |
2649 | /// |
2650 | /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. |
2651 | /// |
2652 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
2653 | /// |
2654 | /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, |
2655 | /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. |
2656 | /// |
2657 | /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. |
2658 | /// |
2659 | /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help |
2660 | /// disambiguate the name. |
2661 | /// |
2662 | /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. |
2663 | NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2664 | IdentifierInfo *&Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2665 | const Token &NextToken, |
2666 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr); |
2667 | |
2668 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared (ADL-only) |
2669 | /// non-type declaration. |
2670 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2671 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
2672 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared member of a |
2673 | /// dependent base class. |
2674 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2675 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2676 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2677 | bool IsAddressOfOperand); |
2678 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as a specific non-type |
2679 | /// declaration. |
2680 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2681 | NamedDecl *Found, |
2682 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2683 | const Token &NextToken); |
2684 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an overload set. |
2685 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *OverloadSet); |
2686 | |
2687 | /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics. |
2688 | enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics { |
2689 | ClassTemplate, |
2690 | FunctionTemplate, |
2691 | VarTemplate, |
2692 | AliasTemplate, |
2693 | TemplateTemplateParam, |
2694 | Concept, |
2695 | DependentTemplate |
2696 | }; |
2697 | TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics |
2698 | getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name); |
2699 | |
2700 | /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a |
2701 | /// template-name. |
2702 | bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E, bool &Dependent) { |
2703 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid()) |
2704 | return false; |
2705 | Dependent = false; |
2706 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
2707 | return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2708 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get())) |
2709 | return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2710 | Dependent = true; |
2711 | if (auto *DSDRE = dyn_cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
2712 | return !DSDRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2713 | if (auto *DSME = dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E.get())) |
2714 | return !DSME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2715 | // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by |
2716 | // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName. |
2717 | return false; |
2718 | } |
2719 | void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName, |
2720 | SourceLocation Less, |
2721 | SourceLocation Greater); |
2722 | |
2723 | void warnOnReservedIdentifier(const NamedDecl *D); |
2724 | |
2725 | Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2726 | |
2727 | NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2728 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); |
2729 | bool tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TypeSourceInfo *&TInfo, |
2730 | QualType &T, SourceLocation Loc, |
2731 | unsigned FailedFoldDiagID); |
2732 | void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); |
2733 | bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); |
2734 | bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
2735 | DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
2736 | bool IsTemplateId); |
2737 | void |
2738 | diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, |
2739 | SourceLocation FallbackLoc, |
2740 | SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2741 | SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2742 | SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2743 | SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2744 | SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation()); |
2745 | |
2746 | static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); |
2747 | void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); |
2748 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, |
2749 | const LookupResult &R); |
2750 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R); |
2751 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const BindingDecl *D, |
2752 | const LookupResult &R); |
2753 | void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
2754 | const LookupResult &R); |
2755 | void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); |
2756 | |
2757 | /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers |
2758 | /// to a shadowing declaration. |
2759 | void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
2760 | |
2761 | void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
2762 | |
2763 | private: |
2764 | /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if |
2765 | /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration. |
2766 | llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls; |
2767 | |
2768 | public: |
2769 | void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); |
2770 | void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope); |
2771 | void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, |
2772 | TypedefNameDecl *NewTD); |
2773 | void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); |
2774 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
2775 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2776 | LookupResult &Previous); |
2777 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, |
2778 | LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); |
2779 | NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
2780 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2781 | LookupResult &Previous, |
2782 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
2783 | bool &AddToScope, |
2784 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None); |
2785 | NamedDecl * |
2786 | ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2787 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); |
2788 | // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration |
2789 | bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); |
2790 | void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); |
2791 | bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, |
2792 | Expr *Init); |
2793 | void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD); |
2794 | void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD); |
2795 | void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); |
2796 | |
2797 | NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
2798 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2799 | LookupResult &Previous, |
2800 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
2801 | bool &AddToScope); |
2802 | bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2803 | |
2804 | enum class CheckConstexprKind { |
2805 | /// Diagnose issues that are non-constant or that are extensions. |
2806 | Diagnose, |
2807 | /// Identify whether this function satisfies the formal rules for constexpr |
2808 | /// functions in the current lanugage mode (with no extensions). |
2809 | CheckValid |
2810 | }; |
2811 | |
2812 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
2813 | CheckConstexprKind Kind); |
2814 | |
2815 | void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2816 | void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
2817 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
2818 | void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
2819 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
2820 | // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration |
2821 | bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, |
2822 | FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, |
2823 | bool IsMemberSpecialization, bool DeclIsDefn); |
2824 | bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl); |
2825 | bool canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, |
2826 | QualType NewT, QualType OldT); |
2827 | void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); |
2828 | void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); |
2829 | Attr *getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
2830 | bool IsDefinition); |
2831 | void CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2832 | Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2833 | ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
2834 | SourceLocation Loc, |
2835 | QualType T); |
2836 | ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2837 | SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2838 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
2839 | StorageClass SC); |
2840 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
2841 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2842 | Expr *defarg); |
2843 | void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2844 | SourceLocation ArgLoc); |
2845 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
2846 | ExprResult ConvertParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
2847 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
2848 | void SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
2849 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
2850 | |
2851 | // Contexts where using non-trivial C union types can be disallowed. This is |
2852 | // passed to err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context. |
2853 | enum NonTrivialCUnionContext { |
2854 | // Function parameter. |
2855 | NTCUC_FunctionParam, |
2856 | // Function return. |
2857 | NTCUC_FunctionReturn, |
2858 | // Default-initialized object. |
2859 | NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, |
2860 | // Variable with automatic storage duration. |
2861 | NTCUC_AutoVar, |
2862 | // Initializer expression that might copy from another object. |
2863 | NTCUC_CopyInit, |
2864 | // Assignment. |
2865 | NTCUC_Assignment, |
2866 | // Compound literal. |
2867 | NTCUC_CompoundLiteral, |
2868 | // Block capture. |
2869 | NTCUC_BlockCapture, |
2870 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion of volatile type. |
2871 | NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile, |
2872 | }; |
2873 | |
2874 | /// Emit diagnostics if the initializer or any of its explicit or |
2875 | /// implicitly-generated subexpressions require copying or |
2876 | /// default-initializing a type that is or contains a C union type that is |
2877 | /// non-trivial to copy or default-initialize. |
2878 | void checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, SourceLocation Loc); |
2879 | |
2880 | // These flags are passed to checkNonTrivialCUnion. |
2881 | enum NonTrivialCUnionKind { |
2882 | NTCUK_Init = 0x1, |
2883 | NTCUK_Destruct = 0x2, |
2884 | NTCUK_Copy = 0x4, |
2885 | }; |
2886 | |
2887 | /// Emit diagnostics if a non-trivial C union type or a struct that contains |
2888 | /// a non-trivial C union is used in an invalid context. |
2889 | void checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc, |
2890 | NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, |
2891 | unsigned NonTrivialKind); |
2892 | |
2893 | void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit); |
2894 | void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl); |
2895 | void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); |
2896 | |
2897 | void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc); |
2898 | void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); |
2899 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
2900 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2901 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs); |
2902 | void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); |
2903 | void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); |
2904 | void CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD); |
2905 | void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); |
2906 | DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
2907 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
2908 | DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
2909 | |
2910 | /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached |
2911 | /// documentation comments. |
2912 | void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); |
2913 | void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
2914 | |
2915 | enum class FnBodyKind { |
2916 | /// C++ [dcl.fct.def.general]p1 |
2917 | /// function-body: |
2918 | /// ctor-initializer[opt] compound-statement |
2919 | /// function-try-block |
2920 | Other, |
2921 | /// = default ; |
2922 | Default, |
2923 | /// = delete ; |
2924 | Delete |
2925 | }; |
2926 | |
2927 | void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2928 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); |
2929 | void CheckForFunctionRedefinition( |
2930 | FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr, |
2931 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2932 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2933 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
2934 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr, |
2935 | FnBodyKind BodyKind = FnBodyKind::Other); |
2936 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
2937 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr, |
2938 | FnBodyKind BodyKind = FnBodyKind::Other); |
2939 | void SetFunctionBodyKind(Decl *D, SourceLocation Loc, FnBodyKind BodyKind); |
2940 | void ActOnStartTrailingRequiresClause(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2941 | ExprResult ActOnFinishTrailingRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr); |
2942 | ExprResult ActOnRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr); |
2943 | void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
2944 | bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { |
2945 | return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
2946 | } |
2947 | |
2948 | /// Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or |
2949 | /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting |
2950 | /// code for that function. |
2951 | /// |
2952 | /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the |
2953 | /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to |
2954 | /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11 |
2955 | /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs. |
2956 | bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D); |
2957 | |
2958 | /// Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function |
2959 | /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting |
2960 | /// code for that function. |
2961 | /// |
2962 | /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in |
2963 | /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is |
2964 | /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). |
2965 | bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); |
2966 | |
2967 | void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); |
2968 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); |
2969 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); |
2970 | Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); |
2971 | void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D); |
2972 | |
2973 | /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an |
2974 | /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. |
2975 | void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); |
2976 | |
2977 | /// Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of |
2978 | /// ParmVarDecl pointers. |
2979 | void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters); |
2980 | |
2981 | /// Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a |
2982 | /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a |
2983 | /// specified threshold. |
2984 | void |
2985 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
2986 | QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D); |
2987 | |
2988 | void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); |
2989 | Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
2990 | SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
2991 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2992 | |
2993 | /// Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. |
2994 | Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
2995 | SourceLocation SemiLoc); |
2996 | |
2997 | enum class ModuleDeclKind { |
2998 | Interface, ///< 'export module X;' |
2999 | Implementation, ///< 'module X;' |
3000 | PartitionInterface, ///< 'export module X:Y;' |
3001 | PartitionImplementation, ///< 'module X:Y;' |
3002 | }; |
3003 | |
3004 | /// An enumeration to represent the transition of states in parsing module |
3005 | /// fragments and imports. If we are not parsing a C++20 TU, or we find |
3006 | /// an error in state transition, the state is set to NotACXX20Module. |
3007 | enum class ModuleImportState { |
3008 | FirstDecl, ///< Parsing the first decl in a TU. |
3009 | GlobalFragment, ///< after 'module;' but before 'module X;' |
3010 | ImportAllowed, ///< after 'module X;' but before any non-import decl. |
3011 | ImportFinished, ///< after any non-import decl. |
3012 | PrivateFragment, ///< after 'module :private;'. |
3013 | NotACXX20Module ///< Not a C++20 TU, or an invalid state was found. |
3014 | }; |
3015 | |
3016 | private: |
3017 | /// The parser has begun a translation unit to be compiled as a C++20 |
3018 | /// Header Unit, helper for ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit() only. |
3019 | void HandleStartOfHeaderUnit(); |
3020 | |
3021 | public: |
3022 | /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition |
3023 | /// of a module interface or implementation. |
3024 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3025 | SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK, |
3026 | ModuleIdPath Path, ModuleIdPath Partition, |
3027 | ModuleImportState &ImportState); |
3028 | |
3029 | /// The parser has processed a global-module-fragment declaration that begins |
3030 | /// the definition of the global module fragment of the current module unit. |
3031 | /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword. |
3032 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnGlobalModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc); |
3033 | |
3034 | /// The parser has processed a private-module-fragment declaration that begins |
3035 | /// the definition of the private module fragment of the current module unit. |
3036 | /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword. |
3037 | /// \param PrivateLoc The location of the 'private' keyword. |
3038 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnPrivateModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, |
3039 | SourceLocation PrivateLoc); |
3040 | |
3041 | /// The parser has processed a module import declaration. |
3042 | /// |
3043 | /// \param StartLoc The location of the first token in the declaration. This |
3044 | /// could be the location of an '@', 'export', or 'import'. |
3045 | /// \param ExportLoc The location of the 'export' keyword, if any. |
3046 | /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. |
3047 | /// \param Path The module toplevel name as an access path. |
3048 | /// \param IsPartition If the name is for a partition. |
3049 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3050 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
3051 | SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path, |
3052 | bool IsPartition = false); |
3053 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3054 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
3055 | SourceLocation ImportLoc, Module *M, |
3056 | ModuleIdPath Path = {}); |
3057 | |
3058 | /// The parser has processed a module import translated from a |
3059 | /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. |
3060 | void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
3061 | void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
3062 | |
3063 | /// The parsed has entered a submodule. |
3064 | void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
3065 | /// The parser has left a submodule. |
3066 | void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
3067 | |
3068 | /// Create an implicit import of the given module at the given |
3069 | /// source location, for error recovery, if possible. |
3070 | /// |
3071 | /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup |
3072 | /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user |
3073 | /// has forgotten to import. |
3074 | void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, |
3075 | Module *Mod); |
3076 | |
3077 | /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond |
3078 | /// to %select values in diagnostics. |
3079 | enum class MissingImportKind { |
3080 | Declaration, |
3081 | Definition, |
3082 | DefaultArgument, |
3083 | ExplicitSpecialization, |
3084 | PartialSpecialization |
3085 | }; |
3086 | |
3087 | /// Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but |
3088 | /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem. |
3089 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
3090 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true); |
3091 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
3092 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules, |
3093 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover); |
3094 | |
3095 | Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
3096 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
3097 | Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl, |
3098 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
3099 | |
3100 | /// We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an |
3101 | /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations |
3102 | /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not. |
3103 | void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec); |
3104 | |
3105 | /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics. |
3106 | PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { |
3107 | return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
3108 | } |
3109 | |
3110 | /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics. |
3111 | static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
3112 | const Preprocessor &PP); |
3113 | |
3114 | /// Scope actions. |
3115 | void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); |
3116 | void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); |
3117 | |
3118 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
3119 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
3120 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
3121 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
3122 | bool IsExplicitInstantiation, |
3123 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
3124 | |
3125 | Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
3126 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
3127 | RecordDecl *Record, |
3128 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
3129 | |
3130 | Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
3131 | RecordDecl *Record); |
3132 | |
3133 | /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics. |
3134 | /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag. |
3135 | enum NonTagKind { |
3136 | NTK_NonStruct, |
3137 | NTK_NonClass, |
3138 | NTK_NonUnion, |
3139 | NTK_NonEnum, |
3140 | NTK_Typedef, |
3141 | NTK_TypeAlias, |
3142 | NTK_Template, |
3143 | NTK_TypeAliasTemplate, |
3144 | NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument, |
3145 | }; |
3146 | |
3147 | /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating |
3148 | /// what kind of non-tag type this is. |
3149 | NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK); |
3150 | |
3151 | bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
3152 | TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
3153 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
3154 | const IdentifierInfo *Name); |
3155 | |
3156 | enum TagUseKind { |
3157 | TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' |
3158 | TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' |
3159 | TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' |
3160 | TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' |
3161 | }; |
3162 | |
3163 | Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
3164 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
3165 | SourceLocation NameLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
3166 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
3167 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl, |
3168 | bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
3169 | bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, |
3170 | bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, |
3171 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
3172 | |
3173 | Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
3174 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, |
3175 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
3176 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
3177 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
3178 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); |
3179 | |
3180 | TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, |
3181 | unsigned TagSpec, |
3182 | TagUseKind TUK, |
3183 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
3184 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
3185 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
3186 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
3187 | |
3188 | void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
3189 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
3190 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); |
3191 | Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
3192 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); |
3193 | |
3194 | FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
3195 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
3196 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
3197 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
3198 | MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, |
3199 | SourceLocation DeclStart, Declarator &D, |
3200 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
3201 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
3202 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
3203 | const ParsedAttr &MSPropertyAttr); |
3204 | |
3205 | FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
3206 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
3207 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
3208 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
3209 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
3210 | SourceLocation TSSL, |
3211 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
3212 | Declarator *D = nullptr); |
3213 | |
3214 | bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); |
3215 | void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
3216 | |
3217 | enum TrivialABIHandling { |
3218 | /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi". |
3219 | TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
3220 | |
3221 | /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi". |
3222 | TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI |
3223 | }; |
3224 | |
3225 | bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
3226 | TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
3227 | bool Diagnose = false); |
3228 | |
3229 | /// For a defaulted function, the kind of defaulted function that it is. |
3230 | class DefaultedFunctionKind { |
3231 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember : 8; |
3232 | DefaultedComparisonKind Comparison : 8; |
3233 | |
3234 | public: |
3235 | DefaultedFunctionKind() |
3236 | : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) { |
3237 | } |
3238 | DefaultedFunctionKind(CXXSpecialMember CSM) |
3239 | : SpecialMember(CSM), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) {} |
3240 | DefaultedFunctionKind(DefaultedComparisonKind Comp) |
3241 | : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(Comp) {} |
3242 | |
3243 | bool isSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember != CXXInvalid; } |
3244 | bool isComparison() const { |
3245 | return Comparison != DefaultedComparisonKind::None; |
3246 | } |
3247 | |
3248 | explicit operator bool() const { |
3249 | return isSpecialMember() || isComparison(); |
3250 | } |
3251 | |
3252 | CXXSpecialMember asSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember; } |
3253 | DefaultedComparisonKind asComparison() const { return Comparison; } |
3254 | |
3255 | /// Get the index of this function kind for use in diagnostics. |
3256 | unsigned getDiagnosticIndex() const { |
3257 | static_assert(CXXInvalid > CXXDestructor, |
3258 | "invalid should have highest index"); |
3259 | static_assert((unsigned)DefaultedComparisonKind::None == 0, |
3260 | "none should be equal to zero"); |
3261 | return SpecialMember + (unsigned)Comparison; |
3262 | } |
3263 | }; |
3264 | |
3265 | DefaultedFunctionKind getDefaultedFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
3266 | |
3267 | CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { |
3268 | return getDefaultedFunctionKind(MD).asSpecialMember(); |
3269 | } |
3270 | DefaultedComparisonKind getDefaultedComparisonKind(const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
3271 | return getDefaultedFunctionKind(FD).asComparison(); |
3272 | } |
3273 | |
3274 | void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, |
3275 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); |
3276 | Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
3277 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
3278 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); |
3279 | |
3280 | // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. |
3281 | void ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, |
3282 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, |
3283 | SourceLocation RBrac, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
3284 | |
3285 | /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the |
3286 | /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, |
3287 | /// struct, or union). |
3288 | void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
3289 | |
3290 | /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules. |
3291 | /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out |
3292 | /// in case of a structural mismatch. |
3293 | bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(Decl *Prev, SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody); |
3294 | |
3295 | typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext; |
3296 | |
3297 | /// Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping. |
3298 | SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD); |
3299 | |
3300 | Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); |
3301 | |
3302 | /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a |
3303 | /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its |
3304 | /// member declarations. |
3305 | void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
3306 | SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
3307 | bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, |
3308 | bool IsAbstract, |
3309 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
3310 | |
3311 | /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing |
3312 | /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). |
3313 | void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
3314 | SourceRange BraceRange); |
3315 | |
3316 | void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context); |
3317 | |
3318 | void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
3319 | |
3320 | /// Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container |
3321 | /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. |
3322 | /// |
3323 | /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext |
3324 | void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
3325 | void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
3326 | |
3327 | /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable |
3328 | /// error parsing the definition of a tag. |
3329 | void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
3330 | |
3331 | EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
3332 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
3333 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3334 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
3335 | Expr *val); |
3336 | bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
3337 | bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
3338 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, |
3339 | const EnumDecl *Prev); |
3340 | |
3341 | /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped. |
3342 | /// \param II The name of the first enumerator. |
3343 | SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, |
3344 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
3345 | |
3346 | Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, |
3347 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
3348 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, |
3349 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); |
3350 | void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, |
3351 | Decl *EnumDecl, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, |
3352 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
3353 | |
3354 | /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. |
3355 | void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
3356 | void PopDeclContext(); |
3357 | |
3358 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
3359 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
3360 | void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
3361 | void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); |
3362 | |
3363 | /// Enter a template parameter scope, after it's been associated with a particular |
3364 | /// DeclContext. Causes lookup within the scope to chain through enclosing contexts |
3365 | /// in the correct order. |
3366 | void EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
3367 | |
3368 | /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. |
3369 | void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); |
3370 | void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); |
3371 | |
3372 | /// If \p AllowLambda is true, treat lambda as function. |
3373 | DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(bool AllowLambda = false); |
3374 | |
3375 | /// Returns a pointer to the innermost enclosing function, or nullptr if the |
3376 | /// current context is not inside a function. If \p AllowLambda is true, |
3377 | /// this can return the call operator of an enclosing lambda, otherwise |
3378 | /// lambdas are skipped when looking for an enclosing function. |
3379 | FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(bool AllowLambda = false); |
3380 | |
3381 | /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to |
3382 | /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently |
3383 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
3384 | ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); |
3385 | |
3386 | /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method |
3387 | /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently |
3388 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
3389 | NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
3390 | |
3391 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
3392 | void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); |
3393 | |
3394 | /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true |
3395 | /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns |
3396 | /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. |
3397 | /// |
3398 | /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the |
3399 | /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained |
3400 | /// directly within it. |
3401 | bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr, |
3402 | bool AllowInlineNamespace = false); |
3403 | |
3404 | /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it |
3405 | /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. |
3406 | static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
3407 | |
3408 | /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). |
3409 | TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
3410 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
3411 | bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); |
3412 | |
3413 | /// Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability |
3414 | /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). |
3415 | enum AvailabilityMergeKind { |
3416 | /// Don't merge availability attributes at all. |
3417 | AMK_None, |
3418 | /// Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires |
3419 | /// an exact match. |
3420 | AMK_Redeclaration, |
3421 | /// Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires |
3422 | /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. |
3423 | AMK_Override, |
3424 | /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
3425 | /// a protocol requirement. |
3426 | AMK_ProtocolImplementation, |
3427 | /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
3428 | /// an optional protocol requirement. |
3429 | AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation |
3430 | }; |
3431 | |
3432 | /// Describes the kind of priority given to an availability attribute. |
3433 | /// |
3434 | /// The sum of priorities deteremines the final priority of the attribute. |
3435 | /// The final priority determines how the attribute will be merged. |
3436 | /// An attribute with a lower priority will always remove higher priority |
3437 | /// attributes for the specified platform when it is being applied. An |
3438 | /// attribute with a higher priority will not be applied if the declaration |
3439 | /// already has an availability attribute with a lower priority for the |
3440 | /// specified platform. The final prirority values are not expected to match |
3441 | /// the values in this enumeration, but instead should be treated as a plain |
3442 | /// integer value. This enumeration just names the priority weights that are |
3443 | /// used to calculate that final vaue. |
3444 | enum AvailabilityPriority : int { |
3445 | /// The availability attribute was specified explicitly next to the |
3446 | /// declaration. |
3447 | AP_Explicit = 0, |
3448 | |
3449 | /// The availability attribute was applied using '#pragma clang attribute'. |
3450 | AP_PragmaClangAttribute = 1, |
3451 | |
3452 | /// The availability attribute for a specific platform was inferred from |
3453 | /// an availability attribute for another platform. |
3454 | AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform = 2 |
3455 | }; |
3456 | |
3457 | /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. |
3458 | AvailabilityAttr * |
3459 | mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3460 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, bool Implicit, |
3461 | VersionTuple Introduced, VersionTuple Deprecated, |
3462 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, bool IsUnavailable, |
3463 | StringRef Message, bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, |
3464 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, int Priority); |
3465 | TypeVisibilityAttr * |
3466 | mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3467 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); |
3468 | VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3469 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); |
3470 | UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3471 | StringRef UuidAsWritten, MSGuidDecl *GuidDecl); |
3472 | DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
3473 | DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
3474 | MSInheritanceAttr *mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, |
3475 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3476 | bool BestCase, |
3477 | MSInheritanceModel Model); |
3478 | ErrorAttr *mergeErrorAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3479 | StringRef NewUserDiagnostic); |
3480 | FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3481 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, |
3482 | int FirstArg); |
3483 | SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3484 | StringRef Name); |
3485 | CodeSegAttr *mergeCodeSegAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3486 | StringRef Name); |
3487 | AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, |
3488 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3489 | const IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
3490 | MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
3491 | SwiftNameAttr *mergeSwiftNameAttr(Decl *D, const SwiftNameAttr &SNA, |
3492 | StringRef Name); |
3493 | OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, |
3494 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
3495 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL); |
3496 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, |
3497 | const InternalLinkageAttr &AL); |
3498 | WebAssemblyImportNameAttr *mergeImportNameAttr( |
3499 | Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportNameAttr &AL); |
3500 | WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr *mergeImportModuleAttr( |
3501 | Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr &AL); |
3502 | EnforceTCBAttr *mergeEnforceTCBAttr(Decl *D, const EnforceTCBAttr &AL); |
3503 | EnforceTCBLeafAttr *mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(Decl *D, |
3504 | const EnforceTCBLeafAttr &AL); |
3505 | BTFDeclTagAttr *mergeBTFDeclTagAttr(Decl *D, const BTFDeclTagAttr &AL); |
3506 | HLSLNumThreadsAttr *mergeHLSLNumThreadsAttr(Decl *D, |
3507 | const AttributeCommonInfo &AL, |
3508 | int X, int Y, int Z); |
3509 | |
3510 | void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
3511 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); |
3512 | void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, |
3513 | LookupResult &OldDecls); |
3514 | bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S, |
3515 | bool MergeTypeWithOld, bool NewDeclIsDefn); |
3516 | bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
3517 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
3518 | void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); |
3519 | void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); |
3520 | void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
3521 | void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); |
3522 | bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn); |
3523 | void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New); |
3524 | bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); |
3525 | |
3526 | // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions |
3527 | // to represent what is actually causing the operation |
3528 | enum AssignmentAction { |
3529 | AA_Assigning, |
3530 | AA_Passing, |
3531 | AA_Returning, |
3532 | AA_Converting, |
3533 | AA_Initializing, |
3534 | AA_Sending, |
3535 | AA_Casting, |
3536 | AA_Passing_CFAudited |
3537 | }; |
3538 | |
3539 | /// C++ Overloading. |
3540 | enum OverloadKind { |
3541 | /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are |
3542 | /// functions or function templates with different signatures. |
3543 | Ovl_Overload, |
3544 | |
3545 | /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches |
3546 | /// an existing declaration. |
3547 | Ovl_Match, |
3548 | |
3549 | /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a |
3550 | /// non-function. |
3551 | Ovl_NonFunction |
3552 | }; |
3553 | OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, |
3554 | FunctionDecl *New, |
3555 | const LookupResult &OldDecls, |
3556 | NamedDecl *&OldDecl, |
3557 | bool IsForUsingDecl); |
3558 | bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl, |
3559 | bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true, |
3560 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses = true); |
3561 | |
3562 | enum class AllowedExplicit { |
3563 | /// Allow no explicit functions to be used. |
3564 | None, |
3565 | /// Allow explicit conversion functions but not explicit constructors. |
3566 | Conversions, |
3567 | /// Allow both explicit conversion functions and explicit constructors. |
3568 | All |
3569 | }; |
3570 | |
3571 | ImplicitConversionSequence |
3572 | TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3573 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
3574 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, |
3575 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
3576 | bool CStyle, |
3577 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
3578 | |
3579 | bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
3580 | bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
3581 | bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
3582 | bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3583 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
3584 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
3585 | bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3586 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
3587 | bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3588 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
3589 | bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3590 | QualType& ConvertedType); |
3591 | bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, |
3592 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, |
3593 | unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr); |
3594 | void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
3595 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
3596 | |
3597 | void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E); |
3598 | CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); |
3599 | bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3600 | CastKind &Kind, |
3601 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, |
3602 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, |
3603 | bool Diagnose = true); |
3604 | bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3605 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
3606 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
3607 | bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3608 | CastKind &Kind, |
3609 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, |
3610 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess); |
3611 | bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3612 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
3613 | bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3614 | QualType &ResultTy); |
3615 | bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
3616 | bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(QualType Param, QualType Arg); |
3617 | |
3618 | bool CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution( |
3619 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *From); |
3620 | |
3621 | bool IsStringInit(Expr *Init, const ArrayType *AT); |
3622 | |
3623 | bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
3624 | ExprResult Init); |
3625 | ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
3626 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
3627 | ExprResult Init, |
3628 | bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, |
3629 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
3630 | ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, |
3631 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
3632 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
3633 | CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
3634 | |
3635 | /// Check that the lifetime of the initializer (and its subobjects) is |
3636 | /// sufficient for initializing the entity, and perform lifetime extension |
3637 | /// (when permitted) if not. |
3638 | void checkInitializerLifetime(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *Init); |
3639 | |
3640 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); |
3641 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); |
3642 | |
3643 | /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. |
3644 | enum CCEKind { |
3645 | CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. |
3646 | CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. |
3647 | CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. |
3648 | CCEK_ArrayBound, ///< Array bound in array declarator or new-expression. |
3649 | CCEK_ExplicitBool, ///< Condition in an explicit(bool) specifier. |
3650 | CCEK_Noexcept ///< Condition in a noexcept(bool) specifier. |
3651 | }; |
3652 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
3653 | llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
3654 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
3655 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, |
3656 | NamedDecl *Dest = nullptr); |
3657 | |
3658 | /// Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit |
3659 | /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. |
3660 | class ContextualImplicitConverter { |
3661 | public: |
3662 | bool Suppress; |
3663 | bool SuppressConversion; |
3664 | |
3665 | ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, |
3666 | bool SuppressConversion = false) |
3667 | : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} |
3668 | |
3669 | /// Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type |
3670 | /// for this conversion. |
3671 | virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; |
3672 | |
3673 | /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
3674 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
3675 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3676 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
3677 | |
3678 | /// Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. |
3679 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3680 | diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
3681 | |
3682 | /// Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function |
3683 | /// is explicit. |
3684 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
3685 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
3686 | |
3687 | /// Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. |
3688 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3689 | noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
3690 | |
3691 | /// Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion |
3692 | /// functions. |
3693 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3694 | diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
3695 | |
3696 | /// Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. |
3697 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3698 | noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
3699 | |
3700 | /// Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function |
3701 | /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). |
3702 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
3703 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
3704 | |
3705 | virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} |
3706 | }; |
3707 | |
3708 | class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { |
3709 | bool AllowScopedEnumerations; |
3710 | |
3711 | public: |
3712 | ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, |
3713 | bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) |
3714 | : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), |
3715 | AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} |
3716 | |
3717 | /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. |
3718 | bool match(QualType T) override; |
3719 | |
3720 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3721 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
3722 | return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); |
3723 | } |
3724 | |
3725 | /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
3726 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
3727 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3728 | diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
3729 | }; |
3730 | |
3731 | /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. |
3732 | ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( |
3733 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); |
3734 | |
3735 | |
3736 | enum ObjCSubscriptKind { |
3737 | OS_Array, |
3738 | OS_Dictionary, |
3739 | OS_Error |
3740 | }; |
3741 | ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); |
3742 | |
3743 | // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as |
3744 | // this is used for diagnostics logic. |
3745 | enum ObjCLiteralKind { |
3746 | LK_Array, |
3747 | LK_Dictionary, |
3748 | LK_Numeric, |
3749 | LK_Boxed, |
3750 | LK_String, |
3751 | LK_Block, |
3752 | LK_None |
3753 | }; |
3754 | ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); |
3755 | |
3756 | ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
3757 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
3758 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
3759 | NamedDecl *Member); |
3760 | |
3761 | // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. |
3762 | // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. |
3763 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; |
3764 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; |
3765 | |
3766 | using ADLCallKind = CallExpr::ADLCallKind; |
3767 | |
3768 | void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3769 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3770 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3771 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3772 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
3773 | bool AllowExplicit = true, |
3774 | bool AllowExplicitConversion = false, |
3775 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL, |
3776 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None, |
3777 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3778 | void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, |
3779 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3780 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3781 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
3782 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3783 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
3784 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false); |
3785 | void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3786 | QualType ObjectType, |
3787 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
3788 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3789 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3790 | bool SuppressUserConversion = false, |
3791 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3792 | void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
3793 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3794 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
3795 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
3796 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3797 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3798 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3799 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
3800 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None, |
3801 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3802 | void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, |
3803 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3804 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
3805 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
3806 | QualType ObjectType, |
3807 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
3808 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3809 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3810 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3811 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
3812 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3813 | void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
3814 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3815 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3816 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3817 | bool PartialOverloading = false, bool AllowExplicit = true, |
3818 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL, |
3819 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3820 | bool CheckNonDependentConversions( |
3821 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
3822 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3823 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions, |
3824 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, QualType ObjectType = QualType(), |
3825 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification = {}, |
3826 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3827 | void AddConversionCandidate( |
3828 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3829 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3830 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
3831 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
3832 | void AddTemplateConversionCandidate( |
3833 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3834 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3835 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
3836 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
3837 | void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
3838 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3839 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
3840 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
3841 | Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3842 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
3843 | void AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates( |
3844 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3845 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3846 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
3847 | void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
3848 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3849 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3850 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3851 | void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3852 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3853 | bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, |
3854 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); |
3855 | void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
3856 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3857 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
3858 | void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, |
3859 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3860 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3861 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
3862 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3863 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
3864 | |
3865 | // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate |
3866 | void NoteOverloadCandidate( |
3867 | NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
3868 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind = OverloadCandidateRewriteKind(), |
3869 | QualType DestType = QualType(), bool TakingAddress = false); |
3870 | |
3871 | // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by |
3872 | // the expression Expr |
3873 | void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(), |
3874 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
3875 | |
3876 | /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first |
3877 | /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful. |
3878 | EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, SourceLocation CallLoc, |
3879 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3880 | bool MissingImplicitThis = false); |
3881 | |
3882 | /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean |
3883 | /// constant expression, and describe it with a string. |
3884 | std::pair<Expr *, std::string> findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond); |
3885 | |
3886 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
3887 | /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
3888 | /// |
3889 | /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a |
3890 | /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call. |
3891 | /// |
3892 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
3893 | bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
3894 | const Expr *ThisArg, |
3895 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
3896 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3897 | |
3898 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
3899 | /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
3900 | /// |
3901 | /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use |
3902 | /// of a function. |
3903 | /// |
3904 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
3905 | bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, |
3906 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3907 | |
3908 | /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not, |
3909 | /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken. |
3910 | /// |
3911 | /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal. |
3912 | bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
3913 | bool Complain = false, |
3914 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
3915 | |
3916 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] |
3917 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType |
3918 | // R (A) --> R(A) |
3919 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) |
3920 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) |
3921 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) |
3922 | QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); |
3923 | |
3924 | FunctionDecl * |
3925 | ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, |
3926 | QualType TargetType, |
3927 | bool Complain, |
3928 | DeclAccessPair &Found, |
3929 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr); |
3930 | |
3931 | FunctionDecl * |
3932 | resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &FoundResult); |
3933 | |
3934 | bool resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate( |
3935 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false); |
3936 | |
3937 | FunctionDecl * |
3938 | ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, |
3939 | bool Complain = false, |
3940 | DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr); |
3941 | |
3942 | bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
3943 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, |
3944 | bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, |
3945 | bool Complain = false, |
3946 | SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), |
3947 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), |
3948 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); |
3949 | |
3950 | |
3951 | Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, |
3952 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3953 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
3954 | ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, |
3955 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3956 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
3957 | |
3958 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
3959 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3960 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3961 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
3962 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates( |
3963 | LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
3964 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); |
3965 | |
3966 | // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a |
3967 | // range-based for loop. |
3968 | enum ForRangeStatus { |
3969 | FRS_Success, |
3970 | FRS_NoViableFunction, |
3971 | FRS_DiagnosticIssued |
3972 | }; |
3973 | |
3974 | ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, |
3975 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, |
3976 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
3977 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, |
3978 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
3979 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); |
3980 | |
3981 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
3982 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
3983 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3984 | MultiExprArg Args, |
3985 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3986 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
3987 | bool AllowTypoCorrection=true, |
3988 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false); |
3989 | |
3990 | bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
3991 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3992 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
3993 | ExprResult *Result); |
3994 | |
3995 | ExprResult CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
3996 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc, |
3997 | DeclarationNameInfo DNI, |
3998 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
3999 | bool PerformADL = true); |
4000 | |
4001 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4002 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4003 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
4004 | Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true); |
4005 | |
4006 | void LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
4007 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
4008 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
4009 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool RequiresADL = true); |
4010 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4011 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4012 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
4013 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
4014 | bool RequiresADL = true, |
4015 | bool AllowRewrittenCandidates = true, |
4016 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn = nullptr); |
4017 | ExprResult BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4018 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
4019 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
4020 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn); |
4021 | |
4022 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, |
4023 | SourceLocation RLoc, Expr *Base, |
4024 | MultiExprArg Args); |
4025 | |
4026 | ExprResult BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, |
4027 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4028 | MultiExprArg Args, |
4029 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4030 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, |
4031 | bool IsExecConfig = false, |
4032 | bool AllowRecovery = false); |
4033 | ExprResult |
4034 | BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4035 | MultiExprArg Args, |
4036 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4037 | |
4038 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
4039 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4040 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr); |
4041 | |
4042 | /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is |
4043 | /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location |
4044 | /// that best represents the call. |
4045 | bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
4046 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); |
4047 | |
4048 | /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. |
4049 | bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
4050 | bool CheckParameterNames); |
4051 | void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); |
4052 | void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); |
4053 | Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); |
4054 | |
4055 | /// \name Name lookup |
4056 | /// |
4057 | /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic |
4058 | /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, |
4059 | /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or |
4060 | /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry |
4061 | /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, |
4062 | /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. |
4063 | /// |
4064 | /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, |
4065 | /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how |
4066 | /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both |
4067 | /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore |
4068 | /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name |
4069 | /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name |
4070 | /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. |
4071 | /// |
4072 | /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name |
4073 | /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation |
4074 | /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing |
4075 | /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup |
4076 | /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or |
4077 | /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name |
4078 | /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides |
4079 | /// the ability to distinguish among them. |
4080 | //@{ |
4081 | |
4082 | /// Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. |
4083 | enum LookupNameKind { |
4084 | /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, |
4085 | /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names |
4086 | /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. |
4087 | LookupOrdinaryName = 0, |
4088 | /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, |
4089 | /// structs, and unions. |
4090 | LookupTagName, |
4091 | /// Label name lookup. |
4092 | LookupLabel, |
4093 | /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of |
4094 | /// class/struct/union members. |
4095 | LookupMemberName, |
4096 | /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with |
4097 | /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name |
4098 | /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. |
4099 | LookupOperatorName, |
4100 | /// Look up a name following ~ in a destructor name. This is an ordinary |
4101 | /// lookup, but prefers tags to typedefs. |
4102 | LookupDestructorName, |
4103 | /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution |
4104 | /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, |
4105 | /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). |
4106 | LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, |
4107 | /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or |
4108 | /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ |
4109 | /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). |
4110 | LookupNamespaceName, |
4111 | /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, |
4112 | /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate |
4113 | /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. |
4114 | LookupUsingDeclName, |
4115 | /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a |
4116 | /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that |
4117 | /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See |
4118 | /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. |
4119 | LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, |
4120 | /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look |
4121 | /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. |
4122 | LookupLocalFriendName, |
4123 | /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. |
4124 | LookupObjCProtocolName, |
4125 | /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. |
4126 | LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, |
4127 | /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation. |
4128 | LookupOMPReductionName, |
4129 | /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined mapper. |
4130 | LookupOMPMapperName, |
4131 | /// Look up any declaration with any name. |
4132 | LookupAnyName |
4133 | }; |
4134 | |
4135 | /// Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a |
4136 | /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). |
4137 | enum RedeclarationKind { |
4138 | /// The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the |
4139 | /// purpose of redeclaring the name. |
4140 | NotForRedeclaration = 0, |
4141 | /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, |
4142 | /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible. |
4143 | ForVisibleRedeclaration, |
4144 | /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name |
4145 | /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage |
4146 | /// may also be found. |
4147 | ForExternalRedeclaration |
4148 | }; |
4149 | |
4150 | RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() { |
4151 | // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against |
4152 | // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if |
4153 | // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things |
4154 | // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general. |
4155 | if (cast<Decl>(CurContext) |
4156 | ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true)) |
4157 | return ForVisibleRedeclaration; |
4158 | return ForExternalRedeclaration; |
4159 | } |
4160 | |
4161 | /// The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. |
4162 | enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { |
4163 | /// The lookup resulted in an error. |
4164 | LOLR_Error, |
4165 | /// The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued. |
4166 | LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic, |
4167 | /// The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which |
4168 | /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. |
4169 | LOLR_Cooked, |
4170 | /// The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects |
4171 | /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. |
4172 | LOLR_Raw, |
4173 | /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
4174 | /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be |
4175 | /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. |
4176 | LOLR_Template, |
4177 | /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
4178 | /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the |
4179 | /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. |
4180 | LOLR_StringTemplatePack, |
4181 | }; |
4182 | |
4183 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, |
4184 | CXXSpecialMember SM, |
4185 | bool ConstArg, |
4186 | bool VolatileArg, |
4187 | bool RValueThis, |
4188 | bool ConstThis, |
4189 | bool VolatileThis); |
4190 | |
4191 | typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator; |
4192 | typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)> |
4193 | TypoRecoveryCallback; |
4194 | |
4195 | private: |
4196 | bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); |
4197 | |
4198 | struct TypoExprState { |
4199 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer; |
4200 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler; |
4201 | TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler; |
4202 | TypoExprState(); |
4203 | TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
4204 | TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
4205 | }; |
4206 | |
4207 | /// The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state. |
4208 | llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos; |
4209 | |
4210 | /// Creates a new TypoExpr AST node. |
4211 | TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC, |
4212 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
4213 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, SourceLocation TypoLoc); |
4214 | |
4215 | // The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. |
4216 | // |
4217 | // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded |
4218 | // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. |
4219 | llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; |
4220 | |
4221 | /// Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal |
4222 | /// source. |
4223 | bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; |
4224 | |
4225 | /// Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and |
4226 | /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction |
4227 | /// should be skipped entirely. |
4228 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> |
4229 | makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
4230 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
4231 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
4232 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
4233 | DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext, |
4234 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
4235 | bool ErrorRecovery); |
4236 | |
4237 | public: |
4238 | const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const; |
4239 | |
4240 | /// Clears the state of the given TypoExpr. |
4241 | void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE); |
4242 | |
4243 | /// Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return |
4244 | /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. |
4245 | /// |
4246 | /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle |
4247 | /// ambiguity and overloaded. |
4248 | NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, |
4249 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4250 | LookupNameKind NameKind, |
4251 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
4252 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
4253 | bool LookupBuiltin(LookupResult &R); |
4254 | void LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(Scope *S, unsigned ID); |
4255 | bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, |
4256 | bool ForceNoCPlusPlus = false); |
4257 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
4258 | bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); |
4259 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
4260 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
4261 | bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
4262 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, |
4263 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
4264 | ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
4265 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
4266 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
4267 | bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4268 | |
4269 | void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, |
4270 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
4271 | |
4272 | LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4273 | SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4274 | |
4275 | DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4276 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4277 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
4278 | unsigned Quals); |
4279 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
4280 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
4281 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
4282 | unsigned Quals); |
4283 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
4284 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
4285 | CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4286 | |
4287 | bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
4288 | bool IsUDSuffix); |
4289 | LiteralOperatorLookupResult |
4290 | LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, |
4291 | bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate, |
4292 | bool AllowStringTemplate, bool DiagnoseMissing, |
4293 | StringLiteral *StringLit = nullptr); |
4294 | bool isKnownName(StringRef name); |
4295 | |
4296 | /// Status of the function emission on the CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device attrs. |
4297 | enum class FunctionEmissionStatus { |
4298 | Emitted, |
4299 | CUDADiscarded, // Discarded due to CUDA/HIP hostness |
4300 | OMPDiscarded, // Discarded due to OpenMP hostness |
4301 | TemplateDiscarded, // Discarded due to uninstantiated templates |
4302 | Unknown, |
4303 | }; |
4304 | FunctionEmissionStatus getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *Decl, |
4305 | bool Final = false); |
4306 | |
4307 | // Whether the callee should be ignored in CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device check. |
4308 | bool shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee); |
4309 | |
4310 | void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
4311 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions); |
4312 | |
4313 | void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, |
4314 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
4315 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
4316 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
4317 | void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, |
4318 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
4319 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
4320 | bool IncludeDependentBases = false, |
4321 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
4322 | |
4323 | enum CorrectTypoKind { |
4324 | CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation. |
4325 | CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery. |
4326 | }; |
4327 | |
4328 | TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
4329 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, |
4330 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
4331 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
4332 | CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
4333 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
4334 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
4335 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr, |
4336 | bool RecordFailure = true); |
4337 | |
4338 | TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
4339 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
4340 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
4341 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
4342 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
4343 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
4344 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
4345 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
4346 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr); |
4347 | |
4348 | /// Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children, |
4349 | /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there |
4350 | /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or |
4351 | /// more typos could not be corrected. |
4352 | /// |
4353 | /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs. |
4354 | /// |
4355 | /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its |
4356 | /// initializer. |
4357 | /// |
4358 | /// \param RecoverUncorrectedTypos If true, when typo correction fails, it |
4359 | /// will rebuild the given Expr with all TypoExprs degraded to RecoveryExprs. |
4360 | /// |
4361 | /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if |
4362 | /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo |
4363 | /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different |
4364 | /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted. |
4365 | ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( |
4366 | Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
4367 | bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false, |
4368 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
4369 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }); |
4370 | |
4371 | ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( |
4372 | ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
4373 | bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false, |
4374 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
4375 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) { |
4376 | return ER.isInvalid() |
4377 | ? ER |
4378 | : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), InitDecl, |
4379 | RecoverUncorrectedTypos, Filter); |
4380 | } |
4381 | |
4382 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
4383 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
4384 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
4385 | |
4386 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
4387 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
4388 | const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, |
4389 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
4390 | |
4391 | void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F); |
4392 | |
4393 | void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, |
4394 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4395 | AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, |
4396 | AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); |
4397 | |
4398 | void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
4399 | bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace); |
4400 | |
4401 | bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
4402 | bool CheckRedeclarationExported(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
4403 | bool CheckRedeclarationInModule(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
4404 | |
4405 | void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); |
4406 | //@} |
4407 | |
4408 | /// Attempts to produce a RecoveryExpr after some AST node cannot be created. |
4409 | ExprResult CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End, |
4410 | ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs, |
4411 | QualType T = QualType()); |
4412 | |
4413 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
4414 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
4415 | bool TypoCorrection = false); |
4416 | FunctionDecl *CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type, unsigned ID, |
4417 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4418 | NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, |
4419 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
4420 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4421 | NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, |
4422 | Scope *S); |
4423 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction( |
4424 | FunctionDecl *FD); |
4425 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); |
4426 | |
4427 | // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. |
4428 | |
4429 | void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
4430 | // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
4431 | void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); |
4432 | // Helper for delayed processing of attributes. |
4433 | void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, |
4434 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
4435 | void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttributesView &AL, |
4436 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); |
4437 | bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, |
4438 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
4439 | |
4440 | void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); |
4441 | |
4442 | /// Handles semantic checking for features that are common to all attributes, |
4443 | /// such as checking whether a parameter was properly specified, or the |
4444 | /// correct number of arguments were passed, etc. Returns true if the |
4445 | /// attribute has been diagnosed. |
4446 | bool checkCommonAttributeFeatures(const Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &A, |
4447 | bool SkipArgCountCheck = false); |
4448 | bool checkCommonAttributeFeatures(const Stmt *S, const ParsedAttr &A, |
4449 | bool SkipArgCountCheck = false); |
4450 | |
4451 | /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar |
4452 | /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by |
4453 | /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference |
4454 | /// type as valid. |
4455 | bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false); |
4456 | |
4457 | bool CheckRegparmAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, unsigned &value); |
4458 | bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, CallingConv &CC, |
4459 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
4460 | bool CheckAttrTarget(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr); |
4461 | bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr); |
4462 | bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
4463 | const Expr *E, StringRef &Str, |
4464 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); |
4465 | bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const ParsedAttr &Attr, unsigned ArgNum, |
4466 | StringRef &Str, |
4467 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); |
4468 | llvm::Error isValidSectionSpecifier(StringRef Str); |
4469 | bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
4470 | bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
4471 | bool checkTargetClonesAttrString(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str, |
4472 | const StringLiteral *Literal, |
4473 | bool &HasDefault, bool &HasCommas, |
4474 | SmallVectorImpl<StringRef> &Strings); |
4475 | bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( |
4476 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
4477 | MSInheritanceModel SemanticSpelling); |
4478 | |
4479 | void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); |
4480 | |
4481 | /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it |
4482 | /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from |
4483 | /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. |
4484 | void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, |
4485 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4486 | |
4487 | // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens. |
4488 | // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not |
4489 | // one that came from a typedef. |
4490 | bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType T); |
4491 | |
4492 | /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. |
4493 | /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. |
4494 | const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; |
4495 | |
4496 | /// Process the attributes before creating an attributed statement. Returns |
4497 | /// the semantic attributes that have been processed. |
4498 | void ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, const ParsedAttributes &InAttrs, |
4499 | SmallVectorImpl<const Attr *> &OutAttrs); |
4500 | |
4501 | void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
4502 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
4503 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
4504 | |
4505 | void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
4506 | ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, |
4507 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
4508 | |
4509 | /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method |
4510 | /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. |
4511 | void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
4512 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
4513 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
4514 | |
4515 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; |
4516 | |
4517 | /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables |
4518 | /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. |
4519 | void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, |
4520 | ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, |
4521 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4522 | |
4523 | /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method |
4524 | /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. |
4525 | void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
4526 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
4527 | bool IncompleteImpl = false); |
4528 | |
4529 | /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties |
4530 | /// which must be implemented by this implementation. |
4531 | void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
4532 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
4533 | bool SynthesizeProperties); |
4534 | |
4535 | /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters. |
4536 | void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl); |
4537 | |
4538 | /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all |
4539 | /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. |
4540 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl, |
4541 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
4542 | SourceLocation AtEnd); |
4543 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd); |
4544 | |
4545 | /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is |
4546 | /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor |
4547 | /// declared in class 'IFace'. |
4548 | bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, |
4549 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
4550 | |
4551 | /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which |
4552 | /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. |
4553 | void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, |
4554 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD); |
4555 | |
4556 | /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and |
4557 | /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. |
4558 | /// It also returns ivar's property on success. |
4559 | ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
4560 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; |
4561 | |
4562 | /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in |
4563 | /// class extensions. |
4564 | ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, |
4565 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
4566 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4567 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
4568 | Selector GetterSel, |
4569 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
4570 | Selector SetterSel, |
4571 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
4572 | const bool isReadWrite, |
4573 | unsigned &Attributes, |
4574 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
4575 | QualType T, |
4576 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
4577 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); |
4578 | |
4579 | /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to |
4580 | /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. |
4581 | ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, |
4582 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
4583 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
4584 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4585 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
4586 | Selector GetterSel, |
4587 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
4588 | Selector SetterSel, |
4589 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
4590 | const bool isReadWrite, |
4591 | const unsigned Attributes, |
4592 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
4593 | QualType T, |
4594 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
4595 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
4596 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
4597 | |
4598 | /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via |
4599 | /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared |
4600 | /// setter or getter. |
4601 | void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
4602 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl); |
4603 | |
4604 | void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); |
4605 | |
4606 | void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides( |
4607 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD, |
4608 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD); |
4609 | |
4610 | void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); |
4611 | |
4612 | enum MethodMatchStrategy { |
4613 | MMS_loose, |
4614 | MMS_strict |
4615 | }; |
4616 | |
4617 | /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns |
4618 | /// true, or false, accordingly. |
4619 | bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
4620 | const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, |
4621 | MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); |
4622 | |
4623 | /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or |
4624 | /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. |
4625 | void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, |
4626 | const SelectorSet &ClsMap, |
4627 | SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, |
4628 | SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, |
4629 | ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
4630 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
4631 | bool &IncompleteImpl, |
4632 | bool ImmediateClass, |
4633 | bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); |
4634 | |
4635 | /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in |
4636 | /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and |
4637 | /// warns each time an exact match is found. |
4638 | void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); |
4639 | |
4640 | /// Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. |
4641 | void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
4642 | |
4643 | /// Returns default addr space for method qualifiers. |
4644 | LangAS getDefaultCXXMethodAddrSpace() const; |
4645 | |
4646 | private: |
4647 | /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global |
4648 | /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. |
4649 | void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); |
4650 | |
4651 | /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and |
4652 | /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. |
4653 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
4654 | bool receiverIdOrClass, |
4655 | bool instance); |
4656 | |
4657 | public: |
4658 | /// - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for |
4659 | /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and |
4660 | /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such |
4661 | /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it |
4662 | /// returns true. |
4663 | bool |
4664 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, |
4665 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods, |
4666 | bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther, |
4667 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr); |
4668 | |
4669 | bool |
4670 | AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, |
4671 | SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass, |
4672 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
4673 | |
4674 | void |
4675 | DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, |
4676 | Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
4677 | bool receiverIdOrClass); |
4678 | |
4679 | private: |
4680 | /// - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or |
4681 | /// nullptr if none could be found |
4682 | ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, |
4683 | bool IsInstance, |
4684 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
4685 | |
4686 | |
4687 | /// Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. |
4688 | TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, |
4689 | bool RecordFailure = true) { |
4690 | if (RecordFailure) |
4691 | TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); |
4692 | return TypoCorrection(); |
4693 | } |
4694 | |
4695 | public: |
4696 | /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation |
4697 | /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate |
4698 | /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking |
4699 | /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). |
4700 | void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
4701 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); |
4702 | } |
4703 | |
4704 | /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. |
4705 | void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
4706 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); |
4707 | } |
4708 | |
4709 | /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global |
4710 | /// pool. |
4711 | void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); |
4712 | |
4713 | /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
4714 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
4715 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
4716 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
4717 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
4718 | /*instance*/true); |
4719 | } |
4720 | |
4721 | /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
4722 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
4723 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
4724 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
4725 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
4726 | /*instance*/false); |
4727 | } |
4728 | |
4729 | const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, |
4730 | QualType ObjectType=QualType()); |
4731 | /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an |
4732 | /// implementation. |
4733 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); |
4734 | |
4735 | /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require |
4736 | /// initialization. |
4737 | void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, |
4738 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); |
4739 | |
4740 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4741 | // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. |
4742 | public: |
4743 | class FullExprArg { |
4744 | public: |
4745 | FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { } |
4746 | FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { } |
4747 | |
4748 | ExprResult release() { |
4749 | return E; |
4750 | } |
4751 | |
4752 | Expr *get() const { return E; } |
4753 | |
4754 | Expr *operator->() { |
4755 | return E; |
4756 | } |
4757 | |
4758 | private: |
4759 | // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just |
4760 | // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. |
4761 | friend class Sema; |
4762 | |
4763 | explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} |
4764 | |
4765 | Expr *E; |
4766 | }; |
4767 | |
4768 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
4769 | return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); |
4770 | } |
4771 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { |
4772 | return FullExprArg( |
4773 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC, /*DiscardedValue*/ false).get()); |
4774 | } |
4775 | FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
4776 | ExprResult FE = |
4777 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), |
4778 | /*DiscardedValue*/ true); |
4779 | return FullExprArg(FE.get()); |
4780 | } |
4781 | |
4782 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg, bool DiscardedValue = true); |
4783 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); |
4784 | |
4785 | StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, |
4786 | bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); |
4787 | |
4788 | void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr); |
4789 | void ActOnAfterCompoundStatementLeadingPragmas(); |
4790 | void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
4791 | StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, |
4792 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); |
4793 | |
4794 | /// A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. |
4795 | class CompoundScopeRAII { |
4796 | public: |
4797 | CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) { |
4798 | S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr); |
4799 | } |
4800 | |
4801 | ~CompoundScopeRAII() { |
4802 | S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
4803 | } |
4804 | |
4805 | private: |
4806 | Sema &S; |
4807 | }; |
4808 | |
4809 | /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit. |
4810 | struct FunctionScopeRAII { |
4811 | Sema &S; |
4812 | bool Active; |
4813 | FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {} |
4814 | ~FunctionScopeRAII() { |
4815 | if (Active) |
4816 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
4817 | } |
4818 | void disable() { Active = false; } |
4819 | }; |
4820 | |
4821 | StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, |
4822 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
4823 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
4824 | void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); |
4825 | StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); |
4826 | ExprResult ActOnCaseExpr(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult Val); |
4827 | StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult LHS, |
4828 | SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, ExprResult RHS, |
4829 | SourceLocation ColonLoc); |
4830 | void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); |
4831 | |
4832 | StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4833 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4834 | Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); |
4835 | StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, |
4836 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); |
4837 | |
4838 | StmtResult BuildAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrsLoc, |
4839 | ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs, Stmt *SubStmt); |
4840 | StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(const ParsedAttributes &AttrList, |
4841 | Stmt *SubStmt); |
4842 | |
4843 | class ConditionResult; |
4844 | |
4845 | StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, IfStatementKind StatementKind, |
4846 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
4847 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4848 | Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
4849 | StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, IfStatementKind StatementKind, |
4850 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
4851 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4852 | Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
4853 | StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
4854 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
4855 | ConditionResult Cond, |
4856 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4857 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
4858 | Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); |
4859 | StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4860 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4861 | Stmt *Body); |
4862 | StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, |
4863 | SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen, |
4864 | Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen); |
4865 | |
4866 | StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
4867 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4868 | Stmt *First, |
4869 | ConditionResult Second, |
4870 | FullExprArg Third, |
4871 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4872 | Stmt *Body); |
4873 | ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, |
4874 | Expr *collection); |
4875 | StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, |
4876 | Stmt *First, Expr *collection, |
4877 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4878 | StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); |
4879 | |
4880 | enum BuildForRangeKind { |
4881 | /// Initial building of a for-range statement. |
4882 | BFRK_Build, |
4883 | /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't |
4884 | /// attempt any typo-correction. |
4885 | BFRK_Rebuild, |
4886 | /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any |
4887 | /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. |
4888 | BFRK_Check |
4889 | }; |
4890 | |
4891 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, |
4892 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
4893 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
4894 | Stmt *LoopVar, |
4895 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, |
4896 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4897 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
4898 | StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
4899 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
4900 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
4901 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4902 | Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End, |
4903 | Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, |
4904 | Stmt *LoopVarDecl, |
4905 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4906 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
4907 | StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); |
4908 | |
4909 | StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
4910 | SourceLocation LabelLoc, |
4911 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
4912 | StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
4913 | SourceLocation StarLoc, |
4914 | Expr *DestExp); |
4915 | StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4916 | StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4917 | |
4918 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
4919 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); |
4920 | typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType; |
4921 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
4922 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, |
4923 | ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params, |
4924 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0); |
4925 | StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); |
4926 | void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); |
4927 | RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, |
4928 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4929 | unsigned NumParams); |
4930 | |
4931 | struct NamedReturnInfo { |
4932 | const VarDecl *Candidate; |
4933 | |
4934 | enum Status : uint8_t { None, MoveEligible, MoveEligibleAndCopyElidable }; |
4935 | Status S; |
4936 | |
4937 | bool isMoveEligible() const { return S != None; }; |
4938 | bool isCopyElidable() const { return S == MoveEligibleAndCopyElidable; } |
4939 | }; |
4940 | enum class SimplerImplicitMoveMode { ForceOff, Normal, ForceOn }; |
4941 | NamedReturnInfo getNamedReturnInfo( |
4942 | Expr *&E, SimplerImplicitMoveMode Mode = SimplerImplicitMoveMode::Normal); |
4943 | NamedReturnInfo getNamedReturnInfo(const VarDecl *VD); |
4944 | const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(NamedReturnInfo &Info, |
4945 | QualType ReturnType); |
4946 | |
4947 | ExprResult |
4948 | PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
4949 | const NamedReturnInfo &NRInfo, Expr *Value, |
4950 | bool SupressSimplerImplicitMoves = false); |
4951 | |
4952 | StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
4953 | Scope *CurScope); |
4954 | StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
4955 | bool AllowRecovery = false); |
4956 | StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
4957 | NamedReturnInfo &NRInfo, |
4958 | bool SupressSimplerImplicitMoves); |
4959 | |
4960 | StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, |
4961 | bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, |
4962 | unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, |
4963 | MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
4964 | Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, |
4965 | unsigned NumLabels, |
4966 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4967 | |
4968 | void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res, |
4969 | llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info); |
4970 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4971 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4972 | UnqualifiedId &Id, |
4973 | bool IsUnevaluatedContext); |
4974 | bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, |
4975 | unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
4976 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member, |
4977 | SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
4978 | StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
4979 | ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, |
4980 | StringRef AsmString, |
4981 | unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, |
4982 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, |
4983 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, |
4984 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, |
4985 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
4986 | LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName, |
4987 | SourceLocation Location, |
4988 | bool AlwaysCreate); |
4989 | |
4990 | VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, |
4991 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
4992 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
4993 | bool Invalid = false); |
4994 | |
4995 | Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
4996 | |
4997 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, |
4998 | Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); |
4999 | |
5000 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
5001 | |
5002 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, |
5003 | MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); |
5004 | |
5005 | StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); |
5006 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, |
5007 | Scope *CurScope); |
5008 | ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, |
5009 | Expr *operand); |
5010 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5011 | Expr *SynchExpr, |
5012 | Stmt *SynchBody); |
5013 | |
5014 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
5015 | |
5016 | VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5017 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5018 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5019 | IdentifierInfo *Id); |
5020 | |
5021 | Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
5022 | |
5023 | StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, |
5024 | Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); |
5025 | StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
5026 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); |
5027 | |
5028 | StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? |
5029 | SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
5030 | Stmt *Handler); |
5031 | StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, |
5032 | Expr *FilterExpr, |
5033 | Stmt *Block); |
5034 | void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock(); |
5035 | void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock(); |
5036 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block); |
5037 | StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope); |
5038 | |
5039 | void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); |
5040 | |
5041 | bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; |
5042 | |
5043 | /// If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track |
5044 | /// of it. |
5045 | void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); |
5046 | |
5047 | /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression |
5048 | /// whose result is unused, warn. |
5049 | void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S, unsigned DiagID); |
5050 | void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D); |
5051 | void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); |
5052 | |
5053 | /// If VD is set but not otherwise used, diagnose, for a parameter or a |
5054 | /// variable. |
5055 | void DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(const VarDecl *VD); |
5056 | |
5057 | /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null |
5058 | /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. |
5059 | /// |
5060 | /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: |
5061 | /// if (condition); |
5062 | /// do_stuff(); |
5063 | void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
5064 | const Stmt *Body, |
5065 | unsigned DiagID); |
5066 | |
5067 | /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by |
5068 | /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. |
5069 | void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, |
5070 | const Stmt *PossibleBody); |
5071 | |
5072 | /// Warn if a value is moved to itself. |
5073 | void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, |
5074 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
5075 | |
5076 | /// Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a |
5077 | /// _Nonnull one. |
5078 | void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
5079 | SourceLocation Loc); |
5080 | |
5081 | /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr. |
5082 | void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E); |
5083 | |
5084 | ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
5085 | return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); |
5086 | } |
5087 | void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); |
5088 | |
5089 | typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; |
5090 | ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { |
5091 | ParsingClassDepth++; |
5092 | return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); |
5093 | } |
5094 | void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { |
5095 | ParsingClassDepth--; |
5096 | DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); |
5097 | } |
5098 | |
5099 | void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); |
5100 | |
5101 | void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
5102 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
5103 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
5104 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false, |
5105 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver = nullptr); |
5106 | |
5107 | bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, |
5108 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason); |
5109 | |
5110 | /// Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD |
5111 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD); |
5112 | |
5113 | void handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
5114 | |
5115 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5116 | // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. |
5117 | |
5118 | bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); |
5119 | bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
5120 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr, |
5121 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false, |
5122 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false, |
5123 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReciever = nullptr); |
5124 | void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
5125 | void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
5126 | bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, |
5127 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, |
5128 | SourceLocation Loc); |
5129 | void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
5130 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
5131 | |
5132 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
5133 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
5134 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type = |
5135 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other); |
5136 | enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; |
5137 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
5138 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
5139 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type = |
5140 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other); |
5141 | void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
5142 | |
5143 | void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
5144 | |
5145 | ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); |
5146 | TypeSourceInfo *TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
5147 | ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); |
5148 | |
5149 | ExprResult CheckUnevaluatedOperand(Expr *E); |
5150 | void CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E); |
5151 | |
5152 | ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); |
5153 | |
5154 | // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also |
5155 | // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or |
5156 | // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants |
5157 | // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking |
5158 | // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the |
5159 | // named expressions. |
5160 | // |
5161 | // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and |
5162 | // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of |
5163 | // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance, |
5164 | // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an |
5165 | // explicit nested-name-specifier). |
5166 | void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse); |
5167 | void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
5168 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true); |
5169 | void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); |
5170 | void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr); |
5171 | void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); |
5172 | void MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E); |
5173 | void MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(VarDecl *Capture, SourceLocation Loc, |
5174 | unsigned CapturingScopeIndex); |
5175 | |
5176 | ExprResult CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E); |
5177 | void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
5178 | |
5179 | enum TryCaptureKind { |
5180 | TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef |
5181 | }; |
5182 | |
5183 | /// Try to capture the given variable. |
5184 | /// |
5185 | /// \param Var The variable to capture. |
5186 | /// |
5187 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. |
5188 | /// |
5189 | /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a |
5190 | /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). |
5191 | /// |
5192 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in |
5193 | /// an explicit lambda capture. |
5194 | /// |
5195 | /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the |
5196 | /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether |
5197 | /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining |
5198 | /// if the variable cannot be captured. |
5199 | /// |
5200 | /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture |
5201 | /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the |
5202 | /// variable can be captured. |
5203 | /// |
5204 | /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture |
5205 | /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be |
5206 | /// captured. |
5207 | /// |
5208 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
5209 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
5210 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
5211 | /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
5212 | /// a nested generic lambda. |
5213 | /// |
5214 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be |
5215 | /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. |
5216 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
5217 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
5218 | QualType &CaptureType, |
5219 | QualType &DeclRefType, |
5220 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
5221 | |
5222 | /// Try to capture the given variable. |
5223 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
5224 | TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, |
5225 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); |
5226 | |
5227 | /// Checks if the variable must be captured. |
5228 | bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
5229 | |
5230 | /// Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that |
5231 | /// variable will have in the given scope. |
5232 | QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
5233 | |
5234 | /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as |
5235 | /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent |
5236 | /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced. |
5237 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
5238 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
5239 | bool SkipLocalVariables = false, |
5240 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> StopAt = None); |
5241 | |
5242 | /// Try to recover by turning the given expression into a |
5243 | /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was |
5244 | /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. |
5245 | bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
5246 | bool ForceComplain = false, |
5247 | bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr); |
5248 | |
5249 | /// Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. |
5250 | bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, |
5251 | UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); |
5252 | |
5253 | /// Try to convert an expression \p E to type \p Ty. Returns the result of the |
5254 | /// conversion. |
5255 | ExprResult tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty); |
5256 | |
5257 | /// Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the statements's reachability |
5258 | /// analysis. |
5259 | /// |
5260 | /// \param Stmts If Stmts is non-empty, delay reporting the diagnostic until |
5261 | /// the function body is parsed, and then do a basic reachability analysis to |
5262 | /// determine if the statement is reachable. If it is unreachable, the |
5263 | /// diagnostic will not be emitted. |
5264 | bool DiagIfReachable(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt *> Stmts, |
5265 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
5266 | |
5267 | /// Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current |
5268 | /// evaluation context. |
5269 | /// |
5270 | /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the |
5271 | /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic |
5272 | /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. |
5273 | /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. |
5274 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
5275 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
5276 | /// Similar, but diagnostic is only produced if all the specified statements |
5277 | /// are reachable. |
5278 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts, |
5279 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
5280 | |
5281 | // Primary Expressions. |
5282 | SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; |
5283 | |
5284 | ExprResult ActOnIdExpression( |
5285 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5286 | UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
5287 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr, |
5288 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr); |
5289 | |
5290 | ExprResult ActOnMutableAgnosticIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5291 | UnqualifiedId &Id); |
5292 | |
5293 | void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
5294 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
5295 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5296 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); |
5297 | |
5298 | bool DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(LookupResult &R); |
5299 | |
5300 | bool |
5301 | DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
5302 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
5303 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
5304 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr); |
5305 | |
5306 | DeclResult LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, |
5307 | IdentifierInfo *II); |
5308 | ExprResult BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
5309 | |
5310 | ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, |
5311 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
5312 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); |
5313 | |
5314 | ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5315 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5316 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5317 | bool isAddressOfOperand, |
5318 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
5319 | |
5320 | /// If \p D cannot be odr-used in the current expression evaluation context, |
5321 | /// return a reason explaining why. Otherwise, return NOUR_None. |
5322 | NonOdrUseReason getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D); |
5323 | |
5324 | DeclRefExpr *BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
5325 | SourceLocation Loc, |
5326 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
5327 | DeclRefExpr * |
5328 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
5329 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5330 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
5331 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
5332 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(), |
5333 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
5334 | DeclRefExpr * |
5335 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
5336 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5337 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
5338 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
5339 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(), |
5340 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
5341 | |
5342 | ExprResult |
5343 | BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
5344 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5345 | SourceLocation nameLoc, |
5346 | IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, |
5347 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none), |
5348 | Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, |
5349 | SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); |
5350 | |
5351 | ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( |
5352 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, LookupResult &R, |
5353 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, const Scope *S, |
5354 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *AsULE = nullptr); |
5355 | ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5356 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5357 | LookupResult &R, |
5358 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
5359 | bool IsDefiniteInstance, |
5360 | const Scope *S); |
5361 | bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5362 | const LookupResult &R, |
5363 | bool HasTrailingLParen); |
5364 | |
5365 | ExprResult |
5366 | BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5367 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5368 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, |
5369 | TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr); |
5370 | |
5371 | ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5372 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5373 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5374 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
5375 | |
5376 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5377 | LookupResult &R, |
5378 | bool NeedsADL, |
5379 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
5380 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
5381 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
5382 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
5383 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
5384 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
5385 | |
5386 | ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, |
5387 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, |
5388 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
5389 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, |
5390 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
5391 | |
5392 | ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
5393 | PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK); |
5394 | ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5395 | ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); |
5396 | |
5397 | ExprResult BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5398 | SourceLocation LParen, |
5399 | SourceLocation RParen, |
5400 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI); |
5401 | ExprResult ActOnSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5402 | SourceLocation LParen, |
5403 | SourceLocation RParen, |
5404 | ParsedType ParsedTy); |
5405 | |
5406 | bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
5407 | |
5408 | ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
5409 | ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, |
5410 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
5411 | ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); |
5412 | ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
5413 | SourceLocation R, |
5414 | MultiExprArg Val); |
5415 | |
5416 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
5417 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). |
5418 | ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, |
5419 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
5420 | |
5421 | ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
5422 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5423 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5424 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
5425 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, |
5426 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); |
5427 | ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
5428 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5429 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5430 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
5431 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, |
5432 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
5433 | |
5434 | // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
5435 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
5436 | Expr *InputExpr); |
5437 | ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5438 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); |
5439 | ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5440 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); |
5441 | |
5442 | bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E); |
5443 | QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); |
5444 | |
5445 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5446 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5447 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
5448 | SourceRange R); |
5449 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5450 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
5451 | ExprResult |
5452 | ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5453 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
5454 | bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, |
5455 | SourceRange ArgRange); |
5456 | |
5457 | ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); |
5458 | bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); |
5459 | |
5460 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
5461 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5462 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
5463 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
5464 | ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, |
5465 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5466 | IdentifierInfo &Name, |
5467 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
5468 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5469 | ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5470 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); |
5471 | |
5472 | ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
5473 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, |
5474 | SourceLocation RLoc); |
5475 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
5476 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
5477 | |
5478 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, |
5479 | Expr *ColumnIdx, |
5480 | SourceLocation RBLoc); |
5481 | |
5482 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
5483 | Expr *LowerBound, |
5484 | SourceLocation ColonLocFirst, |
5485 | SourceLocation ColonLocSecond, |
5486 | Expr *Length, Expr *Stride, |
5487 | SourceLocation RBLoc); |
5488 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArrayShapingExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5489 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5490 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Dims, |
5491 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> Brackets); |
5492 | |
5493 | /// Data structure for iterator expression. |
5494 | struct OMPIteratorData { |
5495 | IdentifierInfo *DeclIdent = nullptr; |
5496 | SourceLocation DeclIdentLoc; |
5497 | ParsedType Type; |
5498 | OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorRange Range; |
5499 | SourceLocation AssignLoc; |
5500 | SourceLocation ColonLoc; |
5501 | SourceLocation SecColonLoc; |
5502 | }; |
5503 | |
5504 | ExprResult ActOnOMPIteratorExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation IteratorKwLoc, |
5505 | SourceLocation LLoc, SourceLocation RLoc, |
5506 | ArrayRef<OMPIteratorData> Data); |
5507 | |
5508 | // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow |
5509 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after |
5510 | // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the |
5511 | // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class |
5512 | // defines a custom operator->). |
5513 | struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { |
5514 | Scope *S; |
5515 | UnqualifiedId &Id; |
5516 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl; |
5517 | }; |
5518 | |
5519 | ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr( |
5520 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
5521 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5522 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5523 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
5524 | const Scope *S, |
5525 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
5526 | |
5527 | ExprResult |
5528 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5529 | bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5530 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5531 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R, |
5532 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
5533 | const Scope *S, |
5534 | bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, |
5535 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
5536 | |
5537 | ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow, |
5538 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5539 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field, |
5540 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5541 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo); |
5542 | |
5543 | ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); |
5544 | |
5545 | bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, |
5546 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5547 | const LookupResult &R); |
5548 | |
5549 | ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, |
5550 | bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5551 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5552 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5553 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
5554 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5555 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
5556 | |
5557 | ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5558 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5559 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5560 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5561 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5562 | UnqualifiedId &Member, |
5563 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl); |
5564 | |
5565 | MemberExpr * |
5566 | BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5567 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5568 | ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5569 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
5570 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty, |
5571 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
5572 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
5573 | MemberExpr * |
5574 | BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5575 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5576 | ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5577 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
5578 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty, |
5579 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
5580 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
5581 | |
5582 | void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); |
5583 | bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
5584 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
5585 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
5586 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
5587 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5588 | bool ExecConfig = false); |
5589 | void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
5590 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
5591 | const Expr *ArgExpr); |
5592 | |
5593 | /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
5594 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
5595 | /// locations. |
5596 | ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5597 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5598 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr); |
5599 | ExprResult BuildCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5600 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5601 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, |
5602 | bool IsExecConfig = false, |
5603 | bool AllowRecovery = false); |
5604 | Expr *BuildBuiltinCallExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Builtin::ID Id, |
5605 | MultiExprArg CallArgs); |
5606 | enum class AtomicArgumentOrder { API, AST }; |
5607 | ExprResult |
5608 | BuildAtomicExpr(SourceRange CallRange, SourceRange ExprRange, |
5609 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, MultiExprArg Args, |
5610 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op, |
5611 | AtomicArgumentOrder ArgOrder = AtomicArgumentOrder::API); |
5612 | ExprResult |
5613 | BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5614 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5615 | Expr *Config = nullptr, bool IsExecConfig = false, |
5616 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL); |
5617 | |
5618 | ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, |
5619 | MultiExprArg ExecConfig, |
5620 | SourceLocation GGGLoc); |
5621 | |
5622 | ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5623 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
5624 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); |
5625 | ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5626 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
5627 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5628 | Expr *Op); |
5629 | CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); |
5630 | |
5631 | /// Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. |
5632 | ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5633 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
5634 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
5635 | |
5636 | ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); |
5637 | |
5638 | ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5639 | ParsedType Ty, |
5640 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5641 | Expr *InitExpr); |
5642 | |
5643 | ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5644 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5645 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5646 | Expr *LiteralExpr); |
5647 | |
5648 | ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
5649 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
5650 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
5651 | |
5652 | ExprResult BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
5653 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
5654 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
5655 | |
5656 | ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, |
5657 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, |
5658 | bool GNUSyntax, |
5659 | ExprResult Init); |
5660 | |
5661 | private: |
5662 | static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5663 | |
5664 | public: |
5665 | ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
5666 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
5667 | ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5668 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
5669 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
5670 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
5671 | void LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
5672 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
5673 | |
5674 | void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc); |
5675 | |
5676 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
5677 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
5678 | ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
5679 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
5680 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
5681 | |
5682 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
5683 | ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
5684 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
5685 | |
5686 | void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); |
5687 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
5688 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
5689 | ExprResult BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
5690 | SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth); |
5691 | // Handle the final expression in a statement expression. |
5692 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult E); |
5693 | void ActOnStmtExprError(); |
5694 | |
5695 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
5696 | struct OffsetOfComponent { |
5697 | SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; |
5698 | bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident |
5699 | union { |
5700 | IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; |
5701 | Expr *E; |
5702 | } U; |
5703 | }; |
5704 | |
5705 | /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) |
5706 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5707 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5708 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
5709 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5710 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
5711 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5712 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
5713 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
5714 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
5715 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5716 | |
5717 | // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) |
5718 | ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5719 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
5720 | Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
5721 | |
5722 | // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) |
5723 | ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
5724 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
5725 | ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, |
5726 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
5727 | |
5728 | // __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FILE(), |
5729 | // __builtin_COLUMN(), __builtin_source_location() |
5730 | ExprResult ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
5731 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5732 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
5733 | |
5734 | // Build a potentially resolved SourceLocExpr. |
5735 | ExprResult BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
5736 | QualType ResultTy, SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5737 | SourceLocation RPLoc, |
5738 | DeclContext *ParentContext); |
5739 | |
5740 | // __null |
5741 | ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); |
5742 | |
5743 | bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); |
5744 | |
5745 | /// Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. |
5746 | enum IfExistsResult { |
5747 | /// The symbol exists. |
5748 | IER_Exists, |
5749 | |
5750 | /// The symbol does not exist. |
5751 | IER_DoesNotExist, |
5752 | |
5753 | /// The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ |
5754 | /// from one instantiation to the next. |
5755 | IER_Dependent, |
5756 | |
5757 | /// An error occurred. |
5758 | IER_Error |
5759 | }; |
5760 | |
5761 | IfExistsResult |
5762 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5763 | const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); |
5764 | |
5765 | IfExistsResult |
5766 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
5767 | bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5768 | UnqualifiedId &Name); |
5769 | |
5770 | StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
5771 | bool IsIfExists, |
5772 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
5773 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
5774 | Stmt *Nested); |
5775 | StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
5776 | bool IsIfExists, |
5777 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
5778 | Stmt *Nested); |
5779 | |
5780 | //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// |
5781 | |
5782 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is |
5783 | /// started. |
5784 | void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
5785 | |
5786 | /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. |
5787 | /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. |
5788 | void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
5789 | Scope *CurScope); |
5790 | |
5791 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
5792 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
5793 | void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
5794 | |
5795 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
5796 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
5797 | ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, |
5798 | Scope *CurScope); |
5799 | |
5800 | //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// |
5801 | |
5802 | /// __builtin_convertvector(...) |
5803 | ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
5804 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5805 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5806 | |
5807 | //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// |
5808 | |
5809 | /// __builtin_astype(...) |
5810 | ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
5811 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5812 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5813 | ExprResult BuildAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, QualType DestTy, |
5814 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5815 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5816 | |
5817 | //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// |
5818 | |
5819 | // Act on C++ namespaces |
5820 | Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, |
5821 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
5822 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
5823 | SourceLocation LBrace, |
5824 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
5825 | UsingDirectiveDecl *&UsingDecl); |
5826 | void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); |
5827 | |
5828 | NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; |
5829 | NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); |
5830 | |
5831 | NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); |
5832 | NamespaceDecl *getCachedCoroNamespace() { return CoroTraitsNamespaceCache; } |
5833 | |
5834 | CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; |
5835 | EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const; |
5836 | |
5837 | private: |
5838 | // A cache representing if we've fully checked the various comparison category |
5839 | // types stored in ASTContext. The bit-index corresponds to the integer value |
5840 | // of a ComparisonCategoryType enumerator. |
5841 | llvm::SmallBitVector FullyCheckedComparisonCategories; |
5842 | |
5843 | ValueDecl *tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
5844 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5845 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5846 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase); |
5847 | |
5848 | public: |
5849 | enum class ComparisonCategoryUsage { |
5850 | /// The '<=>' operator was used in an expression and a builtin operator |
5851 | /// was selected. |
5852 | OperatorInExpression, |
5853 | /// A defaulted 'operator<=>' needed the comparison category. This |
5854 | /// typically only applies to 'std::strong_ordering', due to the implicit |
5855 | /// fallback return value. |
5856 | DefaultedOperator, |
5857 | }; |
5858 | |
5859 | /// Lookup the specified comparison category types in the standard |
5860 | /// library, an check the VarDecls possibly returned by the operator<=> |
5861 | /// builtins for that type. |
5862 | /// |
5863 | /// \return The type of the comparison category type corresponding to the |
5864 | /// specified Kind, or a null type if an error occurs |
5865 | QualType CheckComparisonCategoryType(ComparisonCategoryType Kind, |
5866 | SourceLocation Loc, |
5867 | ComparisonCategoryUsage Usage); |
5868 | |
5869 | /// Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if |
5870 | /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. |
5871 | bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); |
5872 | |
5873 | /// Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it |
5874 | /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. |
5875 | /// |
5876 | /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. |
5877 | QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); |
5878 | |
5879 | /// Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as |
5880 | /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. |
5881 | bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor); |
5882 | |
5883 | Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5884 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5885 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
5886 | IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, |
5887 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
5888 | |
5889 | void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); |
5890 | |
5891 | Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, |
5892 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
5893 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
5894 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
5895 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5896 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
5897 | IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
5898 | |
5899 | void FilterUsingLookup(Scope *S, LookupResult &lookup); |
5900 | void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); |
5901 | bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(BaseUsingDecl *BUD, NamedDecl *Target, |
5902 | const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, |
5903 | UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); |
5904 | UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, BaseUsingDecl *BUD, |
5905 | NamedDecl *Target, |
5906 | UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); |
5907 | |
5908 | bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5909 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
5910 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5911 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
5912 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
5913 | bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, bool HasTypename, |
5914 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5915 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5916 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
5917 | const LookupResult *R = nullptr, |
5918 | const UsingDecl *UD = nullptr); |
5919 | |
5920 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration( |
5921 | Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5922 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5923 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5924 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, bool IsInstantiation, |
5925 | bool IsUsingIfExists); |
5926 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingEnumDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5927 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5928 | SourceLocation EnumLoc, |
5929 | SourceLocation NameLoc, EnumDecl *ED); |
5930 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
5931 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions); |
5932 | |
5933 | bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); |
5934 | |
5935 | /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the |
5936 | /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit |
5937 | /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization. |
5938 | CXXConstructorDecl * |
5939 | findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor, |
5940 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow); |
5941 | |
5942 | Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5943 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5944 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5945 | UnqualifiedId &Name, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5946 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
5947 | Decl *ActOnUsingEnumDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5948 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5949 | SourceLocation EnumLoc, const DeclSpec &); |
5950 | Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5951 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
5952 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
5953 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
5954 | TypeResult Type, Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec); |
5955 | |
5956 | /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, |
5957 | /// including handling of its default argument expressions. |
5958 | /// |
5959 | /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind |
5960 | ExprResult |
5961 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
5962 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
5963 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5964 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
5965 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
5966 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
5967 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
5968 | |
5969 | /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if |
5970 | /// it denotes an inherited constructor. |
5971 | ExprResult |
5972 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
5973 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
5974 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5975 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
5976 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
5977 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
5978 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
5979 | |
5980 | // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if |
5981 | // the constructor can be elidable? |
5982 | ExprResult |
5983 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
5984 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
5985 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
5986 | MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
5987 | bool IsListInitialization, |
5988 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, |
5989 | unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); |
5990 | |
5991 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field); |
5992 | |
5993 | |
5994 | /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary. |
5995 | /// Return true on error. |
5996 | bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
5997 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
5998 | |
5999 | /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating |
6000 | /// the default expr if needed. |
6001 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
6002 | FunctionDecl *FD, |
6003 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
6004 | |
6005 | /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the |
6006 | /// constructed variable. |
6007 | void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); |
6008 | |
6009 | /// Helper class that collects exception specifications for |
6010 | /// implicitly-declared special member functions. |
6011 | class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { |
6012 | // Pointer to allow copying |
6013 | Sema *Self; |
6014 | // We order exception specifications thus: |
6015 | // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. |
6016 | // throw() comes next. |
6017 | // Then a throw(collected exceptions) |
6018 | // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). |
6019 | // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. |
6020 | ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; |
6021 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; |
6022 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; |
6023 | |
6024 | void ClearExceptions() { |
6025 | ExceptionsSeen.clear(); |
6026 | Exceptions.clear(); |
6027 | } |
6028 | |
6029 | public: |
6030 | explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) |
6031 | : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { |
6032 | if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
6033 | ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; |
6034 | } |
6035 | |
6036 | /// Get the computed exception specification type. |
6037 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
6038 | assert(!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 6039, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
6039 | "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")(static_cast <bool> (!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 6039, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6040 | return ComputedEST; |
6041 | } |
6042 | |
6043 | /// The number of exceptions in the exception specification. |
6044 | unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } |
6045 | |
6046 | /// The set of exceptions in the exception specification. |
6047 | const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } |
6048 | |
6049 | /// Integrate another called method into the collected data. |
6050 | void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
6051 | |
6052 | /// Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. |
6053 | void CalledExpr(Expr *E) { CalledStmt(E); } |
6054 | |
6055 | /// Integrate an invoked statement into the collected data. |
6056 | void CalledStmt(Stmt *S); |
6057 | |
6058 | /// Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this |
6059 | /// computed exception specification. |
6060 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const { |
6061 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI; |
6062 | ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
6063 | if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
6064 | ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions; |
6065 | } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) { |
6066 | /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: |
6067 | /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of |
6068 | /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" |
6069 | ESI.Type = EST_NoexceptFalse; |
6070 | ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), |
6071 | tok::kw_false).get(); |
6072 | } |
6073 | return ESI; |
6074 | } |
6075 | }; |
6076 | |
6077 | /// Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted |
6078 | /// special member function. |
6079 | void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD); |
6080 | |
6081 | /// Check the given noexcept-specifier, convert its expression, and compute |
6082 | /// the appropriate ExceptionSpecificationType. |
6083 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptSpec(Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
6084 | ExceptionSpecificationType &EST); |
6085 | |
6086 | /// Check the given exception-specification and update the |
6087 | /// exception specification information with the results. |
6088 | void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel, |
6089 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
6090 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
6091 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
6092 | Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
6093 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, |
6094 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
6095 | |
6096 | /// Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly |
6097 | /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug. |
6098 | bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D); |
6099 | |
6100 | /// Add an exception-specification to the given member function |
6101 | /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed |
6102 | /// after the method itself was declared. |
6103 | void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method, |
6104 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
6105 | SourceRange SpecificationRange, |
6106 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
6107 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
6108 | Expr *NoexceptExpr); |
6109 | |
6110 | class InheritedConstructorInfo; |
6111 | |
6112 | /// Determine if a special member function should have a deleted |
6113 | /// definition when it is defaulted. |
6114 | bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
6115 | InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr, |
6116 | bool Diagnose = false); |
6117 | |
6118 | /// Produce notes explaining why a defaulted function was defined as deleted. |
6119 | void DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
6120 | |
6121 | /// Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. |
6122 | /// |
6123 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
6124 | /// default constructor will be added. |
6125 | /// |
6126 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. |
6127 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( |
6128 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
6129 | |
6130 | /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
6131 | /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. |
6132 | void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6133 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
6134 | |
6135 | /// Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. |
6136 | /// |
6137 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
6138 | /// destructor will be added. |
6139 | /// |
6140 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. |
6141 | CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
6142 | |
6143 | /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of |
6144 | /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. |
6145 | void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6146 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
6147 | |
6148 | /// Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. |
6149 | /// |
6150 | /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one |
6151 | /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. |
6152 | void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
6153 | |
6154 | /// Define the specified inheriting constructor. |
6155 | void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
6156 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
6157 | |
6158 | /// Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. |
6159 | /// |
6160 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
6161 | /// copy constructor will be added. |
6162 | /// |
6163 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. |
6164 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
6165 | |
6166 | /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
6167 | /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. |
6168 | void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6169 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
6170 | |
6171 | /// Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. |
6172 | /// |
6173 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
6174 | /// move constructor will be added. |
6175 | /// |
6176 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't |
6177 | /// declared. |
6178 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
6179 | |
6180 | /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
6181 | /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. |
6182 | void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6183 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
6184 | |
6185 | /// Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. |
6186 | /// |
6187 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
6188 | /// copy assignment operator will be added. |
6189 | /// |
6190 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
6191 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
6192 | |
6193 | /// Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
6194 | void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6195 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
6196 | |
6197 | /// Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. |
6198 | /// |
6199 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
6200 | /// move assignment operator will be added. |
6201 | /// |
6202 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it |
6203 | /// wasn't declared. |
6204 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
6205 | |
6206 | /// Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. |
6207 | void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6208 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
6209 | |
6210 | /// Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this |
6211 | /// class. |
6212 | void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
6213 | |
6214 | /// Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member. |
6215 | void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD); |
6216 | |
6217 | /// Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted |
6218 | /// special member function. |
6219 | bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); |
6220 | |
6221 | /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member |
6222 | /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. |
6223 | /// |
6224 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
6225 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
6226 | |
6227 | /// Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static |
6228 | /// member function. |
6229 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
6230 | |
6231 | /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given |
6232 | /// static member function. |
6233 | /// |
6234 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
6235 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
6236 | |
6237 | /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with |
6238 | /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise |
6239 | /// it simply returns the passed in expression. |
6240 | ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); |
6241 | |
6242 | /// Wrap the expression in a ConstantExpr if it is a potential immediate |
6243 | /// invocation. |
6244 | ExprResult CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl); |
6245 | |
6246 | bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
6247 | QualType DeclInitType, MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, |
6248 | SourceLocation Loc, |
6249 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &ConvertedArgs, |
6250 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
6251 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
6252 | |
6253 | ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6254 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6255 | IdentifierInfo &Name); |
6256 | |
6257 | ParsedType getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6258 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6259 | bool EnteringContext); |
6260 | ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
6261 | IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6262 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6263 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
6264 | bool EnteringContext); |
6265 | |
6266 | ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, |
6267 | ParsedType ObjectType); |
6268 | |
6269 | // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. |
6270 | void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, |
6271 | bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); |
6272 | |
6273 | // Checks that the vector type should be initialized from a scalar |
6274 | // by splatting the value rather than populating a single element. |
6275 | // This is the case for AltiVecVector types as well as with |
6276 | // AltiVecPixel and AltiVecBool when -faltivec-src-compat=xl is specified. |
6277 | bool ShouldSplatAltivecScalarInCast(const VectorType *VecTy); |
6278 | |
6279 | // Checks if the -faltivec-src-compat=gcc option is specified. |
6280 | // If so, AltiVecVector, AltiVecBool and AltiVecPixel types are |
6281 | // treated the same way as they are when trying to initialize |
6282 | // these vectors on gcc (an error is emitted). |
6283 | bool CheckAltivecInitFromScalar(SourceRange R, QualType VecTy, |
6284 | QualType SrcTy); |
6285 | |
6286 | /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse |
6287 | /// {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const,addrspace}_cast's. |
6288 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6289 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
6290 | SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, |
6291 | Declarator &D, |
6292 | SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, |
6293 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
6294 | Expr *E, |
6295 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6296 | |
6297 | ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6298 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
6299 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
6300 | Expr *E, |
6301 | SourceRange AngleBrackets, |
6302 | SourceRange Parens); |
6303 | |
6304 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, Declarator &Dcl, |
6305 | ExprResult Operand, |
6306 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6307 | |
6308 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
6309 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6310 | |
6311 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
6312 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
6313 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
6314 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6315 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
6316 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
6317 | Expr *Operand, |
6318 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6319 | |
6320 | /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). |
6321 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6322 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
6323 | void *TyOrExpr, |
6324 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6325 | |
6326 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
6327 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
6328 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
6329 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6330 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
6331 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
6332 | Expr *Operand, |
6333 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6334 | |
6335 | /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). |
6336 | ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6337 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
6338 | void *TyOrExpr, |
6339 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6340 | |
6341 | /// Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ). |
6342 | ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
6343 | tok::TokenKind Operator, |
6344 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
6345 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6346 | ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(UnresolvedLookupExpr *Callee, |
6347 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
6348 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator, |
6349 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
6350 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
6351 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6352 | ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6353 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator); |
6354 | |
6355 | //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. |
6356 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); |
6357 | |
6358 | /// Build a CXXThisExpr and mark it referenced in the current context. |
6359 | Expr *BuildCXXThisExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, bool IsImplicit); |
6360 | void MarkThisReferenced(CXXThisExpr *This); |
6361 | |
6362 | /// Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. |
6363 | /// |
6364 | /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
6365 | QualType getCurrentThisType(); |
6366 | |
6367 | /// When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the |
6368 | /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, |
6369 | /// this provides the type used for 'this'. |
6370 | QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; |
6371 | |
6372 | /// RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression |
6373 | /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. |
6374 | class CXXThisScopeRAII { |
6375 | Sema &S; |
6376 | QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; |
6377 | bool Enabled; |
6378 | |
6379 | public: |
6380 | /// Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), |
6381 | /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a |
6382 | /// class) along with the given qualifiers. |
6383 | /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. |
6384 | CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals, |
6385 | bool Enabled = true); |
6386 | |
6387 | ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); |
6388 | }; |
6389 | |
6390 | /// Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current |
6391 | /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. |
6392 | /// |
6393 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. |
6394 | /// |
6395 | /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda |
6396 | /// capture list. |
6397 | /// |
6398 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
6399 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
6400 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
6401 | /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
6402 | /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to |
6403 | /// a non-static member function or a static function). |
6404 | /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. |
6405 | bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, |
6406 | bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, |
6407 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr, |
6408 | bool ByCopy = false); |
6409 | |
6410 | /// Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used |
6411 | /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently |
6412 | /// being defined. |
6413 | bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); |
6414 | |
6415 | /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. |
6416 | ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
6417 | |
6418 | |
6419 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
6420 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
6421 | |
6422 | ExprResult |
6423 | ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, |
6424 | SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen); |
6425 | |
6426 | /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. |
6427 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); |
6428 | |
6429 | //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. |
6430 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); |
6431 | ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, |
6432 | bool IsThrownVarInScope); |
6433 | bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E); |
6434 | |
6435 | /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. |
6436 | /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") |
6437 | /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") |
6438 | /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). |
6439 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, |
6440 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, |
6441 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
6442 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, |
6443 | bool ListInitialization); |
6444 | |
6445 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, |
6446 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
6447 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
6448 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
6449 | bool ListInitialization); |
6450 | |
6451 | /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. |
6452 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, |
6453 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
6454 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
6455 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
6456 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, |
6457 | Expr *Initializer); |
6458 | ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, |
6459 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
6460 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
6461 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
6462 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, |
6463 | QualType AllocType, |
6464 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, |
6465 | Optional<Expr *> ArraySize, |
6466 | SourceRange DirectInitRange, |
6467 | Expr *Initializer); |
6468 | |
6469 | /// Determine whether \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation |
6470 | /// function that is unavailable. |
6471 | bool isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const; |
6472 | |
6473 | /// Produce diagnostics if \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation |
6474 | /// function that is unavailable. |
6475 | void diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD, |
6476 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6477 | |
6478 | bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, |
6479 | SourceRange R); |
6480 | |
6481 | /// The scope in which to find allocation functions. |
6482 | enum AllocationFunctionScope { |
6483 | /// Only look for allocation functions in the global scope. |
6484 | AFS_Global, |
6485 | /// Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the |
6486 | /// allocated class. |
6487 | AFS_Class, |
6488 | /// Look for allocation functions in both the global scope |
6489 | /// and in the scope of the allocated class. |
6490 | AFS_Both |
6491 | }; |
6492 | |
6493 | /// Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate |
6494 | /// for the allocation. |
6495 | bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, |
6496 | AllocationFunctionScope NewScope, |
6497 | AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope, |
6498 | QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, |
6499 | bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, |
6500 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, |
6501 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete, |
6502 | bool Diagnose = true); |
6503 | void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); |
6504 | void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, |
6505 | ArrayRef<QualType> Params); |
6506 | |
6507 | bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
6508 | DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, |
6509 | bool Diagnose = true); |
6510 | FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
6511 | bool CanProvideSize, |
6512 | bool Overaligned, |
6513 | DeclarationName Name); |
6514 | FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
6515 | CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
6516 | |
6517 | /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression |
6518 | ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
6519 | bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, |
6520 | Expr *Operand); |
6521 | void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, |
6522 | bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, |
6523 | bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, |
6524 | SourceLocation DtorLoc); |
6525 | |
6526 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
6527 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); |
6528 | ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, |
6529 | SourceLocation RParen); |
6530 | |
6531 | /// Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. |
6532 | ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6533 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, |
6534 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6535 | ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6536 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, |
6537 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6538 | |
6539 | /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support |
6540 | /// pseudo-functions. |
6541 | ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
6542 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6543 | ParsedType LhsTy, |
6544 | Expr *DimExpr, |
6545 | SourceLocation RParen); |
6546 | |
6547 | ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
6548 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6549 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
6550 | Expr *DimExpr, |
6551 | SourceLocation RParen); |
6552 | |
6553 | /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support |
6554 | /// pseudo-functions. |
6555 | ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
6556 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6557 | Expr *Queried, |
6558 | SourceLocation RParen); |
6559 | |
6560 | ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
6561 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6562 | Expr *Queried, |
6563 | SourceLocation RParen); |
6564 | |
6565 | ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, |
6566 | Expr *Base, |
6567 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6568 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
6569 | ParsedType &ObjectType, |
6570 | bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); |
6571 | |
6572 | ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, |
6573 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6574 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
6575 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6576 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, |
6577 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
6578 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
6579 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); |
6580 | |
6581 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
6582 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6583 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
6584 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6585 | UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, |
6586 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
6587 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
6588 | UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName); |
6589 | |
6590 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
6591 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6592 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
6593 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
6594 | const DeclSpec& DS); |
6595 | |
6596 | /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression |
6597 | /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. |
6598 | /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. |
6599 | Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); |
6600 | Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); |
6601 | ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); |
6602 | |
6603 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr * |
6604 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, |
6605 | bool BoundToLvalueReference); |
6606 | |
6607 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, bool DiscardedValue) { |
6608 | return ActOnFinishFullExpr( |
6609 | Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), DiscardedValue); |
6610 | } |
6611 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, |
6612 | bool DiscardedValue, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
6613 | StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); |
6614 | |
6615 | // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. |
6616 | bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); |
6617 | // Complete an enum decl, maybe without a scope spec. |
6618 | bool RequireCompleteEnumDecl(EnumDecl *D, SourceLocation L, |
6619 | CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
6620 | |
6621 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); |
6622 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6623 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
6624 | bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6625 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
6626 | |
6627 | /// The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. |
6628 | /// |
6629 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
6630 | /// |
6631 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
6632 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
6633 | /// |
6634 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6635 | bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6636 | |
6637 | /// The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier. |
6638 | /// |
6639 | /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword. |
6640 | /// |
6641 | /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'. |
6642 | /// |
6643 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
6644 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
6645 | /// |
6646 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6647 | bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
6648 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6649 | |
6650 | bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD, |
6651 | bool *CanCorrect = nullptr); |
6652 | NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
6653 | |
6654 | /// Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec. |
6655 | /// |
6656 | struct NestedNameSpecInfo { |
6657 | /// The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in |
6658 | /// a member access expression. |
6659 | ParsedType ObjectType; |
6660 | |
6661 | /// The identifier preceding the '::'. |
6662 | IdentifierInfo *Identifier; |
6663 | |
6664 | /// The location of the identifier. |
6665 | SourceLocation IdentifierLoc; |
6666 | |
6667 | /// The location of the '::'. |
6668 | SourceLocation CCLoc; |
6669 | |
6670 | /// Creates info object for the most typical case. |
6671 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
6672 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType()) |
6673 | : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), |
6674 | CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
6675 | } |
6676 | |
6677 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
6678 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType) |
6679 | : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II), |
6680 | IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
6681 | } |
6682 | }; |
6683 | |
6684 | bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6685 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo); |
6686 | |
6687 | bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
6688 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
6689 | bool EnteringContext, |
6690 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6691 | NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, |
6692 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup, |
6693 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
6694 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
6695 | |
6696 | /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. |
6697 | /// |
6698 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
6699 | /// |
6700 | /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the |
6701 | /// nested-name-spec. |
6702 | /// |
6703 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by |
6704 | /// this nested-name-specifier. |
6705 | /// |
6706 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
6707 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
6708 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
6709 | /// including this new type). |
6710 | /// |
6711 | /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve |
6712 | /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message. |
6713 | /// |
6714 | /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':' |
6715 | /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true' |
6716 | /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'. |
6717 | /// |
6718 | /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup. |
6719 | /// |
6720 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6721 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
6722 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
6723 | bool EnteringContext, |
6724 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6725 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false, |
6726 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
6727 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
6728 | |
6729 | ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); |
6730 | |
6731 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6732 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
6733 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); |
6734 | |
6735 | bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6736 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
6737 | bool EnteringContext); |
6738 | |
6739 | /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier |
6740 | /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. |
6741 | /// |
6742 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
6743 | /// |
6744 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
6745 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
6746 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
6747 | /// including this new type). |
6748 | /// |
6749 | /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
6750 | /// \param TemplateName the template name. |
6751 | /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. |
6752 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
6753 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
6754 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
6755 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
6756 | /// |
6757 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the |
6758 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
6759 | /// |
6760 | /// |
6761 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6762 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
6763 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6764 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6765 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
6766 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6767 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6768 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6769 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6770 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
6771 | bool EnteringContext); |
6772 | |
6773 | /// Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value |
6774 | /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given |
6775 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
6776 | /// |
6777 | /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. |
6778 | /// |
6779 | /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the |
6780 | /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. |
6781 | void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6782 | |
6783 | /// Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore |
6784 | /// the nested-name-specifier structure. |
6785 | /// |
6786 | /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by |
6787 | /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). |
6788 | /// |
6789 | /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. |
6790 | /// |
6791 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents |
6792 | /// of the annotation pointer. |
6793 | void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, |
6794 | SourceRange AnnotationRange, |
6795 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6796 | |
6797 | bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6798 | |
6799 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global |
6800 | /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. |
6801 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be |
6802 | /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and |
6803 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. |
6804 | /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. |
6805 | bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6806 | |
6807 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously |
6808 | /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same |
6809 | /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. |
6810 | /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the |
6811 | /// defining scope. |
6812 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6813 | |
6814 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an |
6815 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
6816 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a |
6817 | /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of |
6818 | /// class X. |
6819 | void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
6820 | |
6821 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an |
6822 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
6823 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
6824 | |
6825 | /// Create a new lambda closure type. |
6826 | CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
6827 | TypeSourceInfo *Info, |
6828 | unsigned LambdaDependencyKind, |
6829 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); |
6830 | |
6831 | /// Start the definition of a lambda expression. |
6832 | CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
6833 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
6834 | TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, |
6835 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
6836 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
6837 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
6838 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause); |
6839 | |
6840 | /// Number lambda for linkage purposes if necessary. |
6841 | void handleLambdaNumbering( |
6842 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
6843 | Optional<std::tuple<bool, unsigned, unsigned, Decl *>> Mangling = None); |
6844 | |
6845 | /// Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. |
6846 | void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
6847 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, |
6848 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
6849 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, |
6850 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, |
6851 | bool ExplicitParams, |
6852 | bool ExplicitResultType, |
6853 | bool Mutable); |
6854 | |
6855 | /// Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform |
6856 | /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if |
6857 | /// not being used to initialize a reference. |
6858 | ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
6859 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6860 | IdentifierInfo *Id, LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) { |
6861 | return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
6862 | Loc, ByRef, EllipsisLoc, None, Id, |
6863 | InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init)); |
6864 | } |
6865 | QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
6866 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6867 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, IdentifierInfo *Id, bool DirectInit, |
6868 | Expr *&Init); |
6869 | |
6870 | /// Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's |
6871 | /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture. |
6872 | /// |
6873 | /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy |
6874 | /// variables appropriately. |
6875 | VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl( |
6876 | SourceLocation Loc, QualType InitCaptureType, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6877 | IdentifierInfo *Id, unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init, DeclContext *DeclCtx); |
6878 | |
6879 | /// Add an init-capture to a lambda scope. |
6880 | void addInitCapture(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); |
6881 | |
6882 | /// Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the |
6883 | /// given lambda. |
6884 | void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
6885 | |
6886 | /// Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return |
6887 | /// statements present in the body. |
6888 | void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); |
6889 | |
6890 | /// Once the Lambdas capture are known, we can |
6891 | /// start to create the closure, call operator method, |
6892 | /// and keep track of the captures. |
6893 | /// We do the capture lookup here, but they are not actually captured |
6894 | /// until after we know what the qualifiers of the call operator are. |
6895 | void ActOnLambdaIntroducer(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, Scope *CurContext); |
6896 | |
6897 | /// This is called after parsing the explicit template parameter list |
6898 | /// on a lambda (if it exists) in C++2a. |
6899 | void ActOnLambdaExplicitTemplateParameterList(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
6900 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6901 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> TParams, |
6902 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6903 | ExprResult RequiresClause); |
6904 | |
6905 | void ActOnLambdaClosureQualifiers( |
6906 | LambdaIntroducer &Intro, SourceLocation MutableLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
6907 | MutableArrayRef<DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo> ParamInfo, |
6908 | const DeclSpec &DS); |
6909 | |
6910 | /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start |
6911 | /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and |
6912 | /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the |
6913 | /// lambda. |
6914 | void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
6915 | Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); |
6916 | |
6917 | /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback |
6918 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. |
6919 | void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, |
6920 | bool IsInstantiation = false); |
6921 | |
6922 | /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression |
6923 | /// was successfully completed. |
6924 | ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, |
6925 | Scope *CurScope); |
6926 | |
6927 | /// Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects? |
6928 | bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::Capture &From); |
6929 | |
6930 | /// Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. Returns true if a |
6931 | /// diagnostic is emitted. |
6932 | bool DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(SourceRange CaptureRange, |
6933 | const sema::Capture &From); |
6934 | |
6935 | /// Build a FieldDecl suitable to hold the given capture. |
6936 | FieldDecl *BuildCaptureField(RecordDecl *RD, const sema::Capture &Capture); |
6937 | |
6938 | /// Initialize the given capture with a suitable expression. |
6939 | ExprResult BuildCaptureInit(const sema::Capture &Capture, |
6940 | SourceLocation ImplicitCaptureLoc, |
6941 | bool IsOpenMPMapping = false); |
6942 | |
6943 | /// Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the |
6944 | /// lambda body. |
6945 | ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
6946 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
6947 | |
6948 | /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to |
6949 | /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator. |
6950 | QualType |
6951 | getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType, |
6952 | CallingConv CC); |
6953 | |
6954 | /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
6955 | /// function pointer. |
6956 | /// |
6957 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
6958 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
6959 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
6960 | /// block pointer conversion. |
6961 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( |
6962 | SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
6963 | |
6964 | /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
6965 | /// block pointer. |
6966 | /// |
6967 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
6968 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
6969 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
6970 | /// block pointer conversion. |
6971 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, |
6972 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
6973 | |
6974 | ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6975 | SourceLocation ConvLocation, |
6976 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv, |
6977 | Expr *Src); |
6978 | |
6979 | /// Check whether the given expression is a valid constraint expression. |
6980 | /// A diagnostic is emitted if it is not, false is returned, and |
6981 | /// PossibleNonPrimary will be set to true if the failure might be due to a |
6982 | /// non-primary expression being used as an atomic constraint. |
6983 | bool CheckConstraintExpression(const Expr *CE, Token NextToken = Token(), |
6984 | bool *PossibleNonPrimary = nullptr, |
6985 | bool IsTrailingRequiresClause = false); |
6986 | |
6987 | private: |
6988 | /// Caches pairs of template-like decls whose associated constraints were |
6989 | /// checked for subsumption and whether or not the first's constraints did in |
6990 | /// fact subsume the second's. |
6991 | llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<NamedDecl *, NamedDecl *>, bool> SubsumptionCache; |
6992 | /// Caches the normalized associated constraints of declarations (concepts or |
6993 | /// constrained declarations). If an error occurred while normalizing the |
6994 | /// associated constraints of the template or concept, nullptr will be cached |
6995 | /// here. |
6996 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, NormalizedConstraint *> |
6997 | NormalizationCache; |
6998 | |
6999 | llvm::ContextualFoldingSet<ConstraintSatisfaction, const ASTContext &> |
7000 | SatisfactionCache; |
7001 | |
7002 | /// Introduce the instantiated function parameters into the local |
7003 | /// instantiation scope, and set the parameter names to those used |
7004 | /// in the template. |
7005 | bool addInstantiatedParametersToScope( |
7006 | FunctionDecl *Function, const FunctionDecl *PatternDecl, |
7007 | LocalInstantiationScope &Scope, |
7008 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7009 | |
7010 | public: |
7011 | const NormalizedConstraint * |
7012 | getNormalizedAssociatedConstraints( |
7013 | NamedDecl *ConstrainedDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AssociatedConstraints); |
7014 | |
7015 | /// \brief Check whether the given declaration's associated constraints are |
7016 | /// at least as constrained than another declaration's according to the |
7017 | /// partial ordering of constraints. |
7018 | /// |
7019 | /// \param Result If no error occurred, receives the result of true if D1 is |
7020 | /// at least constrained than D2, and false otherwise. |
7021 | /// |
7022 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7023 | bool IsAtLeastAsConstrained(NamedDecl *D1, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1, |
7024 | NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2, |
7025 | bool &Result); |
7026 | |
7027 | /// If D1 was not at least as constrained as D2, but would've been if a pair |
7028 | /// of atomic constraints involved had been declared in a concept and not |
7029 | /// repeated in two separate places in code. |
7030 | /// \returns true if such a diagnostic was emitted, false otherwise. |
7031 | bool MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(NamedDecl *D1, |
7032 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1, NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2); |
7033 | |
7034 | /// \brief Check whether the given list of constraint expressions are |
7035 | /// satisfied (as if in a 'conjunction') given template arguments. |
7036 | /// \param Template the template-like entity that triggered the constraints |
7037 | /// check (either a concept or a constrained entity). |
7038 | /// \param ConstraintExprs a list of constraint expressions, treated as if |
7039 | /// they were 'AND'ed together. |
7040 | /// \param TemplateArgs the list of template arguments to substitute into the |
7041 | /// constraint expression. |
7042 | /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that |
7043 | /// caused the constraints check. |
7044 | /// \param Satisfaction if true is returned, will contain details of the |
7045 | /// satisfaction, with enough information to diagnose an unsatisfied |
7046 | /// expression. |
7047 | /// \returns true if an error occurred and satisfaction could not be checked, |
7048 | /// false otherwise. |
7049 | bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction( |
7050 | const NamedDecl *Template, ArrayRef<const Expr *> ConstraintExprs, |
7051 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7052 | SourceRange TemplateIDRange, ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
7053 | |
7054 | /// \brief Check whether the given non-dependent constraint expression is |
7055 | /// satisfied. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the satisfaction |
7056 | /// verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if an error |
7057 | /// occurred and satisfaction could not be determined. |
7058 | /// |
7059 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7060 | bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction(const Expr *ConstraintExpr, |
7061 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
7062 | |
7063 | /// Check whether the given function decl's trailing requires clause is |
7064 | /// satisfied, if any. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the |
7065 | /// satisfaction verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if |
7066 | /// an error occurred and satisfaction could not be determined. |
7067 | /// |
7068 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7069 | bool CheckFunctionConstraints(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
7070 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
7071 | SourceLocation UsageLoc = SourceLocation()); |
7072 | |
7073 | |
7074 | /// \brief Ensure that the given template arguments satisfy the constraints |
7075 | /// associated with the given template, emitting a diagnostic if they do not. |
7076 | /// |
7077 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
7078 | /// provided. |
7079 | /// |
7080 | /// \param TemplateArgs The converted, canonicalized template arguments. |
7081 | /// |
7082 | /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that |
7083 | /// caused the constraints check. |
7084 | /// |
7085 | /// \returns true if the constrains are not satisfied or could not be checked |
7086 | /// for satisfaction, false if the constraints are satisfied. |
7087 | bool EnsureTemplateArgumentListConstraints(TemplateDecl *Template, |
7088 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7089 | SourceRange TemplateIDRange); |
7090 | |
7091 | /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed |
7092 | /// unsatisfied. |
7093 | /// \param First whether this is the first time an unsatisfied constraint is |
7094 | /// diagnosed for this error. |
7095 | void |
7096 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
7097 | bool First = true); |
7098 | |
7099 | /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed |
7100 | /// unsatisfied. |
7101 | void |
7102 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ASTConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
7103 | bool First = true); |
7104 | |
7105 | // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. |
7106 | ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, |
7107 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings); |
7108 | |
7109 | ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); |
7110 | |
7111 | /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
7112 | /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" |
7113 | /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. |
7114 | ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); |
7115 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, |
7116 | bool Value); |
7117 | ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); |
7118 | |
7119 | /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
7120 | /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will |
7121 | /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type |
7122 | /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *", |
7123 | /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'. |
7124 | ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); |
7125 | |
7126 | ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, |
7127 | Expr *IndexExpr, |
7128 | ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, |
7129 | ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); |
7130 | |
7131 | ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, |
7132 | MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements); |
7133 | |
7134 | ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
7135 | TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, |
7136 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
7137 | ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
7138 | CXXConversionDecl *Method, |
7139 | bool HadMultipleCandidates); |
7140 | |
7141 | ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
7142 | SourceLocation EncodeLoc, |
7143 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
7144 | ParsedType Ty, |
7145 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
7146 | |
7147 | /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector |
7148 | ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, |
7149 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
7150 | SourceLocation SelLoc, |
7151 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
7152 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
7153 | bool WarnMultipleSelectors); |
7154 | |
7155 | /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol |
7156 | ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, |
7157 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
7158 | SourceLocation ProtoLoc, |
7159 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
7160 | SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, |
7161 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
7162 | |
7163 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7164 | // C++ Declarations |
7165 | // |
7166 | Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
7167 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
7168 | Expr *LangStr, |
7169 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
7170 | Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
7171 | Decl *LinkageSpec, |
7172 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
7173 | |
7174 | |
7175 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7176 | // C++ Classes |
7177 | // |
7178 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentClass(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
7179 | bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, |
7180 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
7181 | bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
7182 | |
7183 | bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, SourceLocation ASLoc, |
7184 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
7185 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs); |
7186 | |
7187 | NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
7188 | Declarator &D, |
7189 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
7190 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, |
7191 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
7192 | |
7193 | void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer(); |
7194 | void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, |
7195 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
7196 | Expr *Init); |
7197 | |
7198 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
7199 | Scope *S, |
7200 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7201 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
7202 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
7203 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
7204 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
7205 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
7206 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
7207 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
7208 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7209 | |
7210 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
7211 | Scope *S, |
7212 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7213 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
7214 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
7215 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
7216 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
7217 | Expr *InitList, |
7218 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7219 | |
7220 | MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
7221 | Scope *S, |
7222 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7223 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
7224 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
7225 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
7226 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
7227 | Expr *Init, |
7228 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7229 | |
7230 | MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, |
7231 | Expr *Init, |
7232 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
7233 | |
7234 | MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, |
7235 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, |
7236 | Expr *Init, |
7237 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
7238 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7239 | |
7240 | MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
7241 | Expr *Init, |
7242 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
7243 | |
7244 | bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
7245 | CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); |
7246 | |
7247 | bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, |
7248 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); |
7249 | |
7250 | void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); |
7251 | |
7252 | |
7253 | /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, |
7254 | /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as |
7255 | /// referenced. |
7256 | void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
7257 | CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
7258 | |
7259 | /// Mark destructors of virtual bases of this class referenced. In the Itanium |
7260 | /// C++ ABI, this is done when emitting a destructor for any non-abstract |
7261 | /// class. In the Microsoft C++ ABI, this is done any time a class's |
7262 | /// destructor is referenced. |
7263 | void MarkVirtualBaseDestructorsReferenced( |
7264 | SourceLocation Location, CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
7265 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const RecordType *> *DirectVirtualBases = nullptr); |
7266 | |
7267 | /// Do semantic checks to allow the complete destructor variant to be emitted |
7268 | /// when the destructor is defined in another translation unit. In the Itanium |
7269 | /// C++ ABI, destructor variants are emitted together. In the MS C++ ABI, they |
7270 | /// can be emitted in separate TUs. To emit the complete variant, run a subset |
7271 | /// of the checks performed when emitting a regular destructor. |
7272 | void CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
7273 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor); |
7274 | |
7275 | /// The list of classes whose vtables have been used within |
7276 | /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the |
7277 | /// first use occurred. |
7278 | typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; |
7279 | |
7280 | /// The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been |
7281 | /// materialized. |
7282 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; |
7283 | |
7284 | /// The set of classes whose vtables have been used within |
7285 | /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is |
7286 | /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed |
7287 | /// by code generation). |
7288 | llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; |
7289 | |
7290 | /// Load any externally-stored vtable uses. |
7291 | void LoadExternalVTableUses(); |
7292 | |
7293 | /// Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the |
7294 | /// given location. |
7295 | void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
7296 | bool DefinitionRequired = false); |
7297 | |
7298 | /// Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions |
7299 | /// in the given class as needed. |
7300 | void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, |
7301 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
7302 | |
7303 | /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given |
7304 | /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. |
7305 | void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
7306 | bool ConstexprOnly = false); |
7307 | |
7308 | /// Define all of the vtables that have been used in this |
7309 | /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those |
7310 | /// vtables. |
7311 | /// |
7312 | /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. |
7313 | bool DefineUsedVTables(); |
7314 | |
7315 | void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
7316 | |
7317 | void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
7318 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
7319 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, |
7320 | bool AnyErrors); |
7321 | |
7322 | /// Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must |
7323 | /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later |
7324 | /// when all outer classes of Class are complete. |
7325 | void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
7326 | void checkClassLevelCodeSegAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
7327 | |
7328 | void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods(); |
7329 | |
7330 | void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate( |
7331 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr, |
7332 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec, |
7333 | SourceLocation BaseLoc); |
7334 | |
7335 | /// Add gsl::Pointer attribute to std::container::iterator |
7336 | /// \param ND The declaration that introduces the name |
7337 | /// std::container::iterator. \param UnderlyingRecord The record named by ND. |
7338 | void inferGslPointerAttribute(NamedDecl *ND, CXXRecordDecl *UnderlyingRecord); |
7339 | |
7340 | /// Add [[gsl::Owner]] and [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types. |
7341 | void inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
7342 | |
7343 | /// Add [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types. |
7344 | void inferGslPointerAttribute(TypedefNameDecl *TD); |
7345 | |
7346 | void CheckCompletedCXXClass(Scope *S, CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
7347 | |
7348 | /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the |
7349 | /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect. |
7350 | void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD); |
7351 | |
7352 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope *S, SourceLocation RLoc, |
7353 | Decl *TagDecl, SourceLocation LBrac, |
7354 | SourceLocation RBrac, |
7355 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
7356 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); |
7357 | void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(); |
7358 | |
7359 | void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param); |
7360 | unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Decl *Template, |
7361 | llvm::function_ref<Scope *()> EnterScope); |
7362 | void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
7363 | void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
7364 | void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); |
7365 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
7366 | void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
7367 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); |
7368 | void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, |
7369 | CachedTokens &Toks); |
7370 | void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); |
7371 | bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); |
7372 | |
7373 | Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
7374 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
7375 | Expr *AssertMessageExpr, |
7376 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
7377 | Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
7378 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
7379 | StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, |
7380 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
7381 | bool Failed); |
7382 | |
7383 | FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, |
7384 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
7385 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); |
7386 | Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
7387 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
7388 | NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
7389 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
7390 | |
7391 | QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
7392 | StorageClass& SC); |
7393 | void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
7394 | QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
7395 | StorageClass& SC); |
7396 | bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
7397 | void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
7398 | StorageClass& SC); |
7399 | Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); |
7400 | void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
7401 | StorageClass &SC); |
7402 | void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD); |
7403 | |
7404 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedFunction(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD); |
7405 | |
7406 | bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
7407 | CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
7408 | void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); |
7409 | |
7410 | bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedComparison(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD, |
7411 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK); |
7412 | void DeclareImplicitEqualityComparison(CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
7413 | FunctionDecl *Spaceship); |
7414 | void DefineDefaultedComparison(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
7415 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK); |
7416 | |
7417 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7418 | // C++ Derived Classes |
7419 | // |
7420 | |
7421 | /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier |
7422 | CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
7423 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
7424 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
7425 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
7426 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7427 | |
7428 | BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
7429 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, bool Virtual, |
7430 | AccessSpecifier Access, ParsedType basetype, |
7431 | SourceLocation BaseLoc, |
7432 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7433 | |
7434 | bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
7435 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
7436 | void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, |
7437 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
7438 | |
7439 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base); |
7440 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
7441 | CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
7442 | |
7443 | // FIXME: I don't like this name. |
7444 | void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); |
7445 | |
7446 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
7447 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
7448 | CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
7449 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
7450 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
7451 | unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, |
7452 | unsigned AmbiguousBaseConvID, |
7453 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
7454 | DeclarationName Name, |
7455 | CXXCastPath *BasePath, |
7456 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
7457 | |
7458 | std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
7459 | |
7460 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
7461 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
7462 | |
7463 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are |
7464 | /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. |
7465 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
7466 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
7467 | |
7468 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception |
7469 | /// spec is a subset of base spec. |
7470 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
7471 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
7472 | |
7473 | bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); |
7474 | |
7475 | /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. |
7476 | void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
7477 | |
7478 | /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was |
7479 | /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method. |
7480 | void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D, bool Inconsistent); |
7481 | |
7482 | /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function |
7483 | /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to |
7484 | /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. |
7485 | bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
7486 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
7487 | |
7488 | |
7489 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7490 | // C++ Access Control |
7491 | // |
7492 | |
7493 | enum AccessResult { |
7494 | AR_accessible, |
7495 | AR_inaccessible, |
7496 | AR_dependent, |
7497 | AR_delayed |
7498 | }; |
7499 | |
7500 | bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, |
7501 | NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, |
7502 | AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); |
7503 | |
7504 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, |
7505 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
7506 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, |
7507 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
7508 | AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
7509 | SourceRange PlacementRange, |
7510 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
7511 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
7512 | bool Diagnose = true); |
7513 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
7514 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
7515 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
7516 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
7517 | bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); |
7518 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
7519 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
7520 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
7521 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
7522 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); |
7523 | AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
7524 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, |
7525 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
7526 | QualType objectType = QualType()); |
7527 | AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); |
7528 | AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
7529 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
7530 | DeclAccessPair Found); |
7531 | AccessResult |
7532 | CheckStructuredBindingMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
7533 | CXXRecordDecl *DecomposedClass, |
7534 | DeclAccessPair Field); |
7535 | AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *ObjectExpr, |
7536 | const SourceRange &, |
7537 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
7538 | AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
7539 | Expr *ObjectExpr, |
7540 | Expr *ArgExpr, |
7541 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
7542 | AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *ObjectExpr, |
7543 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, |
7544 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
7545 | AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, |
7546 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
7547 | AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, |
7548 | QualType Base, QualType Derived, |
7549 | const CXXBasePath &Path, |
7550 | unsigned DiagID, |
7551 | bool ForceCheck = false, |
7552 | bool ForceUnprivileged = false); |
7553 | void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); |
7554 | bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *Decl, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
7555 | QualType BaseType); |
7556 | bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
7557 | DeclAccessPair Found, QualType ObjectType, |
7558 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7559 | const PartialDiagnostic &Diag); |
7560 | bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
7561 | DeclAccessPair Found, |
7562 | QualType ObjectType) { |
7563 | return isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(NamingClass, Found, ObjectType, |
7564 | SourceLocation(), PDiag()); |
7565 | } |
7566 | |
7567 | void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, |
7568 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7569 | void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, |
7570 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7571 | |
7572 | void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
7573 | |
7574 | /// When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE |
7575 | /// failures rather than hard errors. |
7576 | bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7577 | |
7578 | enum AbstractDiagSelID { |
7579 | AbstractNone = -1, |
7580 | AbstractReturnType, |
7581 | AbstractParamType, |
7582 | AbstractVariableType, |
7583 | AbstractFieldType, |
7584 | AbstractIvarType, |
7585 | AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, |
7586 | AbstractArrayType |
7587 | }; |
7588 | |
7589 | bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
7590 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
7591 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
7592 | template <typename... Ts> |
7593 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
7594 | const Ts &...Args) { |
7595 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
7596 | return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
7597 | } |
7598 | |
7599 | void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
7600 | |
7601 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7602 | // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] |
7603 | // |
7604 | |
7605 | bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
7606 | |
7607 | bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
7608 | |
7609 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7610 | // C++ Templates [C++ 14] |
7611 | // |
7612 | void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
7613 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
7614 | bool AllowDependent = true); |
7615 | bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
7616 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
7617 | bool AllowDependent = true, |
7618 | bool AllowNonTemplateFunctions = false); |
7619 | /// Try to interpret the lookup result D as a template-name. |
7620 | /// |
7621 | /// \param D A declaration found by name lookup. |
7622 | /// \param AllowFunctionTemplates Whether function templates should be |
7623 | /// considered valid results. |
7624 | /// \param AllowDependent Whether unresolved using declarations (that might |
7625 | /// name templates) should be considered valid results. |
7626 | static NamedDecl *getAsTemplateNameDecl(NamedDecl *D, |
7627 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
7628 | bool AllowDependent = true); |
7629 | |
7630 | enum TemplateNameIsRequiredTag { TemplateNameIsRequired }; |
7631 | /// Whether and why a template name is required in this lookup. |
7632 | class RequiredTemplateKind { |
7633 | public: |
7634 | /// Template name is required if TemplateKWLoc is valid. |
7635 | RequiredTemplateKind(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation()) |
7636 | : TemplateKW(TemplateKWLoc) {} |
7637 | /// Template name is unconditionally required. |
7638 | RequiredTemplateKind(TemplateNameIsRequiredTag) {} |
7639 | |
7640 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { |
7641 | return TemplateKW.getValueOr(SourceLocation()); |
7642 | } |
7643 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } |
7644 | bool isRequired() const { return TemplateKW != SourceLocation(); } |
7645 | explicit operator bool() const { return isRequired(); } |
7646 | |
7647 | private: |
7648 | llvm::Optional<SourceLocation> TemplateKW; |
7649 | }; |
7650 | |
7651 | enum class AssumedTemplateKind { |
7652 | /// This is not assumed to be a template name. |
7653 | None, |
7654 | /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found nothing. |
7655 | FoundNothing, |
7656 | /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found one or more |
7657 | /// functions (but no function templates). |
7658 | FoundFunctions, |
7659 | }; |
7660 | bool LookupTemplateName( |
7661 | LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType ObjectType, |
7662 | bool EnteringContext, bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, |
7663 | RequiredTemplateKind RequiredTemplate = SourceLocation(), |
7664 | AssumedTemplateKind *ATK = nullptr, bool AllowTypoCorrection = true); |
7665 | |
7666 | TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, |
7667 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7668 | bool hasTemplateKeyword, |
7669 | const UnqualifiedId &Name, |
7670 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
7671 | bool EnteringContext, |
7672 | TemplateTy &Template, |
7673 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, |
7674 | bool Disambiguation = false); |
7675 | |
7676 | /// Try to resolve an undeclared template name as a type template. |
7677 | /// |
7678 | /// Sets II to the identifier corresponding to the template name, and updates |
7679 | /// Name to a corresponding (typo-corrected) type template name and TNK to |
7680 | /// the corresponding kind, if possible. |
7681 | void ActOnUndeclaredTypeTemplateName(Scope *S, TemplateTy &Name, |
7682 | TemplateNameKind &TNK, |
7683 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
7684 | IdentifierInfo *&II); |
7685 | |
7686 | bool resolveAssumedTemplateNameAsType(Scope *S, TemplateName &Name, |
7687 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
7688 | bool Diagnose = true); |
7689 | |
7690 | /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z |
7691 | /// deduction-guide declaration. |
7692 | bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name, |
7693 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
7694 | ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr); |
7695 | |
7696 | bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
7697 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
7698 | Scope *S, |
7699 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
7700 | TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, |
7701 | TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); |
7702 | |
7703 | bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7704 | NamedDecl *Instantiation, |
7705 | bool InstantiatedFromMember, |
7706 | const NamedDecl *Pattern, |
7707 | const NamedDecl *PatternDef, |
7708 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
7709 | bool Complain = true); |
7710 | |
7711 | void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); |
7712 | TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); |
7713 | |
7714 | NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, |
7715 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
7716 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
7717 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
7718 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
7719 | unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, |
7720 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
7721 | ParsedType DefaultArg, bool HasTypeConstraint); |
7722 | |
7723 | bool ActOnTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7724 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, |
7725 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
7726 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7727 | bool BuildTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7728 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, |
7729 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
7730 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
7731 | bool AllowUnexpandedPack); |
7732 | |
7733 | bool AttachTypeConstraint(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NS, |
7734 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
7735 | ConceptDecl *NamedConcept, |
7736 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
7737 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
7738 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7739 | |
7740 | bool AttachTypeConstraint(AutoTypeLoc TL, |
7741 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
7742 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7743 | |
7744 | bool RequireStructuralType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
7745 | |
7746 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI, |
7747 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7748 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
7749 | |
7750 | NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
7751 | unsigned Depth, |
7752 | unsigned Position, |
7753 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
7754 | Expr *DefaultArg); |
7755 | NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, |
7756 | SourceLocation TmpLoc, |
7757 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
7758 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
7759 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
7760 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
7761 | unsigned Depth, |
7762 | unsigned Position, |
7763 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
7764 | ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); |
7765 | |
7766 | TemplateParameterList * |
7767 | ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, |
7768 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
7769 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7770 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
7771 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params, |
7772 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
7773 | Expr *RequiresClause); |
7774 | |
7775 | /// The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. |
7776 | enum TemplateParamListContext { |
7777 | TPC_ClassTemplate, |
7778 | TPC_VarTemplate, |
7779 | TPC_FunctionTemplate, |
7780 | TPC_ClassTemplateMember, |
7781 | TPC_FriendClassTemplate, |
7782 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, |
7783 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, |
7784 | TPC_TypeAliasTemplate |
7785 | }; |
7786 | |
7787 | bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, |
7788 | TemplateParameterList *OldParams, |
7789 | TemplateParamListContext TPC, |
7790 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
7791 | TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
7792 | SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
7793 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId, |
7794 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, |
7795 | bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid, |
7796 | bool SuppressDiagnostic = false); |
7797 | |
7798 | DeclResult CheckClassTemplate( |
7799 | Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
7800 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
7801 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
7802 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
7803 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, |
7804 | TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists, |
7805 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
7806 | |
7807 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
7808 | QualType NTTPType, |
7809 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7810 | |
7811 | /// Get a template argument mapping the given template parameter to itself, |
7812 | /// e.g. for X in \c template<int X>, this would return an expression template |
7813 | /// argument referencing X. |
7814 | TemplateArgumentLoc getIdentityTemplateArgumentLoc(NamedDecl *Param, |
7815 | SourceLocation Location); |
7816 | |
7817 | void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, |
7818 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); |
7819 | |
7820 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType); |
7821 | |
7822 | void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); |
7823 | |
7824 | QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, |
7825 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7826 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
7827 | |
7828 | TypeResult |
7829 | ActOnTemplateIdType(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7830 | TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
7831 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
7832 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
7833 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, bool IsClassName = false); |
7834 | |
7835 | /// Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, |
7836 | /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. |
7837 | TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, |
7838 | TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, |
7839 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
7840 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7841 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7842 | TemplateTy TemplateD, |
7843 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7844 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
7845 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, |
7846 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
7847 | |
7848 | DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( |
7849 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, |
7850 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
7851 | StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); |
7852 | |
7853 | /// Get the specialization of the given variable template corresponding to |
7854 | /// the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result if the arguments |
7855 | /// are dependent. |
7856 | DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
7857 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7858 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
7859 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
7860 | |
7861 | /// Form a reference to the specialization of the given variable template |
7862 | /// corresponding to the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result |
7863 | /// if the arguments are dependent. |
7864 | ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7865 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
7866 | VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
7867 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7868 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
7869 | |
7870 | ExprResult |
7871 | CheckConceptTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7872 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7873 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ConceptNameInfo, |
7874 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, ConceptDecl *NamedConcept, |
7875 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
7876 | |
7877 | void diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc); |
7878 | |
7879 | ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7880 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7881 | LookupResult &R, |
7882 | bool RequiresADL, |
7883 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
7884 | |
7885 | ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7886 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7887 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
7888 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
7889 | |
7890 | TemplateNameKind ActOnTemplateName( |
7891 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7892 | const UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
7893 | TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false); |
7894 | |
7895 | DeclResult ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization( |
7896 | Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
7897 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7898 | TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
7899 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
7900 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
7901 | |
7902 | bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc, |
7903 | TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate, |
7904 | unsigned NumExplicitArgs, |
7905 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
7906 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
7907 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
7908 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
7909 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
7910 | |
7911 | Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, |
7912 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
7913 | Declarator &D); |
7914 | |
7915 | bool |
7916 | CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, |
7917 | TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, |
7918 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
7919 | TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, |
7920 | SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, |
7921 | bool &SuppressNew); |
7922 | |
7923 | bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
7924 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
7925 | LookupResult &Previous); |
7926 | |
7927 | bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
7928 | FunctionDecl *FD, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
7929 | LookupResult &Previous, bool QualifiedFriend = false); |
7930 | bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
7931 | void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
7932 | |
7933 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation( |
7934 | Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7935 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7936 | TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
7937 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
7938 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
7939 | |
7940 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
7941 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7942 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
7943 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
7944 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
7945 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
7946 | |
7947 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
7948 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
7949 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7950 | Declarator &D); |
7951 | |
7952 | TemplateArgumentLoc |
7953 | SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, |
7954 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7955 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
7956 | Decl *Param, |
7957 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> |
7958 | &Converted, |
7959 | bool &HasDefaultArg); |
7960 | |
7961 | /// Specifies the context in which a particular template |
7962 | /// argument is being checked. |
7963 | enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { |
7964 | /// The template argument was specified in the code or was |
7965 | /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. |
7966 | CTAK_Specified, |
7967 | |
7968 | /// The template argument was deduced via template argument |
7969 | /// deduction. |
7970 | CTAK_Deduced, |
7971 | |
7972 | /// The template argument was deduced from an array bound |
7973 | /// via template argument deduction. |
7974 | CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound |
7975 | }; |
7976 | |
7977 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, |
7978 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
7979 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7980 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7981 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
7982 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, |
7983 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
7984 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
7985 | |
7986 | /// Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to |
7987 | /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. |
7988 | /// |
7989 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
7990 | /// provided. |
7991 | /// |
7992 | /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. |
7993 | /// |
7994 | /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is |
7995 | /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of |
7996 | /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template |
7997 | /// arguments. |
7998 | /// |
7999 | /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is |
8000 | /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial |
8001 | /// set of template arguments. |
8002 | /// |
8003 | /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template |
8004 | /// arguments. |
8005 | /// |
8006 | /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to |
8007 | /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written. |
8008 | /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified. |
8009 | /// |
8010 | /// \param ConstraintsNotSatisfied If provided, and an error occurred, will |
8011 | /// receive true if the cause for the error is the associated constraints of |
8012 | /// the template not being satisfied by the template arguments. |
8013 | /// |
8014 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8015 | bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, |
8016 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
8017 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, |
8018 | bool PartialTemplateArgs, |
8019 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
8020 | bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true, |
8021 | bool *ConstraintsNotSatisfied = nullptr); |
8022 | |
8023 | bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
8024 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
8025 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); |
8026 | |
8027 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(TypeSourceInfo *Arg); |
8028 | ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
8029 | QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, |
8030 | TemplateArgument &Converted, |
8031 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
8032 | bool CheckTemplateTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
8033 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
8034 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); |
8035 | |
8036 | ExprResult |
8037 | BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
8038 | QualType ParamType, |
8039 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8040 | ExprResult |
8041 | BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
8042 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8043 | |
8044 | /// Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared |
8045 | /// for equality. |
8046 | enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { |
8047 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates |
8048 | /// that might be redeclarations. |
8049 | /// |
8050 | /// \code |
8051 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
8052 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
8053 | /// \endcode |
8054 | TPL_TemplateMatch, |
8055 | |
8056 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two template |
8057 | /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists |
8058 | /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. |
8059 | /// |
8060 | /// \code |
8061 | /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; |
8062 | /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; |
8063 | /// \endcode |
8064 | TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, |
8065 | |
8066 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of a template |
8067 | /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template |
8068 | /// template parameter. |
8069 | /// |
8070 | /// \code |
8071 | /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; |
8072 | /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; |
8073 | /// X<integer_c> xic; |
8074 | /// \endcode |
8075 | TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch |
8076 | }; |
8077 | |
8078 | bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, |
8079 | TemplateParameterList *Old, |
8080 | bool Complain, |
8081 | TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, |
8082 | SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc |
8083 | = SourceLocation()); |
8084 | |
8085 | bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); |
8086 | |
8087 | /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
8088 | /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". |
8089 | /// |
8090 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
8091 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
8092 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
8093 | /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). |
8094 | /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. |
8095 | TypeResult |
8096 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
8097 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, |
8098 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
8099 | |
8100 | /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
8101 | /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., |
8102 | /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". |
8103 | /// |
8104 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
8105 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
8106 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
8107 | /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
8108 | /// \param TemplateName The template name. |
8109 | /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template. |
8110 | /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name. |
8111 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
8112 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
8113 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
8114 | TypeResult |
8115 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
8116 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
8117 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
8118 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
8119 | IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
8120 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
8121 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
8122 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
8123 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
8124 | |
8125 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
8126 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
8127 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
8128 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
8129 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
8130 | TypeSourceInfo **TSI, |
8131 | bool DeducedTSTContext); |
8132 | |
8133 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
8134 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
8135 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
8136 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
8137 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
8138 | bool DeducedTSTContext = true); |
8139 | |
8140 | |
8141 | TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
8142 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8143 | DeclarationName Name); |
8144 | bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
8145 | |
8146 | ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); |
8147 | bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( |
8148 | TemplateParameterList *Params); |
8149 | |
8150 | std::string |
8151 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
8152 | const TemplateArgumentList &Args); |
8153 | |
8154 | std::string |
8155 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
8156 | const TemplateArgument *Args, |
8157 | unsigned NumArgs); |
8158 | |
8159 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8160 | // C++ Concepts |
8161 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8162 | Decl *ActOnConceptDefinition( |
8163 | Scope *S, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
8164 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *ConstraintExpr); |
8165 | |
8166 | RequiresExprBodyDecl * |
8167 | ActOnStartRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc, |
8168 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters, |
8169 | Scope *BodyScope); |
8170 | void ActOnFinishRequiresExpr(); |
8171 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnSimpleRequirement(Expr *E); |
8172 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnTypeRequirement( |
8173 | SourceLocation TypenameKWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
8174 | IdentifierInfo *TypeName, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId); |
8175 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnCompoundRequirement(Expr *E, |
8176 | SourceLocation NoexceptLoc); |
8177 | concepts::Requirement * |
8178 | ActOnCompoundRequirement( |
8179 | Expr *E, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
8180 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, unsigned Depth); |
8181 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnNestedRequirement(Expr *Constraint); |
8182 | concepts::ExprRequirement * |
8183 | BuildExprRequirement( |
8184 | Expr *E, bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, |
8185 | concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement); |
8186 | concepts::ExprRequirement * |
8187 | BuildExprRequirement( |
8188 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *ExprSubstDiag, |
8189 | bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, |
8190 | concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement); |
8191 | concepts::TypeRequirement *BuildTypeRequirement(TypeSourceInfo *Type); |
8192 | concepts::TypeRequirement * |
8193 | BuildTypeRequirement( |
8194 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag); |
8195 | concepts::NestedRequirement *BuildNestedRequirement(Expr *E); |
8196 | concepts::NestedRequirement * |
8197 | BuildNestedRequirement( |
8198 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag); |
8199 | ExprResult ActOnRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc, |
8200 | RequiresExprBodyDecl *Body, |
8201 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters, |
8202 | ArrayRef<concepts::Requirement *> Requirements, |
8203 | SourceLocation ClosingBraceLoc); |
8204 | |
8205 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8206 | // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) |
8207 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8208 | |
8209 | /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this |
8210 | /// location. Useful for error recovery. |
8211 | bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted(); |
8212 | |
8213 | /// The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is |
8214 | /// being diagnosed. |
8215 | /// |
8216 | /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first |
8217 | /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. |
8218 | enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { |
8219 | /// An arbitrary expression. |
8220 | UPPC_Expression = 0, |
8221 | |
8222 | /// The base type of a class type. |
8223 | UPPC_BaseType, |
8224 | |
8225 | /// The type of an arbitrary declaration. |
8226 | UPPC_DeclarationType, |
8227 | |
8228 | /// The type of a data member. |
8229 | UPPC_DataMemberType, |
8230 | |
8231 | /// The size of a bit-field. |
8232 | UPPC_BitFieldWidth, |
8233 | |
8234 | /// The expression in a static assertion. |
8235 | UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, |
8236 | |
8237 | /// The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. |
8238 | UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, |
8239 | |
8240 | /// The enumerator value. |
8241 | UPPC_EnumeratorValue, |
8242 | |
8243 | /// A using declaration. |
8244 | UPPC_UsingDeclaration, |
8245 | |
8246 | /// A friend declaration. |
8247 | UPPC_FriendDeclaration, |
8248 | |
8249 | /// A declaration qualifier. |
8250 | UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, |
8251 | |
8252 | /// An initializer. |
8253 | UPPC_Initializer, |
8254 | |
8255 | /// A default argument. |
8256 | UPPC_DefaultArgument, |
8257 | |
8258 | /// The type of a non-type template parameter. |
8259 | UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, |
8260 | |
8261 | /// The type of an exception. |
8262 | UPPC_ExceptionType, |
8263 | |
8264 | /// Partial specialization. |
8265 | UPPC_PartialSpecialization, |
8266 | |
8267 | /// Microsoft __if_exists. |
8268 | UPPC_IfExists, |
8269 | |
8270 | /// Microsoft __if_not_exists. |
8271 | UPPC_IfNotExists, |
8272 | |
8273 | /// Lambda expression. |
8274 | UPPC_Lambda, |
8275 | |
8276 | /// Block expression. |
8277 | UPPC_Block, |
8278 | |
8279 | /// A type constraint. |
8280 | UPPC_TypeConstraint, |
8281 | |
8282 | // A requirement in a requires-expression. |
8283 | UPPC_Requirement, |
8284 | |
8285 | // A requires-clause. |
8286 | UPPC_RequiresClause, |
8287 | }; |
8288 | |
8289 | /// Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. |
8290 | /// |
8291 | /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. |
8292 | /// |
8293 | /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded |
8294 | /// parameter packs. |
8295 | /// |
8296 | /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. |
8297 | /// |
8298 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8299 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, |
8300 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, |
8301 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); |
8302 | |
8303 | /// If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
8304 | /// diagnose the error. |
8305 | /// |
8306 | /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. |
8307 | /// |
8308 | /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter |
8309 | /// packs. |
8310 | /// |
8311 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8312 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
8313 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
8314 | |
8315 | /// If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter |
8316 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
8317 | /// |
8318 | /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
8319 | /// parameter packs. |
8320 | /// |
8321 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8322 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, |
8323 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); |
8324 | |
8325 | /// If the given requirees-expression contains an unexpanded reference to one |
8326 | /// of its own parameter packs, diagnose the error. |
8327 | /// |
8328 | /// \param RE The requiress-expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
8329 | /// parameter packs. |
8330 | /// |
8331 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8332 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPackInRequiresExpr(RequiresExpr *RE); |
8333 | |
8334 | /// If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded |
8335 | /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. |
8336 | /// |
8337 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for |
8338 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8339 | /// |
8340 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8341 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
8342 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
8343 | |
8344 | /// If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
8345 | /// diagnose the error. |
8346 | /// |
8347 | /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that |
8348 | /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. |
8349 | /// |
8350 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8351 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
8352 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
8353 | |
8354 | /// If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
8355 | /// diagnose the error. |
8356 | /// |
8357 | /// \param Loc The location of the template name. |
8358 | /// |
8359 | /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded |
8360 | /// parameter packs. |
8361 | /// |
8362 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8363 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, |
8364 | TemplateName Template, |
8365 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
8366 | |
8367 | /// If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter |
8368 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
8369 | /// |
8370 | /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded |
8371 | /// parameter packs. |
8372 | /// |
8373 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8374 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
8375 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
8376 | |
8377 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8378 | /// template argument. |
8379 | /// |
8380 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
8381 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8382 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, |
8383 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8384 | |
8385 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8386 | /// template argument. |
8387 | /// |
8388 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
8389 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8390 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
8391 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8392 | |
8393 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8394 | /// type. |
8395 | /// |
8396 | /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find |
8397 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8398 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, |
8399 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8400 | |
8401 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8402 | /// type. |
8403 | /// |
8404 | /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find |
8405 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8406 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, |
8407 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8408 | |
8409 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8410 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
8411 | /// |
8412 | /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find |
8413 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8414 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
8415 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8416 | |
8417 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8418 | /// name. |
8419 | /// |
8420 | /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find |
8421 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8422 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
8423 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8424 | |
8425 | /// Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an |
8426 | /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. |
8427 | /// |
8428 | /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which |
8429 | /// may already be invalid. |
8430 | /// |
8431 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
8432 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, |
8433 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
8434 | |
8435 | /// Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which |
8436 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
8437 | /// |
8438 | /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
8439 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
8440 | /// |
8441 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
8442 | TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
8443 | |
8444 | /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
8445 | /// expansion. |
8446 | TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, |
8447 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
8448 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
8449 | |
8450 | /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
8451 | /// expansion. |
8452 | QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, |
8453 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
8454 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
8455 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
8456 | |
8457 | /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
8458 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
8459 | /// |
8460 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
8461 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
8462 | /// |
8463 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
8464 | ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
8465 | |
8466 | /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
8467 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
8468 | /// |
8469 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
8470 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
8471 | /// |
8472 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
8473 | ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
8474 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
8475 | |
8476 | /// Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the |
8477 | /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly |
8478 | /// transforming the pattern. |
8479 | /// |
8480 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the |
8481 | /// pack expansion. |
8482 | /// |
8483 | /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of |
8484 | /// the pack expansion. |
8485 | /// |
8486 | /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the |
8487 | /// pattern. |
8488 | /// |
8489 | /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should |
8490 | /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When |
8491 | /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. |
8492 | /// |
8493 | /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded |
8494 | /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used |
8495 | /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per |
8496 | /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. |
8497 | /// |
8498 | /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in |
8499 | /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an |
8500 | /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the |
8501 | /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) |
8502 | /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. |
8503 | /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may |
8504 | /// set this value in other cases. |
8505 | /// |
8506 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs |
8507 | /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false |
8508 | /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) |
8509 | /// must be set. |
8510 | bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
8511 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
8512 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, |
8513 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8514 | bool &ShouldExpand, |
8515 | bool &RetainExpansion, |
8516 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); |
8517 | |
8518 | /// Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion |
8519 | /// type. |
8520 | /// |
8521 | /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is |
8522 | /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. |
8523 | /// |
8524 | /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. |
8525 | Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, |
8526 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8527 | |
8528 | /// Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded |
8529 | /// parameter packs. |
8530 | /// |
8531 | /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators |
8532 | /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., |
8533 | /// |
8534 | /// \code |
8535 | /// void f(T...); |
8536 | /// \endcode |
8537 | /// |
8538 | /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or |
8539 | /// a variadic function. |
8540 | /// |
8541 | /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, |
8542 | /// false otherwise. |
8543 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); |
8544 | |
8545 | /// Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. |
8546 | /// |
8547 | /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. |
8548 | /// |
8549 | /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. |
8550 | /// |
8551 | /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will |
8552 | /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. |
8553 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( |
8554 | TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, |
8555 | SourceLocation &Ellipsis, |
8556 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; |
8557 | |
8558 | /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but |
8559 | /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of |
8560 | /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded. |
8561 | /// |
8562 | /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to |
8563 | /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible. |
8564 | Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg); |
8565 | |
8566 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8567 | // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) |
8568 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8569 | |
8570 | /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention, |
8571 | /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType. |
8572 | /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function |
8573 | /// types. |
8574 | QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType, |
8575 | bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false); |
8576 | |
8577 | /// Describes the result of template argument deduction. |
8578 | /// |
8579 | /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of |
8580 | /// template argument deduction, as returned from |
8581 | /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo |
8582 | /// structure provides additional information about the results of |
8583 | /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument |
8584 | /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or |
8585 | /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. |
8586 | enum TemplateDeductionResult { |
8587 | /// Template argument deduction was successful. |
8588 | TDK_Success = 0, |
8589 | /// The declaration was invalid; do nothing. |
8590 | TDK_Invalid, |
8591 | /// Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template |
8592 | /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). |
8593 | TDK_InstantiationDepth, |
8594 | /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value |
8595 | /// for every template parameter. |
8596 | TDK_Incomplete, |
8597 | /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value for every |
8598 | /// expansion of an expanded template parameter pack. |
8599 | TDK_IncompletePack, |
8600 | /// Template argument deduction produced inconsistent |
8601 | /// deduced values for the given template parameter. |
8602 | TDK_Inconsistent, |
8603 | /// Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent |
8604 | /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would |
8605 | /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" |
8606 | /// but were given a non-const "X". |
8607 | TDK_Underqualified, |
8608 | /// Substitution of the deduced template argument values |
8609 | /// resulted in an error. |
8610 | TDK_SubstitutionFailure, |
8611 | /// After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent |
8612 | /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument. |
8613 | TDK_DeducedMismatch, |
8614 | /// After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of |
8615 | /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element |
8616 | /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list). |
8617 | TDK_DeducedMismatchNested, |
8618 | /// A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the |
8619 | /// corresponding component of the argument. |
8620 | TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, |
8621 | /// When performing template argument deduction for a function |
8622 | /// template, there were too many call arguments. |
8623 | TDK_TooManyArguments, |
8624 | /// When performing template argument deduction for a function |
8625 | /// template, there were too few call arguments. |
8626 | TDK_TooFewArguments, |
8627 | /// The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid |
8628 | /// template arguments for the given template. |
8629 | TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, |
8630 | /// Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed. |
8631 | TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure, |
8632 | /// The deduced arguments did not satisfy the constraints associated |
8633 | /// with the template. |
8634 | TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied, |
8635 | /// Deduction failed; that's all we know. |
8636 | TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure, |
8637 | /// CUDA Target attributes do not match. |
8638 | TDK_CUDATargetMismatch |
8639 | }; |
8640 | |
8641 | TemplateDeductionResult |
8642 | DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
8643 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8644 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8645 | |
8646 | TemplateDeductionResult |
8647 | DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
8648 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8649 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8650 | |
8651 | TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( |
8652 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8653 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
8654 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
8655 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, |
8656 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8657 | |
8658 | /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument |
8659 | // deduction for a call. |
8660 | struct OriginalCallArg { |
8661 | OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam, |
8662 | unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType) |
8663 | : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), |
8664 | DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), |
8665 | OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {} |
8666 | |
8667 | QualType OriginalParamType; |
8668 | bool DecomposedParam; |
8669 | unsigned ArgIdx; |
8670 | QualType OriginalArgType; |
8671 | }; |
8672 | |
8673 | TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( |
8674 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8675 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
8676 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
8677 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
8678 | SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr, |
8679 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
8680 | llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; }); |
8681 | |
8682 | TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments( |
8683 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8684 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
8685 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
8686 | bool PartialOverloading, |
8687 | llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent); |
8688 | |
8689 | TemplateDeductionResult |
8690 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8691 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
8692 | QualType ArgFunctionType, |
8693 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
8694 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
8695 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
8696 | |
8697 | TemplateDeductionResult |
8698 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8699 | QualType ToType, |
8700 | CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, |
8701 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8702 | |
8703 | TemplateDeductionResult |
8704 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8705 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
8706 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
8707 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
8708 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
8709 | |
8710 | /// Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto |
8711 | QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
8712 | /// Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto |
8713 | TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
8714 | QualType Replacement); |
8715 | |
8716 | // Substitute auto in TypeWithAuto for a Dependent auto type |
8717 | QualType SubstAutoTypeDependent(QualType TypeWithAuto); |
8718 | |
8719 | // Substitute auto in TypeWithAuto for a Dependent auto type |
8720 | TypeSourceInfo * |
8721 | SubstAutoTypeSourceInfoDependent(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto); |
8722 | |
8723 | /// Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by |
8724 | /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar. |
8725 | QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
8726 | TypeSourceInfo *ReplaceAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
8727 | QualType Replacement); |
8728 | |
8729 | /// Result type of DeduceAutoType. |
8730 | enum DeduceAutoResult { |
8731 | DAR_Succeeded, |
8732 | DAR_Failed, |
8733 | DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed |
8734 | }; |
8735 | |
8736 | DeduceAutoResult |
8737 | DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
8738 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None, |
8739 | bool IgnoreConstraints = false); |
8740 | DeduceAutoResult |
8741 | DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
8742 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None, |
8743 | bool IgnoreConstraints = false); |
8744 | void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); |
8745 | bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, |
8746 | bool Diagnose = true); |
8747 | |
8748 | /// Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've |
8749 | /// not already done so. |
8750 | void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template, |
8751 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8752 | |
8753 | QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( |
8754 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
8755 | const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init); |
8756 | |
8757 | QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name, |
8758 | QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
8759 | SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, |
8760 | Expr *Init); |
8761 | |
8762 | TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const; |
8763 | |
8764 | bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, |
8765 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
8766 | Expr *&RetExpr, const AutoType *AT); |
8767 | |
8768 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate( |
8769 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, SourceLocation Loc, |
8770 | TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, unsigned NumCallArguments1, |
8771 | unsigned NumCallArguments2, bool Reversed = false); |
8772 | UnresolvedSetIterator |
8773 | getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, |
8774 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, |
8775 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8776 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, |
8777 | const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, |
8778 | const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, |
8779 | bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); |
8780 | |
8781 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * |
8782 | getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
8783 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
8784 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, |
8785 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8786 | |
8787 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
8788 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8789 | |
8790 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
8791 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
8792 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); |
8793 | |
8794 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
8795 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8796 | |
8797 | bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs( |
8798 | TemplateParameterList *PParam, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc); |
8799 | |
8800 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const Expr *E, bool OnlyDeduced, |
8801 | unsigned Depth, llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
8802 | |
8803 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8804 | bool OnlyDeduced, |
8805 | unsigned Depth, |
8806 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
8807 | void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( |
8808 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8809 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { |
8810 | return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); |
8811 | } |
8812 | static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, |
8813 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8814 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); |
8815 | |
8816 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8817 | // C++ Template Instantiation |
8818 | // |
8819 | |
8820 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs( |
8821 | const NamedDecl *D, const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr, |
8822 | bool RelativeToPrimary = false, const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr); |
8823 | |
8824 | /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location |
8825 | /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template |
8826 | /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions. |
8827 | struct CodeSynthesisContext { |
8828 | /// The kind of template instantiation we are performing |
8829 | enum SynthesisKind { |
8830 | /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is |
8831 | /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). |
8832 | TemplateInstantiation, |
8833 | |
8834 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template |
8835 | /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is |
8836 | /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the |
8837 | /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as |
8838 | /// specified. |
8839 | DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, |
8840 | |
8841 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. |
8842 | /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs |
8843 | /// provides the template arguments as specified. |
8844 | DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, |
8845 | |
8846 | /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for |
8847 | /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. |
8848 | ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
8849 | |
8850 | /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of |
8851 | /// template argument deduction for either a class template |
8852 | /// partial specialization or a function template. The |
8853 | /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or |
8854 | /// a TemplateDecl. |
8855 | DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
8856 | |
8857 | /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new |
8858 | /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a |
8859 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. |
8860 | PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
8861 | |
8862 | /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that |
8863 | /// has been used when naming a template-id. |
8864 | DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, |
8865 | |
8866 | /// We are computing the exception specification for a defaulted special |
8867 | /// member function. |
8868 | ExceptionSpecEvaluation, |
8869 | |
8870 | /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function |
8871 | /// template which was deferred until it was needed. |
8872 | ExceptionSpecInstantiation, |
8873 | |
8874 | /// We are instantiating a requirement of a requires expression. |
8875 | RequirementInstantiation, |
8876 | |
8877 | /// We are checking the satisfaction of a nested requirement of a requires |
8878 | /// expression. |
8879 | NestedRequirementConstraintsCheck, |
8880 | |
8881 | /// We are declaring an implicit special member function. |
8882 | DeclaringSpecialMember, |
8883 | |
8884 | /// We are declaring an implicit 'operator==' for a defaulted |
8885 | /// 'operator<=>'. |
8886 | DeclaringImplicitEqualityComparison, |
8887 | |
8888 | /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special |
8889 | /// member). |
8890 | DefiningSynthesizedFunction, |
8891 | |
8892 | // We are checking the constraints associated with a constrained entity or |
8893 | // the constraint expression of a concept. This includes the checks that |
8894 | // atomic constraints have the type 'bool' and that they can be constant |
8895 | // evaluated. |
8896 | ConstraintsCheck, |
8897 | |
8898 | // We are substituting template arguments into a constraint expression. |
8899 | ConstraintSubstitution, |
8900 | |
8901 | // We are normalizing a constraint expression. |
8902 | ConstraintNormalization, |
8903 | |
8904 | // We are substituting into the parameter mapping of an atomic constraint |
8905 | // during normalization. |
8906 | ParameterMappingSubstitution, |
8907 | |
8908 | /// We are rewriting a comparison operator in terms of an operator<=>. |
8909 | RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship, |
8910 | |
8911 | /// We are initializing a structured binding. |
8912 | InitializingStructuredBinding, |
8913 | |
8914 | /// We are marking a class as __dllexport. |
8915 | MarkingClassDllexported, |
8916 | |
8917 | /// Added for Template instantiation observation. |
8918 | /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because |
8919 | /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we |
8920 | /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated). |
8921 | Memoization |
8922 | } Kind; |
8923 | |
8924 | /// Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context? |
8925 | bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
8926 | |
8927 | /// The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code. |
8928 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; |
8929 | |
8930 | /// The entity that is being synthesized. |
8931 | Decl *Entity; |
8932 | |
8933 | /// The template (or partial specialization) in which we are |
8934 | /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template |
8935 | /// arguments. |
8936 | NamedDecl *Template; |
8937 | |
8938 | /// The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they |
8939 | /// are not part of the entity. |
8940 | const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; |
8941 | |
8942 | // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the |
8943 | // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context. |
8944 | union { |
8945 | /// The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. |
8946 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs; |
8947 | |
8948 | /// The special member being declared or defined. |
8949 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember; |
8950 | }; |
8951 | |
8952 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
8953 | assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember)(static_cast <bool> (Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember", "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 8953, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
8954 | return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs}; |
8955 | } |
8956 | |
8957 | /// The template deduction info object associated with the |
8958 | /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. |
8959 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; |
8960 | |
8961 | /// The source range that covers the construct that cause |
8962 | /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class |
8963 | /// template instantiation. |
8964 | SourceRange InstantiationRange; |
8965 | |
8966 | CodeSynthesisContext() |
8967 | : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), |
8968 | SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(false), Entity(nullptr), |
8969 | Template(nullptr), TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), |
8970 | DeductionInfo(nullptr) {} |
8971 | |
8972 | /// Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation |
8973 | /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. |
8974 | bool isInstantiationRecord() const; |
8975 | }; |
8976 | |
8977 | /// List of active code synthesis contexts. |
8978 | /// |
8979 | /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires |
8980 | /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack. |
8981 | SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts; |
8982 | |
8983 | /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated. |
8984 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations; |
8985 | |
8986 | /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated |
8987 | /// by some template instantiation. |
8988 | llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes; |
8989 | |
8990 | /// Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template |
8991 | /// instantiation. Computed lazily. |
8992 | SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules; |
8993 | |
8994 | /// Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup |
8995 | /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use |
8996 | /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. |
8997 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; |
8998 | |
8999 | /// Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during |
9000 | /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a |
9001 | /// template defined within it. |
9002 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); |
9003 | |
9004 | /// Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most |
9005 | /// recent visible declaration of that namespace. |
9006 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache; |
9007 | |
9008 | /// Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with |
9009 | /// template instantiation. |
9010 | /// |
9011 | /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside |
9012 | /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. |
9013 | bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
9014 | |
9015 | /// The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template |
9016 | /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the |
9017 | /// instantiation depth. |
9018 | /// |
9019 | /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit |
9020 | /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation. |
9021 | // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis? |
9022 | unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; |
9023 | |
9024 | /// The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent |
9025 | /// error or warning was produced. |
9026 | /// |
9027 | /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks |
9028 | /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation. |
9029 | // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else. |
9030 | unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0; |
9031 | |
9032 | /// The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track |
9033 | /// instantiations (objects can be chained). |
9034 | /// |
9035 | /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template |
9036 | /// instantiations as they are being constructed. |
9037 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>> |
9038 | TemplateInstCallbacks; |
9039 | |
9040 | /// The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be |
9041 | /// used for substitution of parameter packs. |
9042 | /// |
9043 | /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs |
9044 | /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies |
9045 | /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. |
9046 | int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; |
9047 | |
9048 | /// RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index |
9049 | /// within a \c Sema object. |
9050 | /// |
9051 | /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. |
9052 | class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { |
9053 | Sema &Self; |
9054 | int OldSubstitutionIndex; |
9055 | |
9056 | public: |
9057 | ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) |
9058 | : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { |
9059 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; |
9060 | } |
9061 | |
9062 | ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { |
9063 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; |
9064 | } |
9065 | }; |
9066 | |
9067 | friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; |
9068 | |
9069 | /// For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the |
9070 | /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument |
9071 | /// deduction. |
9072 | /// |
9073 | /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. |
9074 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > |
9075 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; |
9076 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; |
9077 | |
9078 | /// A stack object to be created when performing template |
9079 | /// instantiation. |
9080 | /// |
9081 | /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate |
9082 | /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active |
9083 | /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum |
9084 | /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction |
9085 | /// produces an error and evaluates true. |
9086 | /// |
9087 | /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off |
9088 | /// the stack. |
9089 | struct InstantiatingTemplate { |
9090 | /// Note that we are instantiating a class template, |
9091 | /// function template, variable template, alias template, |
9092 | /// or a member thereof. |
9093 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9094 | Decl *Entity, |
9095 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9096 | |
9097 | struct ExceptionSpecification {}; |
9098 | /// Note that we are instantiating an exception specification |
9099 | /// of a function template. |
9100 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9101 | FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, |
9102 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9103 | |
9104 | /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a |
9105 | /// template-id. |
9106 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9107 | TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template, |
9108 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9109 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9110 | |
9111 | /// Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or |
9112 | /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction. |
9113 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9114 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
9115 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9116 | CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
9117 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
9118 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9119 | |
9120 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
9121 | /// argument deduction for a class template declaration. |
9122 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9123 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
9124 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9125 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
9126 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9127 | |
9128 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
9129 | /// argument deduction for a class template partial |
9130 | /// specialization. |
9131 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9132 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
9133 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9134 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
9135 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9136 | |
9137 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
9138 | /// argument deduction for a variable template partial |
9139 | /// specialization. |
9140 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9141 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
9142 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9143 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
9144 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9145 | |
9146 | /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function |
9147 | /// parameter. |
9148 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9149 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
9150 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9151 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9152 | |
9153 | /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
9154 | /// non-type parameter. |
9155 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9156 | NamedDecl *Template, |
9157 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
9158 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9159 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
9160 | |
9161 | /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
9162 | /// template template parameter. |
9163 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9164 | NamedDecl *Template, |
9165 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
9166 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9167 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
9168 | |
9169 | /// Note that we are checking the default template argument |
9170 | /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. |
9171 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9172 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
9173 | NamedDecl *Param, |
9174 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9175 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
9176 | |
9177 | struct ConstraintsCheck {}; |
9178 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the constraints associated with some |
9179 | /// constrained entity (a concept declaration or a template with associated |
9180 | /// constraints). |
9181 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9182 | ConstraintsCheck, NamedDecl *Template, |
9183 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9184 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
9185 | |
9186 | struct ConstraintSubstitution {}; |
9187 | /// \brief Note that we are checking a constraint expression associated |
9188 | /// with a template declaration or as part of the satisfaction check of a |
9189 | /// concept. |
9190 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9191 | ConstraintSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template, |
9192 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
9193 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
9194 | |
9195 | struct ConstraintNormalization {}; |
9196 | /// \brief Note that we are normalizing a constraint expression. |
9197 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9198 | ConstraintNormalization, NamedDecl *Template, |
9199 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
9200 | |
9201 | struct ParameterMappingSubstitution {}; |
9202 | /// \brief Note that we are subtituting into the parameter mapping of an |
9203 | /// atomic constraint during constraint normalization. |
9204 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9205 | ParameterMappingSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template, |
9206 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
9207 | |
9208 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting template arguments into a part of |
9209 | /// a requirement of a requires expression. |
9210 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9211 | concepts::Requirement *Req, |
9212 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
9213 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9214 | |
9215 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the satisfaction of the constraint |
9216 | /// expression inside of a nested requirement. |
9217 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9218 | concepts::NestedRequirement *Req, ConstraintsCheck, |
9219 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9220 | |
9221 | /// Note that we have finished instantiating this template. |
9222 | void Clear(); |
9223 | |
9224 | ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } |
9225 | |
9226 | /// Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum |
9227 | /// recursive template instantiations. |
9228 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
9229 | |
9230 | /// Determine whether we are already instantiating this |
9231 | /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation. |
9232 | bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; } |
9233 | |
9234 | private: |
9235 | Sema &SemaRef; |
9236 | bool Invalid; |
9237 | bool AlreadyInstantiating; |
9238 | bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9239 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
9240 | |
9241 | InstantiatingTemplate( |
9242 | Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
9243 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange, |
9244 | Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr, |
9245 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None, |
9246 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr); |
9247 | |
9248 | InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
9249 | |
9250 | InstantiatingTemplate& |
9251 | operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
9252 | }; |
9253 | |
9254 | void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx); |
9255 | void popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
9256 | |
9257 | /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation. |
9258 | bool inTemplateInstantiation() const { |
9259 | return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries; |
9260 | } |
9261 | |
9262 | void PrintContextStack() { |
9263 | if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && |
9264 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) { |
9265 | PrintInstantiationStack(); |
9266 | LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size(); |
9267 | } |
9268 | if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl) |
9269 | PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
9270 | } |
9271 | void PrintInstantiationStack(); |
9272 | |
9273 | void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
9274 | |
9275 | /// Determines whether we are currently in a context where |
9276 | /// template argument substitution failures are not considered |
9277 | /// errors. |
9278 | /// |
9279 | /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. |
9280 | /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest |
9281 | /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture |
9282 | /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. |
9283 | Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; |
9284 | |
9285 | /// Determines whether we are currently in a context that |
9286 | /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. |
9287 | bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { |
9288 | assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 9289, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
9289 | "Must be in an expression evaluation context")(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 9289, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
9290 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); |
9291 | } |
9292 | |
9293 | bool isImmediateFunctionContext() const { |
9294 | assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 9295, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
9295 | "Must be in an expression evaluation context")(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 9295, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
9296 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isImmediateFunctionContext(); |
9297 | } |
9298 | |
9299 | /// RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has |
9300 | /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument |
9301 | /// deduction. |
9302 | class SFINAETrap { |
9303 | Sema &SemaRef; |
9304 | unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; |
9305 | bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
9306 | bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
9307 | bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored; |
9308 | |
9309 | public: |
9310 | explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) |
9311 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), |
9312 | PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( |
9313 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), |
9314 | PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE), |
9315 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
9316 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored()) |
9317 | { |
9318 | if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) |
9319 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; |
9320 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
9321 | } |
9322 | |
9323 | ~SFINAETrap() { |
9324 | SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; |
9325 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext |
9326 | = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
9327 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
9328 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
9329 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored); |
9330 | } |
9331 | |
9332 | /// Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. |
9333 | bool hasErrorOccurred() const { |
9334 | return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; |
9335 | } |
9336 | }; |
9337 | |
9338 | /// RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional |
9339 | /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so |
9340 | /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within |
9341 | /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. |
9342 | class TentativeAnalysisScope { |
9343 | Sema &SemaRef; |
9344 | // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. |
9345 | SFINAETrap Trap; |
9346 | bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
9347 | public: |
9348 | explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) |
9349 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), |
9350 | PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { |
9351 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; |
9352 | } |
9353 | ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { |
9354 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
9355 | } |
9356 | }; |
9357 | |
9358 | /// The current instantiation scope used to store local |
9359 | /// variables. |
9360 | LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; |
9361 | |
9362 | /// Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is |
9363 | /// disabled. |
9364 | bool DisableTypoCorrection; |
9365 | |
9366 | /// The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. |
9367 | unsigned TyposCorrected; |
9368 | |
9369 | typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; |
9370 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; |
9371 | |
9372 | /// A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and |
9373 | /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a |
9374 | /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. |
9375 | IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; |
9376 | |
9377 | /// Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. |
9378 | sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; |
9379 | threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache; |
9380 | |
9381 | /// An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. |
9382 | /// |
9383 | /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in |
9384 | /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily |
9385 | /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the |
9386 | /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), |
9387 | /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, |
9388 | /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. |
9389 | typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; |
9390 | |
9391 | /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
9392 | /// but have not yet been performed. |
9393 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; |
9394 | |
9395 | /// Queue of implicit template instantiations that cannot be performed |
9396 | /// eagerly. |
9397 | SmallVector<PendingImplicitInstantiation, 1> LateParsedInstantiations; |
9398 | |
9399 | class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope { |
9400 | public: |
9401 | GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled) |
9402 | : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) { |
9403 | if (!Enabled) return; |
9404 | |
9405 | SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations); |
9406 | SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses); |
9407 | } |
9408 | |
9409 | void perform() { |
9410 | if (Enabled) { |
9411 | S.DefineUsedVTables(); |
9412 | S.PerformPendingInstantiations(); |
9413 | } |
9414 | } |
9415 | |
9416 | ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
9417 | if (!Enabled) return; |
9418 | |
9419 | // Restore the set of pending vtables. |
9420 | assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 9421, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
9421 | "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 9421, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
9422 | S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses); |
9423 | |
9424 | // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations. |
9425 | if (S.TUKind != TU_Prefix || !S.LangOpts.PCHInstantiateTemplates) { |
9426 | assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 9427, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
9427 | "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 9427, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
9428 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
9429 | } else { |
9430 | // Template instantiations in the PCH may be delayed until the TU. |
9431 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
9432 | S.PendingInstantiations.insert(S.PendingInstantiations.end(), |
9433 | SavedPendingInstantiations.begin(), |
9434 | SavedPendingInstantiations.end()); |
9435 | } |
9436 | } |
9437 | |
9438 | private: |
9439 | Sema &S; |
9440 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses; |
9441 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations; |
9442 | bool Enabled; |
9443 | }; |
9444 | |
9445 | /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
9446 | /// and must be performed within the current local scope. |
9447 | /// |
9448 | /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in |
9449 | /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their |
9450 | /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local |
9451 | /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. |
9452 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
9453 | |
9454 | class LocalEagerInstantiationScope { |
9455 | public: |
9456 | LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) { |
9457 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
9458 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
9459 | } |
9460 | |
9461 | void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); } |
9462 | |
9463 | ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
9464 | assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 9465, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
9465 | "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 9465, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
9466 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
9467 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
9468 | } |
9469 | |
9470 | private: |
9471 | Sema &S; |
9472 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> |
9473 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
9474 | }; |
9475 | |
9476 | /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos. |
9477 | class ExtParameterInfoBuilder { |
9478 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos; |
9479 | bool HasInteresting = false; |
9480 | |
9481 | public: |
9482 | /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index, |
9483 | /// |
9484 | void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) { |
9485 | assert(Infos.size() <= index)(static_cast <bool> (Infos.size() <= index) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Infos.size() <= index", "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 9485, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
9486 | Infos.resize(index); |
9487 | Infos.push_back(info); |
9488 | |
9489 | if (!HasInteresting) |
9490 | HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo()); |
9491 | } |
9492 | |
9493 | /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the |
9494 | /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up. |
9495 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo * |
9496 | getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) { |
9497 | if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr; |
9498 | Infos.resize(numParams); |
9499 | return Infos.data(); |
9500 | } |
9501 | }; |
9502 | |
9503 | void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); |
9504 | |
9505 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
9506 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9507 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
9508 | bool AllowDeducedTST = false); |
9509 | |
9510 | QualType SubstType(QualType T, |
9511 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9512 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
9513 | |
9514 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, |
9515 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9516 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
9517 | |
9518 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
9519 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9520 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9521 | DeclarationName Entity, |
9522 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, |
9523 | Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals); |
9524 | void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
9525 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
9526 | bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
9527 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, |
9528 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage, |
9529 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
9530 | ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, |
9531 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9532 | int indexAdjustment, |
9533 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, |
9534 | bool ExpectParameterPack); |
9535 | bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
9536 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos, |
9537 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9538 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, |
9539 | SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams, |
9540 | ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos); |
9541 | ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, |
9542 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9543 | |
9544 | /// Substitute the given template arguments into a list of |
9545 | /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. |
9546 | /// |
9547 | /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. |
9548 | /// |
9549 | /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case |
9550 | /// default arguments will be dropped. |
9551 | /// |
9552 | /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. |
9553 | /// |
9554 | /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. |
9555 | /// |
9556 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
9557 | bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall, |
9558 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9559 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); |
9560 | |
9561 | StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, |
9562 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9563 | |
9564 | TemplateParameterList * |
9565 | SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *Params, DeclContext *Owner, |
9566 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9567 | |
9568 | bool |
9569 | SubstTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
9570 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9571 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Outputs); |
9572 | |
9573 | |
9574 | Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, |
9575 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9576 | |
9577 | /// Substitute the name and return type of a defaulted 'operator<=>' to form |
9578 | /// an implicit 'operator=='. |
9579 | FunctionDecl *SubstSpaceshipAsEqualEqual(CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
9580 | FunctionDecl *Spaceship); |
9581 | |
9582 | ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, |
9583 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9584 | bool CXXDirectInit); |
9585 | |
9586 | bool |
9587 | SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
9588 | CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
9589 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9590 | |
9591 | bool |
9592 | InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9593 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
9594 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9595 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
9596 | bool Complain = true); |
9597 | |
9598 | bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9599 | EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, |
9600 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9601 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
9602 | |
9603 | bool InstantiateInClassInitializer( |
9604 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation, |
9605 | FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9606 | |
9607 | struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { |
9608 | const Attr *TmplAttr; |
9609 | LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; |
9610 | Decl *NewDecl; |
9611 | |
9612 | LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, |
9613 | Decl *D) |
9614 | : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) |
9615 | { } |
9616 | }; |
9617 | typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; |
9618 | |
9619 | void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9620 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
9621 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
9622 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
9623 | |
9624 | void |
9625 | InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9626 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
9627 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
9628 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
9629 | |
9630 | void InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); |
9631 | |
9632 | bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization( |
9633 | SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec); |
9634 | |
9635 | bool |
9636 | InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9637 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
9638 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
9639 | bool Complain = true); |
9640 | |
9641 | void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9642 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
9643 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9644 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
9645 | |
9646 | void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( |
9647 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9648 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
9649 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
9650 | |
9651 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc |
9652 | SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
9653 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9654 | |
9655 | DeclarationNameInfo |
9656 | SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
9657 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9658 | TemplateName |
9659 | SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, |
9660 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9661 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9662 | |
9663 | bool SubstTypeConstraint(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Inst, const TypeConstraint *TC, |
9664 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9665 | |
9666 | bool InstantiateDefaultArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
9667 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
9668 | void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9669 | FunctionDecl *Function); |
9670 | bool CheckInstantiatedFunctionTemplateConstraints( |
9671 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FunctionDecl *Decl, |
9672 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9673 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
9674 | FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD, |
9675 | const TemplateArgumentList *Args, |
9676 | SourceLocation Loc); |
9677 | void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9678 | FunctionDecl *Function, |
9679 | bool Recursive = false, |
9680 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
9681 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
9682 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( |
9683 | VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, |
9684 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, |
9685 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, |
9686 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
9687 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9688 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
9689 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr); |
9690 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( |
9691 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, |
9692 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9693 | void |
9694 | BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, |
9695 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9696 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, |
9697 | DeclContext *Owner, |
9698 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, |
9699 | bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false, |
9700 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *PrevVTSD = nullptr); |
9701 | |
9702 | void InstantiateVariableInitializer( |
9703 | VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, |
9704 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9705 | void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9706 | VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, |
9707 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
9708 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
9709 | |
9710 | void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, |
9711 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, |
9712 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9713 | |
9714 | NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, |
9715 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9716 | bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false); |
9717 | DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, |
9718 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9719 | |
9720 | // Objective-C declarations. |
9721 | enum ObjCContainerKind { |
9722 | OCK_None = -1, |
9723 | OCK_Interface = 0, |
9724 | OCK_Protocol, |
9725 | OCK_Category, |
9726 | OCK_ClassExtension, |
9727 | OCK_Implementation, |
9728 | OCK_CategoryImplementation |
9729 | }; |
9730 | ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; |
9731 | |
9732 | DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S, |
9733 | ObjCTypeParamVariance variance, |
9734 | SourceLocation varianceLoc, |
9735 | unsigned index, |
9736 | IdentifierInfo *paramName, |
9737 | SourceLocation paramLoc, |
9738 | SourceLocation colonLoc, |
9739 | ParsedType typeBound); |
9740 | |
9741 | ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
9742 | ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams, |
9743 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
9744 | void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList); |
9745 | |
9746 | Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface( |
9747 | Scope *S, SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
9748 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
9749 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
9750 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange, |
9751 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
9752 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
9753 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
9754 | |
9755 | void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S, |
9756 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
9757 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
9758 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
9759 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
9760 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
9761 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
9762 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
9763 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange); |
9764 | |
9765 | void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, |
9766 | SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs, |
9767 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
9768 | SourceLocation SuperLoc); |
9769 | |
9770 | Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( |
9771 | SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, |
9772 | IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, |
9773 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); |
9774 | |
9775 | bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( |
9776 | IdentifierInfo *PName, |
9777 | SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, |
9778 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); |
9779 | |
9780 | Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( |
9781 | SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, |
9782 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, Decl *const *ProtoRefNames, |
9783 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
9784 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
9785 | |
9786 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface( |
9787 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
9788 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
9789 | IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, SourceLocation CategoryLoc, |
9790 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
9791 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
9792 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
9793 | |
9794 | Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, |
9795 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
9796 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
9797 | IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, |
9798 | SourceLocation SuperClassLoc, |
9799 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
9800 | |
9801 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, |
9802 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
9803 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
9804 | IdentifierInfo *CatName, |
9805 | SourceLocation CatLoc, |
9806 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
9807 | |
9808 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, |
9809 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); |
9810 | |
9811 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, |
9812 | IdentifierInfo **IdentList, |
9813 | SourceLocation *IdentLocs, |
9814 | ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists, |
9815 | unsigned NumElts); |
9816 | |
9817 | DeclGroupPtrTy |
9818 | ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, |
9819 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList, |
9820 | const ParsedAttributesView &attrList); |
9821 | |
9822 | void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer, |
9823 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId, |
9824 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); |
9825 | |
9826 | void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId, |
9827 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
9828 | IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId, |
9829 | SourceLocation TypeArgLoc, |
9830 | bool SelectProtocolFirst = false); |
9831 | |
9832 | /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the |
9833 | /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type |
9834 | /// arguments, as appropriate. |
9835 | void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers( |
9836 | Scope *S, |
9837 | ParsedType baseType, |
9838 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
9839 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers, |
9840 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs, |
9841 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc, |
9842 | SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc, |
9843 | SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs, |
9844 | SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc, |
9845 | SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc, |
9846 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols, |
9847 | SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc, |
9848 | bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols); |
9849 | |
9850 | /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no |
9851 | /// base type was specified. |
9852 | TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType( |
9853 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
9854 | ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols, |
9855 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs, |
9856 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
9857 | |
9858 | /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type. |
9859 | TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( |
9860 | Scope *S, |
9861 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9862 | ParsedType BaseType, |
9863 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
9864 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs, |
9865 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
9866 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
9867 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols, |
9868 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
9869 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc); |
9870 | |
9871 | /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type. |
9872 | QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, |
9873 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
9874 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
9875 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
9876 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
9877 | bool FailOnError = false); |
9878 | |
9879 | /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type. |
9880 | QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, |
9881 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9882 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
9883 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs, |
9884 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
9885 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
9886 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
9887 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
9888 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
9889 | bool FailOnError = false); |
9890 | |
9891 | /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. |
9892 | /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will |
9893 | /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. |
9894 | void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, |
9895 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9896 | unsigned &Attributes, |
9897 | bool propertyInPrimaryClass); |
9898 | |
9899 | /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the |
9900 | /// setters and getters as needed. |
9901 | /// \param property The property declaration being processed |
9902 | void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property); |
9903 | |
9904 | |
9905 | void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, |
9906 | ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, |
9907 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
9908 | bool OverridingProtocolProperty); |
9909 | |
9910 | void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, |
9911 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); |
9912 | |
9913 | Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, |
9914 | ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, |
9915 | ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); |
9916 | |
9917 | Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, |
9918 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9919 | FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, |
9920 | Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, |
9921 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
9922 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
9923 | |
9924 | Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, |
9925 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
9926 | SourceLocation PropertyLoc, |
9927 | bool ImplKind, |
9928 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, |
9929 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, |
9930 | SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc, |
9931 | ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind); |
9932 | |
9933 | enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { |
9934 | OSMK_None, |
9935 | OSMK_Alloc, |
9936 | OSMK_New, |
9937 | OSMK_Copy, |
9938 | OSMK_RetainingInit, |
9939 | OSMK_NonRetainingInit |
9940 | }; |
9941 | |
9942 | struct ObjCArgInfo { |
9943 | IdentifierInfo *Name; |
9944 | SourceLocation NameLoc; |
9945 | // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid |
9946 | // in this case. |
9947 | ParsedType Type; |
9948 | ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; |
9949 | |
9950 | /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. |
9951 | ParsedAttributesView ArgAttrs; |
9952 | }; |
9953 | |
9954 | Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( |
9955 | Scope *S, |
9956 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. |
9957 | SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. |
9958 | tok::TokenKind MethodType, ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, |
9959 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, |
9960 | // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained |
9961 | // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). |
9962 | ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, |
9963 | unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args |
9964 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
9965 | bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); |
9966 | |
9967 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, |
9968 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
9969 | bool IsInstance); |
9970 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, |
9971 | bool IsInstance); |
9972 | |
9973 | bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); |
9974 | bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); |
9975 | |
9976 | void deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *decl); |
9977 | |
9978 | ExprResult |
9979 | HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
9980 | Expr *BaseExpr, |
9981 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9982 | DeclarationName MemberName, |
9983 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, |
9984 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, |
9985 | bool Super); |
9986 | |
9987 | ExprResult |
9988 | ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, |
9989 | IdentifierInfo &propertyName, |
9990 | SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, |
9991 | SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); |
9992 | |
9993 | ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); |
9994 | |
9995 | /// Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message |
9996 | /// send that starts with an identifier. |
9997 | enum ObjCMessageKind { |
9998 | /// The message is sent to 'super'. |
9999 | ObjCSuperMessage, |
10000 | /// The message is an instance message. |
10001 | ObjCInstanceMessage, |
10002 | /// The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type |
10003 | /// name. |
10004 | ObjCClassMessage |
10005 | }; |
10006 | |
10007 | ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, |
10008 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
10009 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
10010 | bool IsSuper, |
10011 | bool HasTrailingDot, |
10012 | ParsedType &ReceiverType); |
10013 | |
10014 | ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
10015 | Selector Sel, |
10016 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
10017 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
10018 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
10019 | MultiExprArg Args); |
10020 | |
10021 | ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, |
10022 | QualType ReceiverType, |
10023 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
10024 | Selector Sel, |
10025 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
10026 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
10027 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
10028 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
10029 | MultiExprArg Args, |
10030 | bool isImplicit = false); |
10031 | |
10032 | ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, |
10033 | bool isSuperReceiver, |
10034 | SourceLocation Loc, |
10035 | Selector Sel, |
10036 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
10037 | MultiExprArg Args); |
10038 | |
10039 | ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, |
10040 | ParsedType Receiver, |
10041 | Selector Sel, |
10042 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
10043 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
10044 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
10045 | MultiExprArg Args); |
10046 | |
10047 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, |
10048 | QualType ReceiverType, |
10049 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
10050 | Selector Sel, |
10051 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
10052 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
10053 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
10054 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
10055 | MultiExprArg Args, |
10056 | bool isImplicit = false); |
10057 | |
10058 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, |
10059 | QualType ReceiverType, |
10060 | SourceLocation Loc, |
10061 | Selector Sel, |
10062 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
10063 | MultiExprArg Args); |
10064 | |
10065 | ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, |
10066 | Expr *Receiver, |
10067 | Selector Sel, |
10068 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
10069 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
10070 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
10071 | MultiExprArg Args); |
10072 | |
10073 | ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10074 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
10075 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
10076 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
10077 | Expr *SubExpr); |
10078 | |
10079 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, |
10080 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10081 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
10082 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
10083 | ParsedType Type, |
10084 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
10085 | Expr *SubExpr); |
10086 | |
10087 | void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
10088 | |
10089 | void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
10090 | |
10091 | bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, |
10092 | CastKind &Kind); |
10093 | |
10094 | bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc, |
10095 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
10096 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass, |
10097 | ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod, |
10098 | ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod, |
10099 | TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl, |
10100 | bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true); |
10101 | |
10102 | bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc, |
10103 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
10104 | Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true); |
10105 | |
10106 | bool CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr, |
10107 | bool Diagnose = true); |
10108 | |
10109 | bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); |
10110 | |
10111 | /// Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the |
10112 | /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. |
10113 | void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, |
10114 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); |
10115 | |
10116 | /// Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. |
10117 | enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { |
10118 | RTC_Compatible, |
10119 | RTC_Incompatible, |
10120 | RTC_Unknown |
10121 | }; |
10122 | |
10123 | void CheckObjCMethodDirectOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *method, |
10124 | ObjCMethodDecl *overridden); |
10125 | |
10126 | void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, |
10127 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, |
10128 | ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); |
10129 | |
10130 | enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { |
10131 | POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native |
10132 | POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural |
10133 | POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed |
10134 | POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power |
10135 | POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k |
10136 | POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset |
10137 | }; |
10138 | |
10139 | /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section |
10140 | void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10141 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
10142 | PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName); |
10143 | |
10144 | /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. |
10145 | void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, |
10146 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
10147 | |
10148 | /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). |
10149 | void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
10150 | StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment); |
10151 | |
10152 | enum class PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind { |
10153 | NonDefaultStateAtInclude, |
10154 | ChangedStateAtExit |
10155 | }; |
10156 | |
10157 | void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaAlignPack(PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind Kind, |
10158 | SourceLocation IncludeLoc); |
10159 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAlignPack(); |
10160 | |
10161 | /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. |
10162 | void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); |
10163 | |
10164 | /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed |
10165 | /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). |
10166 | void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, |
10167 | StringRef Arg); |
10168 | |
10169 | /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma |
10170 | /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose |
10171 | /// representation]). |
10172 | void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers( |
10173 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind, |
10174 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
10175 | |
10176 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp(). |
10177 | void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
10178 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10179 | MSVtorDispMode Value); |
10180 | |
10181 | enum PragmaSectionKind { |
10182 | PSK_DataSeg, |
10183 | PSK_BSSSeg, |
10184 | PSK_ConstSeg, |
10185 | PSK_CodeSeg, |
10186 | }; |
10187 | |
10188 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, int SectionFlags, |
10189 | NamedDecl *TheDecl); |
10190 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
10191 | int SectionFlags, |
10192 | SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation); |
10193 | |
10194 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg. |
10195 | void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
10196 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
10197 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
10198 | StringLiteral *SegmentName, |
10199 | llvm::StringRef PragmaName); |
10200 | |
10201 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma section(). |
10202 | void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
10203 | int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
10204 | |
10205 | /// Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg(). |
10206 | void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
10207 | StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
10208 | |
10209 | /// Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II |
10210 | void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II); |
10211 | |
10212 | /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch |
10213 | void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
10214 | StringRef Value); |
10215 | |
10216 | /// Are precise floating point semantics currently enabled? |
10217 | bool isPreciseFPEnabled() { |
10218 | return !CurFPFeatures.getAllowFPReassociate() && |
10219 | !CurFPFeatures.getNoSignedZero() && |
10220 | !CurFPFeatures.getAllowReciprocal() && |
10221 | !CurFPFeatures.getAllowApproxFunc(); |
10222 | } |
10223 | |
10224 | void ActOnPragmaFPEvalMethod(SourceLocation Loc, |
10225 | LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind Value); |
10226 | |
10227 | /// ActOnPragmaFloatControl - Call on well-formed \#pragma float_control |
10228 | void ActOnPragmaFloatControl(SourceLocation Loc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
10229 | PragmaFloatControlKind Value); |
10230 | |
10231 | /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. |
10232 | void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, |
10233 | Scope *curScope, |
10234 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
10235 | |
10236 | /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . |
10237 | void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, |
10238 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
10239 | |
10240 | NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, const IdentifierInfo *II, |
10241 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10242 | void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, const WeakInfo &W); |
10243 | |
10244 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. |
10245 | void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
10246 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10247 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); |
10248 | |
10249 | /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed |
10250 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. |
10251 | void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
10252 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
10253 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10254 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
10255 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
10256 | |
10257 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. |
10258 | void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
10259 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
10260 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10261 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
10262 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
10263 | |
10264 | /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed |
10265 | /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and |
10266 | /// \#pragma clang fp contract |
10267 | void ActOnPragmaFPContract(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPModeKind FPC); |
10268 | |
10269 | /// Called on well formed |
10270 | /// \#pragma clang fp reassociate |
10271 | void ActOnPragmaFPReassociate(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled); |
10272 | |
10273 | /// ActOnPragmaFenvAccess - Called on well formed |
10274 | /// \#pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS |
10275 | void ActOnPragmaFEnvAccess(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled); |
10276 | |
10277 | /// Called on well formed '\#pragma clang fp' that has option 'exceptions'. |
10278 | void ActOnPragmaFPExceptions(SourceLocation Loc, |
10279 | LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind); |
10280 | |
10281 | /// Called to set constant rounding mode for floating point operations. |
10282 | void setRoundingMode(SourceLocation Loc, llvm::RoundingMode); |
10283 | |
10284 | /// Called to set exception behavior for floating point operations. |
10285 | void setExceptionMode(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind); |
10286 | |
10287 | /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to |
10288 | /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. |
10289 | void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
10290 | |
10291 | /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. |
10292 | void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
10293 | |
10294 | /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a |
10295 | /// namespace with a visibility attribute. |
10296 | void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, |
10297 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10298 | |
10299 | /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, |
10300 | /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. |
10301 | void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); |
10302 | |
10303 | /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used |
10304 | /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. |
10305 | void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10306 | |
10307 | /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. |
10308 | void FreeVisContext(); |
10309 | |
10310 | /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within |
10311 | /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding |
10312 | /// the appropriate attribute. |
10313 | void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); |
10314 | |
10315 | void ActOnPragmaAttributeAttribute(ParsedAttr &Attribute, |
10316 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10317 | attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules); |
10318 | void ActOnPragmaAttributeEmptyPush(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10319 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace); |
10320 | |
10321 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'. |
10322 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10323 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace); |
10324 | |
10325 | /// Adds the attributes that have been specified using the |
10326 | /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration. |
10327 | void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
10328 | |
10329 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute(); |
10330 | |
10331 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize. |
10332 | void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
10333 | |
10334 | /// Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize |
10335 | /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on". |
10336 | SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const { |
10337 | return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
10338 | } |
10339 | |
10340 | /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope |
10341 | /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function |
10342 | /// with attribute optnone. |
10343 | void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD); |
10344 | |
10345 | /// Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there |
10346 | /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone' |
10347 | /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma). |
10348 | void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); |
10349 | |
10350 | /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. |
10351 | void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, |
10352 | bool IsPackExpansion); |
10353 | void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
10354 | bool IsPackExpansion); |
10355 | |
10356 | /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular |
10357 | /// declaration. |
10358 | void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, |
10359 | Expr *OE); |
10360 | |
10361 | /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular |
10362 | /// declaration. |
10363 | void AddAllocAlignAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10364 | Expr *ParamExpr); |
10365 | |
10366 | /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular |
10367 | /// declaration. |
10368 | void AddAlignValueAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E); |
10369 | |
10370 | /// AddAnnotationAttr - Adds an annotation Annot with Args arguments to D. |
10371 | void AddAnnotationAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10372 | StringRef Annot, MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
10373 | |
10374 | /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular |
10375 | /// declaration. |
10376 | void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10377 | Expr *MaxThreads, Expr *MinBlocks); |
10378 | |
10379 | /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration. |
10380 | void AddModeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
10381 | bool InInstantiation = false); |
10382 | |
10383 | void AddParameterABIAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10384 | ParameterABI ABI); |
10385 | |
10386 | enum class RetainOwnershipKind {NS, CF, OS}; |
10387 | void AddXConsumedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10388 | RetainOwnershipKind K, bool IsTemplateInstantiation); |
10389 | |
10390 | /// addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr - Adds an amdgpu_flat_work_group_size |
10391 | /// attribute to a particular declaration. |
10392 | void addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10393 | Expr *Min, Expr *Max); |
10394 | |
10395 | /// addAMDGPUWavePersEUAttr - Adds an amdgpu_waves_per_eu attribute to a |
10396 | /// particular declaration. |
10397 | void addAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10398 | Expr *Min, Expr *Max); |
10399 | |
10400 | bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type); |
10401 | |
10402 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
10403 | // C++ Coroutines TS |
10404 | // |
10405 | bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, |
10406 | StringRef Keyword); |
10407 | ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
10408 | ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
10409 | StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
10410 | |
10411 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
10412 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
10413 | ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
10414 | UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup); |
10415 | ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
10416 | StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
10417 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
10418 | StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs); |
10419 | bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc); |
10420 | VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc); |
10421 | void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body); |
10422 | /// Lookup 'coroutine_traits' in std namespace and std::experimental |
10423 | /// namespace. The namespace found is recorded in Namespace. |
10424 | ClassTemplateDecl *lookupCoroutineTraits(SourceLocation KwLoc, |
10425 | SourceLocation FuncLoc, |
10426 | NamespaceDecl *&Namespace); |
10427 | /// Check that the expression co_await promise.final_suspend() shall not be |
10428 | /// potentially-throwing. |
10429 | bool checkFinalSuspendNoThrow(const Stmt *FinalSuspend); |
10430 | |
10431 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
10432 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
10433 | // |
10434 | private: |
10435 | void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; |
10436 | |
10437 | struct DeclareTargetContextInfo { |
10438 | struct MapInfo { |
10439 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT; |
10440 | SourceLocation Loc; |
10441 | }; |
10442 | /// Explicitly listed variables and functions in a 'to' or 'link' clause. |
10443 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, MapInfo> ExplicitlyMapped; |
10444 | |
10445 | /// The 'device_type' as parsed from the clause. |
10446 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy DT = OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any; |
10447 | |
10448 | /// The directive kind, `begin declare target` or `declare target`. |
10449 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind; |
10450 | |
10451 | /// The directive with indirect clause. |
10452 | Optional<Expr *> Indirect; |
10453 | |
10454 | /// The directive location. |
10455 | SourceLocation Loc; |
10456 | |
10457 | DeclareTargetContextInfo(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, SourceLocation Loc) |
10458 | : Kind(Kind), Loc(Loc) {} |
10459 | }; |
10460 | |
10461 | /// Number of nested '#pragma omp declare target' directives. |
10462 | SmallVector<DeclareTargetContextInfo, 4> DeclareTargetNesting; |
10463 | |
10464 | /// Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. |
10465 | void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
10466 | void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
10467 | ExprResult |
10468 | VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind, |
10469 | bool StrictlyPositive = true, |
10470 | bool SuppressExprDiags = false); |
10471 | /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive. |
10472 | unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const; |
10473 | |
10474 | /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions. |
10475 | void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex, |
10476 | unsigned Level) const; |
10477 | |
10478 | /// Returns the number of scopes associated with the construct on the given |
10479 | /// OpenMP level. |
10480 | int getNumberOfConstructScopes(unsigned Level) const; |
10481 | |
10482 | /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
10483 | void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion(); |
10484 | |
10485 | /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
10486 | void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI); |
10487 | |
10488 | /// Analyzes and checks a loop nest for use by a loop transformation. |
10489 | /// |
10490 | /// \param Kind The loop transformation directive kind. |
10491 | /// \param NumLoops How many nested loops the directive is expecting. |
10492 | /// \param AStmt Associated statement of the transformation directive. |
10493 | /// \param LoopHelpers [out] The loop analysis result. |
10494 | /// \param Body [out] The body code nested in \p NumLoops loop. |
10495 | /// \param OriginalInits [out] Collection of statements and declarations that |
10496 | /// must have been executed/declared before entering the |
10497 | /// loop. |
10498 | /// |
10499 | /// \return Whether there was any error. |
10500 | bool checkTransformableLoopNest( |
10501 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, Stmt *AStmt, int NumLoops, |
10502 | SmallVectorImpl<OMPLoopBasedDirective::HelperExprs> &LoopHelpers, |
10503 | Stmt *&Body, |
10504 | SmallVectorImpl<SmallVector<llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, Decl *>, 0>> |
10505 | &OriginalInits); |
10506 | |
10507 | /// Helper to keep information about the current `omp begin/end declare |
10508 | /// variant` nesting. |
10509 | struct OMPDeclareVariantScope { |
10510 | /// The associated OpenMP context selector. |
10511 | OMPTraitInfo *TI; |
10512 | |
10513 | /// The associated OpenMP context selector mangling. |
10514 | std::string NameSuffix; |
10515 | |
10516 | OMPDeclareVariantScope(OMPTraitInfo &TI); |
10517 | }; |
10518 | |
10519 | /// Return the OMPTraitInfo for the surrounding scope, if any. |
10520 | OMPTraitInfo *getOMPTraitInfoForSurroundingScope() { |
10521 | return OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty() ? nullptr |
10522 | : OMPDeclareVariantScopes.back().TI; |
10523 | } |
10524 | |
10525 | /// The current `omp begin/end declare variant` scopes. |
10526 | SmallVector<OMPDeclareVariantScope, 4> OMPDeclareVariantScopes; |
10527 | |
10528 | /// The current `omp begin/end assumes` scopes. |
10529 | SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeScoped; |
10530 | |
10531 | /// All `omp assumes` we encountered so far. |
10532 | SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeGlobal; |
10533 | |
10534 | public: |
10535 | /// The declarator \p D defines a function in the scope \p S which is nested |
10536 | /// in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. In this method we create a |
10537 | /// declaration for \p D and rename \p D according to the OpenMP context |
10538 | /// selector of the surrounding scope. Return all base functions in \p Bases. |
10539 | void ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope( |
10540 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
10541 | SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases); |
10542 | |
10543 | /// Register \p D as specialization of all base functions in \p Bases in the |
10544 | /// current `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. |
10545 | void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope( |
10546 | Decl *D, SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases); |
10547 | |
10548 | /// Act on \p D, a function definition inside of an `omp [begin/end] assumes`. |
10549 | void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(Decl *D); |
10550 | |
10551 | /// Can we exit an OpenMP declare variant scope at the moment. |
10552 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope() const { |
10553 | return !OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty(); |
10554 | } |
10555 | |
10556 | /// Given the potential call expression \p Call, determine if there is a |
10557 | /// specialization via the OpenMP declare variant mechanism available. If |
10558 | /// there is, return the specialized call expression, otherwise return the |
10559 | /// original \p Call. |
10560 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPCall(ExprResult Call, Scope *Scope, |
10561 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, MultiExprArg ArgExprs, |
10562 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *ExecConfig); |
10563 | |
10564 | /// Handle a `omp begin declare variant`. |
10565 | void ActOnOpenMPBeginDeclareVariant(SourceLocation Loc, OMPTraitInfo &TI); |
10566 | |
10567 | /// Handle a `omp end declare variant`. |
10568 | void ActOnOpenMPEndDeclareVariant(); |
10569 | |
10570 | /// Checks if the variant/multiversion functions are compatible. |
10571 | bool areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( |
10572 | const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
10573 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID, |
10574 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt, |
10575 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt, |
10576 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported, |
10577 | bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer); |
10578 | |
10579 | /// Function tries to capture lambda's captured variables in the OpenMP region |
10580 | /// before the original lambda is captured. |
10581 | void tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(ValueDecl *V); |
10582 | |
10583 | /// Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by |
10584 | /// reference. |
10585 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
10586 | /// is performed. |
10587 | /// \param OpenMPCaptureLevel Capture level within an OpenMP construct. |
10588 | bool isOpenMPCapturedByRef(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
10589 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel) const; |
10590 | |
10591 | /// Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private |
10592 | /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP |
10593 | /// constructs. |
10594 | VarDecl *isOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, bool CheckScopeInfo = false, |
10595 | unsigned StopAt = 0); |
10596 | ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK, |
10597 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc); |
10598 | |
10599 | /// If the current region is a loop-based region, mark the start of the loop |
10600 | /// construct. |
10601 | void startOpenMPLoop(); |
10602 | |
10603 | /// If the current region is a range loop-based region, mark the start of the |
10604 | /// loop construct. |
10605 | void startOpenMPCXXRangeFor(); |
10606 | |
10607 | /// Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause. |
10608 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
10609 | /// is performed. |
10610 | OpenMPClauseKind isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
10611 | unsigned CapLevel) const; |
10612 | |
10613 | /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.) |
10614 | /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration |
10615 | /// \p D. |
10616 | void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
10617 | |
10618 | /// Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive. |
10619 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
10620 | /// is performed. |
10621 | bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
10622 | unsigned CaptureLevel) const; |
10623 | |
10624 | /// Check if the specified global variable must be captured by outer capture |
10625 | /// regions. |
10626 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that |
10627 | /// the check is performed. |
10628 | bool isOpenMPGlobalCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
10629 | unsigned CaptureLevel) const; |
10630 | |
10631 | ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
10632 | Expr *Op); |
10633 | /// Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. |
10634 | void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, |
10635 | const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope, |
10636 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10637 | /// Start analysis of clauses. |
10638 | void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K); |
10639 | /// End analysis of clauses. |
10640 | void EndOpenMPClause(); |
10641 | /// Called on end of data sharing attribute block. |
10642 | void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); |
10643 | |
10644 | /// Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is, |
10645 | /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as |
10646 | /// private by default. |
10647 | /// \param Init First part of the for loop. |
10648 | void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init); |
10649 | |
10650 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp metadirective' after parsing |
10651 | /// of the associated statement. |
10652 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMetaDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10653 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10654 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10655 | |
10656 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
10657 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp |
10658 | /// threadprivate'. |
10659 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
10660 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id, |
10661 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
10662 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. |
10663 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( |
10664 | SourceLocation Loc, |
10665 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
10666 | /// Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. |
10667 | OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
10668 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
10669 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp allocate'. |
10670 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPAllocateDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
10671 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
10672 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10673 | DeclContext *Owner = nullptr); |
10674 | |
10675 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp [begin] assume[s]'. |
10676 | void ActOnOpenMPAssumesDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
10677 | OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, |
10678 | ArrayRef<std::string> Assumptions, |
10679 | bool SkippedClauses); |
10680 | |
10681 | /// Check if there is an active global `omp begin assumes` directive. |
10682 | bool isInOpenMPAssumeScope() const { return !OMPAssumeScoped.empty(); } |
10683 | |
10684 | /// Check if there is an active global `omp assumes` directive. |
10685 | bool hasGlobalOpenMPAssumes() const { return !OMPAssumeGlobal.empty(); } |
10686 | |
10687 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp end assumes'. |
10688 | void ActOnOpenMPEndAssumesDirective(); |
10689 | |
10690 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp requires'. |
10691 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPRequiresDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
10692 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> ClauseList); |
10693 | /// Check restrictions on Requires directive |
10694 | OMPRequiresDecl *CheckOMPRequiresDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
10695 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
10696 | /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
10697 | /// reduction' construct. |
10698 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
10699 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
10700 | /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
10701 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart( |
10702 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, |
10703 | ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes, |
10704 | AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
10705 | /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
10706 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
10707 | /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
10708 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner); |
10709 | /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
10710 | /// \return omp_priv variable. |
10711 | VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
10712 | /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
10713 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer, |
10714 | VarDecl *OmpPrivParm); |
10715 | /// Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
10716 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd( |
10717 | Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid); |
10718 | |
10719 | /// Check variable declaration in 'omp declare mapper' construct. |
10720 | TypeResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
10721 | /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
10722 | /// mapper' construct. |
10723 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
10724 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
10725 | /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare mapper'. |
10726 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirective( |
10727 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, QualType MapperType, |
10728 | SourceLocation StartLoc, DeclarationName VN, AccessSpecifier AS, |
10729 | Expr *MapperVarRef, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10730 | Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
10731 | /// Build the mapper variable of '#pragma omp declare mapper'. |
10732 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirectiveVarDecl(Scope *S, |
10733 | QualType MapperType, |
10734 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10735 | DeclarationName VN); |
10736 | bool isOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDeclAllowed(const VarDecl *VD) const; |
10737 | const ValueDecl *getOpenMPDeclareMapperVarName() const; |
10738 | |
10739 | /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'. |
10740 | bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetContext(DeclareTargetContextInfo &DTCI); |
10741 | |
10742 | /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragma omp end declare target'. |
10743 | const DeclareTargetContextInfo ActOnOpenMPEndDeclareTargetDirective(); |
10744 | |
10745 | /// Called once a target context is completed, that can be when a |
10746 | /// '#pragma omp end declare target' was encountered or when a |
10747 | /// '#pragma omp declare target' without declaration-definition-seq was |
10748 | /// encountered. |
10749 | void ActOnFinishedOpenMPDeclareTargetContext(DeclareTargetContextInfo &DTCI); |
10750 | |
10751 | /// Searches for the provided declaration name for OpenMP declare target |
10752 | /// directive. |
10753 | NamedDecl *lookupOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, |
10754 | CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
10755 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); |
10756 | |
10757 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'. |
10758 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc, |
10759 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT, |
10760 | DeclareTargetContextInfo &DTCI); |
10761 | |
10762 | /// Check declaration inside target region. |
10763 | void |
10764 | checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D, |
10765 | SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation()); |
10766 | /// Finishes analysis of the deferred functions calls that may be declared as |
10767 | /// host/nohost during device/host compilation. |
10768 | void finalizeOpenMPDelayedAnalysis(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10769 | const FunctionDecl *Callee, |
10770 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10771 | |
10772 | /// Return true if currently in OpenMP task with untied clause context. |
10773 | bool isInOpenMPTaskUntiedContext() const; |
10774 | |
10775 | /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region. |
10776 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const { |
10777 | return !DeclareTargetNesting.empty(); |
10778 | } |
10779 | /// Return true inside OpenMP target region. |
10780 | bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const; |
10781 | |
10782 | /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive. |
10783 | static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
10784 | |
10785 | /// Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region. |
10786 | void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope); |
10787 | |
10788 | /// Called for syntactical loops (ForStmt or CXXForRangeStmt) associated to |
10789 | /// an OpenMP loop directive. |
10790 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCanonicalLoop(Stmt *AStmt); |
10791 | |
10792 | /// Process a canonical OpenMP loop nest that can either be a canonical |
10793 | /// literal loop (ForStmt or CXXForRangeStmt), or the generated loop of an |
10794 | /// OpenMP loop transformation construct. |
10795 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPLoopnest(Stmt *AStmt); |
10796 | |
10797 | /// End of OpenMP region. |
10798 | /// |
10799 | /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region. |
10800 | /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region. |
10801 | /// |
10802 | /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region. |
10803 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
10804 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective( |
10805 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
10806 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10807 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10808 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing |
10809 | /// of the associated statement. |
10810 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10811 | Stmt *AStmt, |
10812 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10813 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10814 | using VarsWithInheritedDSAType = |
10815 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ValueDecl *, const Expr *, 4>; |
10816 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing |
10817 | /// of the associated statement. |
10818 | StmtResult |
10819 | ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
10820 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10821 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10822 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp tile' after parsing of its clauses and |
10823 | /// the associated statement. |
10824 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTileDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10825 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10826 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10827 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp unroll' after parsing of its clauses |
10828 | /// and the associated statement. |
10829 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPUnrollDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10830 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10831 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10832 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing |
10833 | /// of the associated statement. |
10834 | StmtResult |
10835 | ActOnOpenMPForDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
10836 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10837 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10838 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing |
10839 | /// of the associated statement. |
10840 | StmtResult |
10841 | ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
10842 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10843 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10844 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing |
10845 | /// of the associated statement. |
10846 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10847 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10848 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10849 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the |
10850 | /// associated statement. |
10851 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10852 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10853 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the |
10854 | /// associated statement. |
10855 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10856 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10857 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10858 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the |
10859 | /// associated statement. |
10860 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10861 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10862 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the |
10863 | /// associated statement. |
10864 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
10865 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10866 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10867 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10868 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing |
10869 | /// of the associated statement. |
10870 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective( |
10871 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10872 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10873 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after |
10874 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10875 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective( |
10876 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10877 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10878 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master' after |
10879 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10880 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10881 | Stmt *AStmt, |
10882 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10883 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10884 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after |
10885 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10886 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10887 | Stmt *AStmt, |
10888 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10889 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10890 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the |
10891 | /// associated statement. |
10892 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10893 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10894 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10895 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'. |
10896 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10897 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10898 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'. |
10899 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10900 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10901 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'. |
10902 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10903 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10904 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10905 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'. |
10906 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10907 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10908 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10909 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'. |
10910 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10911 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10912 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10913 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp depobj'. |
10914 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDepobjDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10915 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10916 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10917 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp scan'. |
10918 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPScanDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10919 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10920 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10921 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the |
10922 | /// associated statement. |
10923 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10924 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10925 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10926 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the |
10927 | /// associated statement. |
10928 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10929 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10930 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10931 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the |
10932 | /// associated statement. |
10933 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10934 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10935 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10936 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of |
10937 | /// the associated statement. |
10938 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10939 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10940 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10941 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after |
10942 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10943 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10944 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10945 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10946 | Stmt *AStmt); |
10947 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after |
10948 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10949 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10950 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10951 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10952 | Stmt *AStmt); |
10953 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after |
10954 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10955 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10956 | Stmt *AStmt, |
10957 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10958 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10959 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after |
10960 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10961 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective( |
10962 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10963 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10964 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the |
10965 | /// associated statement. |
10966 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10967 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10968 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10969 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams loop' after parsing of the |
10970 | /// associated statement. |
10971 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsGenericLoopDirective( |
10972 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10973 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10974 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams loop' after parsing of |
10975 | /// the associated statement. |
10976 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsGenericLoopDirective( |
10977 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10978 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10979 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel loop' after parsing of the |
10980 | /// associated statement. |
10981 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelGenericLoopDirective( |
10982 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10983 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10984 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel loop' after parsing |
10985 | /// of the associated statement. |
10986 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelGenericLoopDirective( |
10987 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10988 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10989 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'. |
10990 | StmtResult |
10991 | ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10992 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10993 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
10994 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'. |
10995 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10996 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10997 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10998 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
10999 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the |
11000 | /// associated statement. |
11001 | StmtResult |
11002 | ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
11003 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
11004 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11005 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of |
11006 | /// the associated statement. |
11007 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
11008 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11009 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11010 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop' after parsing of the |
11011 | /// associated statement. |
11012 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
11013 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11014 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11015 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop simd' after parsing of |
11016 | /// the associated statement. |
11017 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
11018 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11019 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11020 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop' after |
11021 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
11022 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
11023 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11024 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11025 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop simd' after |
11026 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
11027 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
11028 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11029 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11030 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing |
11031 | /// of the associated statement. |
11032 | StmtResult |
11033 | ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
11034 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
11035 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11036 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'. |
11037 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
11038 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11039 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
11040 | Stmt *AStmt); |
11041 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after |
11042 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
11043 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
11044 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11045 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11046 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd' |
11047 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
11048 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
11049 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11050 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11051 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after |
11052 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
11053 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective( |
11054 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11055 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11056 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after |
11057 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
11058 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
11059 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11060 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11061 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of |
11062 | /// the associated statement. |
11063 | StmtResult |
11064 | ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
11065 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
11066 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11067 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of |
11068 | /// the associated statement. |
11069 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective( |
11070 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11071 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11072 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing |
11073 | /// of the associated statement. |
11074 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
11075 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11076 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11077 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd' |
11078 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
11079 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
11080 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11081 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11082 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for' |
11083 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
11084 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
11085 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11086 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11087 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the |
11088 | /// associated statement. |
11089 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
11090 | Stmt *AStmt, |
11091 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11092 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11093 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing |
11094 | /// of the associated statement. |
11095 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
11096 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11097 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11098 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for' |
11099 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
11100 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
11101 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11102 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11103 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for |
11104 | /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement. |
11105 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
11106 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11107 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11108 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after |
11109 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
11110 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
11111 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11112 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11113 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp interop'. |
11114 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPInteropDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
11115 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11116 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11117 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp dispatch' after parsing of the |
11118 | // /associated statement. |
11119 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDispatchDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
11120 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11121 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11122 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp masked' after parsing of the |
11123 | // /associated statement. |
11124 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMaskedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
11125 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11126 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11127 | |
11128 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp loop' after parsing of the |
11129 | /// associated statement. |
11130 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPGenericLoopDirective( |
11131 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11132 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
11133 | |
11134 | /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers. |
11135 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, |
11136 | SourceLocation LinLoc); |
11137 | /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear |
11138 | /// decls. |
11139 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(const ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc, |
11140 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type, |
11141 | bool IsDeclareSimd = false); |
11142 | |
11143 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of |
11144 | /// the associated method/function. |
11145 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective( |
11146 | DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS, |
11147 | Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds, |
11148 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears, |
11149 | ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR); |
11150 | |
11151 | /// Checks '\#pragma omp declare variant' variant function and original |
11152 | /// functions after parsing of the associated method/function. |
11153 | /// \param DG Function declaration to which declare variant directive is |
11154 | /// applied to. |
11155 | /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which |
11156 | /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG. |
11157 | /// \param TI The trait info object representing the match clause. |
11158 | /// \param NumAppendArgs The number of omp_interop_t arguments to account for |
11159 | /// in checking. |
11160 | /// \returns None, if the function/variant function are not compatible with |
11161 | /// the pragma, pair of original function/variant ref expression otherwise. |
11162 | Optional<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, Expr *>> |
11163 | checkOpenMPDeclareVariantFunction(DeclGroupPtrTy DG, Expr *VariantRef, |
11164 | OMPTraitInfo &TI, unsigned NumAppendArgs, |
11165 | SourceRange SR); |
11166 | |
11167 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare variant' after parsing of |
11168 | /// the associated method/function. |
11169 | /// \param FD Function declaration to which declare variant directive is |
11170 | /// applied to. |
11171 | /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which |
11172 | /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG. |
11173 | /// \param TI The context traits associated with the function variant. |
11174 | /// \param AdjustArgsNothing The list of 'nothing' arguments. |
11175 | /// \param AdjustArgsNeedDevicePtr The list of 'need_device_ptr' arguments. |
11176 | /// \param AppendArgs The list of 'append_args' arguments. |
11177 | /// \param AdjustArgsLoc The Location of an 'adjust_args' clause. |
11178 | /// \param AppendArgsLoc The Location of an 'append_args' clause. |
11179 | /// \param SR The SourceRange of the 'declare variant' directive. |
11180 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareVariantDirective( |
11181 | FunctionDecl *FD, Expr *VariantRef, OMPTraitInfo &TI, |
11182 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AdjustArgsNothing, |
11183 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AdjustArgsNeedDevicePtr, |
11184 | ArrayRef<OMPDeclareVariantAttr::InteropType> AppendArgs, |
11185 | SourceLocation AdjustArgsLoc, SourceLocation AppendArgsLoc, |
11186 | SourceRange SR); |
11187 | |
11188 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
11189 | Expr *Expr, |
11190 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11191 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11192 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11193 | /// Called on well-formed 'allocator' clause. |
11194 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAllocatorClause(Expr *Allocator, |
11195 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11196 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11197 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11198 | /// Called on well-formed 'if' clause. |
11199 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier, |
11200 | Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11201 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11202 | SourceLocation NameModifierLoc, |
11203 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11204 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11205 | /// Called on well-formed 'final' clause. |
11206 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11207 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11208 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11209 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause. |
11210 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads, |
11211 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11212 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11213 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11214 | /// Called on well-formed 'align' clause. |
11215 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignClause(Expr *Alignment, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11216 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11217 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11218 | /// Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause. |
11219 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length, |
11220 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11221 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11222 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11223 | /// Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause. |
11224 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11225 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11226 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11227 | /// Called on well-form 'sizes' clause. |
11228 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSizesClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> SizeExprs, |
11229 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11230 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11231 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11232 | /// Called on well-form 'full' clauses. |
11233 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFullClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11234 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11235 | /// Called on well-form 'partial' clauses. |
11236 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPartialClause(Expr *FactorExpr, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11237 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11238 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11239 | /// Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause. |
11240 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops, |
11241 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11242 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11243 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11244 | /// Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause. |
11245 | OMPClause * |
11246 | ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
11247 | SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(), |
11248 | Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr); |
11249 | /// Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause. |
11250 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11251 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11252 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11253 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause. |
11254 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11255 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11256 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11257 | /// Called on well-formed 'hint' clause. |
11258 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11259 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11260 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11261 | /// Called on well-formed 'detach' clause. |
11262 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDetachClause(Expr *Evt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11263 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11264 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11265 | |
11266 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
11267 | unsigned Argument, |
11268 | SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, |
11269 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11270 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11271 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11272 | /// Called on well-formed 'when' clause. |
11273 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWhenClause(OMPTraitInfo &TI, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11274 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11275 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11276 | /// Called on well-formed 'default' clause. |
11277 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(llvm::omp::DefaultKind Kind, |
11278 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11279 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11280 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11281 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11282 | /// Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause. |
11283 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(llvm::omp::ProcBindKind Kind, |
11284 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11285 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11286 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11287 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11288 | /// Called on well-formed 'order' clause. |
11289 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderClause(OpenMPOrderClauseKind Kind, |
11290 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11291 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11292 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11293 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11294 | /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
11295 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind Kind, |
11296 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11297 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11298 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11299 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11300 | |
11301 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause( |
11302 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr, |
11303 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11304 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc, |
11305 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11306 | /// Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause. |
11307 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause( |
11308 | OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2, |
11309 | OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11310 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc, |
11311 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11312 | |
11313 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11314 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11315 | /// Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause. |
11316 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11317 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11318 | /// Called on well-formed 'untied' clause. |
11319 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11320 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11321 | /// Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause. |
11322 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11323 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11324 | /// Called on well-formed 'read' clause. |
11325 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11326 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11327 | /// Called on well-formed 'write' clause. |
11328 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11329 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11330 | /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
11331 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11332 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11333 | /// Called on well-formed 'capture' clause. |
11334 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11335 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11336 | /// Called on well-formed 'compare' clause. |
11337 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCompareClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11338 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11339 | /// Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause. |
11340 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11341 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11342 | /// Called on well-formed 'acq_rel' clause. |
11343 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcqRelClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11344 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11345 | /// Called on well-formed 'acquire' clause. |
11346 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcquireClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11347 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11348 | /// Called on well-formed 'release' clause. |
11349 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReleaseClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11350 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11351 | /// Called on well-formed 'relaxed' clause. |
11352 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPRelaxedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11353 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11354 | |
11355 | /// Called on well-formed 'init' clause. |
11356 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInitClause(Expr *InteropVar, ArrayRef<Expr *> PrefExprs, |
11357 | bool IsTarget, bool IsTargetSync, |
11358 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11359 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11360 | SourceLocation VarLoc, |
11361 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11362 | |
11363 | /// Called on well-formed 'use' clause. |
11364 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseClause(Expr *InteropVar, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11365 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11366 | SourceLocation VarLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11367 | |
11368 | /// Called on well-formed 'destroy' clause. |
11369 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDestroyClause(Expr *InteropVar, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11370 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11371 | SourceLocation VarLoc, |
11372 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11373 | /// Called on well-formed 'novariants' clause. |
11374 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNovariantsClause(Expr *Condition, |
11375 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11376 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11377 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11378 | /// Called on well-formed 'nocontext' clause. |
11379 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNocontextClause(Expr *Condition, |
11380 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11381 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11382 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11383 | /// Called on well-formed 'filter' clause. |
11384 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFilterClause(Expr *ThreadID, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11385 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11386 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11387 | /// Called on well-formed 'threads' clause. |
11388 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11389 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11390 | /// Called on well-formed 'simd' clause. |
11391 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11392 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11393 | /// Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause. |
11394 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11395 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11396 | /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause. |
11397 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedAddressClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11398 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11399 | |
11400 | /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause. |
11401 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedSharedMemoryClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11402 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11403 | |
11404 | /// Called on well-formed 'reverse_offload' clause. |
11405 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReverseOffloadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11406 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11407 | |
11408 | /// Called on well-formed 'dynamic_allocators' clause. |
11409 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDynamicAllocatorsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11410 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11411 | |
11412 | /// Called on well-formed 'atomic_default_mem_order' clause. |
11413 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClause( |
11414 | OpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11415 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11416 | |
11417 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause( |
11418 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *DepModOrTailExpr, |
11419 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11420 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionOrMapperIdScopeSpec, |
11421 | DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionOrMapperId, int ExtraModifier, |
11422 | ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers, |
11423 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
11424 | SourceLocation ExtraModifierLoc, |
11425 | ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
11426 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc); |
11427 | /// Called on well-formed 'inclusive' clause. |
11428 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11429 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11430 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11431 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11432 | /// Called on well-formed 'exclusive' clause. |
11433 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPExclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11434 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11435 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11436 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11437 | /// Called on well-formed 'allocate' clause. |
11438 | OMPClause * |
11439 | ActOnOpenMPAllocateClause(Expr *Allocator, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11440 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11441 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11442 | /// Called on well-formed 'private' clause. |
11443 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11444 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11445 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11446 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11447 | /// Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. |
11448 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11449 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11450 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11451 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11452 | /// Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause. |
11453 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause( |
11454 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPLastprivateModifier LPKind, |
11455 | SourceLocation LPKindLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11456 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11457 | /// Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. |
11458 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11459 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11460 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11461 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11462 | /// Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause. |
11463 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause( |
11464 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPReductionClauseModifier Modifier, |
11465 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11466 | SourceLocation ModifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11467 | SourceLocation EndLoc, CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
11468 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
11469 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
11470 | /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause. |
11471 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause( |
11472 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11473 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
11474 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
11475 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
11476 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
11477 | /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause. |
11478 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause( |
11479 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11480 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
11481 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
11482 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
11483 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
11484 | /// Called on well-formed 'linear' clause. |
11485 | OMPClause * |
11486 | ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step, |
11487 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11488 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc, |
11489 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11490 | /// Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause. |
11491 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11492 | Expr *Alignment, |
11493 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11494 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11495 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11496 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11497 | /// Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause. |
11498 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11499 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11500 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11501 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11502 | /// Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause. |
11503 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11504 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11505 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11506 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11507 | /// Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause. |
11508 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11509 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11510 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11511 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11512 | /// Called on well-formed 'depobj' pseudo clause. |
11513 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDepobjClause(Expr *Depobj, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11514 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11515 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11516 | /// Called on well-formed 'depend' clause. |
11517 | OMPClause * |
11518 | ActOnOpenMPDependClause(Expr *DepModifier, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, |
11519 | SourceLocation DepLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11520 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11521 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11522 | /// Called on well-formed 'device' clause. |
11523 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(OpenMPDeviceClauseModifier Modifier, |
11524 | Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11525 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11526 | SourceLocation ModifierLoc, |
11527 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11528 | /// Called on well-formed 'map' clause. |
11529 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMapClause( |
11530 | ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers, |
11531 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, |
11532 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, |
11533 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
11534 | SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11535 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, bool NoDiagnose = false, |
11536 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
11537 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause. |
11538 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11539 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11540 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11541 | /// Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause. |
11542 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit, |
11543 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11544 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11545 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11546 | /// Called on well-formed 'priority' clause. |
11547 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11548 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11549 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11550 | /// Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause. |
11551 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause( |
11552 | OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, |
11553 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11554 | SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11555 | /// Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause. |
11556 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause( |
11557 | OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind, |
11558 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc, |
11559 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11560 | /// Called on well-formed 'to' clause. |
11561 | OMPClause * |
11562 | ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
11563 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc, |
11564 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
11565 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11566 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
11567 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
11568 | /// Called on well-formed 'from' clause. |
11569 | OMPClause * |
11570 | ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
11571 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc, |
11572 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
11573 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11574 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
11575 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
11576 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause. |
11577 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11578 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
11579 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_addr' clause. |
11580 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDeviceAddrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11581 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
11582 | /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause. |
11583 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11584 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
11585 | /// Called on well-formed 'has_device_addr' clause. |
11586 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHasDeviceAddrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11587 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
11588 | /// Called on well-formed 'nontemporal' clause. |
11589 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNontemporalClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11590 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11591 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11592 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11593 | |
11594 | /// Data for list of allocators. |
11595 | struct UsesAllocatorsData { |
11596 | /// Allocator. |
11597 | Expr *Allocator = nullptr; |
11598 | /// Allocator traits. |
11599 | Expr *AllocatorTraits = nullptr; |
11600 | /// Locations of '(' and ')' symbols. |
11601 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc; |
11602 | }; |
11603 | /// Called on well-formed 'uses_allocators' clause. |
11604 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUsesAllocatorClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11605 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11606 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
11607 | ArrayRef<UsesAllocatorsData> Data); |
11608 | /// Called on well-formed 'affinity' clause. |
11609 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAffinityClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11610 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11611 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11612 | SourceLocation EndLoc, Expr *Modifier, |
11613 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Locators); |
11614 | /// Called on a well-formed 'bind' clause. |
11615 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPBindClause(OpenMPBindClauseKind Kind, |
11616 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11617 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11618 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11619 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11620 | |
11621 | /// The kind of conversion being performed. |
11622 | enum CheckedConversionKind { |
11623 | /// An implicit conversion. |
11624 | CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
11625 | /// A C-style cast. |
11626 | CCK_CStyleCast, |
11627 | /// A functional-style cast. |
11628 | CCK_FunctionalCast, |
11629 | /// A cast other than a C-style cast. |
11630 | CCK_OtherCast, |
11631 | /// A conversion for an operand of a builtin overloaded operator. |
11632 | CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp |
11633 | }; |
11634 | |
11635 | static bool isCast(CheckedConversionKind CCK) { |
11636 | return CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast || |
11637 | CCK == CCK_OtherCast; |
11638 | } |
11639 | |
11640 | /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit |
11641 | /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. |
11642 | /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. |
11643 | ExprResult |
11644 | ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, |
11645 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue, |
11646 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
11647 | CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
11648 | |
11649 | /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding |
11650 | /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. |
11651 | static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); |
11652 | |
11653 | /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is |
11654 | /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are |
11655 | /// required. |
11656 | ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); |
11657 | |
11658 | // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts |
11659 | // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
11660 | ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
11661 | |
11662 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion |
11663 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. |
11664 | ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
11665 | |
11666 | // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays |
11667 | // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
11668 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true); |
11669 | |
11670 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and |
11671 | // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the |
11672 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. |
11673 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, |
11674 | bool Diagnose = true); |
11675 | |
11676 | // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on |
11677 | // the operand. This function is a no-op if the operand has a function type |
11678 | // or an array type. |
11679 | ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); |
11680 | |
11681 | // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
11682 | // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each |
11683 | // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. |
11684 | ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); |
11685 | |
11686 | /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize |
11687 | /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because |
11688 | /// we don't have xvalues there. |
11689 | ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E); |
11690 | |
11691 | // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion |
11692 | enum VariadicCallType { |
11693 | VariadicFunction, |
11694 | VariadicBlock, |
11695 | VariadicMethod, |
11696 | VariadicConstructor, |
11697 | VariadicDoesNotApply |
11698 | }; |
11699 | |
11700 | VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
11701 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
11702 | Expr *Fn); |
11703 | |
11704 | // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a |
11705 | // vararg function. |
11706 | enum VarArgKind { |
11707 | VAK_Valid, |
11708 | VAK_ValidInCXX11, |
11709 | VAK_Undefined, |
11710 | VAK_MSVCUndefined, |
11711 | VAK_Invalid |
11712 | }; |
11713 | |
11714 | // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. |
11715 | VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); |
11716 | |
11717 | /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic |
11718 | /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. |
11719 | void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); |
11720 | |
11721 | /// Check whether the given statement can have musttail applied to it, |
11722 | /// issuing a diagnostic and returning false if not. In the success case, |
11723 | /// the statement is rewritten to remove implicit nodes from the return |
11724 | /// value. |
11725 | bool checkAndRewriteMustTailAttr(Stmt *St, const Attr &MTA); |
11726 | |
11727 | private: |
11728 | /// Check whether the given statement can have musttail applied to it, |
11729 | /// issuing a diagnostic and returning false if not. |
11730 | bool checkMustTailAttr(const Stmt *St, const Attr &MTA); |
11731 | |
11732 | public: |
11733 | /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it. |
11734 | bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E); |
11735 | |
11736 | /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various |
11737 | /// form of call prototypes. |
11738 | bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
11739 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
11740 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
11741 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, |
11742 | VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, |
11743 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
11744 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
11745 | |
11746 | // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
11747 | // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. |
11748 | ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, |
11749 | FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
11750 | |
11751 | /// Context in which we're performing a usual arithmetic conversion. |
11752 | enum ArithConvKind { |
11753 | /// An arithmetic operation. |
11754 | ACK_Arithmetic, |
11755 | /// A bitwise operation. |
11756 | ACK_BitwiseOp, |
11757 | /// A comparison. |
11758 | ACK_Comparison, |
11759 | /// A conditional (?:) operator. |
11760 | ACK_Conditional, |
11761 | /// A compound assignment expression. |
11762 | ACK_CompAssign, |
11763 | }; |
11764 | |
11765 | // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's |
11766 | // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary |
11767 | // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
11768 | // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
11769 | // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
11770 | QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11771 | SourceLocation Loc, ArithConvKind ACK); |
11772 | |
11773 | /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this |
11774 | /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are |
11775 | /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from |
11776 | /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a |
11777 | /// source and destination type. |
11778 | enum AssignConvertType { |
11779 | /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. |
11780 | Compatible, |
11781 | |
11782 | /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we |
11783 | /// accept as an extension. |
11784 | PointerToInt, |
11785 | |
11786 | /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we |
11787 | /// accept as an extension. |
11788 | IntToPointer, |
11789 | |
11790 | /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and |
11791 | /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. |
11792 | FunctionVoidPointer, |
11793 | |
11794 | /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that |
11795 | /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. |
11796 | IncompatiblePointer, |
11797 | |
11798 | /// IncompatibleFunctionPointer - The assignment is between two function |
11799 | /// pointers types that are not compatible, but we accept them as an |
11800 | /// extension. |
11801 | IncompatibleFunctionPointer, |
11802 | |
11803 | /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types |
11804 | /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise |
11805 | /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by |
11806 | /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. |
11807 | IncompatiblePointerSign, |
11808 | |
11809 | /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards |
11810 | /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. |
11811 | CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
11812 | |
11813 | /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment |
11814 | /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, |
11815 | /// like address spaces. |
11816 | IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
11817 | |
11818 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch - The assignment |
11819 | /// changes address spaces in nested pointer types which is not allowed. |
11820 | /// For instance, converting __private int ** to __generic int ** is |
11821 | /// illegal even though __private could be converted to __generic. |
11822 | IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch, |
11823 | |
11824 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two |
11825 | /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two |
11826 | /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an |
11827 | /// extension. |
11828 | IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, |
11829 | |
11830 | /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that |
11831 | /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. |
11832 | IncompatibleVectors, |
11833 | |
11834 | /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block |
11835 | /// pointer. We disallow this. |
11836 | IntToBlockPointer, |
11837 | |
11838 | /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block |
11839 | /// pointers types that are not compatible. |
11840 | IncompatibleBlockPointer, |
11841 | |
11842 | /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified |
11843 | /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, |
11844 | /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. |
11845 | IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, |
11846 | |
11847 | /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an |
11848 | /// object with __weak qualifier. |
11849 | IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, |
11850 | |
11851 | /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to |
11852 | /// represent it in the AST. |
11853 | Incompatible |
11854 | }; |
11855 | |
11856 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the |
11857 | /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the |
11858 | /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. |
11859 | bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
11860 | SourceLocation Loc, |
11861 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
11862 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
11863 | bool *Complained = nullptr); |
11864 | |
11865 | /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag |
11866 | /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid |
11867 | /// value, to be used as a mask. |
11868 | bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, |
11869 | bool AllowMask) const; |
11870 | |
11871 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant |
11872 | /// integer not in the range of enum values. |
11873 | void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
11874 | Expr *SrcExpr); |
11875 | |
11876 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, |
11877 | /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. |
11878 | /// C99 6.5.16. |
11879 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, |
11880 | QualType LHSType, |
11881 | QualType RHSType); |
11882 | |
11883 | /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of |
11884 | /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS |
11885 | /// is true. |
11886 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, |
11887 | ExprResult &RHS, |
11888 | CastKind &Kind, |
11889 | bool ConvertRHS = true); |
11890 | |
11891 | /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType. |
11892 | /// |
11893 | /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment. |
11894 | /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment. |
11895 | /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking |
11896 | /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be |
11897 | /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return |
11898 | /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment. |
11899 | /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter |
11900 | /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked |
11901 | /// for ARC retain issues. |
11902 | /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the |
11903 | /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false, |
11904 | /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false. |
11905 | AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints( |
11906 | QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true, |
11907 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true); |
11908 | |
11909 | // If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we |
11910 | // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. |
11911 | AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, |
11912 | ExprResult &RHS); |
11913 | |
11914 | bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
11915 | |
11916 | bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
11917 | |
11918 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
11919 | AssignmentAction Action, |
11920 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
11921 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
11922 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, |
11923 | AssignmentAction Action, |
11924 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
11925 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
11926 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
11927 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, |
11928 | AssignmentAction Action, |
11929 | CheckedConversionKind CCK); |
11930 | |
11931 | ExprResult PerformQualificationConversion( |
11932 | Expr *E, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue, |
11933 | CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
11934 | |
11935 | /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType |
11936 | /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). |
11937 | |
11938 | /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). |
11939 | QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
11940 | ExprResult &RHS); |
11941 | QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
11942 | ExprResult &RHS); |
11943 | QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 |
11944 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, |
11945 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); |
11946 | QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
11947 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
11948 | bool IsDivide); |
11949 | QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
11950 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11951 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
11952 | QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
11953 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11954 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
11955 | QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
11956 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11957 | QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
11958 | QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 |
11959 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11960 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false); |
11961 | void CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE); |
11962 | QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 |
11963 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11964 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
11965 | QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] |
11966 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11967 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
11968 | QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
11969 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11970 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
11971 | // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. |
11972 | // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. |
11973 | // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. |
11974 | QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] |
11975 | Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); |
11976 | |
11977 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11978 | UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); |
11979 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11980 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, |
11981 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
11982 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); |
11983 | Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); |
11984 | |
11985 | QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 |
11986 | ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11987 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
11988 | QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 |
11989 | ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, |
11990 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); |
11991 | QualType CheckVectorConditionalTypes(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, |
11992 | ExprResult &RHS, |
11993 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
11994 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, |
11995 | bool ConvertArgs = true); |
11996 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, |
11997 | ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, |
11998 | bool ConvertArgs = true) { |
11999 | Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get(); |
12000 | QualType Composite = |
12001 | FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs); |
12002 | E1 = E1Tmp; |
12003 | E2 = E2Tmp; |
12004 | return Composite; |
12005 | } |
12006 | |
12007 | QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12008 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
12009 | |
12010 | bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
12011 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
12012 | |
12013 | void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, |
12014 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType, |
12015 | bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range); |
12016 | |
12017 | /// type checking for vector binary operators. |
12018 | QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12019 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
12020 | bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion, |
12021 | bool AllowBoolOperation, bool ReportInvalid); |
12022 | QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); |
12023 | QualType GetSignedSizelessVectorType(QualType V); |
12024 | QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12025 | SourceLocation Loc, |
12026 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
12027 | QualType CheckSizelessVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12028 | SourceLocation Loc, |
12029 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
12030 | QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12031 | SourceLocation Loc); |
12032 | |
12033 | // type checking for sizeless vector binary operators. |
12034 | QualType CheckSizelessVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12035 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
12036 | ArithConvKind OperationKind); |
12037 | |
12038 | /// Type checking for matrix binary operators. |
12039 | QualType CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12040 | SourceLocation Loc, |
12041 | bool IsCompAssign); |
12042 | QualType CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12043 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); |
12044 | |
12045 | bool isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
12046 | |
12047 | bool areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy); |
12048 | |
12049 | bool areVectorTypesSameSize(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
12050 | bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
12051 | bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
12052 | |
12053 | /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) |
12054 | bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); |
12055 | |
12056 | // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). |
12057 | |
12058 | /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two |
12059 | /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the |
12060 | /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). |
12061 | enum ReferenceCompareResult { |
12062 | /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct |
12063 | /// reference binding is not possible. |
12064 | Ref_Incompatible = 0, |
12065 | /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means |
12066 | /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same |
12067 | /// or T1 is a base class of T2. |
12068 | Ref_Related, |
12069 | /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible. |
12070 | Ref_Compatible |
12071 | }; |
12072 | |
12073 | // Fake up a scoped enumeration that still contextually converts to bool. |
12074 | struct ReferenceConversionsScope { |
12075 | /// The conversions that would be performed on an lvalue of type T2 when |
12076 | /// binding a reference of type T1 to it, as determined when evaluating |
12077 | /// whether T1 is reference-compatible with T2. |
12078 | enum ReferenceConversions { |
12079 | Qualification = 0x1, |
12080 | NestedQualification = 0x2, |
12081 | Function = 0x4, |
12082 | DerivedToBase = 0x8, |
12083 | ObjC = 0x10, |
12084 | ObjCLifetime = 0x20, |
12085 | |
12086 | LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM(/*LargestValue=*/ObjCLifetime)LLVM_BITMASK_LARGEST_ENUMERATOR = ObjCLifetime |
12087 | }; |
12088 | }; |
12089 | using ReferenceConversions = ReferenceConversionsScope::ReferenceConversions; |
12090 | |
12091 | ReferenceCompareResult |
12092 | CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T1, QualType T2, |
12093 | ReferenceConversions *Conv = nullptr); |
12094 | |
12095 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, |
12096 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, |
12097 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); |
12098 | |
12099 | /// Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the |
12100 | /// given type. |
12101 | ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); |
12102 | |
12103 | /// Type-check an expression that's being passed to an |
12104 | /// __unknown_anytype parameter. |
12105 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, |
12106 | Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); |
12107 | |
12108 | // CheckMatrixCast - Check type constraints for matrix casts. |
12109 | // We allow casting between matrixes of the same dimensions i.e. when they |
12110 | // have the same number of rows and column. Returns true if the cast is |
12111 | // invalid. |
12112 | bool CheckMatrixCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy, |
12113 | CastKind &Kind); |
12114 | |
12115 | // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. |
12116 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
12117 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. |
12118 | // returns true if the cast is invalid |
12119 | bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
12120 | CastKind &Kind); |
12121 | |
12122 | /// Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding |
12123 | /// implicit casts if necessary. |
12124 | ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr); |
12125 | |
12126 | // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. |
12127 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
12128 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, |
12129 | // or vectors and the element type of that vector. |
12130 | // returns the cast expr |
12131 | ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, |
12132 | CastKind &Kind); |
12133 | |
12134 | ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type, |
12135 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
12136 | Expr *CastExpr, |
12137 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
12138 | |
12139 | enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error }; |
12140 | |
12141 | /// Checks for invalid conversions and casts between |
12142 | /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak. |
12143 | ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange, |
12144 | QualType castType, Expr *&op, |
12145 | CheckedConversionKind CCK, |
12146 | bool Diagnose = true, |
12147 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, |
12148 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD |
12149 | ); |
12150 | |
12151 | Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
12152 | void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
12153 | |
12154 | bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, |
12155 | QualType ExprType); |
12156 | |
12157 | /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send |
12158 | /// might create an obvious retain cycle. |
12159 | void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); |
12160 | void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); |
12161 | void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); |
12162 | |
12163 | /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
12164 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. |
12165 | bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); |
12166 | |
12167 | /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
12168 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. |
12169 | void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
12170 | |
12171 | /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. |
12172 | /// \param Method - May be null. |
12173 | /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. |
12174 | /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. |
12175 | bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, |
12176 | MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, |
12177 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
12178 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
12179 | bool isSuperMessage, SourceLocation lbrac, |
12180 | SourceLocation rbrac, SourceRange RecRange, |
12181 | QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); |
12182 | |
12183 | /// Determine the result of a message send expression based on |
12184 | /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, |
12185 | /// and the form of the message send. |
12186 | QualType getMessageSendResultType(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, |
12187 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
12188 | bool isSuperMessage); |
12189 | |
12190 | /// If the given expression involves a message send to a method |
12191 | /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. |
12192 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); |
12193 | |
12194 | /// Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return |
12195 | /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result |
12196 | /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. |
12197 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); |
12198 | |
12199 | class ConditionResult { |
12200 | Decl *ConditionVar; |
12201 | FullExprArg Condition; |
12202 | bool Invalid; |
12203 | bool HasKnownValue; |
12204 | bool KnownValue; |
12205 | |
12206 | friend class Sema; |
12207 | ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition, |
12208 | bool IsConstexpr) |
12209 | : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false), |
12210 | HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() && |
12211 | !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()), |
12212 | KnownValue(HasKnownValue && |
12213 | !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {} |
12214 | explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid) |
12215 | : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid), |
12216 | HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {} |
12217 | |
12218 | public: |
12219 | ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {} |
12220 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
12221 | std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const { |
12222 | return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), |
12223 | Condition.get()); |
12224 | } |
12225 | llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const { |
12226 | if (!HasKnownValue) |
12227 | return None; |
12228 | return KnownValue; |
12229 | } |
12230 | }; |
12231 | static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); } |
12232 | |
12233 | enum class ConditionKind { |
12234 | Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'. |
12235 | ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'. |
12236 | Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement. |
12237 | }; |
12238 | QualType PreferredConditionType(ConditionKind K) const { |
12239 | return K == ConditionKind::Switch ? Context.IntTy : Context.BoolTy; |
12240 | } |
12241 | |
12242 | ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *SubExpr, |
12243 | ConditionKind CK, bool MissingOK = false); |
12244 | |
12245 | ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, |
12246 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
12247 | ConditionKind CK); |
12248 | |
12249 | DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
12250 | |
12251 | ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, |
12252 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
12253 | ConditionKind CK); |
12254 | ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond); |
12255 | |
12256 | /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of |
12257 | /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if |
12258 | /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array |
12259 | /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. |
12260 | /// |
12261 | /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the |
12262 | /// 'if' keyword. |
12263 | /// \return true iff there were any errors |
12264 | ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, |
12265 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
12266 | |
12267 | /// ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier - Build an ExplicitSpecifier from an expression |
12268 | /// found in an explicit(bool) specifier. |
12269 | ExplicitSpecifier ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier(Expr *E); |
12270 | |
12271 | /// tryResolveExplicitSpecifier - Attempt to resolve the explict specifier. |
12272 | /// Returns true if the explicit specifier is now resolved. |
12273 | bool tryResolveExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier &ExplicitSpec); |
12274 | |
12275 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is |
12276 | /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. |
12277 | void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); |
12278 | |
12279 | /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate |
12280 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. |
12281 | void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); |
12282 | |
12283 | /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. |
12284 | ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
12285 | |
12286 | /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have |
12287 | /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit |
12288 | /// the specified diagnostic. |
12289 | void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, |
12290 | unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, |
12291 | SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
12292 | |
12293 | /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. |
12294 | /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared |
12295 | /// in the global scope. |
12296 | bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); |
12297 | |
12298 | /// Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant |
12299 | /// expression violations. |
12300 | class VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
12301 | public: |
12302 | bool Suppress; |
12303 | |
12304 | VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } |
12305 | |
12306 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
12307 | diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
12308 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, |
12309 | SourceLocation Loc) = 0; |
12310 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc); |
12311 | virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() {} |
12312 | }; |
12313 | |
12314 | enum AllowFoldKind { |
12315 | NoFold, |
12316 | AllowFold, |
12317 | }; |
12318 | |
12319 | /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, |
12320 | /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. |
12321 | /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. |
12322 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
12323 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, |
12324 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
12325 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
12326 | unsigned DiagID, |
12327 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
12328 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
12329 | llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr, |
12330 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
12331 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
12332 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold) { |
12333 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, nullptr, CanFold); |
12334 | } |
12335 | |
12336 | /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has |
12337 | /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. |
12338 | /// Returns false on success. |
12339 | /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 |
12340 | ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
12341 | QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, |
12342 | Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr); |
12343 | |
12344 | private: |
12345 | unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0; |
12346 | |
12347 | public: |
12348 | /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
12349 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater |
12350 | /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__. |
12351 | void PushForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
12352 | |
12353 | /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
12354 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0 |
12355 | /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error. |
12356 | bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
12357 | |
12358 | /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function |
12359 | /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to |
12360 | /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations. |
12361 | llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
12362 | std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>> |
12363 | DeviceDeferredDiags; |
12364 | |
12365 | /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the |
12366 | /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed. |
12367 | struct FunctionDeclAndLoc { |
12368 | CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD; |
12369 | SourceLocation Loc; |
12370 | }; |
12371 | |
12372 | /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a |
12373 | /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the |
12374 | /// same deferred diag twice. |
12375 | llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags; |
12376 | |
12377 | /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their |
12378 | /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call). |
12379 | /// |
12380 | /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this |
12381 | /// map. |
12382 | llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
12383 | /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc> |
12384 | DeviceKnownEmittedFns; |
12385 | |
12386 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
12387 | /// context is "used as device code". |
12388 | /// |
12389 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics |
12390 | /// unless \p EmitOnBothSides is true. |
12391 | /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the |
12392 | /// diagnostics immediately. |
12393 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for |
12394 | /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize |
12395 | /// that the function will be codegen'ed. |
12396 | /// |
12397 | /// Example usage: |
12398 | /// |
12399 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code. |
12400 | /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget()) |
12401 | /// return ExprError(); |
12402 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
12403 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
12404 | unsigned DiagID); |
12405 | |
12406 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
12407 | /// context is "used as host code". |
12408 | /// |
12409 | /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched. |
12410 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
12411 | |
12412 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
12413 | /// context is "used as device code". |
12414 | /// |
12415 | /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the |
12416 | /// function is emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics immediately. |
12417 | /// - If CurContext is a non-`declare target` function and we are compiling |
12418 | /// for the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we |
12419 | /// realize that the function will be codegen'ed. |
12420 | /// |
12421 | /// Example usage: |
12422 | /// |
12423 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code. |
12424 | /// if (diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported)) |
12425 | /// return ExprError(); |
12426 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
12427 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
12428 | diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD); |
12429 | |
12430 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
12431 | /// context is "used as host code". |
12432 | /// |
12433 | /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the |
12434 | /// function is emitted for the host, emits the diagnostics immediately. |
12435 | /// - If CurContext is a non-host function, just ignore it. |
12436 | /// |
12437 | /// Example usage: |
12438 | /// |
12439 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code. |
12440 | /// if (diagIfOpenMPHostode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported)) |
12441 | /// return ExprError(); |
12442 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
12443 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagIfOpenMPHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
12444 | unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD); |
12445 | |
12446 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
12447 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
12448 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, |
12449 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
12450 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr) { |
12451 | return targetDiag(Loc, PD.getDiagID(), FD) << PD; |
12452 | } |
12453 | |
12454 | /// Check if the type is allowed to be used for the current target. |
12455 | void checkTypeSupport(QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc, |
12456 | ValueDecl *D = nullptr); |
12457 | |
12458 | enum CUDAFunctionTarget { |
12459 | CFT_Device, |
12460 | CFT_Global, |
12461 | CFT_Host, |
12462 | CFT_HostDevice, |
12463 | CFT_InvalidTarget |
12464 | }; |
12465 | |
12466 | /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc. |
12467 | /// function. |
12468 | /// |
12469 | /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you |
12470 | /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null. |
12471 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D, |
12472 | bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false); |
12473 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs); |
12474 | |
12475 | enum CUDAVariableTarget { |
12476 | CVT_Device, /// Emitted on device side with a shadow variable on host side |
12477 | CVT_Host, /// Emitted on host side only |
12478 | CVT_Both, /// Emitted on both sides with different addresses |
12479 | CVT_Unified, /// Emitted as a unified address, e.g. managed variables |
12480 | }; |
12481 | /// Determines whether the given variable is emitted on host or device side. |
12482 | CUDAVariableTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const VarDecl *D); |
12483 | |
12484 | /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context. |
12485 | CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() { |
12486 | return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)); |
12487 | } |
12488 | |
12489 | static bool isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(const FunctionDecl *D); |
12490 | |
12491 | // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from |
12492 | // worst to best. |
12493 | enum CUDAFunctionPreference { |
12494 | CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination. |
12495 | CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
12496 | // function that do not match current compilation |
12497 | // mode. |
12498 | CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions. |
12499 | CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
12500 | // function matching current compilation mode. |
12501 | CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls. |
12502 | }; |
12503 | |
12504 | /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee |
12505 | /// combination, based on their host/device attributes. |
12506 | /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee. |
12507 | /// nullptr in case of global context. |
12508 | /// \param Callee target function |
12509 | /// |
12510 | /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination. |
12511 | CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
12512 | const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
12513 | |
12514 | /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA |
12515 | /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed. |
12516 | /// |
12517 | /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in |
12518 | /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed. |
12519 | bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
12520 | const FunctionDecl *Callee) { |
12521 | return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never; |
12522 | } |
12523 | |
12524 | /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD, |
12525 | /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings. |
12526 | void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, |
12527 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
12528 | |
12529 | /// May add implicit CUDAConstantAttr attribute to VD, depending on VD |
12530 | /// and current compilation settings. |
12531 | void MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(VarDecl *VD); |
12532 | |
12533 | public: |
12534 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
12535 | /// |
12536 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
12537 | /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false. |
12538 | /// |
12539 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
12540 | /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to |
12541 | /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
12542 | /// |
12543 | /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once, |
12544 | /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate |
12545 | /// deferred errors. |
12546 | /// |
12547 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
12548 | bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
12549 | |
12550 | void CUDACheckLambdaCapture(CXXMethodDecl *D, const sema::Capture &Capture); |
12551 | |
12552 | /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda |
12553 | /// operator() method. |
12554 | /// |
12555 | /// CUDA lambdas by default is host device function unless it has explicit |
12556 | /// host or device attribute. |
12557 | void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
12558 | |
12559 | /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority |
12560 | /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower |
12561 | /// calling priority. |
12562 | void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches( |
12563 | const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
12564 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches); |
12565 | |
12566 | /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the |
12567 | /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members. |
12568 | /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created. |
12569 | /// \param CSM the kind of special member. |
12570 | /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself. |
12571 | /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on |
12572 | /// its RHS. |
12573 | /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics. |
12574 | /// \return true if there was an error inferring. |
12575 | /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to |
12576 | /// the member declaration. |
12577 | bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
12578 | CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
12579 | CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl, |
12580 | bool ConstRHS, |
12581 | bool Diagnose); |
12582 | |
12583 | /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA |
12584 | /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide). |
12585 | bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
12586 | bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD); |
12587 | |
12588 | // \brief Checks that initializers of \p Var satisfy CUDA restrictions. In |
12589 | // case of error emits appropriate diagnostic and invalidates \p Var. |
12590 | // |
12591 | // \details CUDA allows only empty constructors as initializers for global |
12592 | // variables (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5). The same restriction also applies to all |
12593 | // __shared__ variables whether they are local or not (they all are implicitly |
12594 | // static in CUDA). One exception is that CUDA allows constant initializers |
12595 | // for __constant__ and __device__ variables. |
12596 | void checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VarDecl *VD); |
12597 | |
12598 | /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits |
12599 | /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not. |
12600 | void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
12601 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
12602 | /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD. |
12603 | void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD); |
12604 | |
12605 | /// Returns the name of the launch configuration function. This is the name |
12606 | /// of the function that will be called to configure kernel call, with the |
12607 | /// parameters specified via <<<>>>. |
12608 | std::string getCudaConfigureFuncName() const; |
12609 | |
12610 | /// \name Code completion |
12611 | //@{ |
12612 | /// Describes the context in which code completion occurs. |
12613 | enum ParserCompletionContext { |
12614 | /// Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. |
12615 | PCC_Namespace, |
12616 | /// Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. |
12617 | PCC_Class, |
12618 | /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, |
12619 | /// or category. |
12620 | PCC_ObjCInterface, |
12621 | /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or |
12622 | /// category implementation |
12623 | PCC_ObjCImplementation, |
12624 | /// Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables |
12625 | /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. |
12626 | PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, |
12627 | /// Code completion occurs following one or more template |
12628 | /// headers. |
12629 | PCC_Template, |
12630 | /// Code completion occurs following one or more template |
12631 | /// headers within a class. |
12632 | PCC_MemberTemplate, |
12633 | /// Code completion occurs within an expression. |
12634 | PCC_Expression, |
12635 | /// Code completion occurs within a statement, which may |
12636 | /// also be an expression or a declaration. |
12637 | PCC_Statement, |
12638 | /// Code completion occurs at the beginning of the |
12639 | /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. |
12640 | PCC_ForInit, |
12641 | /// Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, |
12642 | /// while, switch, or for statement. |
12643 | PCC_Condition, |
12644 | /// Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a |
12645 | /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position |
12646 | /// in the grammar. |
12647 | PCC_RecoveryInFunction, |
12648 | /// Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. |
12649 | PCC_Type, |
12650 | /// Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which |
12651 | /// might also be a type cast. |
12652 | PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, |
12653 | /// Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration |
12654 | /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. |
12655 | PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers |
12656 | }; |
12657 | |
12658 | void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
12659 | void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
12660 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); |
12661 | void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
12662 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
12663 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); |
12664 | |
12665 | struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; |
12666 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
12667 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); |
12668 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType, |
12669 | bool IsParenthesized = false); |
12670 | void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, Expr *OtherOpBase, |
12671 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
12672 | bool IsBaseExprStatement, |
12673 | QualType PreferredType); |
12674 | void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS, |
12675 | QualType PreferredType); |
12676 | void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); |
12677 | void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); |
12678 | void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
12679 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr); |
12680 | void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S); |
12681 | void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); |
12682 | enum class AttributeCompletion { |
12683 | Attribute, |
12684 | Scope, |
12685 | None, |
12686 | }; |
12687 | void CodeCompleteAttribute( |
12688 | AttributeCommonInfo::Syntax Syntax, |
12689 | AttributeCompletion Completion = AttributeCompletion::Attribute, |
12690 | const IdentifierInfo *Scope = nullptr); |
12691 | /// Determines the preferred type of the current function argument, by |
12692 | /// examining the signatures of all possible overloads. |
12693 | /// Returns null if unknown or ambiguous, or if code completion is off. |
12694 | /// |
12695 | /// If the code completion point has been reached, also reports the function |
12696 | /// signatures that were considered. |
12697 | /// |
12698 | /// FIXME: rename to GuessCallArgumentType to reduce confusion. |
12699 | QualType ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
12700 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
12701 | QualType ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc, |
12702 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
12703 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc, |
12704 | bool Braced); |
12705 | QualType ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp( |
12706 | Decl *ConstructorDecl, CXXScopeSpec SS, ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
12707 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation OpenParLoc, |
12708 | bool Braced); |
12709 | QualType ProduceTemplateArgumentSignatureHelp( |
12710 | TemplateTy, ArrayRef<ParsedTemplateArgument>, SourceLocation LAngleLoc); |
12711 | void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
12712 | /// Trigger code completion for a record of \p BaseType. \p InitExprs are |
12713 | /// expressions in the initializer list seen so far and \p D is the current |
12714 | /// Designation being parsed. |
12715 | void CodeCompleteDesignator(const QualType BaseType, |
12716 | llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs, |
12717 | const Designation &D); |
12718 | void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen); |
12719 | |
12720 | void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool EnteringContext, |
12721 | bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType, |
12722 | QualType PreferredType); |
12723 | void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); |
12724 | void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); |
12725 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); |
12726 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); |
12727 | void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); |
12728 | void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( |
12729 | Decl *Constructor, |
12730 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); |
12731 | |
12732 | void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
12733 | bool AfterAmpersand); |
12734 | void CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D); |
12735 | |
12736 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); |
12737 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); |
12738 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); |
12739 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); |
12740 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); |
12741 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); |
12742 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); |
12743 | void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, |
12744 | bool IsParameter); |
12745 | void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); |
12746 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
12747 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
12748 | bool AtArgumentExpression); |
12749 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, |
12750 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
12751 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
12752 | bool IsSuper = false); |
12753 | void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, |
12754 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
12755 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
12756 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr); |
12757 | void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, |
12758 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); |
12759 | void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, |
12760 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
12761 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( |
12762 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols); |
12763 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); |
12764 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); |
12765 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, |
12766 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
12767 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
12768 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); |
12769 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, |
12770 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
12771 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
12772 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, |
12773 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
12774 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
12775 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); |
12776 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, |
12777 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); |
12778 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, |
12779 | ParsedType ReturnType); |
12780 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, |
12781 | bool IsInstanceMethod, |
12782 | bool AtParameterName, |
12783 | ParsedType ReturnType, |
12784 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
12785 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
12786 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
12787 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
12788 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); |
12789 | void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); |
12790 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); |
12791 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); |
12792 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, |
12793 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, |
12794 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, |
12795 | unsigned Argument); |
12796 | void CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool IsAngled); |
12797 | void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); |
12798 | void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName(); |
12799 | void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
12800 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
12801 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); |
12802 | //@} |
12803 | |
12804 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
12805 | // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system |
12806 | |
12807 | public: |
12808 | SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, |
12809 | unsigned ByteNo) const; |
12810 | |
12811 | private: |
12812 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, |
12813 | const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr, |
12814 | bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); |
12815 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); |
12816 | // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a |
12817 | // FunctionDeclaration. |
12818 | struct FormatStringInfo { |
12819 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
12820 | unsigned FirstDataArg; |
12821 | bool HasVAListArg; |
12822 | }; |
12823 | |
12824 | static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, |
12825 | FormatStringInfo *FSI); |
12826 | bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
12827 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
12828 | bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, |
12829 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); |
12830 | bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
12831 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
12832 | bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
12833 | void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, QualType ThisType, |
12834 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
12835 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, SourceLocation Loc); |
12836 | |
12837 | void CheckArgAlignment(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *FDecl, |
12838 | StringRef ParamName, QualType ArgTy, QualType ParamTy); |
12839 | |
12840 | void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
12841 | const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
12842 | bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
12843 | VariadicCallType CallType); |
12844 | |
12845 | bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); |
12846 | ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg); |
12847 | |
12848 | ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
12849 | unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12850 | |
12851 | bool CheckTSBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12852 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12853 | |
12854 | void checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12855 | |
12856 | bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
12857 | unsigned MaxWidth); |
12858 | bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12859 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12860 | bool CheckMVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12861 | bool CheckSVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12862 | bool CheckCDEBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12863 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12864 | bool CheckARMCoprocessorImmediate(const TargetInfo &TI, const Expr *CoprocArg, |
12865 | bool WantCDE); |
12866 | bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12867 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12868 | |
12869 | bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12870 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12871 | bool CheckBPFBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12872 | bool CheckHexagonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12873 | bool CheckHexagonBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12874 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12875 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12876 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinCpu(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12877 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12878 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12879 | bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12880 | bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12881 | bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12882 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArguments(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12883 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArgumentsRange(CallExpr *TheCall, |
12884 | ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
12885 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall, ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
12886 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileRangeAndDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall, |
12887 | ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
12888 | bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12889 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12890 | bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12891 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12892 | bool CheckAMDGCNBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12893 | bool CheckRISCVLMUL(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum); |
12894 | bool CheckRISCVBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12895 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12896 | |
12897 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12898 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call); |
12899 | bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12900 | bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); |
12901 | bool SemaBuiltinComplex(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12902 | bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12903 | bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12904 | bool SemaValueIsRunOfOnes(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum); |
12905 | |
12906 | public: |
12907 | // Used by C++ template instantiation. |
12908 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12909 | ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
12910 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
12911 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
12912 | |
12913 | private: |
12914 | bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12915 | bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12916 | bool SemaBuiltinArithmeticFence(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12917 | bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12918 | bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12919 | bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12920 | bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12921 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
12922 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
12923 | ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
12924 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); |
12925 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
12926 | bool IsDelete); |
12927 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
12928 | llvm::APSInt &Result); |
12929 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, int Low, |
12930 | int High, bool RangeIsError = true); |
12931 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
12932 | unsigned Multiple); |
12933 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgPower2(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum); |
12934 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByte(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
12935 | unsigned ArgBits); |
12936 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByteOrXXFF(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
12937 | unsigned ArgBits); |
12938 | bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
12939 | int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum, |
12940 | bool AllowName); |
12941 | bool SemaBuiltinARMMemoryTaggingCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12942 | bool SemaBuiltinPPCMMACall(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12943 | const char *TypeDesc); |
12944 | |
12945 | bool CheckPPCMMAType(QualType Type, SourceLocation TypeLoc); |
12946 | |
12947 | bool SemaBuiltinElementwiseMath(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12948 | bool PrepareBuiltinElementwiseMathOneArgCall(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12949 | bool PrepareBuiltinReduceMathOneArgCall(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12950 | |
12951 | // Matrix builtin handling. |
12952 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixTranspose(CallExpr *TheCall, |
12953 | ExprResult CallResult); |
12954 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorLoad(CallExpr *TheCall, |
12955 | ExprResult CallResult); |
12956 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorStore(CallExpr *TheCall, |
12957 | ExprResult CallResult); |
12958 | |
12959 | public: |
12960 | enum FormatStringType { |
12961 | FST_Scanf, |
12962 | FST_Printf, |
12963 | FST_NSString, |
12964 | FST_Strftime, |
12965 | FST_Strfmon, |
12966 | FST_Kprintf, |
12967 | FST_FreeBSDKPrintf, |
12968 | FST_OSTrace, |
12969 | FST_OSLog, |
12970 | FST_Unknown |
12971 | }; |
12972 | static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); |
12973 | |
12974 | bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr); |
12975 | |
12976 | static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx); |
12977 | |
12978 | private: |
12979 | bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, |
12980 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
12981 | bool IsCXXMember, |
12982 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
12983 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
12984 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
12985 | bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
12986 | bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, |
12987 | unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, |
12988 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
12989 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, |
12990 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
12991 | |
12992 | void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, |
12993 | const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
12994 | |
12995 | void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
12996 | |
12997 | void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
12998 | unsigned BId, |
12999 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
13000 | |
13001 | void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
13002 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
13003 | |
13004 | void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
13005 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
13006 | |
13007 | void CheckFreeArguments(const CallExpr *E); |
13008 | |
13009 | void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, |
13010 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
13011 | bool isObjCMethod = false, |
13012 | const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr, |
13013 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
13014 | |
13015 | public: |
13016 | void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
13017 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode); |
13018 | |
13019 | private: |
13020 | void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); |
13021 | void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); |
13022 | void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); |
13023 | void CheckUnsequencedOperations(const Expr *E); |
13024 | |
13025 | /// Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either |
13026 | /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. |
13027 | void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), |
13028 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
13029 | |
13030 | void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, |
13031 | Expr *Init); |
13032 | |
13033 | /// Check if there is a field shadowing. |
13034 | void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc, |
13035 | DeclarationName FieldName, |
13036 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
13037 | bool DeclIsField = true); |
13038 | |
13039 | /// Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue' |
13040 | /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC. |
13041 | void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E); |
13042 | |
13043 | /// Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which |
13044 | /// attempts to add itself into the container |
13045 | void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message); |
13046 | |
13047 | void CheckTCBEnforcement(const SourceLocation CallExprLoc, |
13048 | const NamedDecl *Callee); |
13049 | |
13050 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); |
13051 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, |
13052 | bool DeleteWasArrayForm); |
13053 | public: |
13054 | /// Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. |
13055 | void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, |
13056 | uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, |
13057 | bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); |
13058 | |
13059 | struct TypeTagData { |
13060 | TypeTagData() {} |
13061 | |
13062 | TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : |
13063 | Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), |
13064 | MustBeNull(MustBeNull) |
13065 | {} |
13066 | |
13067 | QualType Type; |
13068 | |
13069 | /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for |
13070 | /// layout-compatibility. |
13071 | unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; |
13072 | unsigned MustBeNull : 1; |
13073 | }; |
13074 | |
13075 | /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely |
13076 | /// identifies the magic value. |
13077 | typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; |
13078 | |
13079 | private: |
13080 | /// A map from magic value to type information. |
13081 | std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>> |
13082 | TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; |
13083 | |
13084 | /// Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag |
13085 | /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. |
13086 | void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, |
13087 | const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs, |
13088 | SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); |
13089 | |
13090 | /// Check if we are taking the address of a packed field |
13091 | /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced. |
13092 | void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs); |
13093 | |
13094 | /// The parser's current scope. |
13095 | /// |
13096 | /// The parser maintains this state here. |
13097 | Scope *CurScope; |
13098 | |
13099 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; |
13100 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; |
13101 | |
13102 | /// Nullability type specifiers. |
13103 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr; |
13104 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr; |
13105 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable_result = nullptr; |
13106 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr; |
13107 | |
13108 | IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr; |
13109 | |
13110 | /// The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events. |
13111 | /// |
13112 | /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include |
13113 | /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack. |
13114 | sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler; |
13115 | |
13116 | protected: |
13117 | friend class Parser; |
13118 | friend class InitializationSequence; |
13119 | friend class ASTReader; |
13120 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
13121 | friend class ASTWriter; |
13122 | |
13123 | public: |
13124 | /// Retrieve the keyword associated |
13125 | IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability); |
13126 | |
13127 | /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer. |
13128 | RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr; |
13129 | bool isCFError(RecordDecl *D); |
13130 | |
13131 | /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError". |
13132 | IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent(); |
13133 | |
13134 | /// Retrieve the parser's current scope. |
13135 | /// |
13136 | /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis |
13137 | /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case |
13138 | /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. |
13139 | /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser |
13140 | /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from |
13141 | /// template substitution or instantiation. |
13142 | Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } |
13143 | |
13144 | void incrementMSManglingNumber() const { |
13145 | return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber(); |
13146 | } |
13147 | |
13148 | IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; |
13149 | IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; |
13150 | |
13151 | Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; |
13152 | |
13153 | DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { |
13154 | return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; |
13155 | } |
13156 | |
13157 | const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { |
13158 | const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); |
13159 | // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. |
13160 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) |
13161 | DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); |
13162 | return DC; |
13163 | } |
13164 | |
13165 | /// Determine the number of levels of enclosing template parameters. This is |
13166 | /// only usable while parsing. Note that this does not include dependent |
13167 | /// contexts in which no template parameters have yet been declared, such as |
13168 | /// in a terse function template or generic lambda before the first 'auto' is |
13169 | /// encountered. |
13170 | unsigned getTemplateDepth(Scope *S) const; |
13171 | |
13172 | /// To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to |
13173 | /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it. |
13174 | static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs, |
13175 | bool PartialOverloading = false) { |
13176 | // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion. |
13177 | if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading) |
13178 | return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument. |
13179 | return NumArgs > NumParams; |
13180 | } |
13181 | |
13182 | // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class |
13183 | // (including field initializers) is fully parsed. |
13184 | SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses; |
13185 | SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportMemberFunctions; |
13186 | |
13187 | private: |
13188 | int ParsingClassDepth = 0; |
13189 | |
13190 | class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII { |
13191 | public: |
13192 | SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); } |
13193 | |
13194 | ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() { |
13195 | assert(S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 13196, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
13196 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 13196, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
13197 | assert(S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 13198, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
13198 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h", 13198, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
13199 | swapSavedState(); |
13200 | } |
13201 | |
13202 | private: |
13203 | Sema &S; |
13204 | decltype(DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks) |
13205 | SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks; |
13206 | decltype(DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks) |
13207 | SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks; |
13208 | |
13209 | void swapSavedState() { |
13210 | SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.swap( |
13211 | S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks); |
13212 | SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.swap( |
13213 | S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks); |
13214 | } |
13215 | }; |
13216 | |
13217 | /// Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and |
13218 | /// their location info for delayed diagnostics. |
13219 | struct MisalignedMember { |
13220 | Expr *E; |
13221 | RecordDecl *RD; |
13222 | ValueDecl *MD; |
13223 | CharUnits Alignment; |
13224 | |
13225 | MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD() {} |
13226 | MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
13227 | CharUnits Alignment) |
13228 | : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {} |
13229 | explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E) |
13230 | : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {} |
13231 | |
13232 | bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; } |
13233 | }; |
13234 | /// Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members |
13235 | /// due to the packed attribute. |
13236 | SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers; |
13237 | |
13238 | /// Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members. |
13239 | void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
13240 | CharUnits Alignment); |
13241 | |
13242 | public: |
13243 | /// Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically |
13244 | /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the |
13245 | /// diagnostics. |
13246 | void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers(); |
13247 | |
13248 | /// This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially |
13249 | /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower |
13250 | /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when |
13251 | /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to |
13252 | /// void*). |
13253 | void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E); |
13254 | |
13255 | /// This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a |
13256 | /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit |
13257 | /// local diagnostics like in reference binding. |
13258 | void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment( |
13259 | Expr *E, |
13260 | llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)> |
13261 | Action); |
13262 | |
13263 | /// Describes the reason a calling convention specification was ignored, used |
13264 | /// for diagnostics. |
13265 | enum class CallingConventionIgnoredReason { |
13266 | ForThisTarget = 0, |
13267 | VariadicFunction, |
13268 | ConstructorDestructor, |
13269 | BuiltinFunction |
13270 | }; |
13271 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
13272 | /// context is "used as device code". |
13273 | /// |
13274 | /// - If CurLexicalContext is a kernel function or it is known that the |
13275 | /// function will be emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics |
13276 | /// immediately. |
13277 | /// - If CurLexicalContext is a function and we are compiling |
13278 | /// for the device, but we don't know that this function will be codegen'ed |
13279 | /// for devive yet, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we |
13280 | /// realize that the function will be codegen'ed. |
13281 | /// |
13282 | /// Example usage: |
13283 | /// |
13284 | /// Diagnose __float128 type usage only from SYCL device code if the current |
13285 | /// target doesn't support it |
13286 | /// if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type() && |
13287 | /// S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) |
13288 | /// SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_type_unsupported) << "__float128"; |
13289 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
13290 | unsigned DiagID); |
13291 | |
13292 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
13293 | /// |
13294 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
13295 | /// emits an error and returns false. |
13296 | /// |
13297 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
13298 | /// it's never codegen'ed, creates a deferred diagnostic to be emitted if |
13299 | /// and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
13300 | /// |
13301 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
13302 | /// |
13303 | /// Adds Callee to DeviceCallGraph if we don't know if its caller will be |
13304 | /// codegen'ed yet. |
13305 | bool checkSYCLDeviceFunction(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
13306 | void deepTypeCheckForSYCLDevice(SourceLocation UsedAt, |
13307 | llvm::DenseSet<QualType> Visited, |
13308 | ValueDecl *DeclToCheck); |
13309 | }; |
13310 | |
13311 | /// RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. |
13312 | class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { |
13313 | Sema &Actions; |
13314 | bool Entered = true; |
13315 | |
13316 | public: |
13317 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext( |
13318 | Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
13319 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
13320 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext = |
13321 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other, |
13322 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
13323 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) { |
13324 | if (Entered) |
13325 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, |
13326 | ExprContext); |
13327 | } |
13328 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext( |
13329 | Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
13330 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
13331 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext = |
13332 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other) |
13333 | : Actions(Actions) { |
13334 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
13335 | NewContext, Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, ExprContext); |
13336 | } |
13337 | |
13338 | enum InitListTag { InitList }; |
13339 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag, |
13340 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
13341 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) { |
13342 | // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of |
13343 | // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands. |
13344 | // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such |
13345 | // a context. |
13346 | if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() && |
13347 | Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
13348 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
13349 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList); |
13350 | Entered = true; |
13351 | } |
13352 | } |
13353 | |
13354 | ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
13355 | if (Entered) |
13356 | Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
13357 | } |
13358 | }; |
13359 | |
13360 | DeductionFailureInfo |
13361 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, |
13362 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
13363 | |
13364 | /// Contains a late templated function. |
13365 | /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. |
13366 | struct LateParsedTemplate { |
13367 | CachedTokens Toks; |
13368 | /// The template function declaration to be late parsed. |
13369 | Decl *D; |
13370 | }; |
13371 | |
13372 | template <> |
13373 | void Sema::PragmaStack<Sema::AlignPackInfo>::Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
13374 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
13375 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
13376 | AlignPackInfo Value); |
13377 | |
13378 | } // end namespace clang |
13379 | |
13380 | namespace llvm { |
13381 | // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its |
13382 | // SourceLocation. |
13383 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> { |
13384 | using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc; |
13385 | using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>; |
13386 | |
13387 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() { |
13388 | return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
13389 | } |
13390 | |
13391 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() { |
13392 | return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
13393 | } |
13394 | |
13395 | static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) { |
13396 | return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD), |
13397 | FDL.Loc.getHashValue()); |
13398 | } |
13399 | |
13400 | static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS, |
13401 | const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) { |
13402 | return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc; |
13403 | } |
13404 | }; |
13405 | } // namespace llvm |
13406 | |
13407 | #endif |
1 | //===- ExprCXX.h - Classes for representing expressions ---------*- C++ -*-===// | |||
2 | // | |||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | |||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | |||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | |||
6 | // | |||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
8 | // | |||
9 | /// \file | |||
10 | /// Defines the clang::Expr interface and subclasses for C++ expressions. | |||
11 | // | |||
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
13 | ||||
14 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPRCXX_H | |||
15 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPRCXX_H | |||
16 | ||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h" | |||
18 | #include "clang/AST/ComputeDependence.h" | |||
19 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" | |||
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" | |||
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | |||
22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | |||
23 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" | |||
24 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | |||
25 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | |||
26 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" | |||
27 | #include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h" | |||
28 | #include "clang/AST/Stmt.h" | |||
29 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" | |||
30 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h" | |||
31 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" | |||
32 | #include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h" | |||
33 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" | |||
34 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" | |||
35 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" | |||
36 | #include "clang/Basic/Lambda.h" | |||
37 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" | |||
38 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h" | |||
39 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" | |||
40 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" | |||
41 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" | |||
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" | |||
43 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" | |||
44 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | |||
45 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" | |||
46 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" | |||
47 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" | |||
48 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" | |||
49 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" | |||
50 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" | |||
51 | #include <cassert> | |||
52 | #include <cstddef> | |||
53 | #include <cstdint> | |||
54 | #include <memory> | |||
55 | ||||
56 | namespace clang { | |||
57 | ||||
58 | class ASTContext; | |||
59 | class DeclAccessPair; | |||
60 | class IdentifierInfo; | |||
61 | class LambdaCapture; | |||
62 | class NonTypeTemplateParmDecl; | |||
63 | class TemplateParameterList; | |||
64 | ||||
65 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
66 | // C++ Expressions. | |||
67 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
68 | ||||
69 | /// A call to an overloaded operator written using operator | |||
70 | /// syntax. | |||
71 | /// | |||
72 | /// Represents a call to an overloaded operator written using operator | |||
73 | /// syntax, e.g., "x + y" or "*p". While semantically equivalent to a | |||
74 | /// normal call, this AST node provides better information about the | |||
75 | /// syntactic representation of the call. | |||
76 | /// | |||
77 | /// In a C++ template, this expression node kind will be used whenever | |||
78 | /// any of the arguments are type-dependent. In this case, the | |||
79 | /// function itself will be a (possibly empty) set of functions and | |||
80 | /// function templates that were found by name lookup at template | |||
81 | /// definition time. | |||
82 | class CXXOperatorCallExpr final : public CallExpr { | |||
83 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
84 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
85 | ||||
86 | SourceRange Range; | |||
87 | ||||
88 | // CXXOperatorCallExpr has some trailing objects belonging | |||
89 | // to CallExpr. See CallExpr for the details. | |||
90 | ||||
91 | SourceRange getSourceRangeImpl() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
92 | ||||
93 | CXXOperatorCallExpr(OverloadedOperatorKind OpKind, Expr *Fn, | |||
94 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
95 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, | |||
96 | ADLCallKind UsesADL); | |||
97 | ||||
98 | CXXOperatorCallExpr(unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | |||
99 | ||||
100 | public: | |||
101 | static CXXOperatorCallExpr * | |||
102 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, OverloadedOperatorKind OpKind, Expr *Fn, | |||
103 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
104 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, | |||
105 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = NotADL); | |||
106 | ||||
107 | static CXXOperatorCallExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
108 | unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, | |||
109 | EmptyShell Empty); | |||
110 | ||||
111 | /// Returns the kind of overloaded operator that this expression refers to. | |||
112 | OverloadedOperatorKind getOperator() const { | |||
113 | return static_cast<OverloadedOperatorKind>( | |||
114 | CXXOperatorCallExprBits.OperatorKind); | |||
115 | } | |||
116 | ||||
117 | static bool isAssignmentOp(OverloadedOperatorKind Opc) { | |||
118 | return Opc == OO_Equal || Opc == OO_StarEqual || Opc == OO_SlashEqual || | |||
119 | Opc == OO_PercentEqual || Opc == OO_PlusEqual || | |||
120 | Opc == OO_MinusEqual || Opc == OO_LessLessEqual || | |||
121 | Opc == OO_GreaterGreaterEqual || Opc == OO_AmpEqual || | |||
122 | Opc == OO_CaretEqual || Opc == OO_PipeEqual; | |||
123 | } | |||
124 | bool isAssignmentOp() const { return isAssignmentOp(getOperator()); } | |||
125 | ||||
126 | static bool isComparisonOp(OverloadedOperatorKind Opc) { | |||
127 | switch (Opc) { | |||
128 | case OO_EqualEqual: | |||
129 | case OO_ExclaimEqual: | |||
130 | case OO_Greater: | |||
131 | case OO_GreaterEqual: | |||
132 | case OO_Less: | |||
133 | case OO_LessEqual: | |||
134 | case OO_Spaceship: | |||
135 | return true; | |||
136 | default: | |||
137 | return false; | |||
138 | } | |||
139 | } | |||
140 | bool isComparisonOp() const { return isComparisonOp(getOperator()); } | |||
141 | ||||
142 | /// Is this written as an infix binary operator? | |||
143 | bool isInfixBinaryOp() const; | |||
144 | ||||
145 | /// Returns the location of the operator symbol in the expression. | |||
146 | /// | |||
147 | /// When \c getOperator()==OO_Call, this is the location of the right | |||
148 | /// parentheses; when \c getOperator()==OO_Subscript, this is the location | |||
149 | /// of the right bracket. | |||
150 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } | |||
151 | ||||
152 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
153 | OverloadedOperatorKind Operator = getOperator(); | |||
154 | return (Operator < OO_Plus || Operator >= OO_Arrow || | |||
155 | Operator == OO_PlusPlus || Operator == OO_MinusMinus) | |||
156 | ? getBeginLoc() | |||
157 | : getOperatorLoc(); | |||
158 | } | |||
159 | ||||
160 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return Range.getBegin(); } | |||
161 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Range.getEnd(); } | |||
162 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const { return Range; } | |||
163 | ||||
164 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
165 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXOperatorCallExprClass; | |||
166 | } | |||
167 | }; | |||
168 | ||||
169 | /// Represents a call to a member function that | |||
170 | /// may be written either with member call syntax (e.g., "obj.func()" | |||
171 | /// or "objptr->func()") or with normal function-call syntax | |||
172 | /// ("func()") within a member function that ends up calling a member | |||
173 | /// function. The callee in either case is a MemberExpr that contains | |||
174 | /// both the object argument and the member function, while the | |||
175 | /// arguments are the arguments within the parentheses (not including | |||
176 | /// the object argument). | |||
177 | class CXXMemberCallExpr final : public CallExpr { | |||
178 | // CXXMemberCallExpr has some trailing objects belonging | |||
179 | // to CallExpr. See CallExpr for the details. | |||
180 | ||||
181 | CXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, | |||
182 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation RP, | |||
183 | FPOptionsOverride FPOptions, unsigned MinNumArgs); | |||
184 | ||||
185 | CXXMemberCallExpr(unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | |||
186 | ||||
187 | public: | |||
188 | static CXXMemberCallExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Fn, | |||
189 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, | |||
190 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation RP, | |||
191 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, | |||
192 | unsigned MinNumArgs = 0); | |||
193 | ||||
194 | static CXXMemberCallExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumArgs, | |||
195 | bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | |||
196 | ||||
197 | /// Retrieve the implicit object argument for the member call. | |||
198 | /// | |||
199 | /// For example, in "x.f(5)", this returns the sub-expression "x". | |||
200 | Expr *getImplicitObjectArgument() const; | |||
201 | ||||
202 | /// Retrieve the type of the object argument. | |||
203 | /// | |||
204 | /// Note that this always returns a non-pointer type. | |||
205 | QualType getObjectType() const; | |||
206 | ||||
207 | /// Retrieve the declaration of the called method. | |||
208 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethodDecl() const; | |||
209 | ||||
210 | /// Retrieve the CXXRecordDecl for the underlying type of | |||
211 | /// the implicit object argument. | |||
212 | /// | |||
213 | /// Note that this is may not be the same declaration as that of the class | |||
214 | /// context of the CXXMethodDecl which this function is calling. | |||
215 | /// FIXME: Returns 0 for member pointer call exprs. | |||
216 | CXXRecordDecl *getRecordDecl() const; | |||
217 | ||||
218 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
219 | SourceLocation CLoc = getCallee()->getExprLoc(); | |||
220 | if (CLoc.isValid()) | |||
221 | return CLoc; | |||
222 | ||||
223 | return getBeginLoc(); | |||
224 | } | |||
225 | ||||
226 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
227 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXMemberCallExprClass; | |||
228 | } | |||
229 | }; | |||
230 | ||||
231 | /// Represents a call to a CUDA kernel function. | |||
232 | class CUDAKernelCallExpr final : public CallExpr { | |||
233 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
234 | ||||
235 | enum { CONFIG, END_PREARG }; | |||
236 | ||||
237 | // CUDAKernelCallExpr has some trailing objects belonging | |||
238 | // to CallExpr. See CallExpr for the details. | |||
239 | ||||
240 | CUDAKernelCallExpr(Expr *Fn, CallExpr *Config, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
241 | QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation RP, | |||
242 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, unsigned MinNumArgs); | |||
243 | ||||
244 | CUDAKernelCallExpr(unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | |||
245 | ||||
246 | public: | |||
247 | static CUDAKernelCallExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Fn, | |||
248 | CallExpr *Config, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
249 | QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
250 | SourceLocation RP, | |||
251 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, | |||
252 | unsigned MinNumArgs = 0); | |||
253 | ||||
254 | static CUDAKernelCallExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
255 | unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, | |||
256 | EmptyShell Empty); | |||
257 | ||||
258 | const CallExpr *getConfig() const { | |||
259 | return cast_or_null<CallExpr>(getPreArg(CONFIG)); | |||
260 | } | |||
261 | CallExpr *getConfig() { return cast_or_null<CallExpr>(getPreArg(CONFIG)); } | |||
262 | ||||
263 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
264 | return T->getStmtClass() == CUDAKernelCallExprClass; | |||
265 | } | |||
266 | }; | |||
267 | ||||
268 | /// A rewritten comparison expression that was originally written using | |||
269 | /// operator syntax. | |||
270 | /// | |||
271 | /// In C++20, the following rewrites are performed: | |||
272 | /// - <tt>a == b</tt> -> <tt>b == a</tt> | |||
273 | /// - <tt>a != b</tt> -> <tt>!(a == b)</tt> | |||
274 | /// - <tt>a != b</tt> -> <tt>!(b == a)</tt> | |||
275 | /// - For \c \@ in \c <, \c <=, \c >, \c >=, \c <=>: | |||
276 | /// - <tt>a @ b</tt> -> <tt>(a <=> b) @ 0</tt> | |||
277 | /// - <tt>a @ b</tt> -> <tt>0 @ (b <=> a)</tt> | |||
278 | /// | |||
279 | /// This expression provides access to both the original syntax and the | |||
280 | /// rewritten expression. | |||
281 | /// | |||
282 | /// Note that the rewritten calls to \c ==, \c <=>, and \c \@ are typically | |||
283 | /// \c CXXOperatorCallExprs, but could theoretically be \c BinaryOperators. | |||
284 | class CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator : public Expr { | |||
285 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
286 | ||||
287 | /// The rewritten semantic form. | |||
288 | Stmt *SemanticForm; | |||
289 | ||||
290 | public: | |||
291 | CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(Expr *SemanticForm, bool IsReversed) | |||
292 | : Expr(CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorClass, SemanticForm->getType(), | |||
293 | SemanticForm->getValueKind(), SemanticForm->getObjectKind()), | |||
294 | SemanticForm(SemanticForm) { | |||
295 | CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorBits.IsReversed = IsReversed; | |||
296 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
297 | } | |||
298 | CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
299 | : Expr(CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorClass, Empty), SemanticForm() {} | |||
300 | ||||
301 | /// Get an equivalent semantic form for this expression. | |||
302 | Expr *getSemanticForm() { return cast<Expr>(SemanticForm); } | |||
303 | const Expr *getSemanticForm() const { return cast<Expr>(SemanticForm); } | |||
304 | ||||
305 | struct DecomposedForm { | |||
306 | /// The original opcode, prior to rewriting. | |||
307 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode; | |||
308 | /// The original left-hand side. | |||
309 | const Expr *LHS; | |||
310 | /// The original right-hand side. | |||
311 | const Expr *RHS; | |||
312 | /// The inner \c == or \c <=> operator expression. | |||
313 | const Expr *InnerBinOp; | |||
314 | }; | |||
315 | ||||
316 | /// Decompose this operator into its syntactic form. | |||
317 | DecomposedForm getDecomposedForm() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
318 | ||||
319 | /// Determine whether this expression was rewritten in reverse form. | |||
320 | bool isReversed() const { return CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorBits.IsReversed; } | |||
321 | ||||
322 | BinaryOperatorKind getOperator() const { return getDecomposedForm().Opcode; } | |||
323 | BinaryOperatorKind getOpcode() const { return getOperator(); } | |||
324 | static StringRef getOpcodeStr(BinaryOperatorKind Op) { | |||
325 | return BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Op); | |||
326 | } | |||
327 | StringRef getOpcodeStr() const { | |||
328 | return BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(getOpcode()); | |||
329 | } | |||
330 | bool isComparisonOp() const { return true; } | |||
331 | bool isAssignmentOp() const { return false; } | |||
332 | ||||
333 | const Expr *getLHS() const { return getDecomposedForm().LHS; } | |||
334 | const Expr *getRHS() const { return getDecomposedForm().RHS; } | |||
335 | ||||
336 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
337 | return getDecomposedForm().InnerBinOp->getExprLoc(); | |||
338 | } | |||
339 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return getOperatorLoc(); } | |||
340 | ||||
341 | /// Compute the begin and end locations from the decomposed form. | |||
342 | /// The locations of the semantic form are not reliable if this is | |||
343 | /// a reversed expression. | |||
344 | //@{ | |||
345 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
346 | return getDecomposedForm().LHS->getBeginLoc(); | |||
347 | } | |||
348 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
349 | return getDecomposedForm().RHS->getEndLoc(); | |||
350 | } | |||
351 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
352 | DecomposedForm DF = getDecomposedForm(); | |||
353 | return SourceRange(DF.LHS->getBeginLoc(), DF.RHS->getEndLoc()); | |||
354 | } | |||
355 | //@} | |||
356 | ||||
357 | child_range children() { | |||
358 | return child_range(&SemanticForm, &SemanticForm + 1); | |||
359 | } | |||
360 | ||||
361 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
362 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorClass; | |||
363 | } | |||
364 | }; | |||
365 | ||||
366 | /// Abstract class common to all of the C++ "named"/"keyword" casts. | |||
367 | /// | |||
368 | /// This abstract class is inherited by all of the classes | |||
369 | /// representing "named" casts: CXXStaticCastExpr for \c static_cast, | |||
370 | /// CXXDynamicCastExpr for \c dynamic_cast, CXXReinterpretCastExpr for | |||
371 | /// reinterpret_cast, CXXConstCastExpr for \c const_cast and | |||
372 | /// CXXAddrspaceCastExpr for addrspace_cast (in OpenCL). | |||
373 | class CXXNamedCastExpr : public ExplicitCastExpr { | |||
374 | private: | |||
375 | // the location of the casting op | |||
376 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
377 | ||||
378 | // the location of the right parenthesis | |||
379 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
380 | ||||
381 | // range for '<' '>' | |||
382 | SourceRange AngleBrackets; | |||
383 | ||||
384 | protected: | |||
385 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
386 | ||||
387 | CXXNamedCastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind kind, | |||
388 | Expr *op, unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures, | |||
389 | TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l, | |||
390 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
391 | : ExplicitCastExpr(SC, ty, VK, kind, op, PathSize, HasFPFeatures, | |||
392 | writtenTy), | |||
393 | Loc(l), RParenLoc(RParenLoc), AngleBrackets(AngleBrackets) {} | |||
394 | ||||
395 | explicit CXXNamedCastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, | |||
396 | bool HasFPFeatures) | |||
397 | : ExplicitCastExpr(SC, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {} | |||
398 | ||||
399 | public: | |||
400 | const char *getCastName() const; | |||
401 | ||||
402 | /// Retrieve the location of the cast operator keyword, e.g., | |||
403 | /// \c static_cast. | |||
404 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return Loc; } | |||
405 | ||||
406 | /// Retrieve the location of the closing parenthesis. | |||
407 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | |||
408 | ||||
409 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
410 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParenLoc; } | |||
411 | SourceRange getAngleBrackets() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return AngleBrackets; } | |||
412 | ||||
413 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
414 | switch (T->getStmtClass()) { | |||
415 | case CXXStaticCastExprClass: | |||
416 | case CXXDynamicCastExprClass: | |||
417 | case CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: | |||
418 | case CXXConstCastExprClass: | |||
419 | case CXXAddrspaceCastExprClass: | |||
420 | return true; | |||
421 | default: | |||
422 | return false; | |||
423 | } | |||
424 | } | |||
425 | }; | |||
426 | ||||
427 | /// A C++ \c static_cast expression (C++ [expr.static.cast]). | |||
428 | /// | |||
429 | /// This expression node represents a C++ static cast, e.g., | |||
430 | /// \c static_cast<int>(1.0). | |||
431 | class CXXStaticCastExpr final | |||
432 | : public CXXNamedCastExpr, | |||
433 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXStaticCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *, | |||
434 | FPOptionsOverride> { | |||
435 | CXXStaticCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind vk, CastKind kind, Expr *op, | |||
436 | unsigned pathSize, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, | |||
437 | FPOptionsOverride FPO, SourceLocation l, | |||
438 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
439 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXStaticCastExprClass, ty, vk, kind, op, pathSize, | |||
440 | FPO.requiresTrailingStorage(), writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, | |||
441 | AngleBrackets) { | |||
442 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) | |||
443 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; | |||
444 | } | |||
445 | ||||
446 | explicit CXXStaticCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned PathSize, | |||
447 | bool HasFPFeatures) | |||
448 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXStaticCastExprClass, Empty, PathSize, | |||
449 | HasFPFeatures) {} | |||
450 | ||||
451 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const { | |||
452 | return path_size(); | |||
453 | } | |||
454 | ||||
455 | public: | |||
456 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
457 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
458 | ||||
459 | static CXXStaticCastExpr * | |||
460 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind K, | |||
461 | Expr *Op, const CXXCastPath *Path, TypeSourceInfo *Written, | |||
462 | FPOptionsOverride FPO, SourceLocation L, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
463 | SourceRange AngleBrackets); | |||
464 | static CXXStaticCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
465 | unsigned PathSize, bool hasFPFeatures); | |||
466 | ||||
467 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
468 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXStaticCastExprClass; | |||
469 | } | |||
470 | }; | |||
471 | ||||
472 | /// A C++ @c dynamic_cast expression (C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]). | |||
473 | /// | |||
474 | /// This expression node represents a dynamic cast, e.g., | |||
475 | /// \c dynamic_cast<Derived*>(BasePtr). Such a cast may perform a run-time | |||
476 | /// check to determine how to perform the type conversion. | |||
477 | class CXXDynamicCastExpr final | |||
478 | : public CXXNamedCastExpr, | |||
479 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXDynamicCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *> { | |||
480 | CXXDynamicCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind kind, Expr *op, | |||
481 | unsigned pathSize, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, | |||
482 | SourceLocation l, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
483 | SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
484 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXDynamicCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, pathSize, | |||
485 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false, writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, | |||
486 | AngleBrackets) {} | |||
487 | ||||
488 | explicit CXXDynamicCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned pathSize) | |||
489 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXDynamicCastExprClass, Empty, pathSize, | |||
490 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false) {} | |||
491 | ||||
492 | public: | |||
493 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
494 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
495 | ||||
496 | static CXXDynamicCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, | |||
497 | ExprValueKind VK, CastKind Kind, Expr *Op, | |||
498 | const CXXCastPath *Path, | |||
499 | TypeSourceInfo *Written, SourceLocation L, | |||
500 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
501 | SourceRange AngleBrackets); | |||
502 | ||||
503 | static CXXDynamicCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
504 | unsigned pathSize); | |||
505 | ||||
506 | bool isAlwaysNull() const; | |||
507 | ||||
508 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
509 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDynamicCastExprClass; | |||
510 | } | |||
511 | }; | |||
512 | ||||
513 | /// A C++ @c reinterpret_cast expression (C++ [expr.reinterpret.cast]). | |||
514 | /// | |||
515 | /// This expression node represents a reinterpret cast, e.g., | |||
516 | /// @c reinterpret_cast<int>(VoidPtr). | |||
517 | /// | |||
518 | /// A reinterpret_cast provides a differently-typed view of a value but | |||
519 | /// (in Clang, as in most C++ implementations) performs no actual work at | |||
520 | /// run time. | |||
521 | class CXXReinterpretCastExpr final | |||
522 | : public CXXNamedCastExpr, | |||
523 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXReinterpretCastExpr, | |||
524 | CXXBaseSpecifier *> { | |||
525 | CXXReinterpretCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind vk, CastKind kind, Expr *op, | |||
526 | unsigned pathSize, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, | |||
527 | SourceLocation l, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
528 | SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
529 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXReinterpretCastExprClass, ty, vk, kind, op, | |||
530 | pathSize, /*HasFPFeatures*/ false, writtenTy, l, | |||
531 | RParenLoc, AngleBrackets) {} | |||
532 | ||||
533 | CXXReinterpretCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned pathSize) | |||
534 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXReinterpretCastExprClass, Empty, pathSize, | |||
535 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false) {} | |||
536 | ||||
537 | public: | |||
538 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
539 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
540 | ||||
541 | static CXXReinterpretCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, | |||
542 | ExprValueKind VK, CastKind Kind, | |||
543 | Expr *Op, const CXXCastPath *Path, | |||
544 | TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L, | |||
545 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
546 | SourceRange AngleBrackets); | |||
547 | static CXXReinterpretCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
548 | unsigned pathSize); | |||
549 | ||||
550 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
551 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXReinterpretCastExprClass; | |||
552 | } | |||
553 | }; | |||
554 | ||||
555 | /// A C++ \c const_cast expression (C++ [expr.const.cast]). | |||
556 | /// | |||
557 | /// This expression node represents a const cast, e.g., | |||
558 | /// \c const_cast<char*>(PtrToConstChar). | |||
559 | /// | |||
560 | /// A const_cast can remove type qualifiers but does not change the underlying | |||
561 | /// value. | |||
562 | class CXXConstCastExpr final | |||
563 | : public CXXNamedCastExpr, | |||
564 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXConstCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *> { | |||
565 | CXXConstCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *op, | |||
566 | TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l, | |||
567 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
568 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXConstCastExprClass, ty, VK, CK_NoOp, op, 0, | |||
569 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false, writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, | |||
570 | AngleBrackets) {} | |||
571 | ||||
572 | explicit CXXConstCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
573 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXConstCastExprClass, Empty, 0, | |||
574 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false) {} | |||
575 | ||||
576 | public: | |||
577 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
578 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
579 | ||||
580 | static CXXConstCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, | |||
581 | ExprValueKind VK, Expr *Op, | |||
582 | TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L, | |||
583 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
584 | SourceRange AngleBrackets); | |||
585 | static CXXConstCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context); | |||
586 | ||||
587 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
588 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXConstCastExprClass; | |||
589 | } | |||
590 | }; | |||
591 | ||||
592 | /// A C++ addrspace_cast expression (currently only enabled for OpenCL). | |||
593 | /// | |||
594 | /// This expression node represents a cast between pointers to objects in | |||
595 | /// different address spaces e.g., | |||
596 | /// \c addrspace_cast<global int*>(PtrToGenericInt). | |||
597 | /// | |||
598 | /// A addrspace_cast can cast address space type qualifiers but does not change | |||
599 | /// the underlying value. | |||
600 | class CXXAddrspaceCastExpr final | |||
601 | : public CXXNamedCastExpr, | |||
602 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXAddrspaceCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *> { | |||
603 | CXXAddrspaceCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind Kind, Expr *op, | |||
604 | TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l, | |||
605 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
606 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXAddrspaceCastExprClass, ty, VK, Kind, op, 0, | |||
607 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false, writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, | |||
608 | AngleBrackets) {} | |||
609 | ||||
610 | explicit CXXAddrspaceCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
611 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXAddrspaceCastExprClass, Empty, 0, | |||
612 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false) {} | |||
613 | ||||
614 | public: | |||
615 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
616 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
617 | ||||
618 | static CXXAddrspaceCastExpr * | |||
619 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind Kind, | |||
620 | Expr *Op, TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L, | |||
621 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceRange AngleBrackets); | |||
622 | static CXXAddrspaceCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context); | |||
623 | ||||
624 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
625 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXAddrspaceCastExprClass; | |||
626 | } | |||
627 | }; | |||
628 | ||||
629 | /// A call to a literal operator (C++11 [over.literal]) | |||
630 | /// written as a user-defined literal (C++11 [lit.ext]). | |||
631 | /// | |||
632 | /// Represents a user-defined literal, e.g. "foo"_bar or 1.23_xyz. While this | |||
633 | /// is semantically equivalent to a normal call, this AST node provides better | |||
634 | /// information about the syntactic representation of the literal. | |||
635 | /// | |||
636 | /// Since literal operators are never found by ADL and can only be declared at | |||
637 | /// namespace scope, a user-defined literal is never dependent. | |||
638 | class UserDefinedLiteral final : public CallExpr { | |||
639 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
640 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
641 | ||||
642 | /// The location of a ud-suffix within the literal. | |||
643 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc; | |||
644 | ||||
645 | // UserDefinedLiteral has some trailing objects belonging | |||
646 | // to CallExpr. See CallExpr for the details. | |||
647 | ||||
648 | UserDefinedLiteral(Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, | |||
649 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation LitEndLoc, | |||
650 | SourceLocation SuffixLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); | |||
651 | ||||
652 | UserDefinedLiteral(unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | |||
653 | ||||
654 | public: | |||
655 | static UserDefinedLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Fn, | |||
656 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, | |||
657 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation LitEndLoc, | |||
658 | SourceLocation SuffixLoc, | |||
659 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); | |||
660 | ||||
661 | static UserDefinedLiteral *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
662 | unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPOptions, | |||
663 | EmptyShell Empty); | |||
664 | ||||
665 | /// The kind of literal operator which is invoked. | |||
666 | enum LiteralOperatorKind { | |||
667 | /// Raw form: operator "" X (const char *) | |||
668 | LOK_Raw, | |||
669 | ||||
670 | /// Raw form: operator "" X<cs...> () | |||
671 | LOK_Template, | |||
672 | ||||
673 | /// operator "" X (unsigned long long) | |||
674 | LOK_Integer, | |||
675 | ||||
676 | /// operator "" X (long double) | |||
677 | LOK_Floating, | |||
678 | ||||
679 | /// operator "" X (const CharT *, size_t) | |||
680 | LOK_String, | |||
681 | ||||
682 | /// operator "" X (CharT) | |||
683 | LOK_Character | |||
684 | }; | |||
685 | ||||
686 | /// Returns the kind of literal operator invocation | |||
687 | /// which this expression represents. | |||
688 | LiteralOperatorKind getLiteralOperatorKind() const; | |||
689 | ||||
690 | /// If this is not a raw user-defined literal, get the | |||
691 | /// underlying cooked literal (representing the literal with the suffix | |||
692 | /// removed). | |||
693 | Expr *getCookedLiteral(); | |||
694 | const Expr *getCookedLiteral() const { | |||
695 | return const_cast<UserDefinedLiteral*>(this)->getCookedLiteral(); | |||
696 | } | |||
697 | ||||
698 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { | |||
699 | if (getLiteralOperatorKind() == LOK_Template) | |||
700 | return getRParenLoc(); | |||
701 | return getArg(0)->getBeginLoc(); | |||
702 | } | |||
703 | ||||
704 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } | |||
705 | ||||
706 | /// Returns the location of a ud-suffix in the expression. | |||
707 | /// | |||
708 | /// For a string literal, there may be multiple identical suffixes. This | |||
709 | /// returns the first. | |||
710 | SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc() const { return UDSuffixLoc; } | |||
711 | ||||
712 | /// Returns the ud-suffix specified for this literal. | |||
713 | const IdentifierInfo *getUDSuffix() const; | |||
714 | ||||
715 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { | |||
716 | return S->getStmtClass() == UserDefinedLiteralClass; | |||
717 | } | |||
718 | }; | |||
719 | ||||
720 | /// A boolean literal, per ([C++ lex.bool] Boolean literals). | |||
721 | class CXXBoolLiteralExpr : public Expr { | |||
722 | public: | |||
723 | CXXBoolLiteralExpr(bool Val, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) | |||
724 | : Expr(CXXBoolLiteralExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { | |||
725 | CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Value = Val; | |||
726 | CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Loc = Loc; | |||
727 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); | |||
728 | } | |||
729 | ||||
730 | explicit CXXBoolLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
731 | : Expr(CXXBoolLiteralExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
732 | ||||
733 | bool getValue() const { return CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Value; } | |||
734 | void setValue(bool V) { CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Value = V; } | |||
735 | ||||
736 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
737 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
738 | ||||
739 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Loc; } | |||
740 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Loc = L; } | |||
741 | ||||
742 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
743 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXBoolLiteralExprClass; | |||
744 | } | |||
745 | ||||
746 | // Iterators | |||
747 | child_range children() { | |||
748 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
749 | } | |||
750 | ||||
751 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
752 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
753 | } | |||
754 | }; | |||
755 | ||||
756 | /// The null pointer literal (C++11 [lex.nullptr]) | |||
757 | /// | |||
758 | /// Introduced in C++11, the only literal of type \c nullptr_t is \c nullptr. | |||
759 | class CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr : public Expr { | |||
760 | public: | |||
761 | CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) | |||
762 | : Expr(CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { | |||
763 | CXXNullPtrLiteralExprBits.Loc = Loc; | |||
764 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); | |||
765 | } | |||
766 | ||||
767 | explicit CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
768 | : Expr(CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
769 | ||||
770 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
771 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
772 | ||||
773 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return CXXNullPtrLiteralExprBits.Loc; } | |||
774 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { CXXNullPtrLiteralExprBits.Loc = L; } | |||
775 | ||||
776 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
777 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass; | |||
778 | } | |||
779 | ||||
780 | child_range children() { | |||
781 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
782 | } | |||
783 | ||||
784 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
785 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
786 | } | |||
787 | }; | |||
788 | ||||
789 | /// Implicit construction of a std::initializer_list<T> object from an | |||
790 | /// array temporary within list-initialization (C++11 [dcl.init.list]p5). | |||
791 | class CXXStdInitializerListExpr : public Expr { | |||
792 | Stmt *SubExpr = nullptr; | |||
793 | ||||
794 | CXXStdInitializerListExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
795 | : Expr(CXXStdInitializerListExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
796 | ||||
797 | public: | |||
798 | friend class ASTReader; | |||
799 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
800 | ||||
801 | CXXStdInitializerListExpr(QualType Ty, Expr *SubExpr) | |||
802 | : Expr(CXXStdInitializerListExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
803 | SubExpr(SubExpr) { | |||
804 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
805 | } | |||
806 | ||||
807 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExpr); } | |||
808 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return static_cast<const Expr*>(SubExpr); } | |||
809 | ||||
810 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
811 | return SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); | |||
812 | } | |||
813 | ||||
814 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
815 | return SubExpr->getEndLoc(); | |||
816 | } | |||
817 | ||||
818 | /// Retrieve the source range of the expression. | |||
819 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
820 | return SubExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
821 | } | |||
822 | ||||
823 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { | |||
824 | return S->getStmtClass() == CXXStdInitializerListExprClass; | |||
825 | } | |||
826 | ||||
827 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); } | |||
828 | ||||
829 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
830 | return const_child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); | |||
831 | } | |||
832 | }; | |||
833 | ||||
834 | /// A C++ \c typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]), which gets | |||
835 | /// the \c type_info that corresponds to the supplied type, or the (possibly | |||
836 | /// dynamic) type of the supplied expression. | |||
837 | /// | |||
838 | /// This represents code like \c typeid(int) or \c typeid(*objPtr) | |||
839 | class CXXTypeidExpr : public Expr { | |||
840 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
841 | ||||
842 | private: | |||
843 | llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, TypeSourceInfo *> Operand; | |||
844 | SourceRange Range; | |||
845 | ||||
846 | public: | |||
847 | CXXTypeidExpr(QualType Ty, TypeSourceInfo *Operand, SourceRange R) | |||
848 | : Expr(CXXTypeidExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), Operand(Operand), | |||
849 | Range(R) { | |||
850 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
851 | } | |||
852 | ||||
853 | CXXTypeidExpr(QualType Ty, Expr *Operand, SourceRange R) | |||
854 | : Expr(CXXTypeidExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), Operand(Operand), | |||
855 | Range(R) { | |||
856 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
857 | } | |||
858 | ||||
859 | CXXTypeidExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool isExpr) | |||
860 | : Expr(CXXTypeidExprClass, Empty) { | |||
861 | if (isExpr) | |||
862 | Operand = (Expr*)nullptr; | |||
863 | else | |||
864 | Operand = (TypeSourceInfo*)nullptr; | |||
865 | } | |||
866 | ||||
867 | /// Determine whether this typeid has a type operand which is potentially | |||
868 | /// evaluated, per C++11 [expr.typeid]p3. | |||
869 | bool isPotentiallyEvaluated() const; | |||
870 | ||||
871 | /// Best-effort check if the expression operand refers to a most derived | |||
872 | /// object. This is not a strong guarantee. | |||
873 | bool isMostDerived(ASTContext &Context) const; | |||
874 | ||||
875 | bool isTypeOperand() const { return Operand.is<TypeSourceInfo *>(); } | |||
876 | ||||
877 | /// Retrieves the type operand of this typeid() expression after | |||
878 | /// various required adjustments (removing reference types, cv-qualifiers). | |||
879 | QualType getTypeOperand(ASTContext &Context) const; | |||
880 | ||||
881 | /// Retrieve source information for the type operand. | |||
882 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeOperandSourceInfo() const { | |||
883 | assert(isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for typeid(expr)")(static_cast <bool> (isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for typeid(expr)" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeOperand() && \"Cannot call getTypeOperand for typeid(expr)\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 883, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
884 | return Operand.get<TypeSourceInfo *>(); | |||
885 | } | |||
886 | Expr *getExprOperand() const { | |||
887 | assert(!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for typeid(type)")(static_cast <bool> (!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for typeid(type)" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isTypeOperand() && \"Cannot call getExprOperand for typeid(type)\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 887, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
888 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Operand.get<Stmt *>()); | |||
889 | } | |||
890 | ||||
891 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getBegin(); } | |||
892 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getEnd(); } | |||
893 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range; } | |||
894 | void setSourceRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; } | |||
895 | ||||
896 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
897 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXTypeidExprClass; | |||
898 | } | |||
899 | ||||
900 | // Iterators | |||
901 | child_range children() { | |||
902 | if (isTypeOperand()) | |||
903 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
904 | auto **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(&Operand); | |||
905 | return child_range(begin, begin + 1); | |||
906 | } | |||
907 | ||||
908 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
909 | if (isTypeOperand()) | |||
910 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
911 | ||||
912 | auto **begin = | |||
913 | reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(&const_cast<CXXTypeidExpr *>(this)->Operand); | |||
914 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + 1); | |||
915 | } | |||
916 | }; | |||
917 | ||||
918 | /// A member reference to an MSPropertyDecl. | |||
919 | /// | |||
920 | /// This expression always has pseudo-object type, and therefore it is | |||
921 | /// typically not encountered in a fully-typechecked expression except | |||
922 | /// within the syntactic form of a PseudoObjectExpr. | |||
923 | class MSPropertyRefExpr : public Expr { | |||
924 | Expr *BaseExpr; | |||
925 | MSPropertyDecl *TheDecl; | |||
926 | SourceLocation MemberLoc; | |||
927 | bool IsArrow; | |||
928 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; | |||
929 | ||||
930 | public: | |||
931 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
932 | ||||
933 | MSPropertyRefExpr(Expr *baseExpr, MSPropertyDecl *decl, bool isArrow, | |||
934 | QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
935 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc qualifierLoc, SourceLocation nameLoc) | |||
936 | : Expr(MSPropertyRefExprClass, ty, VK, OK_Ordinary), BaseExpr(baseExpr), | |||
937 | TheDecl(decl), MemberLoc(nameLoc), IsArrow(isArrow), | |||
938 | QualifierLoc(qualifierLoc) { | |||
939 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
940 | } | |||
941 | ||||
942 | MSPropertyRefExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(MSPropertyRefExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
943 | ||||
944 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
945 | return SourceRange(getBeginLoc(), getEndLoc()); | |||
946 | } | |||
947 | ||||
948 | bool isImplicitAccess() const { | |||
949 | return getBaseExpr() && getBaseExpr()->isImplicitCXXThis(); | |||
950 | } | |||
951 | ||||
952 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { | |||
953 | if (!isImplicitAccess()) | |||
954 | return BaseExpr->getBeginLoc(); | |||
955 | else if (QualifierLoc) | |||
956 | return QualifierLoc.getBeginLoc(); | |||
957 | else | |||
958 | return MemberLoc; | |||
959 | } | |||
960 | ||||
961 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getMemberLoc(); } | |||
962 | ||||
963 | child_range children() { | |||
964 | return child_range((Stmt**)&BaseExpr, (Stmt**)&BaseExpr + 1); | |||
965 | } | |||
966 | ||||
967 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
968 | auto Children = const_cast<MSPropertyRefExpr *>(this)->children(); | |||
969 | return const_child_range(Children.begin(), Children.end()); | |||
970 | } | |||
971 | ||||
972 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
973 | return T->getStmtClass() == MSPropertyRefExprClass; | |||
974 | } | |||
975 | ||||
976 | Expr *getBaseExpr() const { return BaseExpr; } | |||
977 | MSPropertyDecl *getPropertyDecl() const { return TheDecl; } | |||
978 | bool isArrow() const { return IsArrow; } | |||
979 | SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return MemberLoc; } | |||
980 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } | |||
981 | }; | |||
982 | ||||
983 | /// MS property subscript expression. | |||
984 | /// MSVC supports 'property' attribute and allows to apply it to the | |||
985 | /// declaration of an empty array in a class or structure definition. | |||
986 | /// For example: | |||
987 | /// \code | |||
988 | /// __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x[]; | |||
989 | /// \endcode | |||
990 | /// The above statement indicates that x[] can be used with one or more array | |||
991 | /// indices. In this case, i=p->x[a][b] will be turned into i=p->GetX(a, b), and | |||
992 | /// p->x[a][b] = i will be turned into p->PutX(a, b, i). | |||
993 | /// This is a syntactic pseudo-object expression. | |||
994 | class MSPropertySubscriptExpr : public Expr { | |||
995 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
996 | ||||
997 | enum { BASE_EXPR, IDX_EXPR, NUM_SUBEXPRS = 2 }; | |||
998 | ||||
999 | Stmt *SubExprs[NUM_SUBEXPRS]; | |||
1000 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc; | |||
1001 | ||||
1002 | void setBase(Expr *Base) { SubExprs[BASE_EXPR] = Base; } | |||
1003 | void setIdx(Expr *Idx) { SubExprs[IDX_EXPR] = Idx; } | |||
1004 | ||||
1005 | public: | |||
1006 | MSPropertySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *Idx, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
1007 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation RBracketLoc) | |||
1008 | : Expr(MSPropertySubscriptExprClass, Ty, VK, OK), | |||
1009 | RBracketLoc(RBracketLoc) { | |||
1010 | SubExprs[BASE_EXPR] = Base; | |||
1011 | SubExprs[IDX_EXPR] = Idx; | |||
1012 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
1013 | } | |||
1014 | ||||
1015 | /// Create an empty array subscript expression. | |||
1016 | explicit MSPropertySubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell) | |||
1017 | : Expr(MSPropertySubscriptExprClass, Shell) {} | |||
1018 | ||||
1019 | Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE_EXPR]); } | |||
1020 | const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE_EXPR]); } | |||
1021 | ||||
1022 | Expr *getIdx() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[IDX_EXPR]); } | |||
1023 | const Expr *getIdx() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[IDX_EXPR]); } | |||
1024 | ||||
1025 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
1026 | return getBase()->getBeginLoc(); | |||
1027 | } | |||
1028 | ||||
1029 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RBracketLoc; } | |||
1030 | ||||
1031 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return RBracketLoc; } | |||
1032 | void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBracketLoc = L; } | |||
1033 | ||||
1034 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
1035 | return getBase()->getExprLoc(); | |||
1036 | } | |||
1037 | ||||
1038 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
1039 | return T->getStmtClass() == MSPropertySubscriptExprClass; | |||
1040 | } | |||
1041 | ||||
1042 | // Iterators | |||
1043 | child_range children() { | |||
1044 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + NUM_SUBEXPRS); | |||
1045 | } | |||
1046 | ||||
1047 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
1048 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + NUM_SUBEXPRS); | |||
1049 | } | |||
1050 | }; | |||
1051 | ||||
1052 | /// A Microsoft C++ @c __uuidof expression, which gets | |||
1053 | /// the _GUID that corresponds to the supplied type or expression. | |||
1054 | /// | |||
1055 | /// This represents code like @c __uuidof(COMTYPE) or @c __uuidof(*comPtr) | |||
1056 | class CXXUuidofExpr : public Expr { | |||
1057 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
1058 | ||||
1059 | private: | |||
1060 | llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, TypeSourceInfo *> Operand; | |||
1061 | MSGuidDecl *Guid; | |||
1062 | SourceRange Range; | |||
1063 | ||||
1064 | public: | |||
1065 | CXXUuidofExpr(QualType Ty, TypeSourceInfo *Operand, MSGuidDecl *Guid, | |||
1066 | SourceRange R) | |||
1067 | : Expr(CXXUuidofExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), Operand(Operand), | |||
1068 | Guid(Guid), Range(R) { | |||
1069 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
1070 | } | |||
1071 | ||||
1072 | CXXUuidofExpr(QualType Ty, Expr *Operand, MSGuidDecl *Guid, SourceRange R) | |||
1073 | : Expr(CXXUuidofExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), Operand(Operand), | |||
1074 | Guid(Guid), Range(R) { | |||
1075 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
1076 | } | |||
1077 | ||||
1078 | CXXUuidofExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool isExpr) | |||
1079 | : Expr(CXXUuidofExprClass, Empty) { | |||
1080 | if (isExpr) | |||
1081 | Operand = (Expr*)nullptr; | |||
1082 | else | |||
1083 | Operand = (TypeSourceInfo*)nullptr; | |||
1084 | } | |||
1085 | ||||
1086 | bool isTypeOperand() const { return Operand.is<TypeSourceInfo *>(); } | |||
1087 | ||||
1088 | /// Retrieves the type operand of this __uuidof() expression after | |||
1089 | /// various required adjustments (removing reference types, cv-qualifiers). | |||
1090 | QualType getTypeOperand(ASTContext &Context) const; | |||
1091 | ||||
1092 | /// Retrieve source information for the type operand. | |||
1093 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeOperandSourceInfo() const { | |||
1094 | assert(isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for __uuidof(expr)")(static_cast <bool> (isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for __uuidof(expr)" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeOperand() && \"Cannot call getTypeOperand for __uuidof(expr)\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 1094, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
1095 | return Operand.get<TypeSourceInfo *>(); | |||
1096 | } | |||
1097 | Expr *getExprOperand() const { | |||
1098 | assert(!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for __uuidof(type)")(static_cast <bool> (!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for __uuidof(type)" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isTypeOperand() && \"Cannot call getExprOperand for __uuidof(type)\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 1098, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
1099 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Operand.get<Stmt *>()); | |||
1100 | } | |||
1101 | ||||
1102 | MSGuidDecl *getGuidDecl() const { return Guid; } | |||
1103 | ||||
1104 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getBegin(); } | |||
1105 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getEnd(); } | |||
1106 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range; } | |||
1107 | void setSourceRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; } | |||
1108 | ||||
1109 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
1110 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXUuidofExprClass; | |||
1111 | } | |||
1112 | ||||
1113 | // Iterators | |||
1114 | child_range children() { | |||
1115 | if (isTypeOperand()) | |||
1116 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
1117 | auto **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(&Operand); | |||
1118 | return child_range(begin, begin + 1); | |||
1119 | } | |||
1120 | ||||
1121 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
1122 | if (isTypeOperand()) | |||
1123 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
1124 | auto **begin = | |||
1125 | reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(&const_cast<CXXUuidofExpr *>(this)->Operand); | |||
1126 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + 1); | |||
1127 | } | |||
1128 | }; | |||
1129 | ||||
1130 | /// Represents the \c this expression in C++. | |||
1131 | /// | |||
1132 | /// This is a pointer to the object on which the current member function is | |||
1133 | /// executing (C++ [expr.prim]p3). Example: | |||
1134 | /// | |||
1135 | /// \code | |||
1136 | /// class Foo { | |||
1137 | /// public: | |||
1138 | /// void bar(); | |||
1139 | /// void test() { this->bar(); } | |||
1140 | /// }; | |||
1141 | /// \endcode | |||
1142 | class CXXThisExpr : public Expr { | |||
1143 | public: | |||
1144 | CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation L, QualType Ty, bool IsImplicit) | |||
1145 | : Expr(CXXThisExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { | |||
1146 | CXXThisExprBits.IsImplicit = IsImplicit; | |||
1147 | CXXThisExprBits.Loc = L; | |||
1148 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
1149 | } | |||
1150 | ||||
1151 | CXXThisExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXThisExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
1152 | ||||
1153 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return CXXThisExprBits.Loc; } | |||
1154 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { CXXThisExprBits.Loc = L; } | |||
1155 | ||||
1156 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
1157 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
1158 | ||||
1159 | bool isImplicit() const { return CXXThisExprBits.IsImplicit; } | |||
1160 | void setImplicit(bool I) { CXXThisExprBits.IsImplicit = I; } | |||
1161 | ||||
1162 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
1163 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXThisExprClass; | |||
1164 | } | |||
1165 | ||||
1166 | // Iterators | |||
1167 | child_range children() { | |||
1168 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
1169 | } | |||
1170 | ||||
1171 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
1172 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
1173 | } | |||
1174 | }; | |||
1175 | ||||
1176 | /// A C++ throw-expression (C++ [except.throw]). | |||
1177 | /// | |||
1178 | /// This handles 'throw' (for re-throwing the current exception) and | |||
1179 | /// 'throw' assignment-expression. When assignment-expression isn't | |||
1180 | /// present, Op will be null. | |||
1181 | class CXXThrowExpr : public Expr { | |||
1182 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
1183 | ||||
1184 | /// The optional expression in the throw statement. | |||
1185 | Stmt *Operand; | |||
1186 | ||||
1187 | public: | |||
1188 | // \p Ty is the void type which is used as the result type of the | |||
1189 | // expression. The \p Loc is the location of the throw keyword. | |||
1190 | // \p Operand is the expression in the throw statement, and can be | |||
1191 | // null if not present. | |||
1192 | CXXThrowExpr(Expr *Operand, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
1193 | bool IsThrownVariableInScope) | |||
1194 | : Expr(CXXThrowExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), Operand(Operand) { | |||
1195 | CXXThrowExprBits.ThrowLoc = Loc; | |||
1196 | CXXThrowExprBits.IsThrownVariableInScope = IsThrownVariableInScope; | |||
1197 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
1198 | } | |||
1199 | CXXThrowExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXThrowExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
1200 | ||||
1201 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast_or_null<Expr>(Operand); } | |||
1202 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(Operand); } | |||
1203 | ||||
1204 | SourceLocation getThrowLoc() const { return CXXThrowExprBits.ThrowLoc; } | |||
1205 | ||||
1206 | /// Determines whether the variable thrown by this expression (if any!) | |||
1207 | /// is within the innermost try block. | |||
1208 | /// | |||
1209 | /// This information is required to determine whether the NRVO can apply to | |||
1210 | /// this variable. | |||
1211 | bool isThrownVariableInScope() const { | |||
1212 | return CXXThrowExprBits.IsThrownVariableInScope; | |||
1213 | } | |||
1214 | ||||
1215 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getThrowLoc(); } | |||
1216 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
1217 | if (!getSubExpr()) | |||
1218 | return getThrowLoc(); | |||
1219 | return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc(); | |||
1220 | } | |||
1221 | ||||
1222 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
1223 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXThrowExprClass; | |||
1224 | } | |||
1225 | ||||
1226 | // Iterators | |||
1227 | child_range children() { | |||
1228 | return child_range(&Operand, Operand ? &Operand + 1 : &Operand); | |||
1229 | } | |||
1230 | ||||
1231 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
1232 | return const_child_range(&Operand, Operand ? &Operand + 1 : &Operand); | |||
1233 | } | |||
1234 | }; | |||
1235 | ||||
1236 | /// A default argument (C++ [dcl.fct.default]). | |||
1237 | /// | |||
1238 | /// This wraps up a function call argument that was created from the | |||
1239 | /// corresponding parameter's default argument, when the call did not | |||
1240 | /// explicitly supply arguments for all of the parameters. | |||
1241 | class CXXDefaultArgExpr final : public Expr { | |||
1242 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
1243 | ||||
1244 | /// The parameter whose default is being used. | |||
1245 | ParmVarDecl *Param; | |||
1246 | ||||
1247 | /// The context where the default argument expression was used. | |||
1248 | DeclContext *UsedContext; | |||
1249 | ||||
1250 | CXXDefaultArgExpr(StmtClass SC, SourceLocation Loc, ParmVarDecl *Param, | |||
1251 | DeclContext *UsedContext) | |||
1252 | : Expr(SC, | |||
1253 | Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg() | |||
1254 | ? Param->getType().getNonReferenceType() | |||
1255 | : Param->getDefaultArg()->getType(), | |||
1256 | Param->getDefaultArg()->getValueKind(), | |||
1257 | Param->getDefaultArg()->getObjectKind()), | |||
1258 | Param(Param), UsedContext(UsedContext) { | |||
1259 | CXXDefaultArgExprBits.Loc = Loc; | |||
1260 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
1261 | } | |||
1262 | ||||
1263 | public: | |||
1264 | CXXDefaultArgExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXDefaultArgExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
1265 | ||||
1266 | // \p Param is the parameter whose default argument is used by this | |||
1267 | // expression. | |||
1268 | static CXXDefaultArgExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
1269 | ParmVarDecl *Param, | |||
1270 | DeclContext *UsedContext) { | |||
1271 | return new (C) | |||
1272 | CXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExprClass, Loc, Param, UsedContext); | |||
1273 | } | |||
1274 | ||||
1275 | // Retrieve the parameter that the argument was created from. | |||
1276 | const ParmVarDecl *getParam() const { return Param; } | |||
1277 | ParmVarDecl *getParam() { return Param; } | |||
1278 | ||||
1279 | // Retrieve the actual argument to the function call. | |||
1280 | const Expr *getExpr() const { return getParam()->getDefaultArg(); } | |||
1281 | Expr *getExpr() { return getParam()->getDefaultArg(); } | |||
1282 | ||||
1283 | const DeclContext *getUsedContext() const { return UsedContext; } | |||
1284 | DeclContext *getUsedContext() { return UsedContext; } | |||
1285 | ||||
1286 | /// Retrieve the location where this default argument was actually used. | |||
1287 | SourceLocation getUsedLocation() const { return CXXDefaultArgExprBits.Loc; } | |||
1288 | ||||
1289 | /// Default argument expressions have no representation in the | |||
1290 | /// source, so they have an empty source range. | |||
1291 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return SourceLocation(); } | |||
1292 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return SourceLocation(); } | |||
1293 | ||||
1294 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const { return getUsedLocation(); } | |||
1295 | ||||
1296 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
1297 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDefaultArgExprClass; | |||
1298 | } | |||
1299 | ||||
1300 | // Iterators | |||
1301 | child_range children() { | |||
1302 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
1303 | } | |||
1304 | ||||
1305 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
1306 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
1307 | } | |||
1308 | }; | |||
1309 | ||||
1310 | /// A use of a default initializer in a constructor or in aggregate | |||
1311 | /// initialization. | |||
1312 | /// | |||
1313 | /// This wraps a use of a C++ default initializer (technically, | |||
1314 | /// a brace-or-equal-initializer for a non-static data member) when it | |||
1315 | /// is implicitly used in a mem-initializer-list in a constructor | |||
1316 | /// (C++11 [class.base.init]p8) or in aggregate initialization | |||
1317 | /// (C++1y [dcl.init.aggr]p7). | |||
1318 | class CXXDefaultInitExpr : public Expr { | |||
1319 | friend class ASTReader; | |||
1320 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
1321 | ||||
1322 | /// The field whose default is being used. | |||
1323 | FieldDecl *Field; | |||
1324 | ||||
1325 | /// The context where the default initializer expression was used. | |||
1326 | DeclContext *UsedContext; | |||
1327 | ||||
1328 | CXXDefaultInitExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
1329 | FieldDecl *Field, QualType Ty, DeclContext *UsedContext); | |||
1330 | ||||
1331 | CXXDefaultInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXDefaultInitExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
1332 | ||||
1333 | public: | |||
1334 | /// \p Field is the non-static data member whose default initializer is used | |||
1335 | /// by this expression. | |||
1336 | static CXXDefaultInitExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
1337 | FieldDecl *Field, DeclContext *UsedContext) { | |||
1338 | return new (Ctx) CXXDefaultInitExpr(Ctx, Loc, Field, Field->getType(), UsedContext); | |||
1339 | } | |||
1340 | ||||
1341 | /// Get the field whose initializer will be used. | |||
1342 | FieldDecl *getField() { return Field; } | |||
1343 | const FieldDecl *getField() const { return Field; } | |||
1344 | ||||
1345 | /// Get the initialization expression that will be used. | |||
1346 | const Expr *getExpr() const { | |||
1347 | assert(Field->getInClassInitializer() && "initializer hasn't been parsed")(static_cast <bool> (Field->getInClassInitializer() && "initializer hasn't been parsed") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Field->getInClassInitializer() && \"initializer hasn't been parsed\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 1347, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
1348 | return Field->getInClassInitializer(); | |||
1349 | } | |||
1350 | Expr *getExpr() { | |||
1351 | assert(Field->getInClassInitializer() && "initializer hasn't been parsed")(static_cast <bool> (Field->getInClassInitializer() && "initializer hasn't been parsed") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Field->getInClassInitializer() && \"initializer hasn't been parsed\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 1351, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
1352 | return Field->getInClassInitializer(); | |||
1353 | } | |||
1354 | ||||
1355 | const DeclContext *getUsedContext() const { return UsedContext; } | |||
1356 | DeclContext *getUsedContext() { return UsedContext; } | |||
1357 | ||||
1358 | /// Retrieve the location where this default initializer expression was | |||
1359 | /// actually used. | |||
1360 | SourceLocation getUsedLocation() const { return getBeginLoc(); } | |||
1361 | ||||
1362 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return CXXDefaultInitExprBits.Loc; } | |||
1363 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return CXXDefaultInitExprBits.Loc; } | |||
1364 | ||||
1365 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
1366 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDefaultInitExprClass; | |||
1367 | } | |||
1368 | ||||
1369 | // Iterators | |||
1370 | child_range children() { | |||
1371 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
1372 | } | |||
1373 | ||||
1374 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
1375 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
1376 | } | |||
1377 | }; | |||
1378 | ||||
1379 | /// Represents a C++ temporary. | |||
1380 | class CXXTemporary { | |||
1381 | /// The destructor that needs to be called. | |||
1382 | const CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor; | |||
1383 | ||||
1384 | explicit CXXTemporary(const CXXDestructorDecl *destructor) | |||
1385 | : Destructor(destructor) {} | |||
1386 | ||||
1387 | public: | |||
1388 | static CXXTemporary *Create(const ASTContext &C, | |||
1389 | const CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); | |||
1390 | ||||
1391 | const CXXDestructorDecl *getDestructor() const { return Destructor; } | |||
1392 | ||||
1393 | void setDestructor(const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor) { | |||
1394 | Destructor = Dtor; | |||
1395 | } | |||
1396 | }; | |||
1397 | ||||
1398 | /// Represents binding an expression to a temporary. | |||
1399 | /// | |||
1400 | /// This ensures the destructor is called for the temporary. It should only be | |||
1401 | /// needed for non-POD, non-trivially destructable class types. For example: | |||
1402 | /// | |||
1403 | /// \code | |||
1404 | /// struct S { | |||
1405 | /// S() { } // User defined constructor makes S non-POD. | |||
1406 | /// ~S() { } // User defined destructor makes it non-trivial. | |||
1407 | /// }; | |||
1408 | /// void test() { | |||
1409 | /// const S &s_ref = S(); // Requires a CXXBindTemporaryExpr. | |||
1410 | /// } | |||
1411 | /// \endcode | |||
1412 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr : public Expr { | |||
1413 | CXXTemporary *Temp = nullptr; | |||
1414 | Stmt *SubExpr = nullptr; | |||
1415 | ||||
1416 | CXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXTemporary *temp, Expr *SubExpr) | |||
1417 | : Expr(CXXBindTemporaryExprClass, SubExpr->getType(), VK_PRValue, | |||
1418 | OK_Ordinary), | |||
1419 | Temp(temp), SubExpr(SubExpr) { | |||
1420 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
1421 | } | |||
1422 | ||||
1423 | public: | |||
1424 | CXXBindTemporaryExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
1425 | : Expr(CXXBindTemporaryExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
1426 | ||||
1427 | static CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, CXXTemporary *Temp, | |||
1428 | Expr* SubExpr); | |||
1429 | ||||
1430 | CXXTemporary *getTemporary() { return Temp; } | |||
1431 | const CXXTemporary *getTemporary() const { return Temp; } | |||
1432 | void setTemporary(CXXTemporary *T) { Temp = T; } | |||
1433 | ||||
1434 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); } | |||
1435 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); } | |||
1436 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { SubExpr = E; } | |||
1437 | ||||
1438 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
1439 | return SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); | |||
1440 | } | |||
1441 | ||||
1442 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
1443 | return SubExpr->getEndLoc(); | |||
1444 | } | |||
1445 | ||||
1446 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. | |||
1447 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
1448 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXBindTemporaryExprClass; | |||
1449 | } | |||
1450 | ||||
1451 | // Iterators | |||
1452 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); } | |||
1453 | ||||
1454 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
1455 | return const_child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); | |||
1456 | } | |||
1457 | }; | |||
1458 | ||||
1459 | /// Represents a call to a C++ constructor. | |||
1460 | class CXXConstructExpr : public Expr { | |||
1461 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
1462 | ||||
1463 | public: | |||
1464 | enum ConstructionKind { | |||
1465 | CK_Complete, | |||
1466 | CK_NonVirtualBase, | |||
1467 | CK_VirtualBase, | |||
1468 | CK_Delegating | |||
1469 | }; | |||
1470 | ||||
1471 | private: | |||
1472 | /// A pointer to the constructor which will be ultimately called. | |||
1473 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor; | |||
1474 | ||||
1475 | SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange; | |||
1476 | ||||
1477 | /// The number of arguments. | |||
1478 | unsigned NumArgs; | |||
1479 | ||||
1480 | // We would like to stash the arguments of the constructor call after | |||
1481 | // CXXConstructExpr. However CXXConstructExpr is used as a base class of | |||
1482 | // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr which makes the use of llvm::TrailingObjects | |||
1483 | // impossible. | |||
1484 | // | |||
1485 | // Instead we manually stash the trailing object after the full object | |||
1486 | // containing CXXConstructExpr (that is either CXXConstructExpr or | |||
1487 | // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr). | |||
1488 | // | |||
1489 | // The trailing objects are: | |||
1490 | // | |||
1491 | // * An array of getNumArgs() "Stmt *" for the arguments of the | |||
1492 | // constructor call. | |||
1493 | ||||
1494 | /// Return a pointer to the start of the trailing arguments. | |||
1495 | /// Defined just after CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. | |||
1496 | inline Stmt **getTrailingArgs(); | |||
1497 | const Stmt *const *getTrailingArgs() const { | |||
1498 | return const_cast<CXXConstructExpr *>(this)->getTrailingArgs(); | |||
1499 | } | |||
1500 | ||||
1501 | protected: | |||
1502 | /// Build a C++ construction expression. | |||
1503 | CXXConstructExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
1504 | CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, bool Elidable, | |||
1505 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | |||
1506 | bool ListInitialization, bool StdInitListInitialization, | |||
1507 | bool ZeroInitialization, ConstructionKind ConstructKind, | |||
1508 | SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange); | |||
1509 | ||||
1510 | /// Build an empty C++ construction expression. | |||
1511 | CXXConstructExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumArgs); | |||
1512 | ||||
1513 | /// Return the size in bytes of the trailing objects. Used by | |||
1514 | /// CXXTemporaryObjectExpr to allocate the right amount of storage. | |||
1515 | static unsigned sizeOfTrailingObjects(unsigned NumArgs) { | |||
1516 | return NumArgs * sizeof(Stmt *); | |||
1517 | } | |||
1518 | ||||
1519 | public: | |||
1520 | /// Create a C++ construction expression. | |||
1521 | static CXXConstructExpr * | |||
1522 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
1523 | CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, bool Elidable, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
1524 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool ListInitialization, | |||
1525 | bool StdInitListInitialization, bool ZeroInitialization, | |||
1526 | ConstructionKind ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange); | |||
1527 | ||||
1528 | /// Create an empty C++ construction expression. | |||
1529 | static CXXConstructExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumArgs); | |||
1530 | ||||
1531 | /// Get the constructor that this expression will (ultimately) call. | |||
1532 | CXXConstructorDecl *getConstructor() const { return Constructor; } | |||
1533 | ||||
1534 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return CXXConstructExprBits.Loc; } | |||
1535 | void setLocation(SourceLocation Loc) { CXXConstructExprBits.Loc = Loc; } | |||
1536 | ||||
1537 | /// Whether this construction is elidable. | |||
1538 | bool isElidable() const { return CXXConstructExprBits.Elidable; } | |||
1539 | void setElidable(bool E) { CXXConstructExprBits.Elidable = E; } | |||
1540 | ||||
1541 | /// Whether the referred constructor was resolved from | |||
1542 | /// an overloaded set having size greater than 1. | |||
1543 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { | |||
1544 | return CXXConstructExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates; | |||
1545 | } | |||
1546 | void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V) { | |||
1547 | CXXConstructExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V; | |||
1548 | } | |||
1549 | ||||
1550 | /// Whether this constructor call was written as list-initialization. | |||
1551 | bool isListInitialization() const { | |||
1552 | return CXXConstructExprBits.ListInitialization; | |||
1553 | } | |||
1554 | void setListInitialization(bool V) { | |||
1555 | CXXConstructExprBits.ListInitialization = V; | |||
1556 | } | |||
1557 | ||||
1558 | /// Whether this constructor call was written as list-initialization, | |||
1559 | /// but was interpreted as forming a std::initializer_list<T> from the list | |||
1560 | /// and passing that as a single constructor argument. | |||
1561 | /// See C++11 [over.match.list]p1 bullet 1. | |||
1562 | bool isStdInitListInitialization() const { | |||
1563 | return CXXConstructExprBits.StdInitListInitialization; | |||
1564 | } | |||
1565 | void setStdInitListInitialization(bool V) { | |||
1566 | CXXConstructExprBits.StdInitListInitialization = V; | |||
1567 | } | |||
1568 | ||||
1569 | /// Whether this construction first requires | |||
1570 | /// zero-initialization before the initializer is called. | |||
1571 | bool requiresZeroInitialization() const { | |||
1572 | return CXXConstructExprBits.ZeroInitialization; | |||
1573 | } | |||
1574 | void setRequiresZeroInitialization(bool ZeroInit) { | |||
1575 | CXXConstructExprBits.ZeroInitialization = ZeroInit; | |||
1576 | } | |||
1577 | ||||
1578 | /// Determine whether this constructor is actually constructing | |||
1579 | /// a base class (rather than a complete object). | |||
1580 | ConstructionKind getConstructionKind() const { | |||
1581 | return static_cast<ConstructionKind>(CXXConstructExprBits.ConstructionKind); | |||
1582 | } | |||
1583 | void setConstructionKind(ConstructionKind CK) { | |||
1584 | CXXConstructExprBits.ConstructionKind = CK; | |||
1585 | } | |||
1586 | ||||
1587 | using arg_iterator = ExprIterator; | |||
1588 | using const_arg_iterator = ConstExprIterator; | |||
1589 | using arg_range = llvm::iterator_range<arg_iterator>; | |||
1590 | using const_arg_range = llvm::iterator_range<const_arg_iterator>; | |||
1591 | ||||
1592 | arg_range arguments() { return arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); } | |||
1593 | const_arg_range arguments() const { | |||
1594 | return const_arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); | |||
1595 | } | |||
1596 | ||||
1597 | arg_iterator arg_begin() { return getTrailingArgs(); } | |||
1598 | arg_iterator arg_end() { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } | |||
1599 | const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const { return getTrailingArgs(); } | |||
1600 | const_arg_iterator arg_end() const { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } | |||
1601 | ||||
1602 | Expr **getArgs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingArgs()); } | |||
1603 | const Expr *const *getArgs() const { | |||
1604 | return reinterpret_cast<const Expr *const *>(getTrailingArgs()); | |||
1605 | } | |||
1606 | ||||
1607 | /// Return the number of arguments to the constructor call. | |||
1608 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; } | |||
1609 | ||||
1610 | /// Return the specified argument. | |||
1611 | Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) { | |||
1612 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!")(static_cast <bool> (Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Arg < getNumArgs() && \"Arg access out of range!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 1612, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
1613 | return getArgs()[Arg]; | |||
1614 | } | |||
1615 | const Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) const { | |||
1616 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!")(static_cast <bool> (Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Arg < getNumArgs() && \"Arg access out of range!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 1616, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
1617 | return getArgs()[Arg]; | |||
1618 | } | |||
1619 | ||||
1620 | /// Set the specified argument. | |||
1621 | void setArg(unsigned Arg, Expr *ArgExpr) { | |||
1622 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!")(static_cast <bool> (Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Arg < getNumArgs() && \"Arg access out of range!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 1622, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
1623 | getArgs()[Arg] = ArgExpr; | |||
1624 | } | |||
1625 | ||||
1626 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
1627 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
1628 | SourceRange getParenOrBraceRange() const { return ParenOrBraceRange; } | |||
1629 | void setParenOrBraceRange(SourceRange Range) { ParenOrBraceRange = Range; } | |||
1630 | ||||
1631 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
1632 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass || | |||
1633 | T->getStmtClass() == CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass; | |||
1634 | } | |||
1635 | ||||
1636 | // Iterators | |||
1637 | child_range children() { | |||
1638 | return child_range(getTrailingArgs(), getTrailingArgs() + getNumArgs()); | |||
1639 | } | |||
1640 | ||||
1641 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
1642 | auto Children = const_cast<CXXConstructExpr *>(this)->children(); | |||
1643 | return const_child_range(Children.begin(), Children.end()); | |||
1644 | } | |||
1645 | }; | |||
1646 | ||||
1647 | /// Represents a call to an inherited base class constructor from an | |||
1648 | /// inheriting constructor. This call implicitly forwards the arguments from | |||
1649 | /// the enclosing context (an inheriting constructor) to the specified inherited | |||
1650 | /// base class constructor. | |||
1651 | class CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr : public Expr { | |||
1652 | private: | |||
1653 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = nullptr; | |||
1654 | ||||
1655 | /// The location of the using declaration. | |||
1656 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
1657 | ||||
1658 | /// Whether this is the construction of a virtual base. | |||
1659 | unsigned ConstructsVirtualBase : 1; | |||
1660 | ||||
1661 | /// Whether the constructor is inherited from a virtual base class of the | |||
1662 | /// class that we construct. | |||
1663 | unsigned InheritedFromVirtualBase : 1; | |||
1664 | ||||
1665 | public: | |||
1666 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
1667 | ||||
1668 | /// Construct a C++ inheriting construction expression. | |||
1669 | CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, | |||
1670 | CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, bool ConstructsVirtualBase, | |||
1671 | bool InheritedFromVirtualBase) | |||
1672 | : Expr(CXXInheritedCtorInitExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
1673 | Constructor(Ctor), Loc(Loc), | |||
1674 | ConstructsVirtualBase(ConstructsVirtualBase), | |||
1675 | InheritedFromVirtualBase(InheritedFromVirtualBase) { | |||
1676 | assert(!T->isDependentType())(static_cast <bool> (!T->isDependentType()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!T->isDependentType()", "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 1676, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1677 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); | |||
1678 | } | |||
1679 | ||||
1680 | /// Construct an empty C++ inheriting construction expression. | |||
1681 | explicit CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
1682 | : Expr(CXXInheritedCtorInitExprClass, Empty), | |||
1683 | ConstructsVirtualBase(false), InheritedFromVirtualBase(false) {} | |||
1684 | ||||
1685 | /// Get the constructor that this expression will call. | |||
1686 | CXXConstructorDecl *getConstructor() const { return Constructor; } | |||
1687 | ||||
1688 | /// Determine whether this constructor is actually constructing | |||
1689 | /// a base class (rather than a complete object). | |||
1690 | bool constructsVBase() const { return ConstructsVirtualBase; } | |||
1691 | CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind getConstructionKind() const { | |||
1692 | return ConstructsVirtualBase ? CXXConstructExpr::CK_VirtualBase | |||
1693 | : CXXConstructExpr::CK_NonVirtualBase; | |||
1694 | } | |||
1695 | ||||
1696 | /// Determine whether the inherited constructor is inherited from a | |||
1697 | /// virtual base of the object we construct. If so, we are not responsible | |||
1698 | /// for calling the inherited constructor (the complete object constructor | |||
1699 | /// does that), and so we don't need to pass any arguments. | |||
1700 | bool inheritedFromVBase() const { return InheritedFromVirtualBase; } | |||
1701 | ||||
1702 | SourceLocation getLocation() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
1703 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
1704 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
1705 | ||||
1706 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
1707 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXInheritedCtorInitExprClass; | |||
1708 | } | |||
1709 | ||||
1710 | child_range children() { | |||
1711 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
1712 | } | |||
1713 | ||||
1714 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
1715 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
1716 | } | |||
1717 | }; | |||
1718 | ||||
1719 | /// Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional" | |||
1720 | /// notation (C++ [expr.type.conv]). | |||
1721 | /// | |||
1722 | /// Example: | |||
1723 | /// \code | |||
1724 | /// x = int(0.5); | |||
1725 | /// \endcode | |||
1726 | class CXXFunctionalCastExpr final | |||
1727 | : public ExplicitCastExpr, | |||
1728 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXFunctionalCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *, | |||
1729 | FPOptionsOverride> { | |||
1730 | SourceLocation LParenLoc; | |||
1731 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
1732 | ||||
1733 | CXXFunctionalCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
1734 | TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, CastKind kind, | |||
1735 | Expr *castExpr, unsigned pathSize, | |||
1736 | FPOptionsOverride FPO, SourceLocation lParenLoc, | |||
1737 | SourceLocation rParenLoc) | |||
1738 | : ExplicitCastExpr(CXXFunctionalCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, castExpr, | |||
1739 | pathSize, FPO.requiresTrailingStorage(), writtenTy), | |||
1740 | LParenLoc(lParenLoc), RParenLoc(rParenLoc) { | |||
1741 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) | |||
1742 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; | |||
1743 | } | |||
1744 | ||||
1745 | explicit CXXFunctionalCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, | |||
1746 | bool HasFPFeatures) | |||
1747 | : ExplicitCastExpr(CXXFunctionalCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize, | |||
1748 | HasFPFeatures) {} | |||
1749 | ||||
1750 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const { | |||
1751 | return path_size(); | |||
1752 | } | |||
1753 | ||||
1754 | public: | |||
1755 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
1756 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
1757 | ||||
1758 | static CXXFunctionalCastExpr * | |||
1759 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
1760 | TypeSourceInfo *Written, CastKind Kind, Expr *Op, | |||
1761 | const CXXCastPath *Path, FPOptionsOverride FPO, SourceLocation LPLoc, | |||
1762 | SourceLocation RPLoc); | |||
1763 | static CXXFunctionalCastExpr * | |||
1764 | CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures); | |||
1765 | ||||
1766 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } | |||
1767 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; } | |||
1768 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | |||
1769 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } | |||
1770 | ||||
1771 | /// Determine whether this expression models list-initialization. | |||
1772 | bool isListInitialization() const { return LParenLoc.isInvalid(); } | |||
1773 | ||||
1774 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
1775 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
1776 | ||||
1777 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
1778 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXFunctionalCastExprClass; | |||
1779 | } | |||
1780 | }; | |||
1781 | ||||
1782 | /// Represents a C++ functional cast expression that builds a | |||
1783 | /// temporary object. | |||
1784 | /// | |||
1785 | /// This expression type represents a C++ "functional" cast | |||
1786 | /// (C++[expr.type.conv]) with N != 1 arguments that invokes a | |||
1787 | /// constructor to build a temporary object. With N == 1 arguments the | |||
1788 | /// functional cast expression will be represented by CXXFunctionalCastExpr. | |||
1789 | /// Example: | |||
1790 | /// \code | |||
1791 | /// struct X { X(int, float); } | |||
1792 | /// | |||
1793 | /// X create_X() { | |||
1794 | /// return X(1, 3.14f); // creates a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr | |||
1795 | /// }; | |||
1796 | /// \endcode | |||
1797 | class CXXTemporaryObjectExpr final : public CXXConstructExpr { | |||
1798 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
1799 | ||||
1800 | // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr has some trailing objects belonging | |||
1801 | // to CXXConstructExpr. See the comment inside CXXConstructExpr | |||
1802 | // for more details. | |||
1803 | ||||
1804 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI; | |||
1805 | ||||
1806 | CXXTemporaryObjectExpr(CXXConstructorDecl *Cons, QualType Ty, | |||
1807 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
1808 | SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange, | |||
1809 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool ListInitialization, | |||
1810 | bool StdInitListInitialization, | |||
1811 | bool ZeroInitialization); | |||
1812 | ||||
1813 | CXXTemporaryObjectExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumArgs); | |||
1814 | ||||
1815 | public: | |||
1816 | static CXXTemporaryObjectExpr * | |||
1817 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, CXXConstructorDecl *Cons, QualType Ty, | |||
1818 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
1819 | SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | |||
1820 | bool ListInitialization, bool StdInitListInitialization, | |||
1821 | bool ZeroInitialization); | |||
1822 | ||||
1823 | static CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
1824 | unsigned NumArgs); | |||
1825 | ||||
1826 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TSI; } | |||
1827 | ||||
1828 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
1829 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
1830 | ||||
1831 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
1832 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass; | |||
1833 | } | |||
1834 | }; | |||
1835 | ||||
1836 | Stmt **CXXConstructExpr::getTrailingArgs() { | |||
1837 | if (auto *E = dyn_cast<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(this)) | |||
1838 | return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(E + 1); | |||
1839 | assert((getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass) &&(static_cast <bool> ((getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass ) && "Unexpected class deriving from CXXConstructExpr!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass) && \"Unexpected class deriving from CXXConstructExpr!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 1840, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | |||
1840 | "Unexpected class deriving from CXXConstructExpr!")(static_cast <bool> ((getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass ) && "Unexpected class deriving from CXXConstructExpr!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass) && \"Unexpected class deriving from CXXConstructExpr!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 1840, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
1841 | return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(this + 1); | |||
1842 | } | |||
1843 | ||||
1844 | /// A C++ lambda expression, which produces a function object | |||
1845 | /// (of unspecified type) that can be invoked later. | |||
1846 | /// | |||
1847 | /// Example: | |||
1848 | /// \code | |||
1849 | /// void low_pass_filter(std::vector<double> &values, double cutoff) { | |||
1850 | /// values.erase(std::remove_if(values.begin(), values.end(), | |||
1851 | /// [=](double value) { return value > cutoff; }); | |||
1852 | /// } | |||
1853 | /// \endcode | |||
1854 | /// | |||
1855 | /// C++11 lambda expressions can capture local variables, either by copying | |||
1856 | /// the values of those local variables at the time the function | |||
1857 | /// object is constructed (not when it is called!) or by holding a | |||
1858 | /// reference to the local variable. These captures can occur either | |||
1859 | /// implicitly or can be written explicitly between the square | |||
1860 | /// brackets ([...]) that start the lambda expression. | |||
1861 | /// | |||
1862 | /// C++1y introduces a new form of "capture" called an init-capture that | |||
1863 | /// includes an initializing expression (rather than capturing a variable), | |||
1864 | /// and which can never occur implicitly. | |||
1865 | class LambdaExpr final : public Expr, | |||
1866 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<LambdaExpr, Stmt *> { | |||
1867 | // LambdaExpr has some data stored in LambdaExprBits. | |||
1868 | ||||
1869 | /// The source range that covers the lambda introducer ([...]). | |||
1870 | SourceRange IntroducerRange; | |||
1871 | ||||
1872 | /// The source location of this lambda's capture-default ('=' or '&'). | |||
1873 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc; | |||
1874 | ||||
1875 | /// The location of the closing brace ('}') that completes | |||
1876 | /// the lambda. | |||
1877 | /// | |||
1878 | /// The location of the brace is also available by looking up the | |||
1879 | /// function call operator in the lambda class. However, it is | |||
1880 | /// stored here to improve the performance of getSourceRange(), and | |||
1881 | /// to avoid having to deserialize the function call operator from a | |||
1882 | /// module file just to determine the source range. | |||
1883 | SourceLocation ClosingBrace; | |||
1884 | ||||
1885 | /// Construct a lambda expression. | |||
1886 | LambdaExpr(QualType T, SourceRange IntroducerRange, | |||
1887 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, | |||
1888 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, bool ExplicitParams, | |||
1889 | bool ExplicitResultType, ArrayRef<Expr *> CaptureInits, | |||
1890 | SourceLocation ClosingBrace, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); | |||
1891 | ||||
1892 | /// Construct an empty lambda expression. | |||
1893 | LambdaExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumCaptures); | |||
1894 | ||||
1895 | Stmt **getStoredStmts() { return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); } | |||
1896 | Stmt *const *getStoredStmts() const { return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); } | |||
1897 | ||||
1898 | void initBodyIfNeeded() const; | |||
1899 | ||||
1900 | public: | |||
1901 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
1902 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
1903 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
1904 | ||||
1905 | /// Construct a new lambda expression. | |||
1906 | static LambdaExpr * | |||
1907 | Create(const ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *Class, SourceRange IntroducerRange, | |||
1908 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, | |||
1909 | bool ExplicitParams, bool ExplicitResultType, | |||
1910 | ArrayRef<Expr *> CaptureInits, SourceLocation ClosingBrace, | |||
1911 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); | |||
1912 | ||||
1913 | /// Construct a new lambda expression that will be deserialized from | |||
1914 | /// an external source. | |||
1915 | static LambdaExpr *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, | |||
1916 | unsigned NumCaptures); | |||
1917 | ||||
1918 | /// Determine the default capture kind for this lambda. | |||
1919 | LambdaCaptureDefault getCaptureDefault() const { | |||
1920 | return static_cast<LambdaCaptureDefault>(LambdaExprBits.CaptureDefault); | |||
1921 | } | |||
1922 | ||||
1923 | /// Retrieve the location of this lambda's capture-default, if any. | |||
1924 | SourceLocation getCaptureDefaultLoc() const { return CaptureDefaultLoc; } | |||
1925 | ||||
1926 | /// Determine whether one of this lambda's captures is an init-capture. | |||
1927 | bool isInitCapture(const LambdaCapture *Capture) const; | |||
1928 | ||||
1929 | /// An iterator that walks over the captures of the lambda, | |||
1930 | /// both implicit and explicit. | |||
1931 | using capture_iterator = const LambdaCapture *; | |||
1932 | ||||
1933 | /// An iterator over a range of lambda captures. | |||
1934 | using capture_range = llvm::iterator_range<capture_iterator>; | |||
1935 | ||||
1936 | /// Retrieve this lambda's captures. | |||
1937 | capture_range captures() const; | |||
1938 | ||||
1939 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first lambda capture. | |||
1940 | capture_iterator capture_begin() const; | |||
1941 | ||||
1942 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing past the end of the | |||
1943 | /// sequence of lambda captures. | |||
1944 | capture_iterator capture_end() const; | |||
1945 | ||||
1946 | /// Determine the number of captures in this lambda. | |||
1947 | unsigned capture_size() const { return LambdaExprBits.NumCaptures; } | |||
1948 | ||||
1949 | /// Retrieve this lambda's explicit captures. | |||
1950 | capture_range explicit_captures() const; | |||
1951 | ||||
1952 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first explicit | |||
1953 | /// lambda capture. | |||
1954 | capture_iterator explicit_capture_begin() const; | |||
1955 | ||||
1956 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing past the end of the sequence of | |||
1957 | /// explicit lambda captures. | |||
1958 | capture_iterator explicit_capture_end() const; | |||
1959 | ||||
1960 | /// Retrieve this lambda's implicit captures. | |||
1961 | capture_range implicit_captures() const; | |||
1962 | ||||
1963 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first implicit | |||
1964 | /// lambda capture. | |||
1965 | capture_iterator implicit_capture_begin() const; | |||
1966 | ||||
1967 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing past the end of the sequence of | |||
1968 | /// implicit lambda captures. | |||
1969 | capture_iterator implicit_capture_end() const; | |||
1970 | ||||
1971 | /// Iterator that walks over the capture initialization | |||
1972 | /// arguments. | |||
1973 | using capture_init_iterator = Expr **; | |||
1974 | ||||
1975 | /// Const iterator that walks over the capture initialization | |||
1976 | /// arguments. | |||
1977 | /// FIXME: This interface is prone to being used incorrectly. | |||
1978 | using const_capture_init_iterator = Expr *const *; | |||
1979 | ||||
1980 | /// Retrieve the initialization expressions for this lambda's captures. | |||
1981 | llvm::iterator_range<capture_init_iterator> capture_inits() { | |||
1982 | return llvm::make_range(capture_init_begin(), capture_init_end()); | |||
1983 | } | |||
1984 | ||||
1985 | /// Retrieve the initialization expressions for this lambda's captures. | |||
1986 | llvm::iterator_range<const_capture_init_iterator> capture_inits() const { | |||
1987 | return llvm::make_range(capture_init_begin(), capture_init_end()); | |||
1988 | } | |||
1989 | ||||
1990 | /// Retrieve the first initialization argument for this | |||
1991 | /// lambda expression (which initializes the first capture field). | |||
1992 | capture_init_iterator capture_init_begin() { | |||
1993 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getStoredStmts()); | |||
1994 | } | |||
1995 | ||||
1996 | /// Retrieve the first initialization argument for this | |||
1997 | /// lambda expression (which initializes the first capture field). | |||
1998 | const_capture_init_iterator capture_init_begin() const { | |||
1999 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr *const *>(getStoredStmts()); | |||
2000 | } | |||
2001 | ||||
2002 | /// Retrieve the iterator pointing one past the last | |||
2003 | /// initialization argument for this lambda expression. | |||
2004 | capture_init_iterator capture_init_end() { | |||
2005 | return capture_init_begin() + capture_size(); | |||
2006 | } | |||
2007 | ||||
2008 | /// Retrieve the iterator pointing one past the last | |||
2009 | /// initialization argument for this lambda expression. | |||
2010 | const_capture_init_iterator capture_init_end() const { | |||
2011 | return capture_init_begin() + capture_size(); | |||
2012 | } | |||
2013 | ||||
2014 | /// Retrieve the source range covering the lambda introducer, | |||
2015 | /// which contains the explicit capture list surrounded by square | |||
2016 | /// brackets ([...]). | |||
2017 | SourceRange getIntroducerRange() const { return IntroducerRange; } | |||
2018 | ||||
2019 | /// Retrieve the class that corresponds to the lambda. | |||
2020 | /// | |||
2021 | /// This is the "closure type" (C++1y [expr.prim.lambda]), and stores the | |||
2022 | /// captures in its fields and provides the various operations permitted | |||
2023 | /// on a lambda (copying, calling). | |||
2024 | CXXRecordDecl *getLambdaClass() const; | |||
2025 | ||||
2026 | /// Retrieve the function call operator associated with this | |||
2027 | /// lambda expression. | |||
2028 | CXXMethodDecl *getCallOperator() const; | |||
2029 | ||||
2030 | /// Retrieve the function template call operator associated with this | |||
2031 | /// lambda expression. | |||
2032 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getDependentCallOperator() const; | |||
2033 | ||||
2034 | /// If this is a generic lambda expression, retrieve the template | |||
2035 | /// parameter list associated with it, or else return null. | |||
2036 | TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameterList() const; | |||
2037 | ||||
2038 | /// Get the template parameters were explicitly specified (as opposed to being | |||
2039 | /// invented by use of an auto parameter). | |||
2040 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> getExplicitTemplateParameters() const; | |||
2041 | ||||
2042 | /// Get the trailing requires clause, if any. | |||
2043 | Expr *getTrailingRequiresClause() const; | |||
2044 | ||||
2045 | /// Whether this is a generic lambda. | |||
2046 | bool isGenericLambda() const { return getTemplateParameterList(); } | |||
2047 | ||||
2048 | /// Retrieve the body of the lambda. This will be most of the time | |||
2049 | /// a \p CompoundStmt, but can also be \p CoroutineBodyStmt wrapping | |||
2050 | /// a \p CompoundStmt. Note that unlike functions, lambda-expressions | |||
2051 | /// cannot have a function-try-block. | |||
2052 | Stmt *getBody() const; | |||
2053 | ||||
2054 | /// Retrieve the \p CompoundStmt representing the body of the lambda. | |||
2055 | /// This is a convenience function for callers who do not need | |||
2056 | /// to handle node(s) which may wrap a \p CompoundStmt. | |||
2057 | const CompoundStmt *getCompoundStmtBody() const; | |||
2058 | CompoundStmt *getCompoundStmtBody() { | |||
2059 | const auto *ConstThis = this; | |||
2060 | return const_cast<CompoundStmt *>(ConstThis->getCompoundStmtBody()); | |||
2061 | } | |||
2062 | ||||
2063 | /// Determine whether the lambda is mutable, meaning that any | |||
2064 | /// captures values can be modified. | |||
2065 | bool isMutable() const; | |||
2066 | ||||
2067 | /// Determine whether this lambda has an explicit parameter | |||
2068 | /// list vs. an implicit (empty) parameter list. | |||
2069 | bool hasExplicitParameters() const { return LambdaExprBits.ExplicitParams; } | |||
2070 | ||||
2071 | /// Whether this lambda had its result type explicitly specified. | |||
2072 | bool hasExplicitResultType() const { | |||
2073 | return LambdaExprBits.ExplicitResultType; | |||
2074 | } | |||
2075 | ||||
2076 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
2077 | return T->getStmtClass() == LambdaExprClass; | |||
2078 | } | |||
2079 | ||||
2080 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
2081 | return IntroducerRange.getBegin(); | |||
2082 | } | |||
2083 | ||||
2084 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return ClosingBrace; } | |||
2085 | ||||
2086 | /// Includes the captures and the body of the lambda. | |||
2087 | child_range children(); | |||
2088 | const_child_range children() const; | |||
2089 | }; | |||
2090 | ||||
2091 | /// An expression "T()" which creates a value-initialized rvalue of type | |||
2092 | /// T, which is a non-class type. See (C++98 [5.2.3p2]). | |||
2093 | class CXXScalarValueInitExpr : public Expr { | |||
2094 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
2095 | ||||
2096 | TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo; | |||
2097 | ||||
2098 | public: | |||
2099 | /// Create an explicitly-written scalar-value initialization | |||
2100 | /// expression. | |||
2101 | CXXScalarValueInitExpr(QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo, | |||
2102 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) | |||
2103 | : Expr(CXXScalarValueInitExprClass, Type, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
2104 | TypeInfo(TypeInfo) { | |||
2105 | CXXScalarValueInitExprBits.RParenLoc = RParenLoc; | |||
2106 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
2107 | } | |||
2108 | ||||
2109 | explicit CXXScalarValueInitExpr(EmptyShell Shell) | |||
2110 | : Expr(CXXScalarValueInitExprClass, Shell) {} | |||
2111 | ||||
2112 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { | |||
2113 | return TypeInfo; | |||
2114 | } | |||
2115 | ||||
2116 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { | |||
2117 | return CXXScalarValueInitExprBits.RParenLoc; | |||
2118 | } | |||
2119 | ||||
2120 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
2121 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } | |||
2122 | ||||
2123 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
2124 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXScalarValueInitExprClass; | |||
2125 | } | |||
2126 | ||||
2127 | // Iterators | |||
2128 | child_range children() { | |||
2129 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
2130 | } | |||
2131 | ||||
2132 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
2133 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
2134 | } | |||
2135 | }; | |||
2136 | ||||
2137 | /// Represents a new-expression for memory allocation and constructor | |||
2138 | /// calls, e.g: "new CXXNewExpr(foo)". | |||
2139 | class CXXNewExpr final | |||
2140 | : public Expr, | |||
2141 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXNewExpr, Stmt *, SourceRange> { | |||
2142 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
2143 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
2144 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
2145 | ||||
2146 | /// Points to the allocation function used. | |||
2147 | FunctionDecl *OperatorNew; | |||
2148 | ||||
2149 | /// Points to the deallocation function used in case of error. May be null. | |||
2150 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete; | |||
2151 | ||||
2152 | /// The allocated type-source information, as written in the source. | |||
2153 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocatedTypeInfo; | |||
2154 | ||||
2155 | /// Range of the entire new expression. | |||
2156 | SourceRange Range; | |||
2157 | ||||
2158 | /// Source-range of a paren-delimited initializer. | |||
2159 | SourceRange DirectInitRange; | |||
2160 | ||||
2161 | // CXXNewExpr is followed by several optional trailing objects. | |||
2162 | // They are in order: | |||
2163 | // | |||
2164 | // * An optional "Stmt *" for the array size expression. | |||
2165 | // Present if and ony if isArray(). | |||
2166 | // | |||
2167 | // * An optional "Stmt *" for the init expression. | |||
2168 | // Present if and only if hasInitializer(). | |||
2169 | // | |||
2170 | // * An array of getNumPlacementArgs() "Stmt *" for the placement new | |||
2171 | // arguments, if any. | |||
2172 | // | |||
2173 | // * An optional SourceRange for the range covering the parenthesized type-id | |||
2174 | // if the allocated type was expressed as a parenthesized type-id. | |||
2175 | // Present if and only if isParenTypeId(). | |||
2176 | unsigned arraySizeOffset() const { return 0; } | |||
2177 | unsigned initExprOffset() const { return arraySizeOffset() + isArray(); } | |||
2178 | unsigned placementNewArgsOffset() const { | |||
2179 | return initExprOffset() + hasInitializer(); | |||
2180 | } | |||
2181 | ||||
2182 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>) const { | |||
2183 | return isArray() + hasInitializer() + getNumPlacementArgs(); | |||
2184 | } | |||
2185 | ||||
2186 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceRange>) const { | |||
2187 | return isParenTypeId(); | |||
2188 | } | |||
2189 | ||||
2190 | public: | |||
2191 | enum InitializationStyle { | |||
2192 | /// New-expression has no initializer as written. | |||
2193 | NoInit, | |||
2194 | ||||
2195 | /// New-expression has a C++98 paren-delimited initializer. | |||
2196 | CallInit, | |||
2197 | ||||
2198 | /// New-expression has a C++11 list-initializer. | |||
2199 | ListInit | |||
2200 | }; | |||
2201 | ||||
2202 | private: | |||
2203 | /// Build a c++ new expression. | |||
2204 | CXXNewExpr(bool IsGlobalNew, FunctionDecl *OperatorNew, | |||
2205 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete, bool ShouldPassAlignment, | |||
2206 | bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, ArrayRef<Expr *> PlacementArgs, | |||
2207 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Optional<Expr *> ArraySize, | |||
2208 | InitializationStyle InitializationStyle, Expr *Initializer, | |||
2209 | QualType Ty, TypeSourceInfo *AllocatedTypeInfo, SourceRange Range, | |||
2210 | SourceRange DirectInitRange); | |||
2211 | ||||
2212 | /// Build an empty c++ new expression. | |||
2213 | CXXNewExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool IsArray, unsigned NumPlacementArgs, | |||
2214 | bool IsParenTypeId); | |||
2215 | ||||
2216 | public: | |||
2217 | /// Create a c++ new expression. | |||
2218 | static CXXNewExpr * | |||
2219 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, bool IsGlobalNew, FunctionDecl *OperatorNew, | |||
2220 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete, bool ShouldPassAlignment, | |||
2221 | bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, ArrayRef<Expr *> PlacementArgs, | |||
2222 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Optional<Expr *> ArraySize, | |||
2223 | InitializationStyle InitializationStyle, Expr *Initializer, | |||
2224 | QualType Ty, TypeSourceInfo *AllocatedTypeInfo, SourceRange Range, | |||
2225 | SourceRange DirectInitRange); | |||
2226 | ||||
2227 | /// Create an empty c++ new expression. | |||
2228 | static CXXNewExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, bool IsArray, | |||
2229 | bool HasInit, unsigned NumPlacementArgs, | |||
2230 | bool IsParenTypeId); | |||
2231 | ||||
2232 | QualType getAllocatedType() const { | |||
2233 | return getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | |||
2234 | } | |||
2235 | ||||
2236 | TypeSourceInfo *getAllocatedTypeSourceInfo() const { | |||
2237 | return AllocatedTypeInfo; | |||
2238 | } | |||
2239 | ||||
2240 | /// True if the allocation result needs to be null-checked. | |||
2241 | /// | |||
2242 | /// C++11 [expr.new]p13: | |||
2243 | /// If the allocation function returns null, initialization shall | |||
2244 | /// not be done, the deallocation function shall not be called, | |||
2245 | /// and the value of the new-expression shall be null. | |||
2246 | /// | |||
2247 | /// C++ DR1748: | |||
2248 | /// If the allocation function is a reserved placement allocation | |||
2249 | /// function that returns null, the behavior is undefined. | |||
2250 | /// | |||
2251 | /// An allocation function is not allowed to return null unless it | |||
2252 | /// has a non-throwing exception-specification. The '03 rule is | |||
2253 | /// identical except that the definition of a non-throwing | |||
2254 | /// exception specification is just "is it throw()?". | |||
2255 | bool shouldNullCheckAllocation() const; | |||
2256 | ||||
2257 | FunctionDecl *getOperatorNew() const { return OperatorNew; } | |||
2258 | void setOperatorNew(FunctionDecl *D) { OperatorNew = D; } | |||
2259 | FunctionDecl *getOperatorDelete() const { return OperatorDelete; } | |||
2260 | void setOperatorDelete(FunctionDecl *D) { OperatorDelete = D; } | |||
2261 | ||||
2262 | bool isArray() const { return CXXNewExprBits.IsArray; } | |||
2263 | ||||
2264 | /// This might return None even if isArray() returns true, | |||
2265 | /// since there might not be an array size expression. | |||
2266 | /// If the result is not-None, it will never wrap a nullptr. | |||
2267 | Optional<Expr *> getArraySize() { | |||
2268 | if (!isArray()) | |||
2269 | return None; | |||
2270 | ||||
2271 | if (auto *Result = | |||
2272 | cast_or_null<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[arraySizeOffset()])) | |||
2273 | return Result; | |||
2274 | ||||
2275 | return None; | |||
2276 | } | |||
2277 | ||||
2278 | /// This might return None even if isArray() returns true, | |||
2279 | /// since there might not be an array size expression. | |||
2280 | /// If the result is not-None, it will never wrap a nullptr. | |||
2281 | Optional<const Expr *> getArraySize() const { | |||
2282 | if (!isArray()) | |||
2283 | return None; | |||
2284 | ||||
2285 | if (auto *Result = | |||
2286 | cast_or_null<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[arraySizeOffset()])) | |||
2287 | return Result; | |||
2288 | ||||
2289 | return None; | |||
2290 | } | |||
2291 | ||||
2292 | unsigned getNumPlacementArgs() const { | |||
2293 | return CXXNewExprBits.NumPlacementArgs; | |||
2294 | } | |||
2295 | ||||
2296 | Expr **getPlacementArgs() { | |||
2297 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + | |||
2298 | placementNewArgsOffset()); | |||
2299 | } | |||
2300 | ||||
2301 | Expr *getPlacementArg(unsigned I) { | |||
2302 | assert((I < getNumPlacementArgs()) && "Index out of range!")(static_cast <bool> ((I < getNumPlacementArgs()) && "Index out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(I < getNumPlacementArgs()) && \"Index out of range!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 2302, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
2303 | return getPlacementArgs()[I]; | |||
2304 | } | |||
2305 | const Expr *getPlacementArg(unsigned I) const { | |||
2306 | return const_cast<CXXNewExpr *>(this)->getPlacementArg(I); | |||
2307 | } | |||
2308 | ||||
2309 | bool isParenTypeId() const { return CXXNewExprBits.IsParenTypeId; } | |||
2310 | SourceRange getTypeIdParens() const { | |||
2311 | return isParenTypeId() ? getTrailingObjects<SourceRange>()[0] | |||
2312 | : SourceRange(); | |||
2313 | } | |||
2314 | ||||
2315 | bool isGlobalNew() const { return CXXNewExprBits.IsGlobalNew; } | |||
2316 | ||||
2317 | /// Whether this new-expression has any initializer at all. | |||
2318 | bool hasInitializer() const { | |||
2319 | return CXXNewExprBits.StoredInitializationStyle > 0; | |||
2320 | } | |||
2321 | ||||
2322 | /// The kind of initializer this new-expression has. | |||
2323 | InitializationStyle getInitializationStyle() const { | |||
2324 | if (CXXNewExprBits.StoredInitializationStyle == 0) | |||
2325 | return NoInit; | |||
2326 | return static_cast<InitializationStyle>( | |||
2327 | CXXNewExprBits.StoredInitializationStyle - 1); | |||
2328 | } | |||
2329 | ||||
2330 | /// The initializer of this new-expression. | |||
2331 | Expr *getInitializer() { | |||
2332 | return hasInitializer() | |||
2333 | ? cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[initExprOffset()]) | |||
2334 | : nullptr; | |||
2335 | } | |||
2336 | const Expr *getInitializer() const { | |||
2337 | return hasInitializer() | |||
2338 | ? cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[initExprOffset()]) | |||
2339 | : nullptr; | |||
2340 | } | |||
2341 | ||||
2342 | /// Returns the CXXConstructExpr from this new-expression, or null. | |||
2343 | const CXXConstructExpr *getConstructExpr() const { | |||
2344 | return dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructExpr>(getInitializer()); | |||
2345 | } | |||
2346 | ||||
2347 | /// Indicates whether the required alignment should be implicitly passed to | |||
2348 | /// the allocation function. | |||
2349 | bool passAlignment() const { return CXXNewExprBits.ShouldPassAlignment; } | |||
2350 | ||||
2351 | /// Answers whether the usual array deallocation function for the | |||
2352 | /// allocated type expects the size of the allocation as a | |||
2353 | /// parameter. | |||
2354 | bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize() const { | |||
2355 | return CXXNewExprBits.UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize; | |||
2356 | } | |||
2357 | ||||
2358 | using arg_iterator = ExprIterator; | |||
2359 | using const_arg_iterator = ConstExprIterator; | |||
2360 | ||||
2361 | llvm::iterator_range<arg_iterator> placement_arguments() { | |||
2362 | return llvm::make_range(placement_arg_begin(), placement_arg_end()); | |||
2363 | } | |||
2364 | ||||
2365 | llvm::iterator_range<const_arg_iterator> placement_arguments() const { | |||
2366 | return llvm::make_range(placement_arg_begin(), placement_arg_end()); | |||
2367 | } | |||
2368 | ||||
2369 | arg_iterator placement_arg_begin() { | |||
2370 | return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + placementNewArgsOffset(); | |||
2371 | } | |||
2372 | arg_iterator placement_arg_end() { | |||
2373 | return placement_arg_begin() + getNumPlacementArgs(); | |||
2374 | } | |||
2375 | const_arg_iterator placement_arg_begin() const { | |||
2376 | return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + placementNewArgsOffset(); | |||
2377 | } | |||
2378 | const_arg_iterator placement_arg_end() const { | |||
2379 | return placement_arg_begin() + getNumPlacementArgs(); | |||
2380 | } | |||
2381 | ||||
2382 | using raw_arg_iterator = Stmt **; | |||
2383 | ||||
2384 | raw_arg_iterator raw_arg_begin() { return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); } | |||
2385 | raw_arg_iterator raw_arg_end() { | |||
2386 | return raw_arg_begin() + numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>()); | |||
2387 | } | |||
2388 | const_arg_iterator raw_arg_begin() const { | |||
2389 | return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); | |||
2390 | } | |||
2391 | const_arg_iterator raw_arg_end() const { | |||
2392 | return raw_arg_begin() + numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>()); | |||
2393 | } | |||
2394 | ||||
2395 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return Range.getBegin(); } | |||
2396 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Range.getEnd(); } | |||
2397 | ||||
2398 | SourceRange getDirectInitRange() const { return DirectInitRange; } | |||
2399 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const { return Range; } | |||
2400 | ||||
2401 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
2402 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXNewExprClass; | |||
2403 | } | |||
2404 | ||||
2405 | // Iterators | |||
2406 | child_range children() { return child_range(raw_arg_begin(), raw_arg_end()); } | |||
2407 | ||||
2408 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
2409 | return const_child_range(const_cast<CXXNewExpr *>(this)->children()); | |||
2410 | } | |||
2411 | }; | |||
2412 | ||||
2413 | /// Represents a \c delete expression for memory deallocation and | |||
2414 | /// destructor calls, e.g. "delete[] pArray". | |||
2415 | class CXXDeleteExpr : public Expr { | |||
2416 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
2417 | ||||
2418 | /// Points to the operator delete overload that is used. Could be a member. | |||
2419 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; | |||
2420 | ||||
2421 | /// The pointer expression to be deleted. | |||
2422 | Stmt *Argument = nullptr; | |||
2423 | ||||
2424 | public: | |||
2425 | CXXDeleteExpr(QualType Ty, bool GlobalDelete, bool ArrayForm, | |||
2426 | bool ArrayFormAsWritten, bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, | |||
2427 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete, Expr *Arg, SourceLocation Loc) | |||
2428 | : Expr(CXXDeleteExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
2429 | OperatorDelete(OperatorDelete), Argument(Arg) { | |||
2430 | CXXDeleteExprBits.GlobalDelete = GlobalDelete; | |||
2431 | CXXDeleteExprBits.ArrayForm = ArrayForm; | |||
2432 | CXXDeleteExprBits.ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayFormAsWritten; | |||
2433 | CXXDeleteExprBits.UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize; | |||
2434 | CXXDeleteExprBits.Loc = Loc; | |||
2435 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
2436 | } | |||
2437 | ||||
2438 | explicit CXXDeleteExpr(EmptyShell Shell) : Expr(CXXDeleteExprClass, Shell) {} | |||
2439 | ||||
2440 | bool isGlobalDelete() const { return CXXDeleteExprBits.GlobalDelete; } | |||
2441 | bool isArrayForm() const { return CXXDeleteExprBits.ArrayForm; } | |||
2442 | bool isArrayFormAsWritten() const { | |||
2443 | return CXXDeleteExprBits.ArrayFormAsWritten; | |||
2444 | } | |||
2445 | ||||
2446 | /// Answers whether the usual array deallocation function for the | |||
2447 | /// allocated type expects the size of the allocation as a | |||
2448 | /// parameter. This can be true even if the actual deallocation | |||
2449 | /// function that we're using doesn't want a size. | |||
2450 | bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize() const { | |||
2451 | return CXXDeleteExprBits.UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize; | |||
2452 | } | |||
2453 | ||||
2454 | FunctionDecl *getOperatorDelete() const { return OperatorDelete; } | |||
2455 | ||||
2456 | Expr *getArgument() { return cast<Expr>(Argument); } | |||
2457 | const Expr *getArgument() const { return cast<Expr>(Argument); } | |||
2458 | ||||
2459 | /// Retrieve the type being destroyed. | |||
2460 | /// | |||
2461 | /// If the type being destroyed is a dependent type which may or may not | |||
2462 | /// be a pointer, return an invalid type. | |||
2463 | QualType getDestroyedType() const; | |||
2464 | ||||
2465 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return CXXDeleteExprBits.Loc; } | |||
2466 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
2467 | return Argument->getEndLoc(); | |||
2468 | } | |||
2469 | ||||
2470 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
2471 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDeleteExprClass; | |||
2472 | } | |||
2473 | ||||
2474 | // Iterators | |||
2475 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Argument, &Argument + 1); } | |||
2476 | ||||
2477 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
2478 | return const_child_range(&Argument, &Argument + 1); | |||
2479 | } | |||
2480 | }; | |||
2481 | ||||
2482 | /// Stores the type being destroyed by a pseudo-destructor expression. | |||
2483 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage { | |||
2484 | /// Either the type source information or the name of the type, if | |||
2485 | /// it couldn't be resolved due to type-dependence. | |||
2486 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, IdentifierInfo *> Type; | |||
2487 | ||||
2488 | /// The starting source location of the pseudo-destructor type. | |||
2489 | SourceLocation Location; | |||
2490 | ||||
2491 | public: | |||
2492 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage() = default; | |||
2493 | ||||
2494 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc) | |||
2495 | : Type(II), Location(Loc) {} | |||
2496 | ||||
2497 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(TypeSourceInfo *Info); | |||
2498 | ||||
2499 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { | |||
2500 | return Type.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>(); | |||
2501 | } | |||
2502 | ||||
2503 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { | |||
2504 | return Type.dyn_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(); | |||
2505 | } | |||
2506 | ||||
2507 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Location; } | |||
2508 | }; | |||
2509 | ||||
2510 | /// Represents a C++ pseudo-destructor (C++ [expr.pseudo]). | |||
2511 | /// | |||
2512 | /// A pseudo-destructor is an expression that looks like a member access to a | |||
2513 | /// destructor of a scalar type, except that scalar types don't have | |||
2514 | /// destructors. For example: | |||
2515 | /// | |||
2516 | /// \code | |||
2517 | /// typedef int T; | |||
2518 | /// void f(int *p) { | |||
2519 | /// p->T::~T(); | |||
2520 | /// } | |||
2521 | /// \endcode | |||
2522 | /// | |||
2523 | /// Pseudo-destructors typically occur when instantiating templates such as: | |||
2524 | /// | |||
2525 | /// \code | |||
2526 | /// template<typename T> | |||
2527 | /// void destroy(T* ptr) { | |||
2528 | /// ptr->T::~T(); | |||
2529 | /// } | |||
2530 | /// \endcode | |||
2531 | /// | |||
2532 | /// for scalar types. A pseudo-destructor expression has no run-time semantics | |||
2533 | /// beyond evaluating the base expression. | |||
2534 | class CXXPseudoDestructorExpr : public Expr { | |||
2535 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
2536 | ||||
2537 | /// The base expression (that is being destroyed). | |||
2538 | Stmt *Base = nullptr; | |||
2539 | ||||
2540 | /// Whether the operator was an arrow ('->'); otherwise, it was a | |||
2541 | /// period ('.'). | |||
2542 | bool IsArrow : 1; | |||
2543 | ||||
2544 | /// The location of the '.' or '->' operator. | |||
2545 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc; | |||
2546 | ||||
2547 | /// The nested-name-specifier that follows the operator, if present. | |||
2548 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; | |||
2549 | ||||
2550 | /// The type that precedes the '::' in a qualified pseudo-destructor | |||
2551 | /// expression. | |||
2552 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType = nullptr; | |||
2553 | ||||
2554 | /// The location of the '::' in a qualified pseudo-destructor | |||
2555 | /// expression. | |||
2556 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc; | |||
2557 | ||||
2558 | /// The location of the '~'. | |||
2559 | SourceLocation TildeLoc; | |||
2560 | ||||
2561 | /// The type being destroyed, or its name if we were unable to | |||
2562 | /// resolve the name. | |||
2563 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType; | |||
2564 | ||||
2565 | public: | |||
2566 | CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
2567 | Expr *Base, bool isArrow, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | |||
2568 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
2569 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, | |||
2570 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, | |||
2571 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, | |||
2572 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); | |||
2573 | ||||
2574 | explicit CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(EmptyShell Shell) | |||
2575 | : Expr(CXXPseudoDestructorExprClass, Shell), IsArrow(false) {} | |||
2576 | ||||
2577 | Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); } | |||
2578 | ||||
2579 | /// Determines whether this member expression actually had | |||
2580 | /// a C++ nested-name-specifier prior to the name of the member, e.g., | |||
2581 | /// x->Base::foo. | |||
2582 | bool hasQualifier() const { return QualifierLoc.hasQualifier(); } | |||
2583 | ||||
2584 | /// Retrieves the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the type name, | |||
2585 | /// with source-location information. | |||
2586 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } | |||
2587 | ||||
2588 | /// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the | |||
2589 | /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name. Otherwise, returns | |||
2590 | /// null. | |||
2591 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { | |||
2592 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); | |||
2593 | } | |||
2594 | ||||
2595 | /// Determine whether this pseudo-destructor expression was written | |||
2596 | /// using an '->' (otherwise, it used a '.'). | |||
2597 | bool isArrow() const { return IsArrow; } | |||
2598 | ||||
2599 | /// Retrieve the location of the '.' or '->' operator. | |||
2600 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; } | |||
2601 | ||||
2602 | /// Retrieve the scope type in a qualified pseudo-destructor | |||
2603 | /// expression. | |||
2604 | /// | |||
2605 | /// Pseudo-destructor expressions can have extra qualification within them | |||
2606 | /// that is not part of the nested-name-specifier, e.g., \c p->T::~T(). | |||
2607 | /// Here, if the object type of the expression is (or may be) a scalar type, | |||
2608 | /// \p T may also be a scalar type and, therefore, cannot be part of a | |||
2609 | /// nested-name-specifier. It is stored as the "scope type" of the pseudo- | |||
2610 | /// destructor expression. | |||
2611 | TypeSourceInfo *getScopeTypeInfo() const { return ScopeType; } | |||
2612 | ||||
2613 | /// Retrieve the location of the '::' in a qualified pseudo-destructor | |||
2614 | /// expression. | |||
2615 | SourceLocation getColonColonLoc() const { return ColonColonLoc; } | |||
2616 | ||||
2617 | /// Retrieve the location of the '~'. | |||
2618 | SourceLocation getTildeLoc() const { return TildeLoc; } | |||
2619 | ||||
2620 | /// Retrieve the source location information for the type | |||
2621 | /// being destroyed. | |||
2622 | /// | |||
2623 | /// This type-source information is available for non-dependent | |||
2624 | /// pseudo-destructor expressions and some dependent pseudo-destructor | |||
2625 | /// expressions. Returns null if we only have the identifier for a | |||
2626 | /// dependent pseudo-destructor expression. | |||
2627 | TypeSourceInfo *getDestroyedTypeInfo() const { | |||
2628 | return DestroyedType.getTypeSourceInfo(); | |||
2629 | } | |||
2630 | ||||
2631 | /// In a dependent pseudo-destructor expression for which we do not | |||
2632 | /// have full type information on the destroyed type, provides the name | |||
2633 | /// of the destroyed type. | |||
2634 | IdentifierInfo *getDestroyedTypeIdentifier() const { | |||
2635 | return DestroyedType.getIdentifier(); | |||
2636 | } | |||
2637 | ||||
2638 | /// Retrieve the type being destroyed. | |||
2639 | QualType getDestroyedType() const; | |||
2640 | ||||
2641 | /// Retrieve the starting location of the type being destroyed. | |||
2642 | SourceLocation getDestroyedTypeLoc() const { | |||
2643 | return DestroyedType.getLocation(); | |||
2644 | } | |||
2645 | ||||
2646 | /// Set the name of destroyed type for a dependent pseudo-destructor | |||
2647 | /// expression. | |||
2648 | void setDestroyedType(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc) { | |||
2649 | DestroyedType = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(II, Loc); | |||
2650 | } | |||
2651 | ||||
2652 | /// Set the destroyed type. | |||
2653 | void setDestroyedType(TypeSourceInfo *Info) { | |||
2654 | DestroyedType = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(Info); | |||
2655 | } | |||
2656 | ||||
2657 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
2658 | return Base->getBeginLoc(); | |||
2659 | } | |||
2660 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
2661 | ||||
2662 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
2663 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXPseudoDestructorExprClass; | |||
2664 | } | |||
2665 | ||||
2666 | // Iterators | |||
2667 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); } | |||
2668 | ||||
2669 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
2670 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | |||
2671 | } | |||
2672 | }; | |||
2673 | ||||
2674 | /// A type trait used in the implementation of various C++11 and | |||
2675 | /// Library TR1 trait templates. | |||
2676 | /// | |||
2677 | /// \code | |||
2678 | /// __is_pod(int) == true | |||
2679 | /// __is_enum(std::string) == false | |||
2680 | /// __is_trivially_constructible(vector<int>, int*, int*) | |||
2681 | /// \endcode | |||
2682 | class TypeTraitExpr final | |||
2683 | : public Expr, | |||
2684 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<TypeTraitExpr, TypeSourceInfo *> { | |||
2685 | /// The location of the type trait keyword. | |||
2686 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
2687 | ||||
2688 | /// The location of the closing parenthesis. | |||
2689 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
2690 | ||||
2691 | // Note: The TypeSourceInfos for the arguments are allocated after the | |||
2692 | // TypeTraitExpr. | |||
2693 | ||||
2694 | TypeTraitExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, TypeTrait Kind, | |||
2695 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, | |||
2696 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
2697 | bool Value); | |||
2698 | ||||
2699 | TypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(TypeTraitExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
2700 | ||||
2701 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<TypeSourceInfo *>) const { | |||
2702 | return getNumArgs(); | |||
2703 | } | |||
2704 | ||||
2705 | public: | |||
2706 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
2707 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
2708 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
2709 | ||||
2710 | /// Create a new type trait expression. | |||
2711 | static TypeTraitExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, QualType T, | |||
2712 | SourceLocation Loc, TypeTrait Kind, | |||
2713 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, | |||
2714 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
2715 | bool Value); | |||
2716 | ||||
2717 | static TypeTraitExpr *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, | |||
2718 | unsigned NumArgs); | |||
2719 | ||||
2720 | /// Determine which type trait this expression uses. | |||
2721 | TypeTrait getTrait() const { | |||
2722 | return static_cast<TypeTrait>(TypeTraitExprBits.Kind); | |||
2723 | } | |||
2724 | ||||
2725 | bool getValue() const { | |||
2726 | assert(!isValueDependent())(static_cast <bool> (!isValueDependent()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isValueDependent()", "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 2726, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2727 | return TypeTraitExprBits.Value; | |||
2728 | } | |||
2729 | ||||
2730 | /// Determine the number of arguments to this type trait. | |||
2731 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { return TypeTraitExprBits.NumArgs; } | |||
2732 | ||||
2733 | /// Retrieve the Ith argument. | |||
2734 | TypeSourceInfo *getArg(unsigned I) const { | |||
2735 | assert(I < getNumArgs() && "Argument out-of-range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumArgs() && "Argument out-of-range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumArgs() && \"Argument out-of-range\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 2735, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
2736 | return getArgs()[I]; | |||
2737 | } | |||
2738 | ||||
2739 | /// Retrieve the argument types. | |||
2740 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> getArgs() const { | |||
2741 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>(), | |||
2742 | getNumArgs()); | |||
2743 | } | |||
2744 | ||||
2745 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
2746 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParenLoc; } | |||
2747 | ||||
2748 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
2749 | return T->getStmtClass() == TypeTraitExprClass; | |||
2750 | } | |||
2751 | ||||
2752 | // Iterators | |||
2753 | child_range children() { | |||
2754 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
2755 | } | |||
2756 | ||||
2757 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
2758 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
2759 | } | |||
2760 | }; | |||
2761 | ||||
2762 | /// An Embarcadero array type trait, as used in the implementation of | |||
2763 | /// __array_rank and __array_extent. | |||
2764 | /// | |||
2765 | /// Example: | |||
2766 | /// \code | |||
2767 | /// __array_rank(int[10][20]) == 2 | |||
2768 | /// __array_extent(int, 1) == 20 | |||
2769 | /// \endcode | |||
2770 | class ArrayTypeTraitExpr : public Expr { | |||
2771 | /// The trait. An ArrayTypeTrait enum in MSVC compat unsigned. | |||
2772 | unsigned ATT : 2; | |||
2773 | ||||
2774 | /// The value of the type trait. Unspecified if dependent. | |||
2775 | uint64_t Value = 0; | |||
2776 | ||||
2777 | /// The array dimension being queried, or -1 if not used. | |||
2778 | Expr *Dimension; | |||
2779 | ||||
2780 | /// The location of the type trait keyword. | |||
2781 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
2782 | ||||
2783 | /// The location of the closing paren. | |||
2784 | SourceLocation RParen; | |||
2785 | ||||
2786 | /// The type being queried. | |||
2787 | TypeSourceInfo *QueriedType = nullptr; | |||
2788 | ||||
2789 | public: | |||
2790 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
2791 | ||||
2792 | ArrayTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation loc, ArrayTypeTrait att, | |||
2793 | TypeSourceInfo *queried, uint64_t value, Expr *dimension, | |||
2794 | SourceLocation rparen, QualType ty) | |||
2795 | : Expr(ArrayTypeTraitExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), ATT(att), | |||
2796 | Value(value), Dimension(dimension), Loc(loc), RParen(rparen), | |||
2797 | QueriedType(queried) { | |||
2798 | assert(att <= ATT_Last && "invalid enum value!")(static_cast <bool> (att <= ATT_Last && "invalid enum value!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("att <= ATT_Last && \"invalid enum value!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 2798, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
2799 | assert(static_cast<unsigned>(att) == ATT && "ATT overflow!")(static_cast <bool> (static_cast<unsigned>(att) == ATT && "ATT overflow!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "static_cast<unsigned>(att) == ATT && \"ATT overflow!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 2799, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
2800 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
2801 | } | |||
2802 | ||||
2803 | explicit ArrayTypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
2804 | : Expr(ArrayTypeTraitExprClass, Empty), ATT(0) {} | |||
2805 | ||||
2806 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
2807 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParen; } | |||
2808 | ||||
2809 | ArrayTypeTrait getTrait() const { return static_cast<ArrayTypeTrait>(ATT); } | |||
2810 | ||||
2811 | QualType getQueriedType() const { return QueriedType->getType(); } | |||
2812 | ||||
2813 | TypeSourceInfo *getQueriedTypeSourceInfo() const { return QueriedType; } | |||
2814 | ||||
2815 | uint64_t getValue() const { assert(!isTypeDependent())(static_cast <bool> (!isTypeDependent()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isTypeDependent()", "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 2815 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return Value; } | |||
2816 | ||||
2817 | Expr *getDimensionExpression() const { return Dimension; } | |||
2818 | ||||
2819 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
2820 | return T->getStmtClass() == ArrayTypeTraitExprClass; | |||
2821 | } | |||
2822 | ||||
2823 | // Iterators | |||
2824 | child_range children() { | |||
2825 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
2826 | } | |||
2827 | ||||
2828 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
2829 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
2830 | } | |||
2831 | }; | |||
2832 | ||||
2833 | /// An expression trait intrinsic. | |||
2834 | /// | |||
2835 | /// Example: | |||
2836 | /// \code | |||
2837 | /// __is_lvalue_expr(std::cout) == true | |||
2838 | /// __is_lvalue_expr(1) == false | |||
2839 | /// \endcode | |||
2840 | class ExpressionTraitExpr : public Expr { | |||
2841 | /// The trait. A ExpressionTrait enum in MSVC compatible unsigned. | |||
2842 | unsigned ET : 31; | |||
2843 | ||||
2844 | /// The value of the type trait. Unspecified if dependent. | |||
2845 | unsigned Value : 1; | |||
2846 | ||||
2847 | /// The location of the type trait keyword. | |||
2848 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
2849 | ||||
2850 | /// The location of the closing paren. | |||
2851 | SourceLocation RParen; | |||
2852 | ||||
2853 | /// The expression being queried. | |||
2854 | Expr* QueriedExpression = nullptr; | |||
2855 | ||||
2856 | public: | |||
2857 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
2858 | ||||
2859 | ExpressionTraitExpr(SourceLocation loc, ExpressionTrait et, Expr *queried, | |||
2860 | bool value, SourceLocation rparen, QualType resultType) | |||
2861 | : Expr(ExpressionTraitExprClass, resultType, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
2862 | ET(et), Value(value), Loc(loc), RParen(rparen), | |||
2863 | QueriedExpression(queried) { | |||
2864 | assert(et <= ET_Last && "invalid enum value!")(static_cast <bool> (et <= ET_Last && "invalid enum value!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("et <= ET_Last && \"invalid enum value!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 2864, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
2865 | assert(static_cast<unsigned>(et) == ET && "ET overflow!")(static_cast <bool> (static_cast<unsigned>(et) == ET && "ET overflow!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("static_cast<unsigned>(et) == ET && \"ET overflow!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 2865, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
2866 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
2867 | } | |||
2868 | ||||
2869 | explicit ExpressionTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
2870 | : Expr(ExpressionTraitExprClass, Empty), ET(0), Value(false) {} | |||
2871 | ||||
2872 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
2873 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParen; } | |||
2874 | ||||
2875 | ExpressionTrait getTrait() const { return static_cast<ExpressionTrait>(ET); } | |||
2876 | ||||
2877 | Expr *getQueriedExpression() const { return QueriedExpression; } | |||
2878 | ||||
2879 | bool getValue() const { return Value; } | |||
2880 | ||||
2881 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
2882 | return T->getStmtClass() == ExpressionTraitExprClass; | |||
2883 | } | |||
2884 | ||||
2885 | // Iterators | |||
2886 | child_range children() { | |||
2887 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
2888 | } | |||
2889 | ||||
2890 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
2891 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
2892 | } | |||
2893 | }; | |||
2894 | ||||
2895 | /// A reference to an overloaded function set, either an | |||
2896 | /// \c UnresolvedLookupExpr or an \c UnresolvedMemberExpr. | |||
2897 | class OverloadExpr : public Expr { | |||
2898 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
2899 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
2900 | ||||
2901 | /// The common name of these declarations. | |||
2902 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; | |||
2903 | ||||
2904 | /// The nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, if any. | |||
2905 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; | |||
2906 | ||||
2907 | protected: | |||
2908 | OverloadExpr(StmtClass SC, const ASTContext &Context, | |||
2909 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
2910 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
2911 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | |||
2912 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, | |||
2913 | UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End, | |||
2914 | bool KnownDependent, bool KnownInstantiationDependent, | |||
2915 | bool KnownContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); | |||
2916 | ||||
2917 | OverloadExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumResults, | |||
2918 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo); | |||
2919 | ||||
2920 | /// Return the results. Defined after UnresolvedMemberExpr. | |||
2921 | inline DeclAccessPair *getTrailingResults(); | |||
2922 | const DeclAccessPair *getTrailingResults() const { | |||
2923 | return const_cast<OverloadExpr *>(this)->getTrailingResults(); | |||
2924 | } | |||
2925 | ||||
2926 | /// Return the optional template keyword and arguments info. | |||
2927 | /// Defined after UnresolvedMemberExpr. | |||
2928 | inline ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
2929 | const ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { | |||
2930 | return const_cast<OverloadExpr *>(this) | |||
2931 | ->getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
2932 | } | |||
2933 | ||||
2934 | /// Return the optional template arguments. Defined after | |||
2935 | /// UnresolvedMemberExpr. | |||
2936 | inline TemplateArgumentLoc *getTrailingTemplateArgumentLoc(); | |||
2937 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTrailingTemplateArgumentLoc() const { | |||
2938 | return const_cast<OverloadExpr *>(this)->getTrailingTemplateArgumentLoc(); | |||
2939 | } | |||
2940 | ||||
2941 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { | |||
2942 | return OverloadExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; | |||
2943 | } | |||
2944 | ||||
2945 | public: | |||
2946 | struct FindResult { | |||
2947 | OverloadExpr *Expression; | |||
2948 | bool IsAddressOfOperand; | |||
2949 | bool HasFormOfMemberPointer; | |||
2950 | }; | |||
2951 | ||||
2952 | /// Finds the overloaded expression in the given expression \p E of | |||
2953 | /// OverloadTy. | |||
2954 | /// | |||
2955 | /// \return the expression (which must be there) and true if it has | |||
2956 | /// the particular form of a member pointer expression | |||
2957 | static FindResult find(Expr *E) { | |||
2958 | assert(E->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Overload))(static_cast <bool> (E->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType (BuiltinType::Overload)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Overload)" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 2958, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
2959 | ||||
2960 | FindResult Result; | |||
2961 | ||||
2962 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | |||
2963 | if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E)) { | |||
2964 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 2964, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
2965 | E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr(); | |||
2966 | auto *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E->IgnoreParens()); | |||
2967 | ||||
2968 | Result.HasFormOfMemberPointer = (E == Ovl && Ovl->getQualifier()); | |||
2969 | Result.IsAddressOfOperand = true; | |||
2970 | Result.Expression = Ovl; | |||
2971 | } else { | |||
2972 | Result.HasFormOfMemberPointer = false; | |||
2973 | Result.IsAddressOfOperand = false; | |||
2974 | Result.Expression = cast<OverloadExpr>(E); | |||
2975 | } | |||
2976 | ||||
2977 | return Result; | |||
2978 | } | |||
2979 | ||||
2980 | /// Gets the naming class of this lookup, if any. | |||
2981 | /// Defined after UnresolvedMemberExpr. | |||
2982 | inline CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass(); | |||
2983 | const CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() const { | |||
2984 | return const_cast<OverloadExpr *>(this)->getNamingClass(); | |||
2985 | } | |||
2986 | ||||
2987 | using decls_iterator = UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator; | |||
2988 | ||||
2989 | decls_iterator decls_begin() const { | |||
2990 | return UnresolvedSetIterator(getTrailingResults()); | |||
2991 | } | |||
2992 | decls_iterator decls_end() const { | |||
2993 | return UnresolvedSetIterator(getTrailingResults() + getNumDecls()); | |||
2994 | } | |||
2995 | llvm::iterator_range<decls_iterator> decls() const { | |||
2996 | return llvm::make_range(decls_begin(), decls_end()); | |||
2997 | } | |||
2998 | ||||
2999 | /// Gets the number of declarations in the unresolved set. | |||
3000 | unsigned getNumDecls() const { return OverloadExprBits.NumResults; } | |||
3001 | ||||
3002 | /// Gets the full name info. | |||
3003 | const DeclarationNameInfo &getNameInfo() const { return NameInfo; } | |||
3004 | ||||
3005 | /// Gets the name looked up. | |||
3006 | DeclarationName getName() const { return NameInfo.getName(); } | |||
3007 | ||||
3008 | /// Gets the location of the name. | |||
3009 | SourceLocation getNameLoc() const { return NameInfo.getLoc(); } | |||
3010 | ||||
3011 | /// Fetches the nested-name qualifier, if one was given. | |||
3012 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { | |||
3013 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); | |||
3014 | } | |||
3015 | ||||
3016 | /// Fetches the nested-name qualifier with source-location | |||
3017 | /// information, if one was given. | |||
3018 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } | |||
3019 | ||||
3020 | /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding | |||
3021 | /// this name, if any. | |||
3022 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { | |||
3023 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
3024 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
3025 | return getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->TemplateKWLoc; | |||
3026 | } | |||
3027 | ||||
3028 | /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the | |||
3029 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. | |||
3030 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { | |||
3031 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
3032 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
3033 | return getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->LAngleLoc; | |||
3034 | } | |||
3035 | ||||
3036 | /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the | |||
3037 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. | |||
3038 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { | |||
3039 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
3040 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
3041 | return getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->RAngleLoc; | |||
3042 | } | |||
3043 | ||||
3044 | /// Determines whether the name was preceded by the template keyword. | |||
3045 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } | |||
3046 | ||||
3047 | /// Determines whether this expression had explicit template arguments. | |||
3048 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } | |||
3049 | ||||
3050 | TemplateArgumentLoc const *getTemplateArgs() const { | |||
3051 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3052 | return nullptr; | |||
3053 | return const_cast<OverloadExpr *>(this)->getTrailingTemplateArgumentLoc(); | |||
3054 | } | |||
3055 | ||||
3056 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { | |||
3057 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3058 | return 0; | |||
3059 | ||||
3060 | return getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->NumTemplateArgs; | |||
3061 | } | |||
3062 | ||||
3063 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { | |||
3064 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; | |||
3065 | } | |||
3066 | ||||
3067 | /// Copies the template arguments into the given structure. | |||
3068 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { | |||
3069 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3070 | getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->copyInto(getTemplateArgs(), List); | |||
3071 | } | |||
3072 | ||||
3073 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
3074 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedLookupExprClass || | |||
3075 | T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedMemberExprClass; | |||
3076 | } | |||
3077 | }; | |||
3078 | ||||
3079 | /// A reference to a name which we were able to look up during | |||
3080 | /// parsing but could not resolve to a specific declaration. | |||
3081 | /// | |||
3082 | /// This arises in several ways: | |||
3083 | /// * we might be waiting for argument-dependent lookup; | |||
3084 | /// * the name might resolve to an overloaded function; | |||
3085 | /// and eventually: | |||
3086 | /// * the lookup might have included a function template. | |||
3087 | /// | |||
3088 | /// These never include UnresolvedUsingValueDecls, which are always class | |||
3089 | /// members and therefore appear only in UnresolvedMemberLookupExprs. | |||
3090 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr final | |||
3091 | : public OverloadExpr, | |||
3092 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<UnresolvedLookupExpr, DeclAccessPair, | |||
3093 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
3094 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { | |||
3095 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
3096 | friend class OverloadExpr; | |||
3097 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
3098 | ||||
3099 | /// The naming class (C++ [class.access.base]p5) of the lookup, if | |||
3100 | /// any. This can generally be recalculated from the context chain, | |||
3101 | /// but that can be fairly expensive for unqualified lookups. | |||
3102 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass; | |||
3103 | ||||
3104 | // UnresolvedLookupExpr is followed by several trailing objects. | |||
3105 | // They are in order: | |||
3106 | // | |||
3107 | // * An array of getNumResults() DeclAccessPair for the results. These are | |||
3108 | // undesugared, which is to say, they may include UsingShadowDecls. | |||
3109 | // Access is relative to the naming class. | |||
3110 | // | |||
3111 | // * An optional ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo for the explicitly specified | |||
3112 | // template keyword and arguments. Present if and only if | |||
3113 | // hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(). | |||
3114 | // | |||
3115 | // * An array of getNumTemplateArgs() TemplateArgumentLoc containing | |||
3116 | // location information for the explicitly specified template arguments. | |||
3117 | ||||
3118 | UnresolvedLookupExpr(const ASTContext &Context, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, | |||
3119 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
3120 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
3121 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, bool RequiresADL, | |||
3122 | bool Overloaded, | |||
3123 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, | |||
3124 | UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End); | |||
3125 | ||||
3126 | UnresolvedLookupExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumResults, | |||
3127 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo); | |||
3128 | ||||
3129 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<DeclAccessPair>) const { | |||
3130 | return getNumDecls(); | |||
3131 | } | |||
3132 | ||||
3133 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { | |||
3134 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
3135 | } | |||
3136 | ||||
3137 | public: | |||
3138 | static UnresolvedLookupExpr * | |||
3139 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, | |||
3140 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
3141 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, bool RequiresADL, bool Overloaded, | |||
3142 | UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End); | |||
3143 | ||||
3144 | static UnresolvedLookupExpr * | |||
3145 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, | |||
3146 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
3147 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, bool RequiresADL, | |||
3148 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *Args, UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, | |||
3149 | UnresolvedSetIterator End); | |||
3150 | ||||
3151 | static UnresolvedLookupExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
3152 | unsigned NumResults, | |||
3153 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
3154 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); | |||
3155 | ||||
3156 | /// True if this declaration should be extended by | |||
3157 | /// argument-dependent lookup. | |||
3158 | bool requiresADL() const { return UnresolvedLookupExprBits.RequiresADL; } | |||
3159 | ||||
3160 | /// True if this lookup is overloaded. | |||
3161 | bool isOverloaded() const { return UnresolvedLookupExprBits.Overloaded; } | |||
3162 | ||||
3163 | /// Gets the 'naming class' (in the sense of C++0x | |||
3164 | /// [class.access.base]p5) of the lookup. This is the scope | |||
3165 | /// that was looked in to find these results. | |||
3166 | CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() { return NamingClass; } | |||
3167 | const CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() const { return NamingClass; } | |||
3168 | ||||
3169 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
3170 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc l = getQualifierLoc()) | |||
3171 | return l.getBeginLoc(); | |||
3172 | return getNameInfo().getBeginLoc(); | |||
3173 | } | |||
3174 | ||||
3175 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
3176 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3177 | return getRAngleLoc(); | |||
3178 | return getNameInfo().getEndLoc(); | |||
3179 | } | |||
3180 | ||||
3181 | child_range children() { | |||
3182 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
3183 | } | |||
3184 | ||||
3185 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
3186 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
3187 | } | |||
3188 | ||||
3189 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
3190 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedLookupExprClass; | |||
3191 | } | |||
3192 | }; | |||
3193 | ||||
3194 | /// A qualified reference to a name whose declaration cannot | |||
3195 | /// yet be resolved. | |||
3196 | /// | |||
3197 | /// DependentScopeDeclRefExpr is similar to DeclRefExpr in that | |||
3198 | /// it expresses a reference to a declaration such as | |||
3199 | /// X<T>::value. The difference, however, is that an | |||
3200 | /// DependentScopeDeclRefExpr node is used only within C++ templates when | |||
3201 | /// the qualification (e.g., X<T>::) refers to a dependent type. In | |||
3202 | /// this case, X<T>::value cannot resolve to a declaration because the | |||
3203 | /// declaration will differ from one instantiation of X<T> to the | |||
3204 | /// next. Therefore, DependentScopeDeclRefExpr keeps track of the | |||
3205 | /// qualifier (X<T>::) and the name of the entity being referenced | |||
3206 | /// ("value"). Such expressions will instantiate to a DeclRefExpr once the | |||
3207 | /// declaration can be found. | |||
3208 | class DependentScopeDeclRefExpr final | |||
3209 | : public Expr, | |||
3210 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr, | |||
3211 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
3212 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { | |||
3213 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
3214 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
3215 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
3216 | ||||
3217 | /// The nested-name-specifier that qualifies this unresolved | |||
3218 | /// declaration name. | |||
3219 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; | |||
3220 | ||||
3221 | /// The name of the entity we will be referencing. | |||
3222 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; | |||
3223 | ||||
3224 | DependentScopeDeclRefExpr(QualType Ty, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
3225 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
3226 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | |||
3227 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *Args); | |||
3228 | ||||
3229 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { | |||
3230 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
3231 | } | |||
3232 | ||||
3233 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { | |||
3234 | return DependentScopeDeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; | |||
3235 | } | |||
3236 | ||||
3237 | public: | |||
3238 | static DependentScopeDeclRefExpr * | |||
3239 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
3240 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | |||
3241 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); | |||
3242 | ||||
3243 | static DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
3244 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
3245 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); | |||
3246 | ||||
3247 | /// Retrieve the name that this expression refers to. | |||
3248 | const DeclarationNameInfo &getNameInfo() const { return NameInfo; } | |||
3249 | ||||
3250 | /// Retrieve the name that this expression refers to. | |||
3251 | DeclarationName getDeclName() const { return NameInfo.getName(); } | |||
3252 | ||||
3253 | /// Retrieve the location of the name within the expression. | |||
3254 | /// | |||
3255 | /// For example, in "X<T>::value" this is the location of "value". | |||
3256 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return NameInfo.getLoc(); } | |||
3257 | ||||
3258 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the | |||
3259 | /// name, with source location information. | |||
3260 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } | |||
3261 | ||||
3262 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies this | |||
3263 | /// declaration. | |||
3264 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { | |||
3265 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); | |||
3266 | } | |||
3267 | ||||
3268 | /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding | |||
3269 | /// this name, if any. | |||
3270 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { | |||
3271 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
3272 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
3273 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc; | |||
3274 | } | |||
3275 | ||||
3276 | /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the | |||
3277 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. | |||
3278 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { | |||
3279 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
3280 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
3281 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc; | |||
3282 | } | |||
3283 | ||||
3284 | /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the | |||
3285 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. | |||
3286 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { | |||
3287 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
3288 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
3289 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc; | |||
3290 | } | |||
3291 | ||||
3292 | /// Determines whether the name was preceded by the template keyword. | |||
3293 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } | |||
3294 | ||||
3295 | /// Determines whether this lookup had explicit template arguments. | |||
3296 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } | |||
3297 | ||||
3298 | /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given | |||
3299 | /// structure. | |||
3300 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { | |||
3301 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3302 | getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto( | |||
3303 | getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List); | |||
3304 | } | |||
3305 | ||||
3306 | TemplateArgumentLoc const *getTemplateArgs() const { | |||
3307 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3308 | return nullptr; | |||
3309 | ||||
3310 | return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); | |||
3311 | } | |||
3312 | ||||
3313 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { | |||
3314 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3315 | return 0; | |||
3316 | ||||
3317 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs; | |||
3318 | } | |||
3319 | ||||
3320 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { | |||
3321 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; | |||
3322 | } | |||
3323 | ||||
3324 | /// Note: getBeginLoc() is the start of the whole DependentScopeDeclRefExpr, | |||
3325 | /// and differs from getLocation().getStart(). | |||
3326 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
3327 | return QualifierLoc.getBeginLoc(); | |||
3328 | } | |||
3329 | ||||
3330 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
3331 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3332 | return getRAngleLoc(); | |||
3333 | return getLocation(); | |||
3334 | } | |||
3335 | ||||
3336 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
3337 | return T->getStmtClass() == DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass; | |||
3338 | } | |||
3339 | ||||
3340 | child_range children() { | |||
3341 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
3342 | } | |||
3343 | ||||
3344 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
3345 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
3346 | } | |||
3347 | }; | |||
3348 | ||||
3349 | /// Represents an expression -- generally a full-expression -- that | |||
3350 | /// introduces cleanups to be run at the end of the sub-expression's | |||
3351 | /// evaluation. The most common source of expression-introduced | |||
3352 | /// cleanups is temporary objects in C++, but several other kinds of | |||
3353 | /// expressions can create cleanups, including basically every | |||
3354 | /// call in ARC that returns an Objective-C pointer. | |||
3355 | /// | |||
3356 | /// This expression also tracks whether the sub-expression contains a | |||
3357 | /// potentially-evaluated block literal. The lifetime of a block | |||
3358 | /// literal is the extent of the enclosing scope. | |||
3359 | class ExprWithCleanups final | |||
3360 | : public FullExpr, | |||
3361 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< | |||
3362 | ExprWithCleanups, | |||
3363 | llvm::PointerUnion<BlockDecl *, CompoundLiteralExpr *>> { | |||
3364 | public: | |||
3365 | /// The type of objects that are kept in the cleanup. | |||
3366 | /// It's useful to remember the set of blocks and block-scoped compound | |||
3367 | /// literals; we could also remember the set of temporaries, but there's | |||
3368 | /// currently no need. | |||
3369 | using CleanupObject = llvm::PointerUnion<BlockDecl *, CompoundLiteralExpr *>; | |||
3370 | ||||
3371 | private: | |||
3372 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
3373 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
3374 | ||||
3375 | ExprWithCleanups(EmptyShell, unsigned NumObjects); | |||
3376 | ExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr, bool CleanupsHaveSideEffects, | |||
3377 | ArrayRef<CleanupObject> Objects); | |||
3378 | ||||
3379 | public: | |||
3380 | static ExprWithCleanups *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell empty, | |||
3381 | unsigned numObjects); | |||
3382 | ||||
3383 | static ExprWithCleanups *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *subexpr, | |||
3384 | bool CleanupsHaveSideEffects, | |||
3385 | ArrayRef<CleanupObject> objects); | |||
3386 | ||||
3387 | ArrayRef<CleanupObject> getObjects() const { | |||
3388 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<CleanupObject>(), | |||
3389 | getNumObjects()); | |||
3390 | } | |||
3391 | ||||
3392 | unsigned getNumObjects() const { return ExprWithCleanupsBits.NumObjects; } | |||
3393 | ||||
3394 | CleanupObject getObject(unsigned i) const { | |||
3395 | assert(i < getNumObjects() && "Index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumObjects() && "Index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumObjects() && \"Index out of range\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 3395, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
3396 | return getObjects()[i]; | |||
3397 | } | |||
3398 | ||||
3399 | bool cleanupsHaveSideEffects() const { | |||
3400 | return ExprWithCleanupsBits.CleanupsHaveSideEffects; | |||
3401 | } | |||
3402 | ||||
3403 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
3404 | return SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); | |||
3405 | } | |||
3406 | ||||
3407 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
3408 | return SubExpr->getEndLoc(); | |||
3409 | } | |||
3410 | ||||
3411 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. | |||
3412 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
3413 | return T->getStmtClass() == ExprWithCleanupsClass; | |||
3414 | } | |||
3415 | ||||
3416 | // Iterators | |||
3417 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); } | |||
3418 | ||||
3419 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
3420 | return const_child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); | |||
3421 | } | |||
3422 | }; | |||
3423 | ||||
3424 | /// Describes an explicit type conversion that uses functional | |||
3425 | /// notion but could not be resolved because one or more arguments are | |||
3426 | /// type-dependent. | |||
3427 | /// | |||
3428 | /// The explicit type conversions expressed by | |||
3429 | /// CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr have the form <tt>T(a1, a2, ..., aN)</tt>, | |||
3430 | /// where \c T is some type and \c a1, \c a2, ..., \c aN are values, and | |||
3431 | /// either \c T is a dependent type or one or more of the <tt>a</tt>'s is | |||
3432 | /// type-dependent. For example, this would occur in a template such | |||
3433 | /// as: | |||
3434 | /// | |||
3435 | /// \code | |||
3436 | /// template<typename T, typename A1> | |||
3437 | /// inline T make_a(const A1& a1) { | |||
3438 | /// return T(a1); | |||
3439 | /// } | |||
3440 | /// \endcode | |||
3441 | /// | |||
3442 | /// When the returned expression is instantiated, it may resolve to a | |||
3443 | /// constructor call, conversion function call, or some kind of type | |||
3444 | /// conversion. | |||
3445 | class CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr final | |||
3446 | : public Expr, | |||
3447 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr, Expr *> { | |||
3448 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
3449 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
3450 | ||||
3451 | /// The type being constructed. | |||
3452 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI; | |||
3453 | ||||
3454 | /// The location of the left parentheses ('('). | |||
3455 | SourceLocation LParenLoc; | |||
3456 | ||||
3457 | /// The location of the right parentheses (')'). | |||
3458 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
3459 | ||||
3460 | CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, | |||
3461 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
3462 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); | |||
3463 | ||||
3464 | CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumArgs) | |||
3465 | : Expr(CXXUnresolvedConstructExprClass, Empty), TSI(nullptr) { | |||
3466 | CXXUnresolvedConstructExprBits.NumArgs = NumArgs; | |||
3467 | } | |||
3468 | ||||
3469 | public: | |||
3470 | static CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
3471 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, | |||
3472 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | |||
3473 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
3474 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); | |||
3475 | ||||
3476 | static CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
3477 | unsigned NumArgs); | |||
3478 | ||||
3479 | /// Retrieve the type that is being constructed, as specified | |||
3480 | /// in the source code. | |||
3481 | QualType getTypeAsWritten() const { return TSI->getType(); } | |||
3482 | ||||
3483 | /// Retrieve the type source information for the type being | |||
3484 | /// constructed. | |||
3485 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TSI; } | |||
3486 | ||||
3487 | /// Retrieve the location of the left parentheses ('(') that | |||
3488 | /// precedes the argument list. | |||
3489 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } | |||
3490 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; } | |||
3491 | ||||
3492 | /// Retrieve the location of the right parentheses (')') that | |||
3493 | /// follows the argument list. | |||
3494 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | |||
3495 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } | |||
3496 | ||||
3497 | /// Determine whether this expression models list-initialization. | |||
3498 | /// If so, there will be exactly one subexpression, which will be | |||
3499 | /// an InitListExpr. | |||
3500 | bool isListInitialization() const { return LParenLoc.isInvalid(); } | |||
3501 | ||||
3502 | /// Retrieve the number of arguments. | |||
3503 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { return CXXUnresolvedConstructExprBits.NumArgs; } | |||
3504 | ||||
3505 | using arg_iterator = Expr **; | |||
3506 | using arg_range = llvm::iterator_range<arg_iterator>; | |||
3507 | ||||
3508 | arg_iterator arg_begin() { return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); } | |||
3509 | arg_iterator arg_end() { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } | |||
3510 | arg_range arguments() { return arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); } | |||
3511 | ||||
3512 | using const_arg_iterator = const Expr* const *; | |||
3513 | using const_arg_range = llvm::iterator_range<const_arg_iterator>; | |||
3514 | ||||
3515 | const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const { return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); } | |||
3516 | const_arg_iterator arg_end() const { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } | |||
3517 | const_arg_range arguments() const { | |||
3518 | return const_arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); | |||
3519 | } | |||
3520 | ||||
3521 | Expr *getArg(unsigned I) { | |||
3522 | assert(I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumArgs() && \"Argument index out-of-range\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 3522, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
3523 | return arg_begin()[I]; | |||
3524 | } | |||
3525 | ||||
3526 | const Expr *getArg(unsigned I) const { | |||
3527 | assert(I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumArgs() && \"Argument index out-of-range\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 3527, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
3528 | return arg_begin()[I]; | |||
3529 | } | |||
3530 | ||||
3531 | void setArg(unsigned I, Expr *E) { | |||
3532 | assert(I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumArgs() && \"Argument index out-of-range\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 3532, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
3533 | arg_begin()[I] = E; | |||
3534 | } | |||
3535 | ||||
3536 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
3537 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
3538 | if (!RParenLoc.isValid() && getNumArgs() > 0) | |||
3539 | return getArg(getNumArgs() - 1)->getEndLoc(); | |||
3540 | return RParenLoc; | |||
3541 | } | |||
3542 | ||||
3543 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
3544 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXUnresolvedConstructExprClass; | |||
3545 | } | |||
3546 | ||||
3547 | // Iterators | |||
3548 | child_range children() { | |||
3549 | auto **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(arg_begin()); | |||
3550 | return child_range(begin, begin + getNumArgs()); | |||
3551 | } | |||
3552 | ||||
3553 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
3554 | auto **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>( | |||
3555 | const_cast<CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *>(this)->arg_begin()); | |||
3556 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + getNumArgs()); | |||
3557 | } | |||
3558 | }; | |||
3559 | ||||
3560 | /// Represents a C++ member access expression where the actual | |||
3561 | /// member referenced could not be resolved because the base | |||
3562 | /// expression or the member name was dependent. | |||
3563 | /// | |||
3564 | /// Like UnresolvedMemberExprs, these can be either implicit or | |||
3565 | /// explicit accesses. It is only possible to get one of these with | |||
3566 | /// an implicit access if a qualifier is provided. | |||
3567 | class CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr final | |||
3568 | : public Expr, | |||
3569 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr, | |||
3570 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
3571 | TemplateArgumentLoc, NamedDecl *> { | |||
3572 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
3573 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
3574 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
3575 | ||||
3576 | /// The expression for the base pointer or class reference, | |||
3577 | /// e.g., the \c x in x.f. Can be null in implicit accesses. | |||
3578 | Stmt *Base; | |||
3579 | ||||
3580 | /// The type of the base expression. Never null, even for | |||
3581 | /// implicit accesses. | |||
3582 | QualType BaseType; | |||
3583 | ||||
3584 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name, if any. | |||
3585 | /// FIXME: This could be in principle store as a trailing object. | |||
3586 | /// However the performance impact of doing so should be investigated first. | |||
3587 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; | |||
3588 | ||||
3589 | /// The member to which this member expression refers, which | |||
3590 | /// can be name, overloaded operator, or destructor. | |||
3591 | /// | |||
3592 | /// FIXME: could also be a template-id | |||
3593 | DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo; | |||
3594 | ||||
3595 | // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr is followed by several trailing objects, | |||
3596 | // some of which optional. They are in order: | |||
3597 | // | |||
3598 | // * An optional ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo for the explicitly specified | |||
3599 | // template keyword and arguments. Present if and only if | |||
3600 | // hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(). | |||
3601 | // | |||
3602 | // * An array of getNumTemplateArgs() TemplateArgumentLoc containing location | |||
3603 | // information for the explicitly specified template arguments. | |||
3604 | // | |||
3605 | // * An optional NamedDecl *. In a qualified member access expression such | |||
3606 | // as t->Base::f, this member stores the resolves of name lookup in the | |||
3607 | // context of the member access expression, to be used at instantiation | |||
3608 | // time. Present if and only if hasFirstQualifierFoundInScope(). | |||
3609 | ||||
3610 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { | |||
3611 | return CXXDependentScopeMemberExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; | |||
3612 | } | |||
3613 | ||||
3614 | bool hasFirstQualifierFoundInScope() const { | |||
3615 | return CXXDependentScopeMemberExprBits.HasFirstQualifierFoundInScope; | |||
3616 | } | |||
3617 | ||||
3618 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { | |||
3619 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
3620 | } | |||
3621 | ||||
3622 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<TemplateArgumentLoc>) const { | |||
3623 | return getNumTemplateArgs(); | |||
3624 | } | |||
3625 | ||||
3626 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NamedDecl *>) const { | |||
3627 | return hasFirstQualifierFoundInScope(); | |||
3628 | } | |||
3629 | ||||
3630 | CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Base, | |||
3631 | QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow, | |||
3632 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | |||
3633 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
3634 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
3635 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierFoundInScope, | |||
3636 | DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo, | |||
3637 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); | |||
3638 | ||||
3639 | CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
3640 | bool HasFirstQualifierFoundInScope); | |||
3641 | ||||
3642 | public: | |||
3643 | static CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr * | |||
3644 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow, | |||
3645 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
3646 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, NamedDecl *FirstQualifierFoundInScope, | |||
3647 | DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo, | |||
3648 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); | |||
3649 | ||||
3650 | static CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr * | |||
3651 | CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
3652 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs, bool HasFirstQualifierFoundInScope); | |||
3653 | ||||
3654 | /// True if this is an implicit access, i.e. one in which the | |||
3655 | /// member being accessed was not written in the source. The source | |||
3656 | /// location of the operator is invalid in this case. | |||
3657 | bool isImplicitAccess() const { | |||
3658 | if (!Base) | |||
3659 | return true; | |||
3660 | return cast<Expr>(Base)->isImplicitCXXThis(); | |||
3661 | } | |||
3662 | ||||
3663 | /// Retrieve the base object of this member expressions, | |||
3664 | /// e.g., the \c x in \c x.m. | |||
3665 | Expr *getBase() const { | |||
3666 | assert(!isImplicitAccess())(static_cast <bool> (!isImplicitAccess()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isImplicitAccess()", "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 3666, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3667 | return cast<Expr>(Base); | |||
3668 | } | |||
3669 | ||||
3670 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } | |||
3671 | ||||
3672 | /// Determine whether this member expression used the '->' | |||
3673 | /// operator; otherwise, it used the '.' operator. | |||
3674 | bool isArrow() const { return CXXDependentScopeMemberExprBits.IsArrow; } | |||
3675 | ||||
3676 | /// Retrieve the location of the '->' or '.' operator. | |||
3677 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { | |||
3678 | return CXXDependentScopeMemberExprBits.OperatorLoc; | |||
3679 | } | |||
3680 | ||||
3681 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the member name. | |||
3682 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { | |||
3683 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); | |||
3684 | } | |||
3685 | ||||
3686 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the member | |||
3687 | /// name, with source location information. | |||
3688 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } | |||
3689 | ||||
3690 | /// Retrieve the first part of the nested-name-specifier that was | |||
3691 | /// found in the scope of the member access expression when the member access | |||
3692 | /// was initially parsed. | |||
3693 | /// | |||
3694 | /// This function only returns a useful result when member access expression | |||
3695 | /// uses a qualified member name, e.g., "x.Base::f". Here, the declaration | |||
3696 | /// returned by this function describes what was found by unqualified name | |||
3697 | /// lookup for the identifier "Base" within the scope of the member access | |||
3698 | /// expression itself. At template instantiation time, this information is | |||
3699 | /// combined with the results of name lookup into the type of the object | |||
3700 | /// expression itself (the class type of x). | |||
3701 | NamedDecl *getFirstQualifierFoundInScope() const { | |||
3702 | if (!hasFirstQualifierFoundInScope()) | |||
3703 | return nullptr; | |||
3704 | return *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>(); | |||
3705 | } | |||
3706 | ||||
3707 | /// Retrieve the name of the member that this expression refers to. | |||
3708 | const DeclarationNameInfo &getMemberNameInfo() const { | |||
3709 | return MemberNameInfo; | |||
3710 | } | |||
3711 | ||||
3712 | /// Retrieve the name of the member that this expression refers to. | |||
3713 | DeclarationName getMember() const { return MemberNameInfo.getName(); } | |||
3714 | ||||
3715 | // Retrieve the location of the name of the member that this | |||
3716 | // expression refers to. | |||
3717 | SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return MemberNameInfo.getLoc(); } | |||
3718 | ||||
3719 | /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding the | |||
3720 | /// member name, if any. | |||
3721 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { | |||
3722 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
3723 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
3724 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc; | |||
3725 | } | |||
3726 | ||||
3727 | /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the | |||
3728 | /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any. | |||
3729 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { | |||
3730 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
3731 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
3732 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc; | |||
3733 | } | |||
3734 | ||||
3735 | /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the | |||
3736 | /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any. | |||
3737 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { | |||
3738 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
3739 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
3740 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc; | |||
3741 | } | |||
3742 | ||||
3743 | /// Determines whether the member name was preceded by the template keyword. | |||
3744 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } | |||
3745 | ||||
3746 | /// Determines whether this member expression actually had a C++ | |||
3747 | /// template argument list explicitly specified, e.g., x.f<int>. | |||
3748 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } | |||
3749 | ||||
3750 | /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given | |||
3751 | /// structure. | |||
3752 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { | |||
3753 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3754 | getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto( | |||
3755 | getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List); | |||
3756 | } | |||
3757 | ||||
3758 | /// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this | |||
3759 | /// template-id. | |||
3760 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const { | |||
3761 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3762 | return nullptr; | |||
3763 | ||||
3764 | return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); | |||
3765 | } | |||
3766 | ||||
3767 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this | |||
3768 | /// template-id. | |||
3769 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { | |||
3770 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3771 | return 0; | |||
3772 | ||||
3773 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs; | |||
3774 | } | |||
3775 | ||||
3776 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { | |||
3777 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; | |||
3778 | } | |||
3779 | ||||
3780 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
3781 | if (!isImplicitAccess()) | |||
3782 | return Base->getBeginLoc(); | |||
3783 | if (getQualifier()) | |||
3784 | return getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc(); | |||
3785 | return MemberNameInfo.getBeginLoc(); | |||
3786 | } | |||
3787 | ||||
3788 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
3789 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3790 | return getRAngleLoc(); | |||
3791 | return MemberNameInfo.getEndLoc(); | |||
3792 | } | |||
3793 | ||||
3794 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
3795 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass; | |||
3796 | } | |||
3797 | ||||
3798 | // Iterators | |||
3799 | child_range children() { | |||
3800 | if (isImplicitAccess()) | |||
3801 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
3802 | return child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | |||
3803 | } | |||
3804 | ||||
3805 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
3806 | if (isImplicitAccess()) | |||
3807 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
3808 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | |||
3809 | } | |||
3810 | }; | |||
3811 | ||||
3812 | /// Represents a C++ member access expression for which lookup | |||
3813 | /// produced a set of overloaded functions. | |||
3814 | /// | |||
3815 | /// The member access may be explicit or implicit: | |||
3816 | /// \code | |||
3817 | /// struct A { | |||
3818 | /// int a, b; | |||
3819 | /// int explicitAccess() { return this->a + this->A::b; } | |||
3820 | /// int implicitAccess() { return a + A::b; } | |||
3821 | /// }; | |||
3822 | /// \endcode | |||
3823 | /// | |||
3824 | /// In the final AST, an explicit access always becomes a MemberExpr. | |||
3825 | /// An implicit access may become either a MemberExpr or a | |||
3826 | /// DeclRefExpr, depending on whether the member is static. | |||
3827 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr final | |||
3828 | : public OverloadExpr, | |||
3829 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<UnresolvedMemberExpr, DeclAccessPair, | |||
3830 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
3831 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { | |||
3832 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
3833 | friend class OverloadExpr; | |||
3834 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
3835 | ||||
3836 | /// The expression for the base pointer or class reference, | |||
3837 | /// e.g., the \c x in x.f. | |||
3838 | /// | |||
3839 | /// This can be null if this is an 'unbased' member expression. | |||
3840 | Stmt *Base; | |||
3841 | ||||
3842 | /// The type of the base expression; never null. | |||
3843 | QualType BaseType; | |||
3844 | ||||
3845 | /// The location of the '->' or '.' operator. | |||
3846 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc; | |||
3847 | ||||
3848 | // UnresolvedMemberExpr is followed by several trailing objects. | |||
3849 | // They are in order: | |||
3850 | // | |||
3851 | // * An array of getNumResults() DeclAccessPair for the results. These are | |||
3852 | // undesugared, which is to say, they may include UsingShadowDecls. | |||
3853 | // Access is relative to the naming class. | |||
3854 | // | |||
3855 | // * An optional ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo for the explicitly specified | |||
3856 | // template keyword and arguments. Present if and only if | |||
3857 | // hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(). | |||
3858 | // | |||
3859 | // * An array of getNumTemplateArgs() TemplateArgumentLoc containing | |||
3860 | // location information for the explicitly specified template arguments. | |||
3861 | ||||
3862 | UnresolvedMemberExpr(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasUnresolvedUsing, | |||
3863 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow, | |||
3864 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | |||
3865 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
3866 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
3867 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, | |||
3868 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, | |||
3869 | UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End); | |||
3870 | ||||
3871 | UnresolvedMemberExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumResults, | |||
3872 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo); | |||
3873 | ||||
3874 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<DeclAccessPair>) const { | |||
3875 | return getNumDecls(); | |||
3876 | } | |||
3877 | ||||
3878 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { | |||
3879 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
3880 | } | |||
3881 | ||||
3882 | public: | |||
3883 | static UnresolvedMemberExpr * | |||
3884 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasUnresolvedUsing, Expr *Base, | |||
3885 | QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | |||
3886 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
3887 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, | |||
3888 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, | |||
3889 | UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End); | |||
3890 | ||||
3891 | static UnresolvedMemberExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
3892 | unsigned NumResults, | |||
3893 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
3894 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); | |||
3895 | ||||
3896 | /// True if this is an implicit access, i.e., one in which the | |||
3897 | /// member being accessed was not written in the source. | |||
3898 | /// | |||
3899 | /// The source location of the operator is invalid in this case. | |||
3900 | bool isImplicitAccess() const; | |||
3901 | ||||
3902 | /// Retrieve the base object of this member expressions, | |||
3903 | /// e.g., the \c x in \c x.m. | |||
3904 | Expr *getBase() { | |||
3905 | assert(!isImplicitAccess())(static_cast <bool> (!isImplicitAccess()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isImplicitAccess()", "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 3905, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3906 | return cast<Expr>(Base); | |||
3907 | } | |||
3908 | const Expr *getBase() const { | |||
3909 | assert(!isImplicitAccess())(static_cast <bool> (!isImplicitAccess()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isImplicitAccess()", "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 3909, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3910 | return cast<Expr>(Base); | |||
3911 | } | |||
3912 | ||||
3913 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } | |||
3914 | ||||
3915 | /// Determine whether the lookup results contain an unresolved using | |||
3916 | /// declaration. | |||
3917 | bool hasUnresolvedUsing() const { | |||
3918 | return UnresolvedMemberExprBits.HasUnresolvedUsing; | |||
3919 | } | |||
3920 | ||||
3921 | /// Determine whether this member expression used the '->' | |||
3922 | /// operator; otherwise, it used the '.' operator. | |||
3923 | bool isArrow() const { return UnresolvedMemberExprBits.IsArrow; } | |||
3924 | ||||
3925 | /// Retrieve the location of the '->' or '.' operator. | |||
3926 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; } | |||
3927 | ||||
3928 | /// Retrieve the naming class of this lookup. | |||
3929 | CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass(); | |||
3930 | const CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() const { | |||
3931 | return const_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr *>(this)->getNamingClass(); | |||
3932 | } | |||
3933 | ||||
3934 | /// Retrieve the full name info for the member that this expression | |||
3935 | /// refers to. | |||
3936 | const DeclarationNameInfo &getMemberNameInfo() const { return getNameInfo(); } | |||
3937 | ||||
3938 | /// Retrieve the name of the member that this expression refers to. | |||
3939 | DeclarationName getMemberName() const { return getName(); } | |||
3940 | ||||
3941 | /// Retrieve the location of the name of the member that this | |||
3942 | /// expression refers to. | |||
3943 | SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return getNameLoc(); } | |||
3944 | ||||
3945 | /// Return the preferred location (the member name) for the arrow when | |||
3946 | /// diagnosing a problem with this expression. | |||
3947 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return getMemberLoc(); } | |||
3948 | ||||
3949 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
3950 | if (!isImplicitAccess()) | |||
3951 | return Base->getBeginLoc(); | |||
3952 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc l = getQualifierLoc()) | |||
3953 | return l.getBeginLoc(); | |||
3954 | return getMemberNameInfo().getBeginLoc(); | |||
3955 | } | |||
3956 | ||||
3957 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
3958 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3959 | return getRAngleLoc(); | |||
3960 | return getMemberNameInfo().getEndLoc(); | |||
3961 | } | |||
3962 | ||||
3963 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
3964 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedMemberExprClass; | |||
3965 | } | |||
3966 | ||||
3967 | // Iterators | |||
3968 | child_range children() { | |||
3969 | if (isImplicitAccess()) | |||
3970 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
3971 | return child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | |||
3972 | } | |||
3973 | ||||
3974 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
3975 | if (isImplicitAccess()) | |||
3976 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
3977 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | |||
3978 | } | |||
3979 | }; | |||
3980 | ||||
3981 | DeclAccessPair *OverloadExpr::getTrailingResults() { | |||
3982 | if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(this)) | |||
3983 | return ULE->getTrailingObjects<DeclAccessPair>(); | |||
3984 | return cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(this)->getTrailingObjects<DeclAccessPair>(); | |||
3985 | } | |||
3986 | ||||
3987 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *OverloadExpr::getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() { | |||
3988 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
3989 | return nullptr; | |||
3990 | ||||
3991 | if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(this)) | |||
3992 | return ULE->getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>(); | |||
3993 | return cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(this) | |||
3994 | ->getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>(); | |||
3995 | } | |||
3996 | ||||
3997 | TemplateArgumentLoc *OverloadExpr::getTrailingTemplateArgumentLoc() { | |||
3998 | if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(this)) | |||
3999 | return ULE->getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); | |||
4000 | return cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(this) | |||
4001 | ->getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); | |||
4002 | } | |||
4003 | ||||
4004 | CXXRecordDecl *OverloadExpr::getNamingClass() { | |||
4005 | if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(this)) | |||
4006 | return ULE->getNamingClass(); | |||
4007 | return cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(this)->getNamingClass(); | |||
4008 | } | |||
4009 | ||||
4010 | /// Represents a C++11 noexcept expression (C++ [expr.unary.noexcept]). | |||
4011 | /// | |||
4012 | /// The noexcept expression tests whether a given expression might throw. Its | |||
4013 | /// result is a boolean constant. | |||
4014 | class CXXNoexceptExpr : public Expr { | |||
4015 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4016 | ||||
4017 | Stmt *Operand; | |||
4018 | SourceRange Range; | |||
4019 | ||||
4020 | public: | |||
4021 | CXXNoexceptExpr(QualType Ty, Expr *Operand, CanThrowResult Val, | |||
4022 | SourceLocation Keyword, SourceLocation RParen) | |||
4023 | : Expr(CXXNoexceptExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
4024 | Operand(Operand), Range(Keyword, RParen) { | |||
4025 | CXXNoexceptExprBits.Value = Val == CT_Cannot; | |||
4026 | setDependence(computeDependence(this, Val)); | |||
4027 | } | |||
4028 | ||||
4029 | CXXNoexceptExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXNoexceptExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
4030 | ||||
4031 | Expr *getOperand() const { return static_cast<Expr *>(Operand); } | |||
4032 | ||||
4033 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return Range.getBegin(); } | |||
4034 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Range.getEnd(); } | |||
4035 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const { return Range; } | |||
4036 | ||||
4037 | bool getValue() const { return CXXNoexceptExprBits.Value; } | |||
4038 | ||||
4039 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4040 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXNoexceptExprClass; | |||
4041 | } | |||
4042 | ||||
4043 | // Iterators | |||
4044 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Operand, &Operand + 1); } | |||
4045 | ||||
4046 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
4047 | return const_child_range(&Operand, &Operand + 1); | |||
4048 | } | |||
4049 | }; | |||
4050 | ||||
4051 | /// Represents a C++11 pack expansion that produces a sequence of | |||
4052 | /// expressions. | |||
4053 | /// | |||
4054 | /// A pack expansion expression contains a pattern (which itself is an | |||
4055 | /// expression) followed by an ellipsis. For example: | |||
4056 | /// | |||
4057 | /// \code | |||
4058 | /// template<typename F, typename ...Types> | |||
4059 | /// void forward(F f, Types &&...args) { | |||
4060 | /// f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...); | |||
4061 | /// } | |||
4062 | /// \endcode | |||
4063 | /// | |||
4064 | /// Here, the argument to the function object \c f is a pack expansion whose | |||
4065 | /// pattern is \c static_cast<Types&&>(args). When the \c forward function | |||
4066 | /// template is instantiated, the pack expansion will instantiate to zero or | |||
4067 | /// or more function arguments to the function object \c f. | |||
4068 | class PackExpansionExpr : public Expr { | |||
4069 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4070 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
4071 | ||||
4072 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; | |||
4073 | ||||
4074 | /// The number of expansions that will be produced by this pack | |||
4075 | /// expansion expression, if known. | |||
4076 | /// | |||
4077 | /// When zero, the number of expansions is not known. Otherwise, this value | |||
4078 | /// is the number of expansions + 1. | |||
4079 | unsigned NumExpansions; | |||
4080 | ||||
4081 | Stmt *Pattern; | |||
4082 | ||||
4083 | public: | |||
4084 | PackExpansionExpr(QualType T, Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, | |||
4085 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) | |||
4086 | : Expr(PackExpansionExprClass, T, Pattern->getValueKind(), | |||
4087 | Pattern->getObjectKind()), | |||
4088 | EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), | |||
4089 | NumExpansions(NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0), | |||
4090 | Pattern(Pattern) { | |||
4091 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
4092 | } | |||
4093 | ||||
4094 | PackExpansionExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(PackExpansionExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
4095 | ||||
4096 | /// Retrieve the pattern of the pack expansion. | |||
4097 | Expr *getPattern() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr *>(Pattern); } | |||
4098 | ||||
4099 | /// Retrieve the pattern of the pack expansion. | |||
4100 | const Expr *getPattern() const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr *>(Pattern); } | |||
4101 | ||||
4102 | /// Retrieve the location of the ellipsis that describes this pack | |||
4103 | /// expansion. | |||
4104 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; } | |||
4105 | ||||
4106 | /// Determine the number of expansions that will be produced when | |||
4107 | /// this pack expansion is instantiated, if already known. | |||
4108 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { | |||
4109 | if (NumExpansions) | |||
4110 | return NumExpansions - 1; | |||
4111 | ||||
4112 | return None; | |||
4113 | } | |||
4114 | ||||
4115 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
4116 | return Pattern->getBeginLoc(); | |||
4117 | } | |||
4118 | ||||
4119 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return EllipsisLoc; } | |||
4120 | ||||
4121 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4122 | return T->getStmtClass() == PackExpansionExprClass; | |||
4123 | } | |||
4124 | ||||
4125 | // Iterators | |||
4126 | child_range children() { | |||
4127 | return child_range(&Pattern, &Pattern + 1); | |||
4128 | } | |||
4129 | ||||
4130 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
4131 | return const_child_range(&Pattern, &Pattern + 1); | |||
4132 | } | |||
4133 | }; | |||
4134 | ||||
4135 | /// Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter | |||
4136 | /// pack. | |||
4137 | /// | |||
4138 | /// \code | |||
4139 | /// template<typename ...Types> | |||
4140 | /// struct count { | |||
4141 | /// static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types); | |||
4142 | /// }; | |||
4143 | /// \endcode | |||
4144 | class SizeOfPackExpr final | |||
4145 | : public Expr, | |||
4146 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<SizeOfPackExpr, TemplateArgument> { | |||
4147 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4148 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
4149 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
4150 | ||||
4151 | /// The location of the \c sizeof keyword. | |||
4152 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc; | |||
4153 | ||||
4154 | /// The location of the name of the parameter pack. | |||
4155 | SourceLocation PackLoc; | |||
4156 | ||||
4157 | /// The location of the closing parenthesis. | |||
4158 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
4159 | ||||
4160 | /// The length of the parameter pack, if known. | |||
4161 | /// | |||
4162 | /// When this expression is not value-dependent, this is the length of | |||
4163 | /// the pack. When the expression was parsed rather than instantiated | |||
4164 | /// (and thus is value-dependent), this is zero. | |||
4165 | /// | |||
4166 | /// After partial substitution into a sizeof...(X) expression (for instance, | |||
4167 | /// within an alias template or during function template argument deduction), | |||
4168 | /// we store a trailing array of partially-substituted TemplateArguments, | |||
4169 | /// and this is the length of that array. | |||
4170 | unsigned Length; | |||
4171 | ||||
4172 | /// The parameter pack. | |||
4173 | NamedDecl *Pack = nullptr; | |||
4174 | ||||
4175 | /// Create an expression that computes the length of | |||
4176 | /// the given parameter pack. | |||
4177 | SizeOfPackExpr(QualType SizeType, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, NamedDecl *Pack, | |||
4178 | SourceLocation PackLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
4179 | Optional<unsigned> Length, | |||
4180 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> PartialArgs) | |||
4181 | : Expr(SizeOfPackExprClass, SizeType, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
4182 | OperatorLoc(OperatorLoc), PackLoc(PackLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc), | |||
4183 | Length(Length ? *Length : PartialArgs.size()), Pack(Pack) { | |||
4184 | assert((!Length || PartialArgs.empty()) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!Length || PartialArgs.empty()) && "have partial args for non-dependent sizeof... expression") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!Length || PartialArgs.empty()) && \"have partial args for non-dependent sizeof... expression\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 4185, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | |||
4185 | "have partial args for non-dependent sizeof... expression")(static_cast <bool> ((!Length || PartialArgs.empty()) && "have partial args for non-dependent sizeof... expression") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!Length || PartialArgs.empty()) && \"have partial args for non-dependent sizeof... expression\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 4185, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
4186 | auto *Args = getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgument>(); | |||
4187 | std::uninitialized_copy(PartialArgs.begin(), PartialArgs.end(), Args); | |||
4188 | setDependence(Length ? ExprDependence::None | |||
4189 | : ExprDependence::ValueInstantiation); | |||
4190 | } | |||
4191 | ||||
4192 | /// Create an empty expression. | |||
4193 | SizeOfPackExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumPartialArgs) | |||
4194 | : Expr(SizeOfPackExprClass, Empty), Length(NumPartialArgs) {} | |||
4195 | ||||
4196 | public: | |||
4197 | static SizeOfPackExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | |||
4198 | NamedDecl *Pack, SourceLocation PackLoc, | |||
4199 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
4200 | Optional<unsigned> Length = None, | |||
4201 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> PartialArgs = None); | |||
4202 | static SizeOfPackExpr *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &Context, | |||
4203 | unsigned NumPartialArgs); | |||
4204 | ||||
4205 | /// Determine the location of the 'sizeof' keyword. | |||
4206 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; } | |||
4207 | ||||
4208 | /// Determine the location of the parameter pack. | |||
4209 | SourceLocation getPackLoc() const { return PackLoc; } | |||
4210 | ||||
4211 | /// Determine the location of the right parenthesis. | |||
4212 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | |||
4213 | ||||
4214 | /// Retrieve the parameter pack. | |||
4215 | NamedDecl *getPack() const { return Pack; } | |||
4216 | ||||
4217 | /// Retrieve the length of the parameter pack. | |||
4218 | /// | |||
4219 | /// This routine may only be invoked when the expression is not | |||
4220 | /// value-dependent. | |||
4221 | unsigned getPackLength() const { | |||
4222 | assert(!isValueDependent() &&(static_cast <bool> (!isValueDependent() && "Cannot get the length of a value-dependent pack size expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isValueDependent() && \"Cannot get the length of a value-dependent pack size expression\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 4223, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | |||
4223 | "Cannot get the length of a value-dependent pack size expression")(static_cast <bool> (!isValueDependent() && "Cannot get the length of a value-dependent pack size expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isValueDependent() && \"Cannot get the length of a value-dependent pack size expression\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 4223, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
4224 | return Length; | |||
4225 | } | |||
4226 | ||||
4227 | /// Determine whether this represents a partially-substituted sizeof... | |||
4228 | /// expression, such as is produced for: | |||
4229 | /// | |||
4230 | /// template<typename ...Ts> using X = int[sizeof...(Ts)]; | |||
4231 | /// template<typename ...Us> void f(X<Us..., 1, 2, 3, Us...>); | |||
4232 | bool isPartiallySubstituted() const { | |||
4233 | return isValueDependent() && Length; | |||
4234 | } | |||
4235 | ||||
4236 | /// Get | |||
4237 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getPartialArguments() const { | |||
4238 | assert(isPartiallySubstituted())(static_cast <bool> (isPartiallySubstituted()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isPartiallySubstituted()", "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4238, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4239 | const auto *Args = getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgument>(); | |||
4240 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, Args + Length); | |||
4241 | } | |||
4242 | ||||
4243 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return OperatorLoc; } | |||
4244 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParenLoc; } | |||
4245 | ||||
4246 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4247 | return T->getStmtClass() == SizeOfPackExprClass; | |||
4248 | } | |||
4249 | ||||
4250 | // Iterators | |||
4251 | child_range children() { | |||
4252 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
4253 | } | |||
4254 | ||||
4255 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
4256 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
4257 | } | |||
4258 | }; | |||
4259 | ||||
4260 | /// Represents a reference to a non-type template parameter | |||
4261 | /// that has been substituted with a template argument. | |||
4262 | class SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr : public Expr { | |||
4263 | friend class ASTReader; | |||
4264 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4265 | ||||
4266 | /// The replaced parameter and a flag indicating if it was a reference | |||
4267 | /// parameter. For class NTTPs, we can't determine that based on the value | |||
4268 | /// category alone. | |||
4269 | llvm::PointerIntPair<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*, 1, bool> ParamAndRef; | |||
4270 | ||||
4271 | /// The replacement expression. | |||
4272 | Stmt *Replacement; | |||
4273 | ||||
4274 | explicit SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
4275 | : Expr(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
4276 | ||||
4277 | public: | |||
4278 | SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(QualType Ty, ExprValueKind ValueKind, | |||
4279 | SourceLocation Loc, | |||
4280 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, bool RefParam, | |||
4281 | Expr *Replacement) | |||
4282 | : Expr(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass, Ty, ValueKind, OK_Ordinary), | |||
4283 | ParamAndRef(Param, RefParam), Replacement(Replacement) { | |||
4284 | SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprBits.NameLoc = Loc; | |||
4285 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
4286 | } | |||
4287 | ||||
4288 | SourceLocation getNameLoc() const { | |||
4289 | return SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprBits.NameLoc; | |||
4290 | } | |||
4291 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getNameLoc(); } | |||
4292 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getNameLoc(); } | |||
4293 | ||||
4294 | Expr *getReplacement() const { return cast<Expr>(Replacement); } | |||
4295 | ||||
4296 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *getParameter() const { | |||
4297 | return ParamAndRef.getPointer(); | |||
4298 | } | |||
4299 | ||||
4300 | bool isReferenceParameter() const { return ParamAndRef.getInt(); } | |||
4301 | ||||
4302 | /// Determine the substituted type of the template parameter. | |||
4303 | QualType getParameterType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | |||
4304 | ||||
4305 | static bool classof(const Stmt *s) { | |||
4306 | return s->getStmtClass() == SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass; | |||
4307 | } | |||
4308 | ||||
4309 | // Iterators | |||
4310 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Replacement, &Replacement + 1); } | |||
4311 | ||||
4312 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
4313 | return const_child_range(&Replacement, &Replacement + 1); | |||
4314 | } | |||
4315 | }; | |||
4316 | ||||
4317 | /// Represents a reference to a non-type template parameter pack that | |||
4318 | /// has been substituted with a non-template argument pack. | |||
4319 | /// | |||
4320 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs | |||
4321 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template | |||
4322 | /// parameter lists, this node is used to represent a non-type template | |||
4323 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack | |||
4324 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself | |||
4325 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into | |||
4326 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding | |||
4327 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the appropriate underlying | |||
4328 | /// expression at the current pack substitution index. | |||
4329 | class SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr : public Expr { | |||
4330 | friend class ASTReader; | |||
4331 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4332 | ||||
4333 | /// The non-type template parameter pack itself. | |||
4334 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; | |||
4335 | ||||
4336 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this | |||
4337 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. | |||
4338 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; | |||
4339 | ||||
4340 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments. | |||
4341 | unsigned NumArguments; | |||
4342 | ||||
4343 | /// The location of the non-type template parameter pack reference. | |||
4344 | SourceLocation NameLoc; | |||
4345 | ||||
4346 | explicit SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
4347 | : Expr(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
4348 | ||||
4349 | public: | |||
4350 | SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr(QualType T, | |||
4351 | ExprValueKind ValueKind, | |||
4352 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, | |||
4353 | SourceLocation NameLoc, | |||
4354 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); | |||
4355 | ||||
4356 | /// Retrieve the non-type template parameter pack being substituted. | |||
4357 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *getParameterPack() const { return Param; } | |||
4358 | ||||
4359 | /// Retrieve the location of the parameter pack name. | |||
4360 | SourceLocation getParameterPackLocation() const { return NameLoc; } | |||
4361 | ||||
4362 | /// Retrieve the template argument pack containing the substituted | |||
4363 | /// template arguments. | |||
4364 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; | |||
4365 | ||||
4366 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return NameLoc; } | |||
4367 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return NameLoc; } | |||
4368 | ||||
4369 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4370 | return T->getStmtClass() == SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass; | |||
4371 | } | |||
4372 | ||||
4373 | // Iterators | |||
4374 | child_range children() { | |||
4375 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
4376 | } | |||
4377 | ||||
4378 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
4379 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
4380 | } | |||
4381 | }; | |||
4382 | ||||
4383 | /// Represents a reference to a function parameter pack or init-capture pack | |||
4384 | /// that has been substituted but not yet expanded. | |||
4385 | /// | |||
4386 | /// When a pack expansion contains multiple parameter packs at different levels, | |||
4387 | /// this node is used to represent a function parameter pack at an outer level | |||
4388 | /// which we have already substituted to refer to expanded parameters, but where | |||
4389 | /// the containing pack expansion cannot yet be expanded. | |||
4390 | /// | |||
4391 | /// \code | |||
4392 | /// template<typename...Ts> struct S { | |||
4393 | /// template<typename...Us> auto f(Ts ...ts) -> decltype(g(Us(ts)...)); | |||
4394 | /// }; | |||
4395 | /// template struct S<int, int>; | |||
4396 | /// \endcode | |||
4397 | class FunctionParmPackExpr final | |||
4398 | : public Expr, | |||
4399 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<FunctionParmPackExpr, VarDecl *> { | |||
4400 | friend class ASTReader; | |||
4401 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4402 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
4403 | ||||
4404 | /// The function parameter pack which was referenced. | |||
4405 | VarDecl *ParamPack; | |||
4406 | ||||
4407 | /// The location of the function parameter pack reference. | |||
4408 | SourceLocation NameLoc; | |||
4409 | ||||
4410 | /// The number of expansions of this pack. | |||
4411 | unsigned NumParameters; | |||
4412 | ||||
4413 | FunctionParmPackExpr(QualType T, VarDecl *ParamPack, | |||
4414 | SourceLocation NameLoc, unsigned NumParams, | |||
4415 | VarDecl *const *Params); | |||
4416 | ||||
4417 | public: | |||
4418 | static FunctionParmPackExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, | |||
4419 | VarDecl *ParamPack, | |||
4420 | SourceLocation NameLoc, | |||
4421 | ArrayRef<VarDecl *> Params); | |||
4422 | static FunctionParmPackExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
4423 | unsigned NumParams); | |||
4424 | ||||
4425 | /// Get the parameter pack which this expression refers to. | |||
4426 | VarDecl *getParameterPack() const { return ParamPack; } | |||
4427 | ||||
4428 | /// Get the location of the parameter pack. | |||
4429 | SourceLocation getParameterPackLocation() const { return NameLoc; } | |||
4430 | ||||
4431 | /// Iterators over the parameters which the parameter pack expanded | |||
4432 | /// into. | |||
4433 | using iterator = VarDecl * const *; | |||
4434 | iterator begin() const { return getTrailingObjects<VarDecl *>(); } | |||
4435 | iterator end() const { return begin() + NumParameters; } | |||
4436 | ||||
4437 | /// Get the number of parameters in this parameter pack. | |||
4438 | unsigned getNumExpansions() const { return NumParameters; } | |||
4439 | ||||
4440 | /// Get an expansion of the parameter pack by index. | |||
4441 | VarDecl *getExpansion(unsigned I) const { return begin()[I]; } | |||
4442 | ||||
4443 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return NameLoc; } | |||
4444 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return NameLoc; } | |||
4445 | ||||
4446 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4447 | return T->getStmtClass() == FunctionParmPackExprClass; | |||
4448 | } | |||
4449 | ||||
4450 | child_range children() { | |||
4451 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
4452 | } | |||
4453 | ||||
4454 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
4455 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
4456 | } | |||
4457 | }; | |||
4458 | ||||
4459 | /// Represents a prvalue temporary that is written into memory so that | |||
4460 | /// a reference can bind to it. | |||
4461 | /// | |||
4462 | /// Prvalue expressions are materialized when they need to have an address | |||
4463 | /// in memory for a reference to bind to. This happens when binding a | |||
4464 | /// reference to the result of a conversion, e.g., | |||
4465 | /// | |||
4466 | /// \code | |||
4467 | /// const int &r = 1.0; | |||
4468 | /// \endcode | |||
4469 | /// | |||
4470 | /// Here, 1.0 is implicitly converted to an \c int. That resulting \c int is | |||
4471 | /// then materialized via a \c MaterializeTemporaryExpr, and the reference | |||
4472 | /// binds to the temporary. \c MaterializeTemporaryExprs are always glvalues | |||
4473 | /// (either an lvalue or an xvalue, depending on the kind of reference binding | |||
4474 | /// to it), maintaining the invariant that references always bind to glvalues. | |||
4475 | /// | |||
4476 | /// Reference binding and copy-elision can both extend the lifetime of a | |||
4477 | /// temporary. When either happens, the expression will also track the | |||
4478 | /// declaration which is responsible for the lifetime extension. | |||
4479 | class MaterializeTemporaryExpr : public Expr { | |||
4480 | private: | |||
4481 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4482 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
4483 | ||||
4484 | llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *> State; | |||
4485 | ||||
4486 | public: | |||
4487 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, | |||
4488 | bool BoundToLvalueReference, | |||
4489 | LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *MTD = nullptr); | |||
4490 | ||||
4491 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
4492 | : Expr(MaterializeTemporaryExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
4493 | ||||
4494 | /// Retrieve the temporary-generating subexpression whose value will | |||
4495 | /// be materialized into a glvalue. | |||
4496 | Expr *getSubExpr() const { | |||
4497 | return cast<Expr>( | |||
4498 | State.is<Stmt *>() | |||
4499 | ? State.get<Stmt *>() | |||
4500 | : State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>()->getTemporaryExpr()); | |||
4501 | } | |||
4502 | ||||
4503 | /// Retrieve the storage duration for the materialized temporary. | |||
4504 | StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const { | |||
4505 | return State.is<Stmt *>() ? SD_FullExpression | |||
4506 | : State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() | |||
4507 | ->getStorageDuration(); | |||
4508 | } | |||
4509 | ||||
4510 | /// Get the storage for the constant value of a materialized temporary | |||
4511 | /// of static storage duration. | |||
4512 | APValue *getOrCreateValue(bool MayCreate) const { | |||
4513 | assert(State.is<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() &&(static_cast <bool> (State.is<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() && "the temporary has not been lifetime extended" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("State.is<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() && \"the temporary has not been lifetime extended\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 4514, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | |||
4514 | "the temporary has not been lifetime extended")(static_cast <bool> (State.is<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() && "the temporary has not been lifetime extended" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("State.is<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() && \"the temporary has not been lifetime extended\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 4514, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
4515 | return State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>()->getOrCreateValue( | |||
4516 | MayCreate); | |||
4517 | } | |||
4518 | ||||
4519 | LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *getLifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl() { | |||
4520 | return State.dyn_cast<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>(); | |||
4521 | } | |||
4522 | const LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl * | |||
4523 | getLifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl() const { | |||
4524 | return State.dyn_cast<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>(); | |||
4525 | } | |||
4526 | ||||
4527 | /// Get the declaration which triggered the lifetime-extension of this | |||
4528 | /// temporary, if any. | |||
4529 | ValueDecl *getExtendingDecl() { | |||
4530 | return State.is<Stmt *>() ? nullptr | |||
4531 | : State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() | |||
4532 | ->getExtendingDecl(); | |||
4533 | } | |||
4534 | const ValueDecl *getExtendingDecl() const { | |||
4535 | return const_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr *>(this)->getExtendingDecl(); | |||
4536 | } | |||
4537 | ||||
4538 | void setExtendingDecl(ValueDecl *ExtendedBy, unsigned ManglingNumber); | |||
4539 | ||||
4540 | unsigned getManglingNumber() const { | |||
4541 | return State.is<Stmt *>() ? 0 | |||
4542 | : State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() | |||
4543 | ->getManglingNumber(); | |||
4544 | } | |||
4545 | ||||
4546 | /// Determine whether this materialized temporary is bound to an | |||
4547 | /// lvalue reference; otherwise, it's bound to an rvalue reference. | |||
4548 | bool isBoundToLvalueReference() const { return isLValue(); } | |||
4549 | ||||
4550 | /// Determine whether this temporary object is usable in constant | |||
4551 | /// expressions, as specified in C++20 [expr.const]p4. | |||
4552 | bool isUsableInConstantExpressions(const ASTContext &Context) const; | |||
4553 | ||||
4554 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
4555 | return getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc(); | |||
4556 | } | |||
4557 | ||||
4558 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
4559 | return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc(); | |||
4560 | } | |||
4561 | ||||
4562 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4563 | return T->getStmtClass() == MaterializeTemporaryExprClass; | |||
4564 | } | |||
4565 | ||||
4566 | // Iterators | |||
4567 | child_range children() { | |||
4568 | return State.is<Stmt *>() | |||
4569 | ? child_range(State.getAddrOfPtr1(), State.getAddrOfPtr1() + 1) | |||
4570 | : State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>()->childrenExpr(); | |||
4571 | } | |||
4572 | ||||
4573 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
4574 | return State.is<Stmt *>() | |||
4575 | ? const_child_range(State.getAddrOfPtr1(), | |||
4576 | State.getAddrOfPtr1() + 1) | |||
4577 | : const_cast<const LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>( | |||
4578 | State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>()) | |||
4579 | ->childrenExpr(); | |||
4580 | } | |||
4581 | }; | |||
4582 | ||||
4583 | /// Represents a folding of a pack over an operator. | |||
4584 | /// | |||
4585 | /// This expression is always dependent and represents a pack expansion of the | |||
4586 | /// forms: | |||
4587 | /// | |||
4588 | /// ( expr op ... ) | |||
4589 | /// ( ... op expr ) | |||
4590 | /// ( expr op ... op expr ) | |||
4591 | class CXXFoldExpr : public Expr { | |||
4592 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4593 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
4594 | ||||
4595 | enum SubExpr { Callee, LHS, RHS, Count }; | |||
4596 | ||||
4597 | SourceLocation LParenLoc; | |||
4598 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; | |||
4599 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
4600 | // When 0, the number of expansions is not known. Otherwise, this is one more | |||
4601 | // than the number of expansions. | |||
4602 | unsigned NumExpansions; | |||
4603 | Stmt *SubExprs[SubExpr::Count]; | |||
4604 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode; | |||
4605 | ||||
4606 | public: | |||
4607 | CXXFoldExpr(QualType T, UnresolvedLookupExpr *Callee, | |||
4608 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, | |||
4609 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
4610 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) | |||
4611 | : Expr(CXXFoldExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
4612 | LParenLoc(LParenLoc), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc), | |||
4613 | NumExpansions(NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0), Opcode(Opcode) { | |||
4614 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Callee] = Callee; | |||
4615 | SubExprs[SubExpr::LHS] = LHS; | |||
4616 | SubExprs[SubExpr::RHS] = RHS; | |||
4617 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
4618 | } | |||
4619 | ||||
4620 | CXXFoldExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXFoldExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
4621 | ||||
4622 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *getCallee() const { | |||
4623 | return static_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr *>(SubExprs[SubExpr::Callee]); | |||
4624 | } | |||
4625 | Expr *getLHS() const { return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::LHS]); } | |||
4626 | Expr *getRHS() const { return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::RHS]); } | |||
4627 | ||||
4628 | /// Does this produce a right-associated sequence of operators? | |||
4629 | bool isRightFold() const { | |||
4630 | return getLHS() && getLHS()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(); | |||
4631 | } | |||
4632 | ||||
4633 | /// Does this produce a left-associated sequence of operators? | |||
4634 | bool isLeftFold() const { return !isRightFold(); } | |||
4635 | ||||
4636 | /// Get the pattern, that is, the operand that contains an unexpanded pack. | |||
4637 | Expr *getPattern() const { return isLeftFold() ? getRHS() : getLHS(); } | |||
4638 | ||||
4639 | /// Get the operand that doesn't contain a pack, for a binary fold. | |||
4640 | Expr *getInit() const { return isLeftFold() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); } | |||
4641 | ||||
4642 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } | |||
4643 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | |||
4644 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; } | |||
4645 | BinaryOperatorKind getOperator() const { return Opcode; } | |||
4646 | ||||
4647 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { | |||
4648 | if (NumExpansions) | |||
4649 | return NumExpansions - 1; | |||
4650 | return None; | |||
4651 | } | |||
4652 | ||||
4653 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
4654 | if (LParenLoc.isValid()) | |||
4655 | return LParenLoc; | |||
4656 | if (isLeftFold()) | |||
4657 | return getEllipsisLoc(); | |||
4658 | return getLHS()->getBeginLoc(); | |||
4659 | } | |||
4660 | ||||
4661 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
4662 | if (RParenLoc.isValid()) | |||
4663 | return RParenLoc; | |||
4664 | if (isRightFold()) | |||
4665 | return getEllipsisLoc(); | |||
4666 | return getRHS()->getEndLoc(); | |||
4667 | } | |||
4668 | ||||
4669 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4670 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXFoldExprClass; | |||
4671 | } | |||
4672 | ||||
4673 | // Iterators | |||
4674 | child_range children() { | |||
4675 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + SubExpr::Count); | |||
4676 | } | |||
4677 | ||||
4678 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
4679 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + SubExpr::Count); | |||
4680 | } | |||
4681 | }; | |||
4682 | ||||
4683 | /// Represents an expression that might suspend coroutine execution; | |||
4684 | /// either a co_await or co_yield expression. | |||
4685 | /// | |||
4686 | /// Evaluation of this expression first evaluates its 'ready' expression. If | |||
4687 | /// that returns 'false': | |||
4688 | /// -- execution of the coroutine is suspended | |||
4689 | /// -- the 'suspend' expression is evaluated | |||
4690 | /// -- if the 'suspend' expression returns 'false', the coroutine is | |||
4691 | /// resumed | |||
4692 | /// -- otherwise, control passes back to the resumer. | |||
4693 | /// If the coroutine is not suspended, or when it is resumed, the 'resume' | |||
4694 | /// expression is evaluated, and its result is the result of the overall | |||
4695 | /// expression. | |||
4696 | class CoroutineSuspendExpr : public Expr { | |||
4697 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4698 | ||||
4699 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc; | |||
4700 | ||||
4701 | enum SubExpr { Common, Ready, Suspend, Resume, Count }; | |||
4702 | ||||
4703 | Stmt *SubExprs[SubExpr::Count]; | |||
4704 | OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue = nullptr; | |||
4705 | ||||
4706 | public: | |||
4707 | CoroutineSuspendExpr(StmtClass SC, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, Expr *Common, | |||
4708 | Expr *Ready, Expr *Suspend, Expr *Resume, | |||
4709 | OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue) | |||
4710 | : Expr(SC, Resume->getType(), Resume->getValueKind(), | |||
| ||||
4711 | Resume->getObjectKind()), | |||
4712 | KeywordLoc(KeywordLoc), OpaqueValue(OpaqueValue) { | |||
4713 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Common] = Common; | |||
4714 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Ready] = Ready; | |||
4715 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Suspend] = Suspend; | |||
4716 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Resume] = Resume; | |||
4717 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
4718 | } | |||
4719 | ||||
4720 | CoroutineSuspendExpr(StmtClass SC, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, QualType Ty, | |||
4721 | Expr *Common) | |||
4722 | : Expr(SC, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), KeywordLoc(KeywordLoc) { | |||
4723 | assert(Common->isTypeDependent() && Ty->isDependentType() &&(static_cast <bool> (Common->isTypeDependent() && Ty->isDependentType() && "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Common->isTypeDependent() && Ty->isDependentType() && \"wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 4724, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | |||
4724 | "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression")(static_cast <bool> (Common->isTypeDependent() && Ty->isDependentType() && "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Common->isTypeDependent() && Ty->isDependentType() && \"wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 4724, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
4725 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Common] = Common; | |||
4726 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Ready] = nullptr; | |||
4727 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Suspend] = nullptr; | |||
4728 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Resume] = nullptr; | |||
4729 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
4730 | } | |||
4731 | ||||
4732 | CoroutineSuspendExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SC, Empty) { | |||
4733 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Common] = nullptr; | |||
4734 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Ready] = nullptr; | |||
4735 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Suspend] = nullptr; | |||
4736 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Resume] = nullptr; | |||
4737 | } | |||
4738 | ||||
4739 | SourceLocation getKeywordLoc() const { return KeywordLoc; } | |||
4740 | ||||
4741 | Expr *getCommonExpr() const { | |||
4742 | return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::Common]); | |||
4743 | } | |||
4744 | ||||
4745 | /// getOpaqueValue - Return the opaque value placeholder. | |||
4746 | OpaqueValueExpr *getOpaqueValue() const { return OpaqueValue; } | |||
4747 | ||||
4748 | Expr *getReadyExpr() const { | |||
4749 | return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::Ready]); | |||
4750 | } | |||
4751 | ||||
4752 | Expr *getSuspendExpr() const { | |||
4753 | return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::Suspend]); | |||
4754 | } | |||
4755 | ||||
4756 | Expr *getResumeExpr() const { | |||
4757 | return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::Resume]); | |||
4758 | } | |||
4759 | ||||
4760 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return KeywordLoc; } | |||
4761 | ||||
4762 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
4763 | return getCommonExpr()->getEndLoc(); | |||
4764 | } | |||
4765 | ||||
4766 | child_range children() { | |||
4767 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + SubExpr::Count); | |||
4768 | } | |||
4769 | ||||
4770 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
4771 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + SubExpr::Count); | |||
4772 | } | |||
4773 | ||||
4774 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4775 | return T->getStmtClass() == CoawaitExprClass || | |||
4776 | T->getStmtClass() == CoyieldExprClass; | |||
4777 | } | |||
4778 | }; | |||
4779 | ||||
4780 | /// Represents a 'co_await' expression. | |||
4781 | class CoawaitExpr : public CoroutineSuspendExpr { | |||
4782 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4783 | ||||
4784 | public: | |||
4785 | CoawaitExpr(SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, Expr *Operand, Expr *Ready, | |||
4786 | Expr *Suspend, Expr *Resume, OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue, | |||
4787 | bool IsImplicit = false) | |||
4788 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoawaitExprClass, CoawaitLoc, Operand, Ready, | |||
4789 | Suspend, Resume, OpaqueValue) { | |||
4790 | CoawaitBits.IsImplicit = IsImplicit; | |||
4791 | } | |||
4792 | ||||
4793 | CoawaitExpr(SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, QualType Ty, Expr *Operand, | |||
4794 | bool IsImplicit = false) | |||
4795 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoawaitExprClass, CoawaitLoc, Ty, Operand) { | |||
4796 | CoawaitBits.IsImplicit = IsImplicit; | |||
4797 | } | |||
4798 | ||||
4799 | CoawaitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
4800 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoawaitExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
4801 | ||||
4802 | Expr *getOperand() const { | |||
4803 | // FIXME: Dig out the actual operand or store it. | |||
4804 | return getCommonExpr(); | |||
4805 | } | |||
4806 | ||||
4807 | bool isImplicit() const { return CoawaitBits.IsImplicit; } | |||
4808 | void setIsImplicit(bool value = true) { CoawaitBits.IsImplicit = value; } | |||
4809 | ||||
4810 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4811 | return T->getStmtClass() == CoawaitExprClass; | |||
4812 | } | |||
4813 | }; | |||
4814 | ||||
4815 | /// Represents a 'co_await' expression while the type of the promise | |||
4816 | /// is dependent. | |||
4817 | class DependentCoawaitExpr : public Expr { | |||
4818 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4819 | ||||
4820 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc; | |||
4821 | Stmt *SubExprs[2]; | |||
4822 | ||||
4823 | public: | |||
4824 | DependentCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, QualType Ty, Expr *Op, | |||
4825 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *OpCoawait) | |||
4826 | : Expr(DependentCoawaitExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
4827 | KeywordLoc(KeywordLoc) { | |||
4828 | // NOTE: A co_await expression is dependent on the coroutines promise | |||
4829 | // type and may be dependent even when the `Op` expression is not. | |||
4830 | assert(Ty->isDependentType() &&(static_cast <bool> (Ty->isDependentType() && "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty->isDependentType() && \"wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 4831, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | |||
4831 | "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression")(static_cast <bool> (Ty->isDependentType() && "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty->isDependentType() && \"wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h", 4831, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | |||
4832 | SubExprs[0] = Op; | |||
4833 | SubExprs[1] = OpCoawait; | |||
4834 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
4835 | } | |||
4836 | ||||
4837 | DependentCoawaitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
4838 | : Expr(DependentCoawaitExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
4839 | ||||
4840 | Expr *getOperand() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[0]); } | |||
4841 | ||||
4842 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *getOperatorCoawaitLookup() const { | |||
4843 | return cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(SubExprs[1]); | |||
4844 | } | |||
4845 | ||||
4846 | SourceLocation getKeywordLoc() const { return KeywordLoc; } | |||
4847 | ||||
4848 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return KeywordLoc; } | |||
4849 | ||||
4850 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
4851 | return getOperand()->getEndLoc(); | |||
4852 | } | |||
4853 | ||||
4854 | child_range children() { return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2); } | |||
4855 | ||||
4856 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
4857 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2); | |||
4858 | } | |||
4859 | ||||
4860 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4861 | return T->getStmtClass() == DependentCoawaitExprClass; | |||
4862 | } | |||
4863 | }; | |||
4864 | ||||
4865 | /// Represents a 'co_yield' expression. | |||
4866 | class CoyieldExpr : public CoroutineSuspendExpr { | |||
4867 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4868 | ||||
4869 | public: | |||
4870 | CoyieldExpr(SourceLocation CoyieldLoc, Expr *Operand, Expr *Ready, | |||
4871 | Expr *Suspend, Expr *Resume, OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue) | |||
4872 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoyieldExprClass, CoyieldLoc, Operand, Ready, | |||
4873 | Suspend, Resume, OpaqueValue) {} | |||
4874 | CoyieldExpr(SourceLocation CoyieldLoc, QualType Ty, Expr *Operand) | |||
4875 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoyieldExprClass, CoyieldLoc, Ty, Operand) {} | |||
4876 | CoyieldExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
4877 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoyieldExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
4878 | ||||
4879 | Expr *getOperand() const { | |||
4880 | // FIXME: Dig out the actual operand or store it. | |||
4881 | return getCommonExpr(); | |||
4882 | } | |||
4883 | ||||
4884 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4885 | return T->getStmtClass() == CoyieldExprClass; | |||
4886 | } | |||
4887 | }; | |||
4888 | ||||
4889 | /// Represents a C++2a __builtin_bit_cast(T, v) expression. Used to implement | |||
4890 | /// std::bit_cast. These can sometimes be evaluated as part of a constant | |||
4891 | /// expression, but otherwise CodeGen to a simple memcpy in general. | |||
4892 | class BuiltinBitCastExpr final | |||
4893 | : public ExplicitCastExpr, | |||
4894 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<BuiltinBitCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *> { | |||
4895 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
4896 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
4897 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
4898 | ||||
4899 | SourceLocation KWLoc; | |||
4900 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
4901 | ||||
4902 | public: | |||
4903 | BuiltinBitCastExpr(QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind CK, Expr *SrcExpr, | |||
4904 | TypeSourceInfo *DstType, SourceLocation KWLoc, | |||
4905 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) | |||
4906 | : ExplicitCastExpr(BuiltinBitCastExprClass, T, VK, CK, SrcExpr, 0, false, | |||
4907 | DstType), | |||
4908 | KWLoc(KWLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) {} | |||
4909 | BuiltinBitCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
4910 | : ExplicitCastExpr(BuiltinBitCastExprClass, Empty, 0, false) {} | |||
4911 | ||||
4912 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return KWLoc; } | |||
4913 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParenLoc; } | |||
4914 | ||||
4915 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
4916 | return T->getStmtClass() == BuiltinBitCastExprClass; | |||
4917 | } | |||
4918 | }; | |||
4919 | ||||
4920 | } // namespace clang | |||
4921 | ||||
4922 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPRCXX_H |